Loading...
Agenda 05/28/2019 Item #16E 2 (Agmt #15-6409 Amendment #1)05/28/2019 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Recommendation to approve Amendment # 1 to Agreement No. 15-6409, P25 Digital Radio System, with Communications International, Inc., and authorize the payment of outstanding FY19 maintenance invoices in the amount of $186,300. OBJECTIVE: To establish pricing for additional maintenance services required for operation of the public safety radio system and by Divisions using the public safety radio system. CONSIDERATIONS: On April 15, 2015, the Board approved Agreement No. 15-6409 (Agenda Item 11A), with Communications International, Inc. for implementation of a P25 digital radio system (the “Agreement”). The current contract includes a two-year warranty for each phase of the system upon acceptance and ten years of post-warranty radio system and software maintenance. Amendment # 1 to the Agreement establishes pricing schedules for additional maintenance services not covered by warranty under the Agreement, equipment pricing through 2021, and labor rates for services required for operation of the public safety radio system and by Divisions using the public safety radio system. Examples of those services include installation of new radio equipment in vehicles or county facilities, modifications of existing equipment to accommodate Division operations, equipment repairs due to physical damage not covered by the maintenance agreement, repairs caused by environmental factors such as lightning, and antenna system repair and maintenance. The maintenance for the legacy radio system was provided by Harris Corporation under State of Florida Contract # 725-001-01-1 (County # 13-6001-WV), which expired on October 8, 2018. As part of the State contract with Harris, Communications International, Inc. was designated as the sole authorized sales and service agent for Collier County. Staff inadvertently failed to amend Agreement # 15-6409 to include these maintenance services prior to the agreement’s October 8, 2018 expiration date, while continuing to receive maintenance services directly from Communications International, Inc. Notably, Communications International’s proposal for Agreement # 15-6409 contemplated providing those continued maintenance services long-term. The maintenance services provided by Communications International for the period October 8, 2018 through March 25, 2019 total $186,300 (See attached invoices PI117165 & PI116605). Maintenance services are critical to the County and Staff wishes to amend Agreement #15-6409 with Communications International to expressly include those services going forward. Staff is requesting approval of Amendment # 1 to Agreement # 15-6409 and that the Board authorizes payment to Communications International for unpaid invoices in the amount of $186,300 (invoices PI117165 & PI116605), which amounts reflect the value of maintenance services received from Communications International, Inc. between October 8, 2018 and March 25, 2019. See also, Page 2 of Exhibit E-1 attached to proposed Amendment # 1, which provides an itemization of the EDACS System Infrastructure Equipment receiving maintenance services, along with the monthly, quarterly and annual cost for such service. The Board’s approval of Amendment 1 to Agreement # 15 -6409 will result in a savings of $89,650 over the previous Harris maintenance agreement # 13-6001-WV. FISCAL IMPACT: There is no fiscal impact to the P25 contract or project. Funding for maintenance services are the responsibility of the divisions utilizing the radio system and are budgeted in the individual cost centers based on anticipated expenditures, including Fund 188 the radio system fund. GROWTH MANAGEMENT IMPACT: There are no Growth Management Impacts associated with this action. 16.E.2 Packet Pg. 1012 05/28/2019 LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS: This item is approved as to form and legality and requires majority vote for Board approval. -SRT RECOMMENDATION: That the Board approves Amendment # 1 to Agreement # 15-6409 and authorizes payment to Communications International, Inc., for outstanding FY19 legacy system maintenance invoices in the amount of $186,300 (invoices PI117165 & PI116605), which amounts reflect the value of maintenance services received from Communications International, Inc. between October 8, 2018 and March 25, 2019. Prepared by: John Daly, Telecommunications Manager Information Technology ATTACHMENT(S) 1. First Amendment to Agreement #15-6409 (PDF) 2. Outstanding FY 19 Invoices (PDF) 3. CONTRACT 15-6409 Exhibit G (PDF) 4. HARRIS LETTER 2014 (PDF) 5. (Linked) 15-6409 Communications International_Contract (PDF) 16.E.2 Packet Pg. 1013 05/28/2019 COLLIER COUNTY Board of County Commissioners Item Number: 16.E.2 Doc ID: 8920 Item Summary: Recommendation to approve Amendment # 1 to Agreement No. 15-6409, P25 Digital Radio System, with Communications International, Inc., and authorize the payment of outstanding FY19 maintenance invoices in the amount of $186,300. Meeting Date: 05/28/2019 Prepared by: Title: Manager - Telecommunications – Information Technology Name: John Daly 05/10/2019 9:17 AM Submitted by: Title: Division Director - Information Tech – Information Technology Name: Mike Berrios 05/10/2019 9:17 AM Approved By: Review: Procurement Services Opal Vann Level 1 Purchasing Gatekeeper Completed 05/10/2019 10:24 AM Information Technology Mike Berrios Additional Reviewer Completed 05/13/2019 7:25 AM Procurement Services Sandra Herrera Additional Reviewer Completed 05/13/2019 8:37 AM Procurement Services Swainson Hall Additional Reviewer Completed 05/13/2019 9:17 AM Procurement Services Ted Coyman Additional Reviewer Completed 05/13/2019 11:33 AM Administrative Services Department Michael Cox Level 1 Division Reviewer Completed 05/13/2019 3:35 PM Administrative Services Department Len Price Level 2 Division Administrator Review Completed 05/16/2019 8:07 AM County Attorney's Office Scott Teach Level 2 Attorney Review Completed 05/16/2019 11:42 AM Office of Management and Budget Valerie Fleming Level 3 OMB Gatekeeper Review Completed 05/16/2019 3:30 PM County Attorney's Office Jeffrey A. Klatzkow Level 3 County Attorney's Office Review Completed 05/17/2019 8:20 AM Office of Management and Budget Laura Wells Additional Reviewer Completed 05/17/2019 9:11 AM County Manager's Office Nick Casalanguida Level 4 County Manager Review Completed 05/19/2019 9:00 AM Board of County Commissioners MaryJo Brock Meeting Pending 05/28/2019 9:00 AM 16.E.2 Packet Pg. 1014 16.E.2.a Packet Pg. 1015 Attachment: First Amendment to Agreement #15-6409 (8920 : P25 Radio System) 16.E.2.a Packet Pg. 1016 Attachment: First Amendment to Agreement #15-6409 (8920 : P25 Radio System) 16.E.2.a Packet Pg. 1017 Attachment: First Amendment to Agreement #15-6409 (8920 : P25 Radio System) 16.E.2.a Packet Pg. 1018 Attachment: First Amendment to Agreement #15-6409 (8920 : P25 Radio System) 16.E.2.a Packet Pg. 1019 Attachment: First Amendment to Agreement #15-6409 (8920 : P25 Radio System) 16.E.2.a Packet Pg. 1020 Attachment: First Amendment to Agreement #15-6409 (8920 : P25 Radio System) 16.E.2.a Packet Pg. 1021 Attachment: First Amendment to Agreement #15-6409 (8920 : P25 Radio System) 16.E.2.a Packet Pg. 1022 Attachment: First Amendment to Agreement #15-6409 (8920 : P25 Radio System) Customer C000230 Communications International 4450 US Highway 1 VERO BEACH, FL 32967 772-569-5355 Bill To Collier County Board Co Comm 3299 Tamiami Trail E Ste 700 NAPLES, FL 34112 Delivery Address Collier County Information Technology 3299 Tamiami Trail East Suite 600 NAPLES, FL 34112 EDACS Quarterly Maintenance 10/1/2018-12/31/2018 Item Description Qty Price Discount Net Price Extended Price EDACS - Infrastructure Equipment Channels Mastr V/Mastr III/Site Pro* 1 64,049.97 64,049.97 64,049.97 Subtotal 64,049.97 Common Equipment 1 29,100.00 29,100.00 29,100.00 Subtotal 29,100.00 Total 93,149.97 0.00Sales tax Remit to Communications International, Inc. 4450 US Highway 1 VERO BEACH, FL 32967 Due date 03/27/2019 Terms N30 E-mail ar@ask4ci.com For Terms and Conditions please visit www.ask4ci.com/termsandconditions Invoice Page 1 of 1 Customer PO 4500191643 2/25/2019Date Invoice Number PI116605 16.E.2.b Packet Pg. 1023 Attachment: Outstanding FY 19 Invoices (8920 : P25 Radio System) Customer C000230 Communications International 4450 US Highway 1 VERO BEACH, FL 32967 772-569-5355 Bill To Collier County Board Co Comm 3299 Tamiami Trail E Ste 700 NAPLES, FL 34112 Delivery Address Collier County Information Technology 3299 Tamiami Trail East Suite 600 NAPLES, FL 34112 EDACS Quarterly Maintenance 1/1/2019-3/31/2019 Item Description Qty Price Discount Net Price Extended Price EDACS - Infrastructure Equipment 1 64,049.97 64,049.97 64,049.97 Subtotal 64,049.97 Common Equipment 1 29,100.00 29,100.00 29,100.00 Subtotal 29,100.00 Total 93,149.97 0.00Sales tax Remit to Communications International, Inc. 4450 US Highway 1 VERO BEACH, FL 32967 Due date 04/24/2019 Terms N30 E-mail ar@ask4ci.com For Terms and Conditions please visit www.ask4ci.com/termsandconditions Invoice Page 1 of 1 Customer PO 4500191643 3/25/2019Date Invoice Number PI117165 16.E.2.b Packet Pg. 1024 Attachment: Outstanding FY 19 Invoices (8920 : P25 Radio System) 16.E.2.c Packet Pg. 1025 Attachment: CONTRACT 15-6409 Exhibit G (8920 : P25 Radio System) 16.E.2.c Packet Pg. 1026 Attachment: CONTRACT 15-6409 Exhibit G (8920 : P25 Radio System) 16.E.2.c Packet Pg. 1027 Attachment: CONTRACT 15-6409 Exhibit G (8920 : P25 Radio System) December 16, 2014 Joanne Markiewicz, Director Collier County Purchasing Department 3327 Tamiami Trail E Naples, Fl. 34112 Sub: 800 MHz Trunked Radio Procurement H A R R I S C O R P O R A T I O N PSPC 150 Apollo Drive Chelmsford, MA 01824 phone 1-978-905-3500 fax 1-978-905-3360 www.pspc.harris.com The Harris Corporation trunked 800 MHz radio system equipment utilized by Collier County is manufactured only by Harris Corporation. This letter is to certify that Communications International is the sole authorized sales and service agent for Harris Corporation PSPS for Collier County. Communications International (CI) is the Harris Regional Center of Excellence (RCE) for the Southeastern United States. In this capacity it is the responsibility of Communications International to provide system design, configuration, build-out, implementation and service for the Harris systems. As the RCE Communications International is responsible for ensuring that Harris standards for grounding, build-out, implementation, and maintenance and/or repair are followed in the Southeast Region. Communications International has partnered with Harris for the past 35 years and has installed over 200 Harris systems worldwide. Harris equipment is offered at a minimum discount of 25% off published list price which is established by the State of Florida Contract (no.725-001-01-1) which expires 2021. Harris is pleased to confirm that Communications International Inc. (CI) is an authorized reseller for Harris as a Network Solutions Provider and they continue to be the only Harris Authorized Reseller of EDACS/P25 trunked radio systems and terminal equipment for Collier County. Thank you for your attention in this matter. Harris Corporation and Communications International look forward to the opportunity to continue support of communication systems throughout your area. If you have any further questions or concerns please do not hesitate to contact me. Respectfully, Edward C. Muller Manager, Indirect Channel - East Harris Corporation Public Safety & Public Service Division Email: emuller@harris.com Phone: (603) 275-0877 16.E.2.d Packet Pg. 1028 Attachment: HARRIS LETTER 2014 (8920 : P25 Radio System) Communications System Request for Proposal REQUEST FOR PROPOSALFebruary 2015 COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL  4450 US HWY 1 | Vero Beach, FL 32967 | p 772-569-5355 | ask4ci.com February 26, 2015Collier County, FL  Purchasing Department  3327 Tamiami Trail East  Naples, FL 34112  Re: Radio System Upgrade  Mr. Daly,  Communications International (“Ci”) is pleased to submit its compliant proposal for a new Project 25 Phase 2 Radio  Communications System for the County’s public safety departments and agencies.  We believe our approach will be of great interest to the County. It is the only solution that enables a smooth transition  from the current radio system to new standards based technology. This approach provides Collier County with substantial  operational and fiscal advantages while delivering the most advanced radio technology available today. Some highlights  of our proposal include;  Uses Collier County’s existing radio equipment and infrastructure 9‐site 7/800 MHz linear simulcast design and 7‐site multi‐site system using Harris P25 technology 95% guaranteed portable radio coverage 10 hop digital microwave network Award winning Harris Symphony™ dispatch consoles Harris BeOn™ (radio over cellular) and Automatic Vehicle Location (AVL) systems A trusted vendor with a proven track record of large radio system implementations Please see our Executive Summary for further explanation on the above highlights and other key points of our proposal.   We are confident Collier County will agree that our solution provides the winning formula with the perfect mix of cost,  capabilities and future readiness.  Ms. Herrera, we are privileged to have Collier County, and the many agencies in your county, the region and the State of  Florida, as our long‐time customers. On behalf of our entire employee‐owned company, please know Ci is fully committed  to do what it takes to continue our successful relationship.   Sincerely,  John Rosati  Vice President  2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1: COVER LETTER 2................................................................................................................................... SECTION 2: TABLE OF CONTENTS 3......................................................................................................................... SECTION 3: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 7....................................................................................................................... SECTION 4: QUALIFICATIONS 16............................................................................................................................. QUALIFCATIONS 17.......................................................................................................................................... KEY PERSONNEL 20.......................................................................................................................................... ANDREW BLANKENSHIP, CHIEF ENGINEER 21.......................................................................................... HECTOR CASTRO, PROJECT MANAGER 23................................................................................................ STEVEN FISHER, PROJECT SYSTEMS ENGINEER 25.................................................................................... MATTHEW ST. PIERRE, PROJECT SYSTEMS ENGINEER 27......................................................................... COMPANY INFORMATION 29........................................................................................................................... Ci COMPANY HISTORY 30......................................................................................................................... Ci COMPANY BROCHURE 40..................................................................................................................... Ci DETAILED REFERENCES 44.................................................................................................................... CUSTOMER TESTIMONIALS 48.................................................................................................................. HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY 49.............................................................................................................. CITY OF TAMPA 51............................................................................................................................. TEMPLE TERRACE POLICE DEPARTMENT 52...................................................................................... PASCO COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD 53.................................................................................................. ZEPHYRHILLS POLICE 54..................................................................................................................... HARRIS SITE DEVELOPMENT 55......................................................................................................... SECTION 5: SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 56..................................................................................................................... RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 57..................................................................................... DIAGRAMS 119................................................................................................................................................. COLLIER COUNTY P25 SYSTEM OVERIVEW 120........................................................................................ COLLIER COUNTY MICROWAVE SYSTEM OVERVIEW 121......................................................................... MICROWAVE PATH DIAGRAMS 122......................................................................................................... CB - Hosp 123.................................................................................................................................... Chalet - Kreh 124............................................................................................................................... Collier-Microwave Loop-Spur 125..................................................................................................... Cork - 951-250 126............................................................................................................................ ESC - CB 127....................................................................................................................................... Hosp - 951-250 128........................................................................................................................... 3 Kreh - ESC 129.................................................................................................................................... Kreh - WA V V 130............................................................................................................................. Miles - Carnes 131............................................................................................................................. Miles - DOT 132................................................................................................................................. Miles - Immok 133............................................................................................................................. NNaples - 951-250 134...................................................................................................................... Old-41 - 951-250 135......................................................................................................................... WAV V - 951-250 136........................................................................................................................ WAV V - Miles 137............................................................................................................................. MICROWAVE MONITORED HOT STAND-BY ALTERNATIVE 138................................................................ COVERAGE 139................................................................................................................................................. TRAFFIC ANALYSIS 140.............................................................................................................................. COVERAGE LINK BUDGETS 141................................................................................................................. MultiSite Mobile Link Budget 142..................................................................................................... MutliSite Portable Outdoor Link Budget 145.................................................................................... SimulCast Mobile Link Budget 148.................................................................................................... SimulCast Portable Indoor Link Budget 152...................................................................................... SimulCast Portable Outdoor Link Budget 156................................................................................... COVERAGE MAPS 160............................................................................................................................... COUNTYWIDE 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST - MULTISITE SYSTEM - TALK BACK FROM MOBILE (100%)161................................................................................................................ COUNTYWIDE 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST - MULTISITE SYSTEM - TALK OUT TO MOBILE (99.9%)162..................................................................................................................... COUNTYWIDE 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST - MULTISITE SYSTEM - TALK BACK FROM PORTABLE HEAD LEVEL OUTDOORS (90.2%)163................................................................... COUNTYWIDE 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST - MULTISITE SYSTEM - TALK OUT TO PORTABLE ON HIP OUTDOORS (91.5%)164................................................................................ ESC AIRCRAFT SITE - TALK BACK FROM MOBILE 165......................................................................... ESC AIRCRAFT SITE - TALK OUT TO MOBILE 166................................................................................ ESC AIRCRAFT SITE - TALK BACK FROM PORTABLE HEAD LEVEL OUTDOORS 167............................. ESC AIRCRAFT SITE - TALK OUT TO PORTABLE ON HIP OUTDOORS 168........................................... 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM - TALK BACK FROM MOBILE (98%)169....................................... 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM - TALK OUT TO MOBILE (98%)170.............................................. 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM - TALK BACK FROM PORTABLE HEAD LEVEL INDOORS (97.6%)171............................................................................................................. 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM - TALK BACK FROM PORTABLE HEAD LEVEL OUTDOORS (98%)172............................................................................................................. 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM - TALK OUT TO PORTABLE ON HIP INDOORS (98.1%)173........................................................................................................................ 4 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM - TALK OUT TO PORTABLE ON HIP OUTDOORS (98%)174....................................................................................................................... EQUIPMENT BROCHURES 175.................................................................................................................. Symphony_ECR-8057B 176............................................................................................................... MASTR V Base Station Brochure 178................................................................................................. ISSI_ECR-8035A_tcm42-10471 180................................................................................................... Interop GW_CR-7054G_tcm42-10470 182........................................................................................ Network Sentry_ECR-7346D_tcm42-10490 184............................................................................... UAS_ECR-8031_tcm42-10536 186.................................................................................................... MV IP SC_ECR-7967A_tcm42-20759 188.......................................................................................... VIDA Brochure 190............................................................................................................................ VNM_ECR-8030_tcm42-16012 194................................................................................................... Proteus MX ANSI Data Sheet 196...................................................................................................... SBS Battery Data Sheet 206............................................................................................................... 7705_SAR_r11_ds 208....................................................................................................................... 9155FXA_0611_UPS Brochure 214.................................................................................................... CommScope MR050 Series Dehydrator 216..................................................................................... DBSMCP_Series 222.......................................................................................................................... dbSpectra_DSCC85_Combiner 223................................................................................................... dBSpectra_Tower Top Amplifiers 224............................................................................................... EU-63 226.......................................................................................................................................... Flatpack2 Systems - Comprehensive Datasheet 228......................................................................... PAD6-65BC 233.................................................................................................................................. PAD8-65AC 235................................................................................................................................. IMPLEMENTATION 237........................................................................................................................................... SECTION 6: PROJECT MANAGEMENT PLAN 238.............................................................................................. SECTION 7: QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 240................................................................... SECTION 8: TRAINING PROGRAMS 243............................................................................................................ SECTION 9: POINT-BY-POINT COMPLIANCE 251..................................................................................................... APPENDIX B - COMPLIANCE MATRIX 252........................................................................................................ POINT-BY-POINT RESPONSE 267...................................................................................................................... SYSTEM WARRANTY, MAINTENANCE AND TESTING 345........................................................................................ SECTION 10: SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM AND SUBSCRIBER WARRANTY INFORMATION 346.................................. SECTION 11: SYSTEM TESTING 351.................................................................................................................. SAMPLE SATP 355..................................................................................................................................... SAMPLE CATP 411..................................................................................................................................... 5 SAMPLE 30 DAY OPERATIONAL TEST 427................................................................................................. SAMPLE CUTOVER PLAN 430.................................................................................................................... SAMPLE FATP 434..................................................................................................................................... SECTION 13: POST WARRANTY MAINTENANCE 660........................................................................................ SECTION 14: PROPOSAL PRICING 663..................................................................................................................... APPENDIX C PROPOSAL PRICING FORMS 664.................................................................................................. Appendix C - Proposal Pricing Forms Table C.1 – Proposal Pricing Summary Sheet (Total Cost)665............................................................................................................................... Appendix C - Proposal Pricing Forms Table C.2 – Proposal Pricing Sheets (System Components Cost)667................................................................................................................ Appendix C - Proposal Pricing Forms Table C.3 – Proposal Pricing Sheets (Services Cost)676.................................................................................................................................... Appendix C - Proposal Pricing Forms Table C.4 – Proposal Pricing Summary Sheet (Infrastructure Development)677.................................................................................................. Appendix C - Proposal Pricing Forms Table C.5 – Proposal Pricing Summary Sheet (Optional Sites Infrastructure Development)679.......................................................................... 98% Coverage Option 681........................................................................................................................ 6 P25 RADIO SYSTEM EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Collier County, Florida 7 GUARANTEED COVERAGE OPTIMIZED DESIGN. MAXIMUM COVERAGE Our design is guaranteed. A solution based on our extensive experience with Collier County’s current Harris EDACS radio system, local knowledge of the area and thorough understanding of our radios’ real-world performance . Configured as a nine-site linear modulation simulcast network and seven- site multisite network, Collier County’s new P25 system will deliver 95% portable indoor* coverage throughout the county. Strategically located sites and antenna systems are engineered to maximize in-building coverage for the buildings listed in the RFP. This optimized design provides coverage directly from the tower sites and minimizes the need for in building signal amplifier systems.  95% portable indoor coverage  Optional 98% in building coverage  Digital Audio Quality 3.4  Linear Modulation Simulcast * 98% portable indoor option 9 SIMULCAST SITES Old 41 Chalet N. Naples (New) 951 NCH-Hospital Corkscrew County Barn WAVV Krehling 7 MULTI-SITES Aircraft Loop Road Backup DOT Immokalee Miles City Carnestown 8 A P25 SOLUTION THAT KNOWS NO BOUNDARIES TURNKEY AND FUTURE READY Collier County is taking a bold and important step to ensure the continued reliable communications for its public safety community. Communications throughout the county and region is of critical importance, and a dependable radio system is a cornerstone of every county. As the SOW makes clear, the county seeks to upgrade its public safety radio system to provide public safety, first responders real time operable and interoperable voice and data services that support day-to-day, mutual aid, and task force operations. The new system will be highly reliable, fault tolerant, spectrally efficient, easily scalable, and meet the operational requirements for public safety, first responders and public service agencies. Our turnkey proposal meets your objectives by combining resources in the county and region and integrating them with the most advanced, most successful radio technology available. The result is the lowest total lifecycle cost solution that places Collier County on a fiscally responsible and future ready path to P25 and 700MHz technologies.  SMOOTH MIGRATION TO P25  GUARANTEED COVERAGE  LEVERAGES STATE RESOURCES  USES EXISTING RADIOS  THE MOST EXPERIENCED EDACS TO P25 PARTNER We combine resources from the county and state to offer Collier County substantial operational and fiscal efficiencies. SOLUTION SNAPSHOT Aspect Description Number of Sites/ Config. 9 sites, Linear Modula on Simulcast, 7 site mul site Number/type of Chan- nels 48 800 MHz channels 700 MHz ready Coverage Guarantee 95% portable indoor 20dB 98% portable indoor op on Operating Modes P25 Phase 1 & 2 and EDACS (AES, DES) Number of System Cores 1 High Availability Cores Geo- Diverse Loca on Dispatch Consoles 19 consoles at 2 dispatch centers (16 and 3) Site Connectivity 11 hops, 150 MBps micro- wave network, 99.999% Interoperability “Knob-click” EDACS, P25, 700 MHz, ISSI Features Over the Air Programming & Re-Keying, Text Messaging, 9 FROM THE BATTLEFIELD TO COLLIER HIGH RELIABILITY AND REDUNDANCY Harris is the leading global supplier of secure radio communications and embedded high-grade encryption solutions for military and government organizations. Collier County needs a reliable public safety radio network for daily operations and major disasters or emergencies. Our proposed solution provides a redundant, fault-tolerant network designed to tolerate single points of failure. Redundancy and reliability are achieved throughout the system including:  Redundant and geographically distributed control points for over-the-top reliability  Enhanced Failsoft with Security  Distributed database information at each site  Remote/regional back-up dispatch capabilities P25 SYSTEM DESIGN Harris VIDA P25 Phase 2 infrastructure 9-site, Linear Simulcast P25 Phase 2 system capable of voice and data 7-site, multi-site P25 Phase 2 system capabile of voice and data EDACS Migration Gateway for seamless integration of EDACS to P25 Existing tower sites including State of Florida tower and facilities New antenna systems MNI 150 microwave network with hot-standby configuration 19 dispatch consoles located at 2 dispatch centers AWARD WINNING SYMPHONY™ DISPATCH CONSOLES The new, state-of-the-art Symphony platform provides dispatchers complete control to adapt as priorities and as needs change. With 16 user-definable screens, up to 8 speakers and 1,000 group modules, the Symphony is ideal for Collier County’s dispatch operations. Since it is an IP -based console, it does not require audio towers, electronic banks or direct connection to a Master Site. The unit will interface to the P25 system through a LAN-based connection and share voice encapsulated data packets on the county’s secure IP network. Dispatchers can configure their working environment with graphics, features, and functions that work best for them. Console screen setups can be configured to improve efficiency and productivity. Screen configurations can be created for scenarios ranging from crisis situations to shift/staffing changes. REGIONAL DISPATCH CAPABILITIES Any agency connected to the Region 4 Master Core will be able to access their talkgroups securely from other connected centers. This provides the County with a cost-effective back up solution for dispatching in the event any one or both of the county’s dispatch centers are rendered inoperable. ENHANCED DYNAMIC DUALMODE OPERATION Exclusive Harris technology feature enables seamless operations on P25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 on any channel at any site. Other vendors require dedicated channels or sites that could result in capacity and operational issues. BeOn TODAY. LTE TOMORROW Harris is leading first responders into the next generation of critical communications with a forward-thinking solution encompassing LTE broadband, secure satellite backhaul, rugged LTE end user devices and intelligent applications. The Harris LTE solution provides first responders with fast, mission-critical information at their fingertips that can improve local coordination and response. Baton Remote - The Symphony Baton Remote makes com- plex tasks simple by integrating directly with your existing 9-1-1 and CAD software allowing dispatchers to handle calls using a single monitor, mouse and keyboard. Place on any screen, anywhere. 10 A SEAMLESS MIGRATION THE MOST EXPERIENCE WITH EDACS TO P25 MIGRATIONS It’s important for communications to continue without disruption. Ci has the most experience transitioning EDACS customers to P25 agencies. With over 12 major EDACS/P25 networks in Florida alone, Ci has is the only vendor with this level of in-depth experience. Our migration program combines exclusive services and technology including:  “One-button” interface to Harris systems  EDACS Migration Gateways for seamless interconnection to the new P25 system  Leveraging your existing radios. We will upgrade your radio software to enable radios to talk on EDACS and P25 Phase1/ Phase 2 networks  Maintenance and support abilities that allow you to keep your in-house capabilities  Radios capable of simultaneous, multi-system scan of P25, EDACS and other vendors’ systems EASY MIGRATION TO 700MHz There are 11 700 MHz frequencies reserved for Collier County in the Florida Region pool. These highly coveted frequencies follow stringent design criteria that result in minimal interference. MASTRV BASE STATION Because of the advanced design and the ver- satility of the Harris MASTR V Linear Modula- tion Station, modular changes can be made to convert these stations from 800 MHz to 700MHz. This ease of this technology allows for a mi- gration to the desirable 700 MHz band. Not only can the band of the station be easily changed, but due to Harris’s forward-thinking strategy the 800MHz and 700 MHz can be operated at the same time and within the same infrastructure. 11 TAILORED TO MEET YOUR NEEDS A SUCCESSFUL HISTORY WITH COLLIER COUNTY Transitioning to a new radio system is a significant undertaking. Ci was the original installer of the county’s EDACS system. We were also the integrator who optimized the system’s coverage and have supported the EDACS network for over 15 years. Our intimate local knowledge of your radio system and operations will be part of our approach to design, deliver and support your new P25 network. COLLIER COUNTY’S NEEDS OUR SOLUTION TO MEET YOUR NEED GUARANTEED COVERAGE Ci’s design guarantees 95% portable indoor coverage with optional config- urations for 98% portable indoor coverage A SMOOTH MIGRATION Ci has the most experience migrating Harris EDACS systems to P25 in Florida. An EDACS Migration Gateway will provide a smooth transition with no downtime and a seamless end-user experience LOW TOTAL LIFECYCLE COST Our design leverages state tower and the County’s existing equipment. We reuse and upgrade your current radio inventory, while renewing their warranties, to deliver a low total cost HIGH RELIABILITY Geographically redundant control points, critical database backups and a fault-tolerant IP network architecture that provides uninterrupted communi- cations even if IP links are disrupted SEAMLESS INTEROPERABILITY Multiple levels of interoperability including ‘knob-click’ direct interoperability with EDACS and P25 users as well as a P25 ISSI for inter-system connec- tivity between P25 networks ONGOING SUPPORT As the exclusive Harris Regional Center of Excellence in the Southeastern U.S., Ci has a network of 7 Service Centers in Florida, including a Service Center in Collier County EXPERIENCED PARTNER Ci has over 40 years of experience implementing and supporting public safety trunked radio system networks in Collier County, Southern Florida and the State of Florida 12 A STRONG LOCAL PRESCENCE A SERVICE NETWORK THROUGHOUT FLORIDA Ci has a local presence in Naples, Florida with several of our employees residing in Collier County. Ci has provided service and support to Collier County for over 15 years as well as many other public safety communications systems throughout Florida and the United States. With nearly 200 employees-owners and nearly 40 years in business, Ci has the resources and experience to support Collier County’ needs.  80 technicians and service support personnel  11 system engineers  Regional Service Center in Collier County  Several employees reside in Collier County  An employee owned company that sends an owner out on every call  Backed by Ci’s Service Organization Network including 7 facilities throughout Florida  The exclusive Harris Regional Center of Excellence for all 50+ Harris dealers in the eleven southern states  Harris Master Integrator, Distributor and Regional Center of Excellence with factory trained engineers, technicians and project managers Ci Service Center 13 LOW COST OF OWNERSHIP Leverages existing radio inventory Simulcast and Multi-site system design enhances indoor coverage throughout the county Complete turnkey solution addressing all project systems, subsystems, compo- nents and services Comprehensive ongoing maintenance with optional long-term maintenance ser- vices Future ready features including AES en- cryption, Over the Air Programming, Text Messaging and GPS Includes BeOn™ to extend radio system to smartphones Uses State of Florida tower and facilities Extending life of EDACS system to ac- commodate a phased migration to P25 Multiple mode system that supports EDACS and P25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 14 WHY Ci FOR COLLIER COUNTY? UNMATCHED BY ANY OTHER VENDOR. Ci offers a unique solution to Collier County that no other vendor can. Our turnkey solution provides the latest technology, most experienced/capable services in an approach that benefits the county immediately and well into the future.  SMOOTH MIGRATION TO P25  GUARANTEED INDOOR COVERAGE  LEVERAGES COUNTY AND STATE RESOURCES  USES EXISTING RADIOS  ADVANCED P25 TECHNOLOGY  THE MOST EXPERIENCED EDACS TO P25 PARTNER By integrating Collier County’s current radios and network taking advantage of a State of Florida site, our solution provides the most advanced technological solution at the lowest total price. We look forward to partnering with Collier County again for your next generation of public safety communications. 15   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   SECTION 4: QUALIFICATIONS      16 COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL  RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. QUALIFICATIONS  Communications International, Inc. “Ci” started as a small company in Florida nearly 40 years ago. The concept was to  offer a one‐stop shop for the communication needs of the public safety and critical communications markets in the area.   Over the years we have grown to become an internationally recognized systems integrator of mission critical networks.  Our experience covers many public safety, transit, and utility projects in the United States, Canada, Latin America and  Caribbean. We have grown rapidly to become one of the premier system integrators in the United States.   Today, we are an employee owned company with 10 locations and nearly 200 employees; including Network Engineers,  FCC licensed Technicians, IT Experts, Project Managers and Subject Matter Experts, to support clients across the U.S. and  abroad.   Ci has been supporting public safety professionals to meet mission critical assignments. Our system designs,  implementation and support services have developed strong, long‐term relationships with public safety officials and end  users who need dependable communications. These experiences have forged a proven methodology for implementing  projects right the first time. Using standardized PMBOK™‐based, project management tools and our field‐proven project  methodologies, Collier County will receive a dependable Project Team for the success of their Public Safety Radio  Communications System project.    Project team  Ci will organize a team of dedicated employees, capable and experienced to execute the requirements of Collier County’  Public Safety Radio Communications System project. This team will bring the knowledge and experience gained from  implementing successful upgrade projects around the world. Ci will ensure the  same level of excellent performance is delivered to Collier County. The Project Manager (PM) will lead the team and be responsible for all  deliverables, ensuring a successful project.  The Project Manager will  coordinate resources and work assignments so that milestones are met in an  efficient manner. Ci’s dedicated project scheduler will support the Project  Manager in preparing and updating the required project schedules and work  plans.  The PM will have the organizational authority to execute the contract  requirements for Ci and can access all necessary technical and management  resources to support the proper execution of the contract. As prime system  integrator, Ci acknowledges the role of managing subcontractor roles and  responsibilities. The Project Manager will have global program level  responsibilities with a focus on cost and schedules for all activities. All process compliance and completion of work to the  satisfaction of Collier County is the primary objective.   Ci Satisfied Customers  Doing Project Management Right  the First Time  “Ci has a dedicated team of  professionals that has earned our  respect through their due diligence  when addressing any new project  or endeavor“  Captain Thomas Labombardo,  Aventura Police Department, Florida  17 COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL  RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Staffing Plan  Ci has successfully staffed numerous programs of similar size, complexity and mission criticality as the Collier County Public  Safety Radio Communications System project. Ci will provide Collier County the benefit of a local team of highly qualified  experts to plan, monitor, and control every aspect of the Public Safety Radio Communications System project execution  for a low‐risk, high‐quality, and on‐time system delivery. With certified program management professionals, internal  engineering resources and the combined strength of supplier partner of Harris Corporation, Ci offers to Collier County the  industry’s top talent and a partnership to ensure the immediate and long‐term success of the project. Additional value of  the Ci team includes the following:   The Ci Program Management Office and key management leaders will be closely aligned with Collier County to  facilitate effective relationship building with Collier County and to maximize the level of coordination and  communication needed to ensure project success.    The Project Manager will be the sole points of contact to the County for program execution. This supports fast  issue resolution, effective communications, accountability for commitments, and maintaining proper program  priorities.  ♦Ci’s  local  shop  located  in  Naples  ensures  that  our  team  will  have  the  benefit  of  an  extensive  range  of local knowledge and experience.   Ci has established an experienced senior‐level team, with years of relevant experience and proven expertise in the design,  integration, deployment, and support of complex communications systems. Under the direction of our seasoned  management and technical leaders, Ci brings to  Collier County assurance that the project will be  completed on time and on budget, which meets  their system and program objectives. Critical  communications projects such as this require the  coordinated efforts of a diverse, multi‐disciplined  team. This solid team is capable and ready to  perform the tasks necessary to execute the  project.   The Ci Engineering Team  18   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Design Team Members  Ci represents Harris as the largest Simulcast Integrator nationally and locally in the southeast. Ci’s presence in multiple  locations offers “next‐door” support and continuity of the same project staff from project start. Ci is “A Trusted Pubic  Safety Partner”.   Your Ci Design Team:    Steve Fisher, Chief System Engineer   Matt St. Pierre, Project System Engineer   Andrew Blankenship, Project System Engineer   Hector Castro, Project Manager, PMP   Toni Wilson, Regional Service Manager   John Rosati, Vice President of Sales and Marketing   Mark Stanley, Vice President of Customer Advocacy        19 COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL  RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. KEY PERSONNEL  20 Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive ANDREW L BLANKENSHIP Chief Engineer Employers Company Ci Ericsson Incorporated Electronic Systems Dates 1996 to Present 1995 to 1996 1989 to 1995 Position Director of Engineering/ Systems Engineer Systems Engineer Technician Educational Background Degree BSEE Year 1994 University ITT Technical Institute Program Electronic Engineering Qualifications and Experience DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING/SYSTEMS ENGINEER (1996 – Present) Responsible to oversee and direct the assigned duties of a Site Manager and Technicians as they implement assigned projects. Ensure adherence to the ISO procedures for implementation and executing projects. Provide system designs, acceptance test procedures, system documentation and ensure configuration management and control of delivered systems and services per the contractual requirement. Troubleshoot system issues both remotely and on site along with phone support for onsite personnel. Prepare and submit trouble reports according to company policy informing all interested parties of the current status of the issue. Responsible to the Business Manager to maintain all technical aspects of projects assigned to the team. Provide pre-sales support in proposing and designing solutions to meet customers’ business and technical requirements. Coordinate the standardization of proposal processes and system design efforts; Coordinate capturing new business opportunities in the Federal and Defense markets; Provide post-sales support for implementation, training and acceptance of designed systems; Assist in the development of engineering and technical staff. MANATEE COUNTY, FL- Systems Engineer (2010-2011) Providing engineering support during the implementation of a 5 site GPS Simulcast System. The system will provide coverage throughout the West side of Manatee County for Law Enforcement and Public Safety. HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY, FL – Systems Engineer (2009-2011) Responsible for providing engineering support during the implementation of two GPS Simulcast System upgrades. When combined, the 18 site 35 channel system provides countywide coverage for Hillsborough County Law Enforcement and Fire Rescue. RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL – Systems Engineer (2010) Assisted the Brazilian Army with system issues that developed after upgrading to digital voice. Involved traveling to various remote sites throughout the Country to diagnose and provide results. CITY OF TAMPA, FL – Systems Engineer (2008-2009) The City of Tampa migrated from their VHF Conventional system to Hillsborough County’s 800MHz EDACS System. Provided engineering and design to implement a 20 position Dispatch center for Police and Fire with backup radio capability and logging recorder connectivity. COLLIER COUNTY, FL– Systems Engineer (2007 – 2009) Responsible for providing engineering support during the implementation of a 6 site GPS Simulcast System upgrade, a 4 site Multi-Site upgrade, and a new 15 position Dispatch center for the County’s Law Enforcement and Fire Rescue . ROCKINGHAM COUNTY, VA – Systems Engineer (2007-2008) Responsible for the engineering and implementation of an 11 channel, 8 site GPS Simulcast and a 5 channel, 3 site GPS Simulcast system which provided seamless coverage for the County’s Law Enforcement and Fire. This included the implementation of a 15 position Dispatch Center, and Conventional Simulcast Paging. NEW YORK PORT AUTHORITY, NY – Systems Engineer (2002 – 2010) 21 Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive Worked through system upgrades on an existing EDACS GPS Simulcast System consisting of 7 channels at 7 sites. Upgrades including configuring the Control Point and Voting System for 17 Site capacity. Also developed a n alternative bypass system that would allow for latching capabilities and alert/notification at dispatch. Accomplishments  Over 20 Years of experience in Land Mobile Radio (LMR) communications.  Numerous certificates for training in Harris Wireless communications equipment.  Certified Subject Matter Expert for Alcatel MDR-8000 microwave radio.  Served as Branch Manager for CII in Tampa, FL from 1996 to 2003.  FCC Licensed. 22 Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive HECTOR J CASTRO Project Manager Employers Company Ci/Harris Harris Dates 2009 to Present 2005– 2009 Position Project Manager/Program Manager Quality/Manufacturing Engineer Educational Background Degree BS Year 2005 University University of Florida Program Industrial & Systems Engineer Qualifications and Experience PROJECT/PROGRAM MANAGER (2009 – Present) Responsible to oversee and direct the assigned duties of a Team of people consisting of Project Managers and System Engineers, Site Managers and other project support contractors as they implement assigned EDACS/P25 projects. Ensure adherence to the Project Management Process for Planning and Executing projects while supporting individual project teams in Monitoring and Controlling their assigned projects. Provide resource allocation as projects are initiated or as issues arise requiring special attention and ensure Configuration Management and control of delivered systems and services. Responsible to the P25 Business Manager to maintain financial and schedule performance of projects assigned to the Team MIAMI DADE, FL – Project/Program Manager (2010-Present) Responsible for the implementation of a 16 site 20 Channel for System A and 20 Channel for System B P25 System. Currently working on upgrading the sites, including tower restructuring, and shelters/generators. Harris will perform the required system reconfiguration by replacing Miami-Dade’s existing EDACS infrastructure with a standardized P25 system and modifying certain ancillary sub-systems including conventional, NPSPAC mutual aid equipment. The rebanded system will leverage Miami-Dade’s previous investments in the Harris VIDA (Voice, Interoperability, Data and Access), a network that unifies. Included are communications network components, such as the ISSI server, the EDACS - IP Gateways, the NetworkFirst Gateway and the P25 700 MHz and 800 MHz infrastructure. BRADENTON, FL – Project/Program Manager (2010-Present) Responsible for the implementation of a 5-site 15 channel EDACS network, including a main and back up switch. System is being cut over in two phases with Phase 1 being completed in September 20 11. The system build out included converting three water towers to RF sites with new shelters, generators, and fiber back haul. HENRY COUNTY, GA – Project/Program Manager (2010-Present) Responsible for the implementation of a new P25 Network and consoles to interface through an IP gateway with existing EDACS RF sites while the customer finishes rebanding and transitions to a P25. Working with the customer on dispatcher training and transition plans while we wait for construction to complete on their new dispatch center. NAPERVILLE/AURORA, IL Program Manager (2009-2010) Responsible for the implementation and transition of an 11-site 15 Channel OpenSky System County wide system, which included two separate counties sharing a main and back NSC, with mobile and portable GPS capabilities, connected to two separate dispatch centers. Supporting the Aurora/ Naperville contract by focusing on Microsoft Project execution. Coordinating subcontractors and onsite installation with help from the site manager. Interact with Aurora / Naperville customer on program concern, Product change orders, and developing an End User Training plan . 23 Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive 24 Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive STEVEN FISHER Project Systems Engineer Employers Company CII Dates 1985 to Present Position System Engineer Educational Background Degree AS BS Program ASEE Year 2004 1979 1977 University Indian River CC Univ. of Southern California Drexel University Program Computer Networking Fiber Optics/ Communications Electronics Electrical Engineering Qualifications and Experience  System Engineer (1985 – Present) Responsible to oversee and direct the assigned duties of a Site Manager and Technicians as they implement assigned projects. Ensure adherence to the ISO procedures for implementation and executing projects. Provide system designs, acceptance test procedures, system documentation and ensure configuration management and control of delivered systems and services per the contractual requirement. Troubleshoot system issues both remotely and on site along with phone support for onsite personnel. Prepare and submit trouble reports according to company policy informing all interested parties of the current status of the issue. Responsible to the Business Manager to maintain all technical aspects of projects assigned to the team.  HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY (EAST), FL GPS/SIMULCAST UPGRADE– System Engineer (2010) Responsible for the engineering, design and implementation of a GPS/Simulcast System upgrade that provides seamless coverage and roaming for Hillsborough County, Florida Police, Fire and Public Safety Departments for two systems involving 10 sites and 15 channels.  VOLUSIA COUNTY, FL GPS/SIMULCAST UPGRADE – System Engineer (2010) Responsible for the design and implementation of a GPS/Simulcast System upgrade that provides seamless coverage and roaming for Volusia County, Florida Police, Fire and Public Safety Departments involving two systems, one involving 6 sites and 15 channels, the other involving 6 sites and 16 channels.  BOSTON METROPOLITAN, MA UNDERGROUND INTEROPERABILITY PROJECT – System Engineer (2009‐2010) Coordinated 9 Boston Metropolitan agencies to be able to communicate in the Boston Underground Transportation system.  FRANKLIN COUNTY, NC NEW SYSTEM DESIGN PROJECT – System Engineer (2010) Project included designing a completely new system to meet the communication needs of Franklin County, NC Police, Fire and Public Safety.  HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY (WEST), FL GPS/SIMULCAST UPGRADE – System Engineer (2010) Responsible for the engineering, design and implementation of a GPS/Simulcast System upgrade that provides seamless coverage and roaming for Hillsborough County, Florida Police, Fire and Public Safety Departments for a system involving 6 sites and 20 channels.  YORK COUNTY, PA LAB DEVELOPMENT – System Engineer (2009) Project included persoanl involvement and development of one of the first P25 Simulcast Systems to ever be developed and implemented.  ST. KITTS, VI – System Engineer (2009) Project included designing a single site using a conventional digital system to meet the communication needs of St. Kitts, Virgin Islands Police, Fire and Public Safety. 25 Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  METROPOLITAN BOSTON TRANSIT AUTHORITY (MBTA) – System Engineer (2008‐2009) Principally responsible for the implementation and coordination of 32 platforms and stations usign RF and Fiber Optic connectivity back to a single site, solving and overcoming the problematic issues involved in providing services in 18 miles of Boston’s underground tunnel complex.. Accomplishments  33 years of technical applications and engineering experience in RF Electronics and System Design  Certified Microsoft CNE and Cisco CCNP  Indian River Community College Electronics Engineering Technology Advisory Committee  Society of Cable TV Engineers Member  FCC Licensed  Completed mulitple certifications, including : Times Engineering ‐ Fiber Optics Technologies and Engineering Applications; Nortel – SONET Engineering, Design and Application; Warener Communications – CATV Design and System Management; RCA – High Power Broadcast Transmitter; Hewlett Packard – RF Test Equipment; C‐Cor – Broadband Transmitter; Times Engineering – Certified Fiber Optic Fusion Splicer; Scientific Atlanta – Feed Forward and Linear Amplifier Technologies; Tx Rx Systems –Bi‐directional Amplifier Systems Engineering and Design; General Instruments – FCC Compliance Testing for Broadcast and CATV Systems; Harris Farinon Microwave DVM Series; Alcatel MDR 5600, 6000 and 8000 Series Microwaves; Alcatel Digital Access Controller; Dekolink Digital Channelized Bi Amps; Hughes AML Analog Block Microwave Systems; Cisco Routers and Switches; Harris Intraplex TDM Multiplexers 26 Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive MATTHEW P. ST. PIERRE Project Systems Engineer Employers Company Ci Aerotron/Repco Sales, Inc. U.S. Navy Dates 1996 to Present 1995 to 1997 1987 to 1992 Position System Engineer Senior Communications Technician Aviation Electronics Technician Educational Background  E6-A (Boeing 707 ) Flight Deck Avionics Systems  Organizational Maintenance Course  US Navy Lockheed EC-130G/Q Electronics and Troubleshooting and Repair School  Avionics and General Corrosion Control Naval Instructor School Qualifications and Experience  System Engineer (1996 – Present) Responsible to oversee and direct the assigned duties of a Site Manager and Technicians as they implement assigned projects. Ensure adherence to the ISO procedures for implementation and executing projects. Provide system designs, acceptance test procedures, system documentation and ensure configuration management and control of delivered systems and services per the contractual requirement. Troubleshoot system issues both remotely and on site along with phone support for onsite personnel. Prepare and submit trouble reports according to company policy informing all interested parties of the current status of the issue. Responsible to the Business Manager to maintain all technical aspects of projects assigned to the team.  HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY (EAST), FL GPS/SIMULCAST UPGRADE– System Engineer (2010) Responsible for the engineering, design and implementation of a GPS/Simulcast System upgrade that provides seamless coverage and roaming for Hillsborough County, Florida Police, Fire and Public Safety Departments for two systems involving 10 sites and 15 channels.  VOLUSIA COUNTY, FL GPS/SIMULCAST UPGRADE – System Engineer (2010) Responsible for the design and implementation of a GPS/Simulcast System upgrade that provides seamless coverage and roaming for Volusia County, Florida Police, Fire and Public Safety Departments involving two systems, one involving 6 sites and 14 channels, the other involving 6 sites and 16 channels.  BOSTON METROPOLITAN, MA UNDERGROUND INTEROPERABILITY PROJECT – System Engineer (2009-2010) Coordinated 9 Boston Metropolitan agencies to be able to communicate in the Bost on Underground Transportation system.  FRANKLIN COUNTY, NC NEW SYSTEM DESIGN PROJECT – System Engineer (2010) Project included designing a completely new system to meet the communication needs of Franklin County, NC Police, Fire and Public Safety.  HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY (WEST), FL GPS/SIMULCAST UPGRADE – System Engineer (2010) Responsible for the engineering, design and implementation of a GPS/Simulcast System upgrade that provides seamless coverage and roaming for Hillsborough County, Florida Police, Fire and Public Safety Departments for a system involving 6 sites and 20 channels.  YORK COUNTY, PA LAB DEVELOPMENT – System Engineer (2009) Project included persoanl involvement and development of one of the first P25 Simulcast Systems to ever be developed and implemented.  ST. KITTS, VI – System Engineer (2009) Project included designing a single site using a conventional digital system to meet the communication needs of St. Kitts, Virgin Islands Police, Fire and Public Safety. 27 Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  METROPOLITAN BOSTON TRANSIT AUTHORITY (MBTA) – System Engineer (2005-2007) Principally responsible for the implementation and coordination of 32 platforms and stations usign RF and Fiber Optic connectivity back to a single site, solving and overcoming the problematic issues involved in providing services in 18 miles of Boston’s underground tunnel complex.. Accomplishments  23 years of technical applications and engineering experience in RF Electronics and System Design  Certified Microsoft CNE and Cisco CCNP  Indian River Community College Electronics Engineering Technology Advisory Committee  FCC Licensed 28   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   COMPANY INFORMATION        29 COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL  RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Ci COMPANY HISTORY  Providing Enduring Quality  Communications International “Ci” is not the new kid on the block. As an employee‐owned company with seven offices in  Florida alone, we have been serving public safety critical communications needs for nearly four decades. Our history is  one of integrity and true partnership. We do not sell product and then walk away from responsibility, no matter what the  circumstance. We live here—we are headquartered here—and the same systems we install and support provide public  safety critical communications we depend on as Florida residents. Our customers have been loyal to us since the business  started in 1975, and this loyalty is based on honesty, fairness, and performance.   Our success over the years is a direct result of superior service. Everyone understands that service enhances system  longevity and user satisfaction. This customer service standard was infused in our business model from the beginning and  continues as a hallmark of Ci’s success in the public safety market.  This true partnering relationship is a recognized benefit  of Ci‐supported public safety agencies across Florida, the U.S. and internationally. Regardless if the need is for new  terminal products, a new system design, project planning for a new technology upgrade, tower construction for improved  and expanded coverage needs, system troubleshooting, or to get engaged with the user community for needs analysis  and issues resolution, you can rely on Ci.   Employee‐owned company since 2010 Received Indian River’s “Best Places to Work” award October, 2012 Our company staff of nearly 180 employees: engineers, technicians, project managers with PMP certifications, and subject matter experts—all dedicated to providing our customers the very best in public safety critical communications. Seven service facilities throughout Florida  Strong software competence through our software company, FATPOT Technologies More than 240 active contracts with over 200 State and Local Government agencies Loyal customers provide a majority of our revenue and have been with us an average of 10 years 30   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Providing Enduring Value  Ci has grown to be the largest Systems Integrator for Harris nationally and in Florida. Customer confidence has driven this  growth based on Ci’s proactive approach to offer “next‐door” support and continuity of the same project staff from the  design phase to project completion. The significance of this practice has been demonstrated to customers over many  years. At any time, Collier County has access to Ci as a company, the entire project team and senior management, design  engineers and technicians. This provides accountability and assurance that everything proposed in the contract is executed  according to plan and that any questions or concerns are addressed immediately. This is our promise and why customers  have trusted us with their communication needs.       Experience has taught us that equipment alone does not provide the total value that  customers experience with Ci. We invest in gaining a full understanding of our  customer’s operations and how radio communications can be used to help facilitate  and enhance your operations. This is accomplished by defining and prioritizing  initiatives, setting clear expectations regarding the project’s deliverables, expected  benefits, scope, cost, and implementation plans. After we define your project, we  finalize the design that meets your needs. We work with you to refine our plan and  ensure the project’s success. Led by Project Management Professional (PMP)  certified Project Managers, to deploy your solution, our implementation team  works in tandem with your staff to ensure a smooth transition to the new system.  Finally, we validate the successful completion of our project through  comprehensive acceptance test plans to ensure we met the project goals and  deliverables. Our proven approach continues to focus on you as we provide training  and on‐going maintenance and support for your system.     Our implementation methodology has been refined through the years and is a key value we provide our customers.  An  example is Ci‘s installation and support of Harris EDACS public safety systems in Hillsborough, Indian River, Volusia and  Brevard Counties for over 18 years.        The Ci Value Proposition  When it comes to providing  Systems Integration Services,  no one does it better. Ci gives  you the knowledge and  experience you expect from  an industry leader with the  personal attention you  deserve.  31   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Providing Future Assurance   Technology changes such as new IP‐based packet switched systems, software  enhanced radios, Over‐the‐Air Re‐Keying (OTAR) and Over‐the‐Air Programming  (OTAP) features, standards bodies like APCO and P25 Phase 1 and Phase 2  compliance, and the focus on public safety broadband demands customers make  good decisions when in the market to purchase new equipment.  Wading through  the advantages and tradeoffs of any manufacturer’s equipment requires a solid  technical knowledge, evidence of strong past performance, and the ability to attain  assurance that what you purchase today will meet your needs for tomorrow and  beyond – both from an equipment performance and support perspective.     When the State of Florida was pursuing a Statewide Law Enforcement Radio System  (SLERS) network, Harris equipment and Ci as the integrator were selected. Ci staged  and implemented the system and was contracted for the ongoing maintenance of the  radio and microwave networks. Ci coordinated the inventory, delivery, installation  and testing of more than 7,000 radio units. The equipment was divided among eight  designated locations and deployed throughout the State of Florida.                    “Our goal is to harness all of  our mission critical information  and create one clear picture to  keep our radio communications  strong, and our citizens safe. As  such, we need a flexible, robust  solution that will help New Bern  migrate to state‐of‐the‐art  technology without costing a  fortune – and Ciʼs network  provided the perfect fit.”    Frank Palombo  Recently Retired Police Chief  New Bern, NC      32   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. PROFESSIONAL STAFFING   Focused technology partner and service provider serving State and Local, Finance and Public Sector agencies    OEM software developer and solutions provider (FATPOT)   Well versed hardware, software, and services   Well positioned for continued strong organic growth   Robust customer base and relationships   Strong corporate culture with a tenured management team and highly skilled workforce    Employees and locations   Daytona Beach, FL   Rockledge, FL   Vero Beach, FL   Tampa, FL   Naples, FL   Miami, FL   Goldsboro, NC   Lynchburg, VA   Mt. Juliet, TN   Portland, OR   Salt Lake City, UT   Boston, MA   Ontario, Canada  Communications International Headquarters – Vero Beach, Florida 33   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Employee mix    What we do: the Ci services pyramid    Sales 8% Managers 9%Staff 13% Engineers 5% RF Techs 40% IT Techs 16% Projects 9% 34   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Project planning  → Feasibility Studies  → User Groups  → Site Surveys  → Needs Analysis  → Product/Technology Research  → Conceptual Design  → Requirements Definition  → Interoperability Planning  → Solutions Architecting  → Budgetary Estimates  → Procurement Management  → RFQ/RFP Creation (Consult, Develop, Respond)    System design  → RF Coverage  → System Expansion  → Fill‐In Sites  → System Design    → Network Architecture  → Radio‐IP Networks  → Backhaul Systems  → Databases/RMS  → Applications  → Voice  → Data  → Video         35   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. System implementation  → Site Construction and System Install  → Installation Planning and Oversight  → PMP® Project Management  → Factory Staging and Configuration  → Test & Turn‐up  → Training Courses  → For End Users  → For System Administrators  → Maintenance Services  → Technical Support  → Tier 1‐3 Helpdesk  → Inventory Management      Field tech services  → Subscriber Unit Reconfiguration  → Retuning, re‐flashing, and/or reprogramming subscriber units  → Removal/installation of mobile equipment in vehicles  → Removal/installation of dispatch consoles, call boxes, SCADA terminals  → Creation of code plugs/programming templates  → Infrastructure Reconfiguration  → Install/Removal of temporary/loaner equipment  → Reconfiguration of paging controllers, repeaters, receivers, and BDA’s  → Reconfiguration of transmit combiners, receive multi‐couplers, tower  top amplifiers, antennas, and feedline elements  → Oversight/Audit of Local Radio Shop Work             36   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. CUSTOMER BASE  Strong customer relationships   Brevard County, Florida   Indian River County, Florida   Hillsborough County, Florida   Boston, Massachusetts    State of Florida Law Enforcement   State of Florida Department of Corrections   Massachusetts Bay Transit Authority   Florida Power and Light   Volusia County, Florida   York County, Pennsylvania   Trinidad and Tobago      0 1020304050 Ministry of Health, Canada Orange County, CA New Bern, NC State of Missouri Indian River County, FL MBTA, MA Flagler County, FL Wayne County, NC Johnston County, NC State of Utah Hillsborough County, FL Volusia County, FL State of Florida Collier County, FL Brevard County, FL Harris Corporation Years  Providing Service 37   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Projects history  Ci has tackled projects large and small, simple and complex, new implementations and upgrades. From Las Vegas to  Boston and from Trinidad to Tasmania, we’re experts with domestic and international experience.     Here are just a few of our success stories.    1.1   BREVARD COUNTY, FL  CITY OF NEW BERN, NC  1.2   VOLUSIA COUNTY, FL 1.3  FRANKLIN COUNTY  1.4  HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY, FL 1.5  UTAH  1.6  INDIAN RIVER COUNTY, FL 1.7  BOSTON, MA  1.8  STATE OF FLORIDA  TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO  1.9  ORANGE COUNTY, CA  ONTARIO COUNTY, NY     38   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Partnerships  Ci has developed strategic partnerships with the leading manufacturers in the communications arena to best  meet your specific needs.  Our partners include:        39 Rely on Ci. We’re right there with you. 40 Rely on Ci DeliveRing integRateD SolutionS With a history spanning four decades, Communications International is privileged to serve the Public Safety and Mission Critical communications markets. We are your innovative Systems Integrator with the experience and specialized capabilities to design, implement, service and unify your critical communications. One vendor that works for you – bringing together the best of breed technologies, proven methodologies, and the commitment and expertise from more than 200 employee owners. Emergencies know no boundaries. First Responders must communicate regionally, across jurisdictions and with legacy technologies. Ci delivers custom solutions and turnkey services to enable reliable communications across regions while allowing agencies to get the most from previous investments in systems, software and resources. As a Public Safety Systems Integrator, Ci works with and supports technologies from competing manufacturers to give you a best of breed solution that includes the best technologies and the services that you need. We are your single point of accountability – the one vendor that you can rely on to design, deliver and support a unified solution. The economic climate requires you to get the most out of your resources and previous investments. Reject the typical “forklift upgrade mentality” from vendors who propose costly full system replacements and take a new approach with Ci. We are evolution experts, able to incorporate, support and service legacy systems while adding in new elements as needed. a pRoven appRoaCh To deliver a solution that truly achieves your goals, our experts take your project from concept to completion and beyond with a proven approach. The collaborative efforts of our teams focus on Listening to you so we can Discover your needs, challenges, and opportunities. Together, we Define your desired “To Be” state. From this point, we work to delineate and prioritize initiatives, setting clear expectations regarding the project’s deliverables, expected benefits, scope, cost, and implementation plans. We seek to prevent surprises and eliminate the potential for “scope creep.” From this project definition, we Design a solution that meets your needs. We work internally and with you to further Develop our plan to ensure the project’s success. Led by PMP certified Project Managers, we Deploy your solution. Our implementation team works in tandem with your staff to ensure a smooth transition to new technology. Finally, we Validate the successful completion of our project through a comprehensive acceptance test plan to ensure we met the project goals and deliverables. Our proven approach continues to focus on you as we provide Training, on-going Maintenance and support for your system. Wireless Networks User Devices, Parts, and Accessories In Building and Outdoor Coverage Voice Interoperability Software Applications Records Management Systems Software Automatic Vehicle Location Systems Automatic Field Reporting Software Custom Software Solutions Data Interoperability Information Sharing Microwave Systems and Site Connectivity Next Generation 911 Systems Dispatch Centers and Consoles Our SOLuTiOnS incLuDe: 41 Information Sharing. Situational Awareness. Mobility. Referred to as the “Google” of Public Safety Software, our software company, FATPOT Technologies created the revolutionary software platform, Peer Intelligence,® to enhance and automate public safety operations. We enable First Responders to react faster, share knowledge instantly, and communicate securely to achieve true situational awareness while utilizing legacy software, resources and investments. FATPOT’s powerful Fusion software unifies applications and systems to transform how First Responders use technology to reduce response times and increase safety in multi-agency operations. Your existing public safety software (CAD, RMS, AVL) systems seamlessly connect in real time to provide you the “big picture” across agencies and regions, regardless of the vendors, vintages or versions involved. FATPOT’s innovative Application software delivers simple, elegant, intuitive and lightning fast user experiences to facilitate Smart Policing, significantly lower response times, promote First Responder community presence and reduce occurrences of costly errors and duplications. Fatpot ® publiC SaFety SoFtwaRe we’Re Right theRe with you Nearly forty years ago, our company was founded on service – it’s in our DNA. Whether implementing complex wide area systems, enhancing existing networks, or providing ongoing maintenance and support, our proven methodology, employee-owner mindset and total aversion to internal bureaucracy delivers results – guaranteed. Ci specializes in designing custom solutions tailored to fit your communications objectives, budget and timeline. We work closely with you to set clear expectations regarding the project’s deliverables, expected benefits, scope, cost, and timing. This up front planning ensures we meet your needs while eliminating any “scope creep” or surprises. When it comes to providing System Integration Services, no one does it better. Ci gives you the knowledge and experience you’d expect from a manufacturer with the personal attention you deserve. System Engineering Network Optimization Equipment Calibration Custom Software Development Site and Project Management Installation and Maintenance Software Integration Tower and General Construction Training Our SerViceS incLuDe: FUSION FATPOT software provides two main types of solutions: Fusion and Applications. Fusion software connects all disparate systems in real time no matter the vendor, vintage or version to provide true data interoperability. Application software provides a suite of powerful tools to automate and enhance public safety operations. 42 we Rely on Ci “Ci has provided us with exceptional service and solutions. We depend on Ci and they have never let us down.” Lesley Lewis Communications Director, Brevard County, Florida “FATPOT’s system provides a protective technological layer that connects our first responders and makes our communities safer. FATPOT’s real-time information-sharing software saves lives. The key to homeland security is interoperability, and that’s what FATPOT provides.” Mark Shurtleff Attorney General, State of Utah “Our team was looking for a simplified, flexible solution that could offer robust, reliable communication to protect and serve citizens of each community across the Metro Boston area. Ci delivered just that, and we are pleased with the outcome.” Officer Scott Wilder Director of Technology, Brookline Police Department Chairman, Metro Boston Urban Area Security Initiative Committee “This is a true enhancement for the Missouri State Highway Patrol. With more than 800 MSHP officer vehicles equipped with FATPOT’s system, we are able to more effectively track emergency calls, offer greater situational awareness and most importantly, increase trooper safety. By streamlining our reporting process, MSHP officers can devote more time patrolling Missouri’s highways and providing the best service to the citizens of our state.” Captain Kim Hull Director of Communications Division, Missouri State Highway Patrol “We wanted the same people that designed our system to be the same people that configure, implement, test, and maintain it. That’s why we rely on Ci.” Bill Clausen IT Communications Manager, Volusia County, FL “Canada’s Ministry of Health and Long-Term Care relies on FATPOT software to help in its efforts to establish a patient-focused, results-driven, integrated health system. The Ministry’s EMS TIF Program depends on FATPOT CADFusion software to connect over 25 Public Safety software systems in real time throughout the Province.” Ministry of Health Province of Ontario, Canada WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU 1.888.275.4244 • WWW.aSK4CI.COM 43   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Ci DETAILED REFERENCES  With a history spanning four decades, Communications International is privileged to serve the Public Safety and  Mission Critical communications markets. We are your innovative Systems Integrator with the experience and  specialized capabilities to design, implement, service and unify your critical communications. One vendor that  works for you – bringing together the best technologies, proven methodologies, and the commitment and  expertise from nearly 200 employee owners.   Ci has tackled projects large and small, simple and complex, new implementations and upgrades. From Las Vegas  to Boston and from Trinidad to Tasmania, we’re experts with domestic and international experience.     Here are just a few of our success stories.   PROJECT NAME: Hillsborough County Sheriff’s Office Radio System  LOCATION:  Hillsborough County, Florida  NAME OF CONTACT: Steven Mitchell  PHONE: 813‐247‐0715  E‐MAIL: smitchel@hcso.tampa.fl.us  DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE: In the mid‐1990s, Hillsborough County, Florida,  installed two 15‐channel 800‐MHz simulcast systems (east and west) to  provide county‐wide radio coverage to police, fire, public schools, and public  works agencies. Ci has been successfully providing maintenance and support  on these systems for 19+ years, and the system was very reliable. In 2007,  the manufacturer announced end‐of‐life on their system so the County  began a system wide upgrade and migration toward P25 equipment. In 2009,  the County contracted with Ci for two projects:   Replace the 5‐site west simulcast system with a newer 8‐site  simulcast system (successfully completed in October 2009)   Expand the east from 7 sites to 10 sites, using parts harvested from  the vintage west system.   As part of an effort to support the 2012 Republican National  Convention Ci was contracted to design and install a Harris 700 MHz P25 system.  The two site, ten  channel simulcast system served as the main interoperable solution for the hundreds of law  enforcement agencies that provided security for the convention.  Hillsborough County, FL The LARGEST 700/800 MHz  Trunked Radio System in Florida   Ci was the sole company to  design, sell, and install the  Hillsborough Simulcast System   The system includes:  ‐ Three simulcast cells  totaling 22 sites  ‐ A mix of P25 and EDACS  ‐ 10,000+ subscriber units   The primary communications  system for the 2012 Republican  National Convention   Has regular interoperability  with Pinellas County (Motorola  P25)  44   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.  Integrate Harris next generation core switch with Migration Gateway technology to allow for  interoperability between the existing EDACS system and the new P25 700 Mhz Phase 2 regional system.   (successfully completed in September 2014).   Upgrade existing microwave system with Alcatel 8000e series Ethernet based radios to include  Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) devices.  Ci successfully integrated 17 hops of microwave to  include new waveguide and antennas which was completed in October 2013.  The current Hillsborough County system consists of three simulcast cells with a total of 21 sites supporting over  10,000 users.          PROJECT NAME:  Aventura Radio System  LOCATION:  Aventura, Florida   NAME OF CONTACT: Tom Labombarda  PHONE: 305‐466‐1336   E‐MAIL: labombardat@aventurapolice.com  DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE: In the early 2000’s the city of Aventura had a need for reliable communications,  however the city did not own any frequencies.  Aventura contacted Communications International to research  available options.  Ci was able to find some 800 MHz frequencies and provided the city with a single site EDACS  system for communications.  In 2010 Harris corporation, the manufacturer of the EDACS equipment, announced  the end of support for the EDACS equipment at the end of 2017.  In 2012 the City took proactive steps to ensure  reliable communications and contracted with Ci for a state of the art Harris P25 communications system and  terminals.  The city knew of several coverage issues and worked with Ci to augment coverage with the  installation of two VDOC sites.   At the beginning of 2014 the single site 800 MHz P25 trunked network went  operational ensuring mission critical communications for the next decade.     “Communications International provides our office with Emergency Maintenance Service, Routine Maintenance Service and  Annual Preventative Maintenance Service in support of our 800MHz Simulcast Systems and Microwave System. We rely heavily on  their expertise, knowledge and performance in support of these systems.”  ‐ Steve Mitchell  Hillsborough County Sheriff’s Office 45   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. PROJECT NAME:  Brevard County Radio System  LOCATION:  Brevard County, Florida       NAME OF CONTACT:  Lizzet Ruiz  PHONE:  321‐637‐4074    E‐MAIL:  lizzet.ruiz@brevardcounty.us  DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:  Ci has installed, maintained, and supported the Brevard County 800 MHz EDACS  countywide Public Safety radio system since 1989. The system includes over 6000 radios and involves 11 PSAP’s  all maintained by Ci.   The system currently is made up of 4 full TX/RX sites along with 3 Satellite RX sites which support 67 individual  agencies including all municipal and county operations.  In 2012, Brevard County contracted Ci to upgrade the existing Harris EDACS™ radio network to a Harris  ProVoice™ Digital Wide Area Network, consisting of three 800 MHz GPS Simulcast systems with a total of 8 sites,  combined into a single unified network.      PROJECT NAME:   City of New Bern Radio System  LOCATION:  City of New Bern, NC  NAME OF CONTACT:  Robert Boyd  PHONE: 252‐639‐2931 E‐MAIL: boydr@newbern‐nc.org    DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE: Ci was contracted in 2011 to design and implement a turnkey radio system that  included a P25 Simulcast that included 2 sites with 11 channels, geo diverse network switching center, dispatch  consoles, user radios, mutual aid network and services. This system provides guaranteed radio coverage to New  Bern Police and Fire Departments, Carolina East Health Systems, New Bern Water and Electrical Utility  Departments as well as state and local government public safety agencies.      “Ci has provided us with exceptional service and solutions. We depend on Ci and they have never let us down.” ‐ Lizzet Ruiz  Brevard County, Florida  46   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. PROJECT NAME:  Volusia County Sheriff’s Office Radio System  LOCATION:  Volusia County, Florida   NAME OF CONTACT: Glenn Lopez  PHONE: 386‐248‐1774 E‐MAIL: glopez@so.co.volusia.fl.us  DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE: The Volusia County EDACS system had been in use since 1995. It was deployed as 2  overlapping Master III simulcast systems.  The system consists of one simulcast system “A” which has 14  channels located at 6 sites providing county‐wide coverage, then a second county‐wide system “B” which has  16 channels at 6 sites. The system currently supports over 40 different agencies with about 9000 users.  In 2012 Volusia contracted with Ci to design and implement a new Harris Voice Interoperability Data Access  (VIDA) console platform for the County’s consolidated dispatch center.  Ci successfully completed the system in  2013 which includes 32 C3IP consoles, a geo‐diverse VIDA core and an EDACS interoperability gateway tied to  the existing EDACS system.  PROJECT NAME:  Johnston County Radio System  LOCATION:  Johnston County, North Carolina  NAME OF CONTACT:  Jason Barbour  PHONE:  919‐989‐5111 E‐MAIL:  jason.barbour@johnstonnc.com  DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:  Ci has a strong and successful history of projects with Johnston County. Two of the  most recent include a Microwave upgrade and a VIDA backbone upgrade.    Microwave upgrade ‐ upgraded 2 Complete Microwave Links With Alcatel MDR 8000 Series 6 GHZ Hot Standby  Microwave Radio System As part of the project Ci installed fiber optic links to support dispatch operations at  both the primary and backup dispatch centers.   VIDA Backbone upgrade – Installed the VIDA console platform with 10 consoles at both the primary and  backup dispatch centers.  In addition the VIDA platform has all the necessary software and features to operate  the Johnston County system as either EDACS or P25.    The current Johnston County system is an 800 MHz five site multi‐site trunked EDACS system.  The system has  ten consoles at the consolidated dispatch center and serves over 2000 users.    47 COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL  RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. CUSTOMER TESTIMONIALS  48 49 50 51 52 Transportation Services 727-774-0400 FAX: 727-774-0491 Gary Sawyer, Director 813-794-0400 6125 Pinehill Road, Port Richey, FL 34668 352-524-0400 To whom it may concern In May 2014, I was tasked to resolve the radio issues we were having with our old 144 Mhz radio system consisting of 440 buses and two repeater sites. It was clear the system was overloaded and I was to seek out options in an effort to improve our current system allowing for future growth. After contacting several possible vendors, I met with Communications International who wanted to see our current system and give proposals to improve our communications. It became clearly evident that it would be just short of impossible to use our system as it stood. We were given an option of migrating to the current EDACS 800 Mhz owned by Pasco County. This would be a two-step process that would allow the county to migrate to the new P-25 system and allow the district space on their current system. This option would be a vast improvement over our current system, providing us with the reliable county wide communications that we require to operate in a safe and effective manner. Ci was able to offer the district an opportunity to purchase and support the 440 radios and accessories outright at a significant savings to be ready for the time when we can fully integrate with the new system. Currently, we have installed 120 of the 440 radios as we implement our migration in phases. This alone has eased the congestion on our communications systems. Ci programmed and installed the new radios for our dispatchers in five locations and also installed the radios in approximately 120 of our buses in 2 separate locations in record time. I am very pleased with the abilities of Ci. Ci was able to meet a very stringent deadline and was available at all times to assist with any communications problems we might be having. I highly recommend Communications International for any of your communication needs. Emmett Thompson Manager, Transportation Maintenance Transportation Services 53 54 April 20, 2012 Erich Lebeau Key Accounts Manager 4450 US Hwy 1 Vero Beach, Fl 32967 Subject: Performance on Ontario County, NY site development project. Dear Erich, Even though Harris Corporation was not directly responsible for the site development work required on the Ontario County 700 MHz Radio System project, I was a very interested observer. As the Program Manager for Harris, it was important to ensure that the sites were going to properly house and support the new radio system that Harris will be installing. This letter is to let you know that I am very pleased with the outcome for Ontario, and my project. As you know, the Ontario site development project included a number of new, green field sites, as well as several existing sites. The green field sites started out as raw land, with a range of site specific complexities. The work at existing sites ranged from fairly straight forward construction of concrete foundations and placement of generator shelters to complicated remodeling of existing buildings and facilities. The situation was further complicated by a division of scope between CI and another contractor. In every case, and at all times, I found the CI personnel and the CI subcontractors to be helpful, cooperative, and willing to work through issues as they arose. It was always clear that CI was intent on fully satisfying not only Ontario County, but also the county’s consultant LR Kimball, and Harris Corporation. I will be confident, and I think other Harris program managers or customers should feel very confident about contracting with CI for other site development projects in the future. I look forward to doing business with you again soon. Yours truly, David Adolf, Program Manager. Harris Corporation 1680 University Ave Rochester, NY 14610 585-244-5830 tel 585-242-4756 fax www.harris.com 55   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   SECTION 5: SYSTEM DESCRIPTION      56   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM DESCRIPTION  Project 25 Phase II Radio Communications Network  Solution Summary  Contemporary land mobile radio systems are complex. Hardware‐centric, vendor‐oriented systems have been replaced  by software‐centric, integrator‐oriented solutions. Increasingly, public safety organizations need to incorporate emerging  technologies in their critical communications systems in order to respond effectively to contemporary threats to life and  safety.  In this environment, monolithic systems from one vendor rarely meet every unique operational need of today’s public  safety organizations; contemporary radio systems typically require the expert integration of equipment from multiple  manufacturers into a common operational environment. In addition, funding  constraints often dictate that new systems incorporate legacy equipment,  preserve existing CONOPS (Concept of Operations) /SOPs (Standard Operating  Procedures), and reduce expenses associated with ongoing system operation  and maintenance. These challenges require more than a vendor with an  equipment portfolio; they require an independent, turnkey integrator partner  with in‐house engineering expertise and in‐depth understanding of the client’s  existing systems, operational environment, unique constraints, and goals—a  partner like Ci.  With our approach, rather than starting with a portfolio of equipment, Ci  evaluates your current systems, assesses your needs, and develops a system  that is right for you. The right equipment is only the beginning of a successful  solution for Collier County. A successful system will meet your current  requirements for reliable, secure voice and data communications, dispatch operations, interoperability, and mutual aid,  but needs to do more. A successful system must also provide platform support for future system expansion, rapid  integration of new capabilities through industry‐standard interfaces, and the addition of new—and yet to be invented— public safety software applications. Finally, a successful system design will facilitate successful implementation and  migration to the new system by leveraging COTS equipment, support of existing CONOPS, and applying PMBOK™ best  practices over the entire lifecycle of the system.  Ci has successfully applied our methodology to the design, implementation, and ongoing support of communications  networks throughout the United States including the unique challenges coastal systems in Boston, Massachusetts, Brevard  County Florida, Volusia County, Florida, Hillsborough County Florida, and the State of Florida SLERS system—the first state‐ wide simulcast system in the country. Further, Ci’s in‐depth knowledge of the County’s existing operational environment,  CONOPS, and legacy systems gained through many years of providing technical support services to the County give us  technical, logistical, and operational insight into the County’s communication systems needs that no other competitor  can duplicate. These experiences will help us deliver the right solution for you while avoiding the real‐world pitfalls that  The Ci Advantage  “We wanted the same people  that designed our system to be  the same people that configure,  implement, test, and maintain  it. That’s why we rely on Ci.”  Bill Clausen  IT Communications Mgr.  Volusia County, FL  57   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. can derail project plans lacking full appreciation for the County’s unique theater of operations, legacy equipment, and  CONOPS.  Ci’s Custom‐Crafted Solution for Collier County  For Collier County, Ci’s staff of radio and IT engineering experts have drawn on more than a decade of hands‐on work with  Collier County’s radio systems and unique needs of the county’s users to craft a P25‐compliant, digital trunked radio  communications solution built on the Harris VIDA™ network platform—the very first fully IP‐based radio communications  system with a track record of successfully delivering integrated, secure voice and data services in mission critical  implementations for over a decade. The radio network will include a nine‐site (9) P25 simulcast system, a five‐site (5) P25  multisite system, one P25 backup site (at ESC), and one P25 Aircraft site (also at ESC).  The proposed system meets or exceeds all of the County’s coverage and operational requirements while leveraging  existing radio system sites and facilities to maximize return on investment. While similar to other systems, Ci has  successfully designed and implemented in coastal municipalities (including Boston, Brevard County Florida and Volusia  County Florida). The proposed system is custom designed to satisfy all of the County’s critical success factors as  summarized in Table 1. Look for the Critical Success Factor icons throughout the document to learn more about these  unique aspects of Ci’s custom crafted solution for the County.  Table 1: Critical Success Factors for the Collier County Communications System  Critical  Success  Factor  How Ci’s Design Delivers  Value     Use of existing radios to the fullest extent possible versus expensive replacements    Coverage exceeds requirements using identified towers   Maximum cost‐effectiveness through the re‐use of resources‐shelters, towers   Uses existing EDACS system during migration to new system for a smooth transition   Enhanced Dynamic Dual Mode (EDDM) and Adaptive Site Resource Allocation (ASRA)  optimize spectrum, and increases system capacity by enabling Phase 1 and Phase 2  communications simultaneously  Interoperability     Harris VIDA™ P25 platform provides end user radios with “one button” interface to other  Harris systems in the region such as SLERS   Harris radios support simultaneous, multi‐system operations and scanning of P25, EDACS,  and other vendors’ systems   VIDA platform supports P25 Inter‐RF Subsystem Interface (ISSI) for native P25 connectivity  with other P25 systems in the region    VIDA platform supports EDACS Migration Gateway (EDG), conventional gateways and analog  mutual aid channels for complete connectivity to  legacy systems     58   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Future Proof     VIDA Core leverages open‐standard protocols to provide a flexible, scalable, standards‐based  infrastructure platform that can be upgraded to integrate new products and technologies as  they emerge   Open‐system VIDA architecture  accommodate future LTE, broadband data, and video  technologies   Harris MASTRV P25 base stations operate in P25 Phase I and Phase 2 TDMA mode of  operation and are easily upgradeable to support 700MHz frequencies.  Service and  Support     Ci has a proven record of providing outstanding services for Collier County   Ci has offices, a radio lab, and a fully staffed service facility in the local area for immediate  response to system anomalies,  routine maintenance and emergency situations   Ci understands the unique operational needs of coastal public safety organizations through  our work with New Orleans, Flagler County, Brevard County, Volusia County, Hillsborough  County, Indian River County, Miami Beach, Manatee County and SLERS  Low‐Risk     Ci’s design utilizes existing towers and facilities and radios   Ci’s experience with migrating EDACS systems to P25 and PMP™ certified Project  Management staff will ensure the project stays on schedule and on budget   VIDA’s use of Commercial Off The Shelf (COTS) network infrastructure with standard  interfaces reduces equipment costs and training time   EDACS Migration Gateway allows for ease of migration to P25, preventing a “forklift”  upgrade to a new system. Allows users to migrate at a financially manageable rate    Ci’s design accommodates existing CONOPS, promoting continuity of service and minimizing  need for re‐training  The proposed Harris solution offers the following advantages, which together will benefit the County’s end users by  improving system reliability, capability, and performance, thereby enhancing overall mission success:   True Standards Based System – Incorporation of standards‐based P25 and IP systems leads to lower costs. P25  standards allow the County to procure competitively priced P25 radios and allows for reuse of existing radios that  are upgradable to P25 mode of operation. IP standards utilize COTS networking components, which allows a  smooth migration to future technologies.   Compliance Assessment Program (CAP) ‐ Not only a participant in CAP testing, Harris Corporation is a leader in  the CAP program. Harris has provided strong leadership and contribution in the key areas of the P25 Phase 2  TDMA air interface, the P25 wireline Inter RF Subsystem Interface (ISSI), P25 trunking and conventional control,  and P25 encryption. These contributions have led to efficient and complete standards development and  publication of over 15 core standards in these key areas.   o All P25 products in Ci’s offering for Collier County are CAP certified.   In the following pages we will provide an overview of our solution and the design decisions which created it.      59   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Harris VIDA™ Core Differentiators  After reviewing the County’s critical success factors (Value, Interoperability, Future Proof Operation, Support and Service,  and Low Risk) and considering the County’s legacy systems, geography, logistical challenges, operational footprint, and  future needs, Ci’s technical team has selected the Harris VIDA™ Core as the optimal base architecture for the Collier  County system.  Leveraging IP technology and open standards, the VIDA platform provides unified interoperable communications for voice,  data and applications across a multitude of technologies ranging from land mobile radio narrowband to broadband data  networks. Because it supports the co‐mingling of technologies to serve the diverse needs of all users operating on the  system, VIDA is an integrated communications infrastructure that is scalable, flexible, and easily expanded.  The architecture and key elements of the VIDA system are shown in the illustration below.                                Figure 1. VIDA delivers mission critical services over any transport with best in class presentation     60   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. A wireless network based on the VIDA core bridges the gap between legacy systems and current technology, and becomes  the foundation for future developments. The VIDA core uses commercial‐off‐the‐shelf equipment which eliminates  proprietary hardware, database software, and operating systems. Services in the core are bundled onto a single server,  reducing the cost of purchasing, operating, and maintain the hardware. IP technology using data packets increases the  redundancy and scalability of the VIDA network.  Future Proof: Ci’s solution leverages the Harris ‘One Network’ standardized infrastructure to  accommodate the best communications technologies for each application. Our solutions are  naturally “open,” with no closed interfaces; this protects Collier County against becoming  locked in to one vendor or technology over the life of the system.  COTS Equipment  The VIDA core is truly a commercial‐off‐the‐shelf equipment based platform. Harris has teamed with information  technology industry leaders to develop a solution which draws upon next generation IT technology and overlays integrated  critical communication services to provide the most robust, secure and redundant platform in the LMR market. No  proprietary hardware or operating systems are embedded in the VIDA core.  IT Partners  Dell NetApp  Cisco Sybase  Red Hat LogLogic  Microsoft SourceFire    Virtualized Core  The VIDA solution incorporates the use of virtual machines in the server core. Virtual machines are virtualized servers that  support multiple applications, which would typically reside on their own individual servers. The virtualized servers  automatically allocate the appropriate processing, memory and networking resources for each application. The virtualized  servers within the VIDA core perform all of the mission critical services required, while reducing hardware, increasing  efficiency, and making the most out of the resources for the network.        61   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.               Figure 2. Virtual machines reside on a single server  Virtualization has a number of benefits that serve to reduce total cost of ownership in terms of physical space required  for the deployment and the cooling associated with having multiple servers. For a typical deployment, Harris’ fully  virtualized core will produce 25% of the heat and occupy 25% of the space as compared to traditional server architectures.  Service and Support: For a typical deployment, Harris’ fully virtualized core will produce 25%  of the heat and occupy 25% of the space as compared to traditional server architectures.  Virtual servers provide the flexibility and control to manage resources more effectively, reduce costly down time, and  provide that extra level of system resilience with key services to keep mission critical users operational. Additionally, a  virtual server environment has a number of IT‐centric benefits that fully support operations expected in an IT environment,  including server redundancy, services monitoring, backup/restore capability and installation/upgrade processes.  In every VIDA core, the following services have been bundled into the standard offering:   Voice Network Controller (VNIC) – Voice packet switching application   Transcoder – Translates between varying vocoders in the digital domain (ADPCM for legacy systems, full  rate AMBE for P25 Phase 1 and BeOn, and half rate AMBE for P25 Phase 2)   Unified Administration Server (UAS) – System administration and provisioning   Regional Site Manager (RSM) – Manages control data flow between RF sites and VNIC   Regional Network Manager (RNM) – Network Alarm management   Active Directory – Network security (access control and group profiles)   BeOn Foundation – Interfaces radio systems to commercial 3G and 4G carriers; serves up to 25 clients   SUMS 2.0 – Network security (patch management)   E‐Policy – Network security (anti‐virus management)   Device Manager – Software updates for infrastructure      62   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Collier County will also receive the following features added to the server as additional virtualized services:   Key Mgmt Facility (KMF) – OTAR server   BeOn (higher tiers) – Increased support up to 500 clients   High Availability Configuration – Redundant Hardware  Core Resiliency  A key to the successful operation of any mission critical network lies in maintaining the highest levels of network  availability. Harris offers its VIDA solution in an array of redundant configurations to combat manmade and natural  disasters. These high‐availability options improve network redundancy and reliability across multiple local and  geographically separated locations, and they are cost‐effective solutions for networks of any size.    Figure 3. VIDA offers high‐availability redundancy  The VIDA solution provides full service high availability failover. Regardless of the services on the primary core, the  secondary core takes over all services in failover. VIDA provides robust performance without compromise; failover does  not mean failure.  VIDA networks employ the means to meet mission critical reliability, availability, and maintainability requirements,  utilizing centralized services that can include geographically split redundant servers. Redundant servers, operating at  distinctly separate geographically and judiciously separated locations (yet fully network interconnected), provide  automatic failover capability if a network switch becomes dysfunctional because a server, network, or physical location  no longer functions. The optional High‐Availability service on the VIDA core ensures expeditious failover of call routing,  ensuring that communications continue with minimal impact to users.    63   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Scalability  The VIDA solution provides scalable configurations to meet the needs of every network, from small rural networks that  provide local coverage, scaling up to large county and statewide networks that provide wide‐area regional coverage and  serve a diversity of agencies.  Legacy non‐IP radio systems employed circuit‐switched technology, meaning that a specific circuit (or path) must be  available and established before communications may begin. This resulted in a strict hierarchical architecture that requires  physical equipment to provide connectivity between two or more lower level devices as shown below. Any additions  because the switches were typically based on Versa Module Europa (VME) architecture, the VME bus limited the possible  physical expansion.                          Figure 4. Circuit‐Switched Network     64   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. By contrast, digitized voice and data is transmitted through the VIDA network as IP packets, also known as Voice‐over‐ IP  (VoIP). VoIP allows the voice to be digitized and stored as packets, then transmitted as capacity is available. This increases  the efficiency of the radio system by utilizing available idle communication paths. It also greatly simplifies the duty of  proper call routing, allowing this task to be handled by COTS routers and Ethernet switches. One significant advantage of  this technology is a flattened architecture which allows virtually unlimited scalability because switches are established as  peers, and expansion can be accommodated by simply adding switches.  Future Proof: VIDA’s™ flattened architecture enables virtually unlimited system scalability  because switches are established as peers and expansion can thus be accommodated by  simply adding switches.  Since scalability of the switch is no longer dependent on hard physical limitations, each subsequent server generation  includes increased processing power and memory size, automatically expanding switch capacity.    Figure 5. VIDA’s IP Network  Harris’ ‘One Network’ standardized design leverages the best communications technologies for each application, and  enables our engineering team to incorporate newer technologies and products as they emerge and mature.  Harris’ VIDA™ IP packet switching core takes advantage of these technology developments to provide several benefits:  Reliability – one advantage of packet switching is that the network can be configured with multiple paths to each node. If  one path fails, the network can automatically route packets around the failed section. This capability translates into  reliable communications for public safety professionals.  65   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Efficiency – by compressing voice data and routing it via multiple paths, packet switching enables the most efficient use  of voice traffic so that one channel is not consumed by a circuit connection. Several people can talk simultaneously without  tying up the channel.  Voice‐over‐IP (VoIP) and Data – using packets, voice and data information can be routed together on the same network.  With IP, both data and voice packets use the same protocol and packet switching for combination on the same channel.  Functionality – because voice and data are carried using the same protocol, both can be transmitted together, allowing  not only audio conversation but also exchange of data such as building floor plans or suspect information. As a result,  public safety professionals have access to more information and have a better ability to do their jobs.  Our solutions are naturally “open,” with no closed interfaces; this protects the County against becoming locked in to one  vendor or technology over the life of the system.                        Figure 6: The Harris Compliance Assessment Laboratory   Inherent Redundancy and Robustness – Components critical to the functionality of the network have been  designed with redundant features to ensure that the failure of one component does not render the  communications system inoperable. The proposed design achieves optimum reliability by using a distributed  architecture that removes the intelligence from a single component and distributes the intelligence across  multiple system elements.   Enhanced Coverage – Each subsystem is designed to meet or exceed the County’s requirements for coverage.   Bonus System Capacity – The proposed Harris radio site equipment provides additional system capacity through  spectral efficiencies created by Enhanced Dynamic Dual Mode operation and Adaptive Site Resource Allocation,  features only available in Harris’ VIDA P25 solution.  66   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.  Unmatched Interoperability – The proposed system includes the Harris Interoperability Gateway to provide  interoperability with conventional systems. Additionally, the available ISSI Gateway allows direct, seamless  connectivity to neighboring P25 systems.   Customer‐Proven Scalability – Each subsystem has been designed and priced as either a base offering or option  as requested. The scalability of the network allows the County’s P25 system to add different sub‐systems when  the need arises. The proposed architecture also allows for easy addition of future sites, dispatch positions, or  channel expansion.   Unique Phase 2 Migration Flexibility – Harris’ VIDA exclusive Enhanced Dynamic Dual Mode functionality enables  the County to operate a mixed mode system (P25 Phase 1 and Phase 2) during system migration and to host P25  Phase 1 cooperator radios once migration is completed—in a way that optimally preserves the capacity gains of  Phase 2 operation.                  Figure 7: Enhanced Dynamic Dual Mode Operation     Investment towards Migration – The proposed P25 base stations (MASTR V) and the IP Simulcast Control Point  are P25 Phase 2 hardware as delivered. This equipment can operate in P25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 TDMA modes of  operation simultaneously. The incorporation of COTS equipment allows simple replacement with faster, more  powerful hardware when components become obsolete. Additionally, the use of COTS equipment allows the  system to migrate easily as new technologies evolve, without requiring expensive forklift upgrades. Ci and Harris’  customer support for transitioning to newer generation systems is unmatched in the industry.       67   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. The Ci Solution  In the following pages we will provide an overview of the solution and our design decisions which influenced it. We will  discuss the design principles and guidelines and explain the engineering tradeoffs our team considered and show you how  our approach provides Collier County with the maximum return on investment both now and in the future.   Ci’s 800 MHz P25 radio network solution for Collier County consists of the following key components as shown in the  following figure:   VIDA P25 Core:   o Local Hardware High Availability Redundant configuration  o Call Processing Core  o Network Control and Coordination   Network Switching Center for call control and routing   Network configuration, administration and management functions  o System Level Features   System redundancy mechanisms   Information Assurance, Security, and Encryption  o Interoperability Gateways  o Regional Network Manager  o Symphony dispatch consoles  o EDACS Migration Gateway     800 MHz Linear Modulation Simulcast Radio Network  o Ten 12‐Channel P25 Phase II transmit/receive sites  o Modular upgrade to 700 MHz (no forklift)  o Geographically redundant P25 IP Control Points  o New optimized transmit and receive antenna systems     68   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.  800 MHz Trunked Multisite Radio Network  o Two 3‐Channel P25 Phase II transmit/receive sites  o One 4‐Channel P25 Phase II transmit/receive site  o One 7‐Channel P25 Phase II transmit/receive sites  o One 3‐Channel P25 Phase II Aircraft site  o One 7‐Channel P25 Phase II Backup site  o Modular upgrade to 700 MHz (no forklift)  o New optimized transmit and receive antenna systems     Microwave Transport Network   o Microwave Paths: Monitored Hot Standby (1+1) Proteus MX™ radios from Microwave Networks, Inc.  o Proven Public Safety Grade Reliability  o Expandable to meet future growth   o Native TDM and Ethernet in one comprehensive package for current and future needs  o Network Management System (NMS)       EDACS Migration Gateway  o Seamless interconnection of existing EDACS system to new P25 system  o Allows for easier migration path                    69   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.   Figure 8: Architecture and key elements of Collier County P25 system    Redundancy and Survivability  Ci’s extensive experience with the operational needs of Collier County, and other public safety agencies, provided first‐ hand knowledge for the system design and the development of the County’s system redundancy requirements:   Coverage Backup: Coverage map verification showing site loss or degradation is backed‐up by coverage from  adjacent sites.    All base/repeaters will be configured to provide P25 trunked voice transmissions to user radios. They will be  configured as either a P25 control channel or working channel, and any working channel repeater is capable of  automatically assuming the role of the control channel in the case of a failure of the control channel repeater.    70   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Value: All base/repeaters will be configured to provide P25 trunked voice transmissions to  user radios.  They will be configured as either a P25 control channel or working channel, and  any working channel repeater is capable of automatically assuming the role of the control  channel in case the control channel repeater fails.     Fully Distributed IP Simulcast Control Point: A key differentiator for simulcast from Harris is the Distributed  Simulcast Control Point. Geographically distributed, the Distributed IP Control Point provides automatic failover,  though the use of N‐N control functionality redundancy with distributive control technology. This enables the  entire control point, and all related equipment, to fail over to another fully operable control point. Other vendors’  simulcast offerings failover a couple components but not the entire control point. Ci has designed Collier County’s  Public Safety Radio System with Distributed IP Simulcast Control Points.                             Figure 9:  Distributed IP Simulcast Control Point     Enhanced Failsoft with Security: Capitalizing on the EDACS simulcast bypass feature, Enhanced Failsoft with  Security mode is an operational state when a P25 simulcast system encounters a fault condition. Enhanced Failsoft  is an exclusive Harris feature and provides a level of fault tolerance far and above that of systems that fall back to  conventional operation in Failsoft mode. Specifically, the advantages of Enhanced Failsoft with Security include:   Avoids failing to conventional operation, eliminating operator confusion and error.   Maintains a full suite of radio authorization security measures to prevent unauthorized users from  accessing the system or talkgroup.   Continues trunking communication on the standalone simulcast site.   Defines specific failure mode per site for user/talkgroup security authorization.   User validation is maintained.    71   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. The different types of Enhanced Failsoft modes of operation are as follows:   Automatic Enhanced Failsoft   Go Dark   Standalone  Automatic Enhanced Failsoft  When the simulcast system detects a condition warranting Enhanced Failsoft operation, the control point automatically  enters Enhanced Failsoft mode and reconfigures the simulcast system accordingly to avoid interference between the site  in Enhanced Failsoft and the rest of the simulcast system. Several examples of conditions which generate an Automatic  Enhanced Failsoft mode of operation include the following:   Loss of communications from the IP control point to all sites.   Loss of network connectivity between the IP control point and a transmit site.   All active Baseband modules report loss of the 10 MHz reference signal.   All active Baseband modules report loss of 1 PPS from the GPS receivers.   All active Baseband modules report GPS receiver major alarm.  Go Dark  Go Dark is the most commonly used Enhanced Failsoft mode. In this mode, the IP control point continues to use all  channels while the site(s) reporting a fault simply goes off the air. Communications in this “dark” site’s capture zone is  dependent upon ‘fill in’ coverage from adjacent simulcast sites. The benefit is that all channels and system features,  including multisite and console calling, are available for users that can access the remaining sites that are still in operation;  however, the coverage area in closest proximity to the dark site may be reduced.    When a simulcast transmit site enters automatic Enhanced Failsoft mode, preprogrammed configuration parameters  direct the site to configure for either Go Dark or Standalone Enhanced Failsoft operation. When the fault condition is  corrected, the remote site exits Enhanced Failsoft mode and the site returns to normal operation.    Standalone Enhanced Failsoft    During Standalone Enhanced Failsoft mode, the system maintains service to the unaffected transmit sites while  attempting to maintain some level of local service within the coverage area of the Enhanced Failsoft site. The benefits of  using Standalone Enhanced Failsoft mode of operation include:   Full territorial coverage with a minimized impact to services   Reduced interference between the Standalone site and the remaining simulcast system   Maintain trunked communications and features with users in a Standalone Enhanced Failsoft site’s coverage area,  eliminating operator confusion and error    In Standalone Enhanced Failsoft mode, several major system changes occur in an attempt to minimize effects on the  system’s geographic coverage:   Operational sites continue to simulcast   Faulty sites continue operation in a single site P25 Trunking Mode      72   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Additional Backup Ideas    Dispatch Consoles:  As another means of backup, the dispatch centers are equipped with local units (Backup Radios) to maintain  communications with sites operating in Standalone Enhanced Failsoft mode. When a system is in Standalone Enhanced  Failsoft mode, the display on Harris radios will use indicator icons to alert a user that a limited mode of operation is use.    Seven Channel P25 Backup site located at ESC.  Redundant Microwave Backhaul Network:    Hot Standby Microwave Radios  o 1+1 Hot Standby protected Proteus MX radios  o Eliminates all active components which could result in a single point of failure in the signal path  o Complete protection of all signal and overhead channels  o Increased Path availability through utilization of Automatic Transmit Power Control (ATPC) and Adaptive  Code and Modulation (ACM)  A primary design objective of public safety radio systems is to ensure constant communications in the event of a failure(s).  A system that does not operate reliably, or that changes operation dramatically during failure modes, exposes its users to  unacceptable risks. The County’s radio users must be able to depend on highly reliable and fault tolerant radio  communications, regardless of failures caused by equipment malfunction, natural disasters, or man‐made catastrophes.  In addition, a critical communication system must have the ability to recover quickly. In the case of catastrophic failures,  VIDA P25 networks are designed to support a variety of user‐configured operation modes to manage system anomalies  and preserve critical functionality of the system while repair and recovery measures are enacted.  Coverage  Optimizing System Coverage and Site Selection  Ci’s solution meets Collier County’ coverage expectations and uses existing radio site facilities and towers to the maximum  extent possible.  Low Risk: Ci’s design utilizes predominately existing tower facilities and involves minimal new  construction or modifications, reducing schedule and logistical risks.   Ci’s engineering team conducted multiple rigorous propagation scenarios using Harris’ Radio Analysis and Propagation  Tool Repository (RAPTR) design software. Combined with our experience with the County’s current system, local  knowledge of the area, and understanding of real‐world performance of our radios, RAPTR let us determine the optimal  number and configuration of sites and antenna systems to meet or exceed the County’s requirements.  RAPTR is an advanced coverage design and engineering software package employing a suite of design modules. This tool  enables Harris to manage a system from the initial site selection process, through the detailed coverage design, including  73   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. microwave backbone design and frequency planning, and finally coverage acceptance. RAPTR makes use of two primary  terrain databases: the 30 arc‐second database and the 3 arc‐second database.  The 30 arc‐second database is generally  available in the public domain, but due to its coarse resolution it is only used where more detailed data is not available.   The 3 arc‐second database provides much greater resolution and accuracy, both spatially and in elevation.  This database  is derived from the United States Geological Survey Digital Elevation Model (USGS DEM) data.  Value: Ci guarantees that the proposed system, when tested, will achieve all the stated  coverage requirements using the proposed radio sites.  Coverage maps, along with tabular and graphic data, are provided in this proposal. The tabular and graphic data provide  the required parameters and gain/loss calculations used in the preparation of the maps.  Site Locations  The new P25 system leverages existing infrastructure which offer the best value and most coverage for the County. The  site locations are as follows, and are illustrated in the System Overview Diagram and coverage maps included with this  proposal.  Existing Collier County Sites:   County Barn Site   Chalet (Marco Island) Site   Krehling Site   North Naples Site   Old 41 Site (former Aux Receive Site)   NCH Site (former Aux Receive Site)   WAVV Site   Corkscrew Site   Immokalee Site   Miles City Site   I‐75 DOT Site   Carnestown Site  Proposed New Simulcast Site Location:   951 Site  Proposed New Multisite Site Location:   BC Loop Site (replaces current Loop Road site)  74   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Site Equipment  Collier County Emergency Services Center (ESC) Dispatch    One Hardware Redundant, Local High Availability Premier Level  VIDA Core  o Two VIDA Application Servers (VAS’s) hosting the following:  o Network Switching Service (NSS)  o Unified Administration System (UAS)  o Regional Network Manager (RNM)  o Regional Site Manager (RSM)  o Active Directory Service (AD)  o BeOn Service (BeOn)  o One (1) Interoperability Gateway with forty‐eight (48) talkpaths  o EDACS Migration Gateway with twenty‐four (24) talkpaths  o Licensing for 48 IP Logging Recorder talkpaths   Seventeen (17) Symphony Consoles   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radios    Naples Police Dispatch   Three (3) Symphony Consoles   Network Router and Switch    County Barn P25 Simulcast Site   Twelve (12) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   Primary Virtualized Simulcast IP Control Point   P25 Radio System Antennas  o Two (2) 800 MHz Transmit Antennas  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o Two (2) dBSpectra 8‐Channel Combiners  o One (1) dBSpectra 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radios  o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  75   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment    North Naples P25 Simulcast Site   Twelve (12) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   Standby Virtualized Simulcast IP Control Point   P25 Radio System Antennas  o Two (2) 800 MHz Transmit Antennas  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o Two (2) dBSpectra 8‐Channel Combiners  o One (1) dBSpectra 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radios  o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment   New 12’X24’ Equipment Shelter    951 (new) P25 Simulcast Site   Twelve (12) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antennas  o Two (2) 800 MHz Transmit Antennas  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o Two (2) dBSpectra 8‐Channel Combiners  o One (1) dBSpectra 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radios  o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  76   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment   New 250 ft Tower with foundation   New 12’X24’ Equipment Shelter   Concrete foundation for shelter   Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)   Generator   Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)   Generator Fuel Tank   Electrical   Fencing and gravel finish    NCH P25 Simulcast Site   Twelve (12) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antennas  o Two (2) 800 MHz Transmit Antennas  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o Two (2) dBSpectra 8‐Channel Combiners  o One (1) dBSpectra 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radios   o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment    Krehling P25 Simulcast Site   Twelve (12) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antennas  o Two (2) 800 MHz Transmit Antennas  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o Two (2) dBSpectra 8‐Channel Combiners  o One (1) dBSpectra 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  77   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radios  o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment    WAVV P25 Simulcast Site   Twelve (12) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antennas  o Two (2) 800 MHz Transmit Antennas  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o Two (2) dBSpectra 8‐Channel Combiners  o One (1) dBSpectra 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radios  o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment    Corkscrew P25 Simulcast Site   Twelve (12) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antennas  o Two (2) 800 MHz Transmit Antennas  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o Two (2) dBSpectra 8‐Channel Combiners  o One (1) dBSpectra 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radios  o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  78   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.   Marco Island (Chalet) P25 Simulcast Site   Twelve (12) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antennas  o Two (2) 800 MHz Transmit Antennas  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o Two (2) dBSpectra 8‐Channel Combiners  o One (1) dBSpectra 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radio   o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment    Old 41 P25 Simulcast Site   Twelve (12) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antennas  o Two (2) 800 MHz Transmit Antennas  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o Two (2) dBSpectra 8‐Channel Combiners  o One (1) dBSpectra 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radio   o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment          79   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Immokalee P25 Simulcast Site   Twelve (12) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antennas  o Two (2) 800 MHz Transmit Antennas  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o Two (2) dBSpectra 8‐Channel Combiners  o One (1) dBSpectra 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radio   o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment   New 12’X24’ Equipment Shelter    P25 Multisites  Miles City P25 Radio Site   Four (4) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antenna System  o One (1) 800 MHz Transmit Antenna  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o One (1) dBSpectra 5‐Channel Combiner  o One (1) 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radio  o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment        80   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Carnestown P25 Radio Site   Seven (7) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antenna System  o One (1) 800 MHz Transmit Antenna  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o One (1) dBSpectra 8‐Channel Combiner  o One (1) 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radio  o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment    DOT I‐75 P25 Radio Site   Three (3) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antenna System  o One (1) 800 MHz Transmit Antenna  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o One (1) dBSpectra 4‐Channel Combiner  o One (1) 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radio  o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment            81   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. BC Loop /Tamiami Trail P25 Radio Site   Three (3) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antenna System  o One (1) 800 MHz Transmit Antenna  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o One (1) dBSpectra 4‐Channel Combiner  o One (1) 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors   MNI Hot Standby 1+1 Protected Microwave Radio  o Microwave Eltek DC Plant Equipment and Batteries  o Antenna System  o Elliptical Waveguide, Hardware, and Connectors  o Pressurization Equipment   New 12’X24’ Equipment Shelter    Aircraft P25 Radio Site   Three (3) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antenna System  o One (1) 800 MHz Transmit Antenna  o Shares Antenna System with Back Up Site  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors    Backup P25 Radio Site (located at ESC)   Seven (7) 800 MHz MASTR V Stations   P25 Radio System Antenna System  o One (1) 800 MHz Transmit Antenna  o One (1) 800 MHz Receive Antenna  o One (1) dBSpectra 10‐Channel Combiner  o One (1) 16‐channel Multicoupler and TTA  o Coax, Cables, and Connectors  82   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. System Design Considerations  Spectrum  Ci is proposing the use of the County’s existing 800 MHz channels. The exact distribution of channels for the EDACS system  and the P25 system will be based upon a loading and usage study using historic County radio usage.  These 800 MHz  frequencies allow for maximum coverage at the County’s boundaries. Should the need arise, Ci can provide coordination  services with the Regional Planning Committee.  Project 25 Phase 2  P25 Phase 2 does have inherent advantages by nearly doubling the voice talk path capacity of currently deployed P25  Phase I or legacy circuit‐switched systems. Although the voice capacity improvement is important, Ci believes the key with  Phase 2 operable systems is to provide a graceful migration with maximum interoperability with Phase I and Phase II users  on the same system. Another key to migration is maintaining those critical legacy and P25 interfaces to surrounding  jurisdictions and agencies. The Harris VIDA P25 Core provides several advantages with which to interface with a variety of  other public safety communication systems to both foster interoperability and to extend effective range of the  communications networks.   In many cases, customers cannot afford to migrate their legacy system and purchase all new subscriber terminals to  operate in Phase II mode at one time. With Harris VIDA P25, customers can migrate at their own pace as budget and timing  allow. The following key P25 Phase II features will help Collier County optimize their migration and resource utilization:    Enhanced Dynamic Dual Mode improves the availability of site resources by making use of Phase II to the greatest  extent possible for the system. Incoming conventional channels or ISSI (for example) calls are converted to Phase  II mode when sent to the sites.  The system determines on a site‐by‐site basis whether radios are able to  participate in Phase 2 mode based on radios affiliated with the talkgroup.   Adaptive Site Resource Allocation allows software control of thresholds that govern Phase I and Phase II  operation at the sites. Adaptive Site Resource Allocation can be used to easily change a site’s Phase I and Phase II  channel resources to accommodate a large number of interoperability first responders that may be arriving in the  area, such as in the aftermath of a hurricane.   Distributed IP Simulcast Control Point allows the entire control point, and all related equipment, to fail over to  another fully operable control point. Other vendors’ simulcast offerings failover some components, but not the  entire control point functionality.     Harris P25 Phase II radio systems ensure seamless co‐existence of all P25‐compliant radios on the Harris system,  regardless of the manufacturer or P25 technology (Phase I or Phase II) the radio supports.  83   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Site Infrastructure  Network Sentry  The Network Sentry allows users to create a flexible work environment tailored to help improve efficiency and  productivity. The Network Sentry remote alarm and control unit fault‐monitoring services take input from site‐alarm  sensors, RF power sensors, digital input/output (I/O), and channel test services. The Network Sentry presents alarms to  the RNM or other external management systems via SNMP. It identifies in detail the location, severity, and status of faults,  alarms, and component failures.   The Network Sentry has an array of digital IOs. These are  configurable to indicate faults in devices, such as tower beacons,  doors, temperature alarms, etc., that require remote controlling  and monitoring. Sent through the network to the RNM, this  information allows users to make quick, informed decisions to  meet their needs and to adapt as those needs change.  MASTR V Base Station  The MASTR V base station powers secure P25 digital voice and data communications. Its functionality and architecture  meet public safety requirements and set it apart from other base stations in the P25 industry:   Compact and integrated hardware supports up to eight  channels in a single cabinet or rack. Multiple RF channels  sharing a rack lower costs, minimize the amount of supporting  hardware, reduces maintenance, necessary floor space, and  the burden on other site resources such as HVAC systems.   Digital‐signal processing routes voice and data calls as IP  packets to the network, resulting in economical routing and  backhaul.   The distributed architecture results in high‐fault tolerance,  minimizing the effects of hardware failure. For example, unlike  other vendors’ architectures that use a single or redundant site  controller computer, each MASTR V base station has a built‐in Traffic Controller that controls call‐processing  functions. An Ethernet switch in the repeater chassis connects each Traffic Controller to two Local Area Networks  (LANs) for network management and call processing. This distributed architecture allows all trunking channels to  operate as a control or working (voice) channel, which results in a greater level of reliability than that of other  systems.   The flexible hardware platform supports P25 Conventional, P25 Trunked Phase 1 (FDMA), and P25 Trunked Phase  2 (TDMA) operation, reducing migration costs.   Linear simulcast produces improved audio quality and enhanced coverage compared to legacy simulcast systems.   The native IP operation simplifies data integration with wireless IP data applications.  84   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.  Remote programming of the MASTR V base station allows the system administrator to perform software  upgrades, firmware upgrades, or individual parameter changes without traveling to the site and manually  connecting to the stations.   The hardened design allows the MASTR V to operate in rugged environments, with an operating ambient  temperature range of ‐30 °C to +60 °C and to operational altitudes of 15,000 feet above sea level. These base  stations currently operate in harsh environments, such as the blazing sands of the Middle East, the frigid extremes  of northern Saskatchewan, and the towering peaks of the Sierra Nevada Mountains.   Modular boards simplify maintenance procedures.  MASTR V Base Station Modules  For P25 operation, it is possible to install the following station modules in the MASTR V base station shelf.      Table 2. MASTR V Base Station Modules  Module Benefits  Tx Module  Provides a highly stable RF output to drive the high power amplifier (HPA)  module    Uses a Direct Digital Synthesizer (DSS) that optimizes its modulation  characteristics. The DSS can digitally create a precision waveform or  modulation scheme from a single on‐board oscillator   Rx Module  The MASTR V Rx modules are dual‐IF conversion receivers. The receiver uses a  sigma‐delta‐analog‐to‐digital converter to process the incoming IF signal. The  output of this analog‐to‐digital converter is a complex pair of I/Q baseband  digital signals    Supports a wide range of modulation waveforms required for current and  next generation public safety two‐way radio communications  Baseband  Processor  Module   Generates all receive, transmit, and control processing for one or more RF  channels   Provides a data interface between the Traffic Controller and the Tx and Rx  modules   Generates a heartbeat message to monitor the health of base station modules  Available in 700 MHz, 800 MHz, UHF, and VHF  Traffic  Controller  Module   Manages data and control information for one Tx and one Rx channel module.  It interprets and directs inbound calls, and issues appropriate control  commands to and from the Tx and Rx modules. These include how to handle  data between the base station and the control point   Processes decoded radio information received from the baseband processor  module and handles all aspects of trunking (e.g., subscriber unit validation,  assigned channels, queuing)  85   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Module Benefits   Implements P25 call control, network management, and remote channel  management. P25 features (e.g., radio registration, authentication, mobility  management) are available on a channel‐by‐channel basis   Encapsulates P25 clear and encrypted voice and data calls into IP packets for  routing throughout the network. The packets contain P25 user and talkgroup  IDs, allowing the network to operate with seamless end‐to‐end IP  functionality    Handles IP connectivity of each channel with the P25 network. It monitors  repeater communications while providing routing for multi‐site voice and data  calls. The Traffic Controller replicates key P25 database information at the site  to allow uninterrupted channel operation   All of the controllers share database and dynamic call processing information  from the Network Switching Center (NSC) to avoid having a single point of  failure  High Power  Amplifier  (HPA)  Module   Provides continuous duty, solid state, and wideband RF power amplifier   Amplifies the exciter output to the rated station output power level   Equipped with an RF linearizer circuit to improve RF performance. The RF  linearizer samples the RF output of the HPA and provides waveform  correction to the RF input signal relative to its RF output characteristics. This  improves waveform distortion and enhances simulcast operation  Power  Supply  Module   Provides continuous duty‐switching power supply   Includes front‐panel LED status indicators for each DC output, an AC Power  input LED, and a front‐panel on/off switch used to disable the power supply  and built‐in cooling fan  Ethernet  Switch   Enable Ethernet communications to pass voice and data transmissions as well  as management and control data between the Traffic Controller and  supporting MASTR V modules   Are available on redundant modules       86   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. BeOn  BeOn Group Communications  The BeOn group communications suite was developed to extend traditional Land Mobile Radio (LMR) Push‐to‐Talk (PTT)  communication services to users on commercial cellular and private broadband networks. With BeOn, voice  communication services are delivered to subscribers as voice‐over‐IP data packets using wireless broadband IP data  services. Because BeOn abstracts the traditional LMR functionality into a software‐based network data service, BeOn can  run across a variety of IP‐based broadband networks. The two primary deployments of BeOn are on 3G commercial cellular  and private public safety LTE networks. Using BeOn, subscribers on a cellular or public safety broadband network can  communicate amongst themselves or with interconnected LMR users.   BeOn goes beyond LMR by providing integrated voice, text messaging and location services. Using BeOn, first responders  can use the coverage and bandwidth of a broadband data network for instantaneous communication capabilities between  team members. In addition to broadband users, BeOn subscribers can seamlessly interoperate with users on existing  public safety LMR systems. BeOn users can exchange text messages with other subscribers and dispatchers, and pass real‐ time location and presence information between connected team members and the dispatcher’s CAD system.  With BeOn,  subscribers improve their ability to respond to both routine and catastrophic events because critical information about  the response is both communicated and available. Transmitted voice and text messages are both communicated in real‐ time, and are available locally on subscriber handset for later recall. When these communications are combined with the  integrated mapping and presence (subscriber status) information, first responders can determine the most efficient  actions to address incidents.  Because BeOn operates over both commercial cellular and public safety LTE networks, utilizing these networks provides  an additional level of redundancy to mission‐critical narrowband communications. This extends the network coverage of  a regional, statewide, or nationwide network to the global reach of commercial cellular. BeOn subscribers on broadband  networks are cost effective to deploy for both mission critical and non‐mission critical communications. Subscribers on  these networks can quickly be provisioned with a wide range of services, including end‐to‐end encrypted voice  communications.  BeOn Network Overview  The BeOn network infrastructure and client applications fully integrate with Harris LMR and LTE networks, providing  enhanced PTT services to users on both commercial and private broadband networks.  BeOn directly integrates broadband group communication services into the LMR and LTE networks. BeOn leverages the  proposed VIDA core packet switching services, network management and subscriber administration services with the  addition of blade servers which host the BeOn Access Point and Assignment Server applications:   BeOn Access Point (AP) – The BeOn AP is the primary point of contact for BeOn subscribers interfacing with the  NSC. The AP proxies for all BeOn subscribers to the network, mapping the traditional PTT services of the LMR  network to the BeOn users running the subscriber application.  Each BeOn network, depending on loading and  topology, needs one or more APs to support subscribers within a given region.    87   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.  BeOn Assignment Server (AS) – The BeOn Assignment Server (AS) acts as the “home” server for BeOn clients  registering onto the system.  The AS determines which BeOn AP should serve each unique subscriber, and  manages movement of subscribers between APs when system conditions or roaming warrant changes. In most  installations, the BeOn AS and the BeOn AP run on separate blades together in the same physical server.  Both the  BeOn AP and BeOn AS can be deployed in clusters (multiple servers) for both load balancing and redundancy  purposes.                                            Figure 10: BeOn Network Overview  BeOn over Private Broadband Networks  Because BeOn is optimized to operate on 3GPP networks, the solution can also be used to provide LMR voice services over  private broadband networks such as the envisioned nationwide public safety 700 MHz LTE network.  In the case of a  private broadband network, the concept of an APN is generally not required, as the complete network is a “private  network” and the wireless network termination point is not needed.  In this case, the BeOn infrastructure will be  connected to the same network as the LTE core.  In the event that the BeOn user agency is separate from the agency that  is operating the nationwide private broadband network, the APN concept that is used for commercial carriers can be  applied, and the private broadband network can be treated as a high reliability wireless carrier to the agency BeOn traffic.    88   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. The BeOn Subscriber Application  The BeOn subscriber application operates on selected Android devices. Because not every Android device is optimized for  PTT voice services, Harris engineering has selected the appropriate platforms and, based on performance testing of the  BeOn application, has approved the use of BeOn on a range of Android devices. Key requirements for successful  integration of the BeOn subscriber application include suitable audio handling (in particular loud, distortion free receive  audio propagation and suitable microphone sensitivity), a touch screen display with a minimum 480x600 pixel resolution,  and an accessible button on which to map the PTT function.  Harris has successfully implemented the BeOn application on  both consumer‐grade Android devices and hardened Android devices.  The BeOn subscriber application allows the user instant access to voice, presence, mapping and text messaging features  on supported Android platforms that vary from consumer grade to fully environmentally hardened.                            Figure 11. BeOn Subscriber Application    The BeOn subscriber application allows the user to select an active talkgroup to monitor, or if desired, the user can scan  multiple talkgroups. The BeOn subscriber application maps the PTT function to an appropriate hardware button on the  subscriber device, allowing users to instantly communicate with their selected talkgroups. Received calls are temporarily  stored locally on the device, so a user can replay a missed call or series of calls as required.  In addition to group  communications, the BeOn user can also communicate directly with individual subscribers by selecting a user from a  contacts list or entering a subscriber identification number.    The BeOn application also allows users to declare an emergency or distress condition. Declaring an emergency on the  BeOn subscriber devices elevates the priority of the calls throughout the BeOn and connected LMR networks. The BeOn  subscriber will also receive the emergency declarations from other users. The emergency status of a talkgroup, user, or  89   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. recorded transmission is visually denoted on the subscriber display. If desired, specific BeOn subscribers can be configured  by the system administrator to act in a supervisory role, clearing emergencies that have been declared by other users.   Going beyond traditional voice services, the BeOn application provides easy access to presence (or status) updates, group  member location information, and group text messaging. The BeOn user’s presence (available, silent, etc.) and location  updates are transmitted to network and made available to other members of the group so that each member of the group  is aware of the other users’ locations and presence states.  BeOn subscriber Feature Set  BeOn provides a feature‐rich user experience, augmenting traditional voice‐based PTT services with capabilities enabled  by a broadband connection.  BeOn allows users with broadband devices to seamlessly interoperate with LMR user,  supporting the following P25 voice features.  Table 3. BeOn Subscriber Features  BeOn Voice Feature Description  Group voice call (clear and encrypted) BeOn users can initiate and receive group calls with users on both  broadband and LMR networks. BeOn users receive the P25  subscriber identifications (SUIDs) from all users, which are  mapped in the subscriber device with aliases.  BeOn users can  participate in both clear and encrypted group calls using P25 AES  encryption.  Individual voice call (unacknowledged and  acknowledged, clear and encrypted)  BeOn users can initiate and receive individual calls with users on  both broadband and LMR networks. BeOn users initiate and  receive individual calls using P25 subscriber identifications  (SUIDs) or subscriber aliases. Supported modes include both  unencrypted and P25 AES encrypted calls.  BeOn also supports  both P25 unacknowledged and acknowledged individual calls.  Emergency/distress indication BeOn users can initiate an emergency/distress call on the BeOn  subscriber, and will receive emergency indications when other  users declare an emergency. BeOn users provisioned with  supervisory privileges can clear emergency declarations.  Within  the BeOn network and across connected LMR networks,  emergency calls have the highest level system priority.  Announcement Group Calls BeOn talkgroups are associated with a P25 announcement group,  allowing dispatchers and other users to communicate with  multiple groups simultaneously.   Instant Recall/Call Logging BeOn subscribers temporarily record incoming and outgoing calls  on their device, allowing users to replay missed calls. Calls are  recorded in Event Logs, which group transmissions into  “conversations” to simplify replay.  Console/Supervisory Override Console dispatchers and supervisory users can override a call‐in‐ process  90   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. BeOn Voice Feature Description  Talkgroup Scanning The BeOn application allows subscribers to scan multiple  talkgroups. Each user can select up to 16 talkgroups to monitor.  BeOn talkgroup scanning allows the subscriber to designate  talkgroups with priority, allowing a higher priority talkgroup call  to interrupt a lower priority talkgroup call.  Console Patch/Simulselect BeOn subscribers can participate in console patched talkgroups,  or receive console simulselect calls.  P25 Confirmed Call (with connected LMR  network)  BeOn subscribers can initiate P25 confirmed calls, where the  network will check to ensure that narrowband LMR members of  the talkgroup have access to a working channel before issuing  the “talk” beep. With P25 confirmed call, users on the BeOn  network will be queued if narrowband working channels are not  available to complete the call to LMR users.   Priority/Preemption support BeOn supports multi‐level call prioritization and preemption  throughout network.  When call volume exceeds capacity  (primarily on the narrowband network), BeOn calls will queue or  preempt based on network priorities and policies.  P25 OTAR Key Management BeOn subscribers can be included in OTAR crypto‐nets, allowing  BeOn subscribers to have encryption keys managed by the  network Key Management Facility (KMF).  When a crypto‐net is  rekeyed, the BeOn subscribers are sent new keys using P25  encrypted Key Management Messages from the KMF.     BeOn also provides advanced group communication features that enable situational awareness for BeOn users. These  advanced features take advantage of the inherent broadband connection between BeOn devices, and the GPS capabilities  of supported smart phones. With BeOn, subscribers automatically exchange location and status information, allowing  users to monitor the presence and availability of other group members.  Table 4. BeON Group Communication Features  BeOn Group Communication Feature Description  Group location GPS coordinates of group members are automatically exchanged  and mapped on the BeOn mapping application.  User presence indication The icons used by the BeOn subscriber application to display the  group members’ location also display the members’ current  status.  This combination of location and status is referred to as  presence, and it provides BeOn users with a snapshot of  situational awareness about the group. Individual subscribers  have a choice of multiple status conditions including:   Available   Silent/covert – received audio is recorded to the Event  Log but speaker output is muted   Emergency/distress   Unavailable/busy  91   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. BeOn Group Communication Feature Description  Location Privacy A user may disable transmission of location/presence  information if required.  BeOn Text Messaging BeOn users may directly communication with each other using  the internal text messaging feature. BeOn text messaging allows  the text messages to be included in the Event Log along with  recorded audio conversations.  The BeOn User Experience  The BeOn subscriber application fully leverages the capabilities of the Android operating system and uses discrete buttons  on the supported hardware platforms. The BeOn subscriber application provides intuitive and distinguishable icons for  core functionality, with features driven through use of the Android touch screen. For ease of access, the Push‐to‐Talk  function is mapped to a specific hardware button on each device.                           Figure 12. BeOn Subscriber Application    The BeOn Home screen shows the currently selected talkgroup, scan operation, connection status and the user  identification of incoming calls. Using the tabbed interface, the user can select the Groups screen to change talk groups,  the Contacts screen to communicate individually with other BeOn users, the Events screen to replay missed conversations,  and the Scan screen to select and manage scan lists. Other icons on the display provide access to Presence/Status updates  and the Location services.  92   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Coverage Maps   Ci’s proposed 800 MHz P25 Trunked Simulcast and Multisite solution provides outstanding mobile and portable coverage  for Collier County, as illustrated in the coverage maps provided in this proposal. Ci took a conservative approach to the  coverage parameters for the sake of reliability and confidence in the coverage results.  Coverage maps are based on predicting the received signal strength at a portable, mobile, or base station receiver in an  area adjacent to a companion transmitter. The received signal strength is predicted on the basis of the calculated path  loss between a transmitter and receiver, and equipment and system equipment parameters for power, gain, and loss. The  Okumura program and the USGS terrain data are used to predict path loss. The Link Budgets provided allow for Collier  County to fully understand the parameters used in calculating the predictions  Ci has provided coverage maps in this proposal that show the predicted radio coverage (mobile and portable, indoor and  outdoor) of a Phase1 and Phase 2 Harris P25 Radio System.  Ci provided both Talk Out and Talk Back coverage plots. All the sites have been designed to be as Talk Out and Talk Back  “balanced,” as possible. Talk Out refers to a transmission from the site to the user with the radio at the hip level. Talk Back  refers to the user radio transmitting to the site with the radio also at the hip level using a shoulder microphone with no  antenna. As part of our coverage design planning, Ci “balanced” each site so that whenever the user can receive a signal  he/she can also transmit a signal that will make it back to the site.   Backhaul Network  Digital Microwave Network  Communications International, Inc., together with Microwave Networks, Inc., offers this detailed system design and  proposal as experienced systems integrators, having supplied engineering, equipment and implementation services on  thousands of projects for nearly 40 years. The proposed system, in its entirety, is intended to meet the end‐to‐end  requirements of the Collier County system now and well into the future.  Building reliable communication backbones for public safety requires an understanding of the user’s critical applications  and the ability to create a robust network to support them. Our team has designed and implemented back bone networks  for many state, City and government agencies to support P‐25 LMR interconnection, and police, fire and emergency  communication needs. The backbone network is more than just radios, multiplexers and channel banks. It is the core for  all applications providing interconnection between agencies and counties. The microwave backbone network has been  designed to have the maximum flexibility, reliability and expandability possible. This enables the backbone to be cost  effective with maximum scalability for the future needs of the region.  Ethernet Microwave Transport Network  Public‐safety networks face a variety of critical issues: inter‐facility communications complexity, increased bandwidth  requirements, ever increasing Ethernet requirements, convergence of departmental IT systems and the need to share  93   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. data across jurisdictions. The proposed radio platform addresses all of these issues cost effectively, while providing the  security and redundancy that public‐safety networks require.  Ci is proposing a TCP/IP topology for the system backhaul network to provide site interconnectivity, audio routing, and  interoperability with cooperating agencies. Network applications are converging to a data‐centric environment and rely  on Ethernet and IP functionality. Eliminating all of the existing TDM applications oftentimes impacts services and  operations. The IP designed network proposed has the flexibility to provide a smooth migration from traditional TDM to  IP at the pace acceptable to the user.   MNI’s Proteus MX  Proteus MX is Microwave Networks’ most comprehensive hybrid backhaul microwave radio. It extends the capacity and  Ethernet support of the Proteus AMT M‐Series while maintaining the unique flexibility and traffic grooming features that  are critical for making a smooth and cost‐effective transition from TDM to Ethernet IP.   MNI has a long history serving the microwave industry, and they understand that absolute reliability and survivability are  the most important elements in communications systems and have designed the Proteus MX with complete protection of  all signal and overhead channels. A 1+1 Hot Standby protected Proteus MX radio eliminates all active components which  could result in a single point of failure in the signal path! Designed specifically to support critical infrastructures, MX has  the reliability, feature set and configuration flexibility to support many other backhaul applications, including Mobile  Networks (HSDPA, LTE), Fixed Broadband Networks (WiFi, WiMax), and Enterprise Networks (LAN, WAN).   In addition to hardware reliability, path availability is critical to a reliable backhaul network. The Proteus MX starts with a  variety of available indoor mounted and outdoor mounted RF Unit choices and adds Automatic Transmit Power Control  (ATPC) and Adaptive Code and Modulation (ACM) to ensure a path can be designed and provisioned to meet even the  most stringent goals.   Communications backhaul is migrating towards IP based transport – a fact that can easily been seen today; however, there  remains a significant TDM infrastructure that must be supported. The software configurable hybrid IP/TDM nature of  MNI’s Proteus MX simplifies the migration towards IP by supporting both low latency IP and TDM traffic types, each carried  in its native format (no conversion from TDM to IP for transport). Similarly, the combination of integrated features such  as DS1 cross‐connect, DS1 loop protection, and M13 multiplexing are unique in a single microwave platform and provide  unprecedented control over traffic routing and payload allocation.   The digital microwave network for Collier County is designed as a combined 1+1 Monitored Hot Standby configuration. All  paths utilize radios with either 155 Mbps capacity or 50 Mbps depending on bandwidth requirements. Some paths will  required space diversity to meet 99.999% path reliability  The digital microwave network consists of Proteus MX‐Series 6 GHz radios. The Proteus MX‐Series boasts virtually limitless  interface options while providing the highest flexibility in the industry, allowing for easy expansion of the system in the  future. The MX‐Series is a medium to high capacity, Native TDM and IP Hybrid, point‐to‐point microwave radio. Capacity,  channel bandwidth and modulation are all software defined in the MX‐Series. Physical connections are available for DS1,  DS3, OC3 and Gigabit (Electrical or Optical). Each radio terminal comes standard with integrated Gigabit Ethernet (2  switched ports) with VLAN and QoS, and with Rapid Ring Protection (RRP) for loop networks, as required.  94   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Proteus MX Radio  The Proteus MX‐Series is one of the most technically advanced, cost effective, and flexible native TDM and native IP  microwave solutions. Available in several different hardware and path protection configurations including non‐protected  (1+0 and 2+0), non‐protected repeater, fully hot‐standby protected (1+1), protected transmit with space diversity  receivers and frequency diversity. Key features include:   Native Ethernet and Native TDM    Combining IP and TDM networking, Proteus MX offers risk‐free migration from DS1 to IP with the highest possible  capacities at the lowest overall cost ‐ addressing any deployment scenario.    6‐350 Mbps per radio carrier (at 6 GHz)   Capacities up to 2.5 Gbps   6‐38 GHz licensed frequency   2.5‐60 MHz channel bandwidth    TDM: up to 32xDS1.    Ethernet: 3x10/100/1000Base‐T interfaces (FE/GbE),  1xGbE SFP 1000Base‐X (Single Mode or Multi Mode),  Auxiliary channels, support up to 10K byte Jumbo Frames.   Integrated L2 Ethernet switch.    Adaptive Coding & Modulation (ACM)    Available Encryption: AES 128/256   MicroBus – Repeater interconnect & traffic aggregation   DACS – TDM Digital Cross Connection and Grooming   Available SHARP ‐ T1 Loop Protection   Highest spectral efficiency   Forward Error Correction for improved receiver threshold.   A powerful Transversal Equalizer to provide high tolerance to dispersive fades, and in some configurations,  transmit pre‐distortion and Trellis Coding for higher overall system gain.   Network Management: SNMP based element manager software for integration with NMS platforms, for  comprehensive network management.   95   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.  Reliability: Use of proprietary digital processes, ensuring fiber like quality and tight data security and quality. Path  recognition feature that enables only authorized system operation.    Pay as You Grow‐ The Pay‐as‐you‐grow model allows you to upgrade your capacity through a license key. There is  no need to add new hardware. License keys can be purchased to enable increased capacity or additional features.           Figure 13: Proteus MX Signal Processing Unit  Transmitters  Bandwidth, modulation, capacity, channel frequency and transmit output power is software adjustable. The Transmitter  is both ACM (Adaptive Code Modulation) and ATPC (Automatic transmit power control) capable. The Proteus MX provides  errorless switching from main the transmitter to the standby transmitter.   Receivers  The Proteus MX features errorless switching between receivers.  This feature is required for Space Diversity systems to  ensure error free operation when path conditions result in diversity switching. In a Space Diversity system the radio will  always switch to the receiver with the better BER.    The errorless receiver switching mechanism is also functional in 1+1 protected radios, although the 10:1 RX power splitter  used in the all‐indoor radios ensures the radio will normally be operating on the Primary receiver.  The radio software  prefers the primary receiver and will remain on the primary unless the primary receiver becomes unavailable (alarm or  high BER), at which time it will switch errorlessly to the secondary receiver.  When the primary receiver returns to proper  operation the radio will switch back to the primary to take advantage of the higher system gain.  The radios will be mounted in 7’x19” racks equipped with a Trimm fuse/terminal block panel.  The intra‐rack DC power  wiring will be connected to the Trimm fuse/terminal block panel and the DC circuit for all rack mounted equipment will  be separately fused.  At sites with DS1 drops, our proposal also includes Telect DSX‐1 cross‐connect panels.  The cross‐connect panels provide  monitor and circuit interrupting access points for the testing, monitoring, and patching of the DS1 circuits, and provide an  RJ‐45 interface for each DS1.   Antenna System  Antennas quoted for all paths are Andrew’s PAD Series standard antennas. PAD Series antennas are unshielded, parabolic  antennas which meet FCC Part 101, Category A standards and provide rugged, high‐quality performance at low initial costs  96   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. when compared to using High Performance antennas. Radomes and additional antenna stiff‐arms are also proposed for  all antennas to reduce wind loading and enhance the survivability of the system.  Connection to the antennas is accomplished with Eupen elliptical waveguide. Eupen’s pressurized, elliptical waveguide is  the preferred choice for many microwave antenna feeder systems because it provides excellent electrical characteristics.   The waveguide is precision‐formed from high‐conductivity copper with a corrugated wall for excellent crush strength.  It  is lightweight and has good flexibility for ease of handling. Andrew’s recommended grounding system will be used on all  waveguide runs. Flex waveguide transitions will be used to connect the waveguide to the radio terminal. This provides for  ease of transition, improved aesthetics, and vibration and grounding isolation.  Andrew MT050 Series dehydrators were quoted at all sites for antenna system pressurization.  The MT050 Series  Automatic Pressurization Dehydrator is designed for reliable pressurization of elliptical waveguide.  This compact, fully  automatic membrane dehydrator is ideal for reliable pressurization of elliptical waveguide from 0.1 to 20 cu. ft. in volume.   MT050 Series dehydrators are fixed pressure units, factory set at 5 lb. /sq. in.  Standard features include a built‐in storage  tank, low pressure alarm, pressure gauge, lighted On/Off switch and resettable circuit breaker.            Figure 18: Microwave System Overview  97   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Network Management System (NMS)  Our Microwave Network Management System has been quoted to monitor and control the digital microwave system that  Ci is proposing. MNI’s NMS provides the following capabilities and features:    Runs on Windows OS with modest hardware requirements. NMS is a completely open system allowing access to  its data from external sources.   NMS can be used to manage any SNMP enabled device.   Supports a multi‐level hierarchical map. Each hierarchy can represent cities, buildings, or sub‐networks.  Imported  bitmaps of geographic maps or floor plans, along with manual or automatic network placement, lets you create a  layout that closely matches the actual network.   Automatically lay out each map network as a tree, ring, or bus topology.  Each map object uses a device specific or  user selected icon, and the object colour indicates the device status.    The Map Navigation Tool Window displays the map as a tree for direct selection of objects.  The Navigation tree  also displays the current alarm status of each subnet to quickly locate failing devices.   The map window Full Zoom feature automatically moves and zooms the view so that all devices are always visible  in the window.  The Pan/Zoom feature lets you select a region to zoom into from the complete set of devices in a  view.    Automatic network discovery agents find new nodes on the network and automatically place them on the root  Map.  Operators can then move the newly discovered node to any sub‐map and configure how NMS will interact  with the node.      Employs distributed polling agent architecture to provide a high performance solution capable of monitoring  networks from several hundred devices to tens of thousands.  Remote software and Web based consoles provide  network information to everyone who needs it.   Provides remote access consoles through Java or Windows based client software.  Each remote user is assigned a  security level and unique view of the network based on their user login.   Security and accountability through support for user audit trails.  Any user access to the management platform or  configuration changes are tracked and written to a log file.  Alerts are automatically generated if an intrusion  attempt is detected.   Alarm events can be configured to automatically Email and or page appropriate service personnel.   With the Trend Reporting capability, Polling Agents monitor all user‐defined report variables for a learning period  and calculate a baseline for typical patterns. Thereafter, the Polling Agents compare the actual polled data to the  baseline and generate alarms when variables deviate excessively from the baseline.  Polling Agents automatically  98   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. adjust baselines as traffic patterns change.  You can also manually configure alarm thresholds for any polled  variable.   Allows for changing the color of map objects and performs other actions based on received events.  Event Action  Filters select the action to take when an event occurs.   Automatically export Map Topology, trend statistics and event log entries to industry standard databases for  further processing.  Use familiar tools such as Microsoft Access to generate customized trend reports.   Automatically generates scheduled daily, weekly, and monthly statistical reports. Report formats include graph,  bar chart, distribution, and summary.  They can be exported to a variety of destinations, including printers, files, or  a WEB server.   User defined custom menus directly perform commands without having to select MIB objects.  Custom menus can  display a MIB table; edit, graph or chart any set of MIB variables; set an SNMP MIB variable; or run an application  program.  MNI’s NMS provides the most immediate real‐time health indication of the network by the color of the icons representing  the sub‐networks, sites and individual radios in the network map: each icon’s color represents the severity of the most  serious problem that the NMS knows of in the radio or radios that that icon represents.  The NMS determines the severity  level of the radio by polling the radio’s mnPrRadStatCurSeverity object, and also by tracking the setting and clearing SNMP  traps that the radio can be configured to send to one or more NMS consoles.    99   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. MNI’s NMS uses received traps and polling to maintain logs of Active (current) and historical Events (alarms) for the entire  network and for each network element.   The Proteus MX radio’s MIB contains dozens of status variables, and these can be viewed directly using NMS, or in a more  formatted fashion using the Element Manager. In addition, any status variable can be polled by the NMS or NMS script,  and the NMS can trigger a notification event if the monitored variable exceeds specified thresholds.   Dispatch Console  General Requirements and Features  Our proposal includes 20 of Harris’ flagship, full‐featured Symphony™ Dispatch consoles for all radio  dispatching functions.   Symphony Dispatch Platform  The Symphony Dispatch Platform is highly configurable to match dispatcher needs. The Solid‐State processor operates  with the Windows operating system and is specially designed to accommodate the various interfaces used in today’s  dispatch operations. Standard PC accessories, such as keyboard, mouse and/or trackball, are used as part of the Symphony  Dispatch Platform. In addition, the Symphony Dispatch Platform provides automatic gain control of various inputs and  simplifies cabling between the Symphony and all possible peripheral options, including:   Speakers (1/4 ‐ inch TRS jacks) for select and unselect audio   Microphones (desk or gooseneck style)   Headsets (six‐wire jackbox, wireless, or USB) ,  including over‐the‐head and earbud styles   Foot switches   Telephone interface via four‐wire audio and off‐ hook contact closure   Call recorder (select, unselect, and telephone  audio)   External paging encoder   Backup dispatch control station (four‐wire  audio/PTT via DB9 connector)   Six digital inputs   Five relay outputs        Figure 19. Symphony Dispatch Platform  100   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Physical characteristics of the Symphony Dispatch Platform include:   19‐inch rack, desktop, or under‐desk mount options   Channel cabling to provide strain relief for rear connectors   One rack unit (RU) size   Audio isolation of 50 dB or greater between audio paths    Other important features include:   Over‐drive protection of all external analog inputs   Buffering of external interface signal lines   Opto‐isolated I/O inputs   Automatic gain control for mic/line inputs  Microphone  Microphone types available for the console include a headset microphone, a desk microphone, and a boom or a gooseneck  microphone. If several microphones are connected to the console (including a microphone within a connected headset),  only one is open or active when a PTT initiates at the console. The open microphone used during a console PTT is the  connected microphone with the highest priority; all other connected microphones mute.  Foot Pedal  A foot pedal option is available to allow hands‐free transmit operation by pressing the foot pedal to initiate a PTT.  Headset Jack  The headset jack accepts six‐wire headsets for voice and PTT functionality. Each console position supports a second  headset jack to allow real‐time monitoring by a trainer or supervisor. The same headset is available to converse on the  telephone via a Call Director interface. The headset connects through a hardwired connection or an encrypted cordless  adapter; both of which have PTT capability.  Select/Unselect Speakers   High power speakers designed for voice are available with the consoles. In a typical two‐speaker configuration, one is  designated the select speaker and the other unselect. The select speaker generates the audio from the selected  communication module. The unselect speaker reproduces the sum of the audio from all the other modules. The console  accommodates up to eight speakers configured as a single select speaker and up to seven unselect speakers. These  speakers have controls for volume, bass, and treble as well as an LED that informs the dispatcher when audio is present.  This volume control supplements the volume control associated with individual communication modules.   101   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. For unselected modules that share a common unselect speaker, changing the speaker’s volume setting with the  mechanical control changes the audio level of all the summed unselect audio. This is in contrast to module volume control  where volume settings control on an individual module basis. The speaker LED is significant as it alerts the dispatcher  when audio is present, even if the volume is low or the console is in a high noise area. This also aids in identifying the  active speaker in a multi‐speaker configuration.  Symphony Dispatch Console Hardware Specifications  Table 5. Symphony Console Hardware Specifications  Specification Description                General  Operating Modes P25IP Trunking  P25IP Digital Conventional  OpenSky  Conventional Analog  EDACSIP  Mixed operating modes supported  Symphony Dispatch  Platform  Solid state hardware  Customized for 24/7 dispatch operation  Microsoft® Windows Based  Dispatch Applications  Supported  C3 MaestroIP Dispatch Console  Symphony Dispatch Console  Display 19” to 48” Flat panel touchscreen   Power Requirement  SDP Power  Consumption  85–264 VAC, 47‐63 Hz  70W               Physical  Mounting Desktop, under desk, or rack mounted  Typical Dimensions   (HxWxD) in inches  Symphony Dispatch Platform:  1.75 x 16.5 x 11.7  Keyboard: 2x20x9  Environmental  Specifications  Operating temperature: +32° F to +104° F  Humidity: up to 80% noncondensing  RF Interference meets FCC Part 15 and EN55022 for Class A Equipment  Electro‐magnetic interference meets IEC 801 Parts 2, 3, 4 for ESD, radiated  RF immunity, and power line bursts      External Interfaces  Speakers One select and up to seven unselect (one standard)  Footswitch Up to two  102   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Specification Description  Headset Up to two six‐wire jackbox, or two USB  Wired or wireless headsets supported  Microphone Desktop or gooseneck microphone  Displays Two Display Ports (up to four monitors)  Network Two Gigabit Ethernet ports    Both dispatch centers will have a router connecting the site to the integrated communications network. In the unlikely  event of a console failure, router failure, or any other failure that will disable a site containing Symphony consoles, this  interruption will not affect the remainder of the dispatch system.    Ci proposes the Cisco Layer 3 Switch at the central dispatch locations to allow for the versatility capable with these  appliances. There are options available for the network, such as dual network interface cards (NIC), which allow for drastic  improvements in redundancy and reliability of a dispatch center.  Value: The Harris Symphony IP based dispatch workstations connect directly to the NSC over  IP networking, alleviating the need for dedicated dispatch workstation servers or other back  room electronics. Each dispatch workstation can be considered its own server.  Ci is providing equipment for both the prime E911 Dispatch Center at ESC and a secondary E911 Dispatch Center at Naples  Police. Both dispatch centers connect to the VIDA Core Switch. All dispatch terminals at the dispatch centers are capable  of full dispatching functionality thus providing Collier County with multiple ‘hot‐standby’ systems. Dispatch terminals at  any other location, if proposed, will have full dispatching capabilities for further redundancy.   Trunked Requirements  The Symphony Dispatch System proposed has access to all the trunked features and functionality described throughout  this document.  Conventional Requirements  Harris’ Interoperability Gateway permits system level audio connectivity with legacy trunked and conventional analog  radio systems, regardless of manufacturer or frequency band. Each source of analog audio connected to the  Interoperability Gateway maps to a talkgroup within the radio system. For example, a UHF MED 8 channel that is  connected to the Interoperability Gateway is assigned a talkgroup name within the P25 radio system. A system user selects  the talkgroup on their radio and can communicate on the MED 8 channel. Analog signals from the MED 8 are encoded by  the ADPCM vocoder within the Interoperability Gateway, which operates at 32kbps and results in the highest possible  voice quality. The transcoder virtual server translates this higher quality audio message into the P25 over‐the‐air digital  103   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. format for P25 radios and BeOn clients and EDACS/ProVoice format for legacy radios. When the talkgroup is selected at  the Symphony console, the dispatcher also hears all communications on that talkgroup and can communicate with the  users on the talkgroup.       Harris Interoperability Gateway  The Interoperability Gateway will provide Collier County radio users with voice connectivity to partner agencies operating  on separate radio systems.  In addition to connecting County users to non‐P25 systems in the area, the Interoperability  Gateway can also be used during cut‐over operations to ensure that critical internal communications are maintained  between Collier County groups operating on both legacy systems and the new P25 equipment. It is an analog audio  interface to legacy radio channels, and systems such as the County’s existing conventional systems. Audio on the interface  is digitized, compressed, and mapped into P25 talkgroups where it becomes accessible to radio users and dispatchers.  Each interface can connect to an existing system in one of two ways:   Through a control station set to either the channel or talkgroup for trunking systems   Through a four‐wire connection from a station or console switch on another system  The Interoperability Gateway encodes the audio into IP packets and transfers them over the IP network to the VIDA Core  Switch which then determines where to route the packets.   Operator Position Equipment  Please see the dispatch console narrative above for console equipment descriptions for equipment that will be included  at each operator position, in addition to the below equipment.  Also at each operator position, Ci will provide and install an XG‐75 Backup Radio. Each position will include the XG‐75  Mobile Radio and desk Microphone.   Common Electronics Equipment  Network Switching Center (NSC)  The VIDA Network Switching Center (NSC) is available in three configurations; Foundation, Premier, and Enterprise. The  Premier NSC configuration provides a mid‐level sized network switching capability. The Premier NSC utilizes the same  technology used in all Harris NSC configurations. Therefore, it upgrades easily to an NSC configuration capable of  supporting a larger system when needs dictate expansion of network capacity. The VIDA Premier configuration also  supports Hardware High Availability (proposed) and Location High Availability (geographically split) options. A  geographically split HA VIDA Core was quoted as an option in our proposal.  104   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. The NSC is the heart of any Harris mission‐critical communications network. The Premier NSC consists of one main  hardware component: the VIDA Applications Server (VAS) that manages the hardware and software components of the  networks, routes calls among users, and provides administration of network resources. Interoperability Gateways, devices  that interface to analog devices (e.g., legacy radio systems), can be centrally or remotely located for various reasons (e.g.,  connectivity consolidation).  All of the components in the NSC are Commercial Off‐The‐Shelf (COTS) computer and networking equipment leveraging  the IP industry, thus providing key benefits. This equipment:   Leverages the continual technological advancements of the computing and networking industry. Each new  generation of equipment has more memory, more processing power, and often occupies a smaller physical  footprint.   Spreads the Research and Development (R&D) costs across a much larger customer base. This lowers overall costs  to achieve greater technology improvement results, thus reducing total cost of ownership.   Allows the use of commercially available parts from a wide variety of sources, which ensures competitive pricing.   Provides scalable hardware to accommodate future growth, protecting the County’s initial investment.    EDACS Migration Gateway  The EDACS Migration Gateway will allow seamless connectivity between the existing Collier County EDACS network and  the proposed P25IP network. EDACS Migration Gateway supports primary dispatch operations between networks,  allowing existing EDACS users to smoothly migrate to a Voice, Interoperability, Data, and Access (VIDA) system.    The EDACS Migration Gateway uses a dual E5‐2640 processor‐based server and commercially available Cisco networking  equipment to receive VIDA voice packets and direct them to Collier County’s existing  IMC, where they are vocoded and  routed to the EDACS Consoles as analog voice, and to EDACS RF sites as either analog calls or ProVoice digital calls. EDACS  radio and dispatcher‐originated calls are vocoded and formatted into voice packets for distribution throughout the VIDA  radio network, including Symphony consoles.  In effect, the NSC is a cost‐effective means to deploy a scalable radio network as user needs require and budgets dictate.  It is easily configurable to accommodate additional sites, talkpaths (channels), and consoles. The design provides the  foundation of an IP network to serve the communications needs of users, with the capability to scale up to support  regional, statewide, or even nationwide systems.  Ci’s solution, as proposed, offers the most cost‐effective solution utilizing the above design philosophy, while maintaining  the highest‐degree of distributed architecture.     105   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Infrastructure Development  General Requirements  Ci’s proposed design consists of fourteen physical sites. Of the fourteen, Ci will use the existing structures at ten of the  sites. A detailed design and drawing including all structures and foundations will be provided by Ci during preliminary  design review as the selected vendor.  List of the simulcast sites:  1. County Barn  2. North Naples  3. 951‐green field site  4. NCH  5. Krehling  6. WAVV  7. Corkscrew  8. Marco Island  9. Old 41  10. Immokalee    List of the multisite sites:   1. Miles City  2. Carnestown  3. DOT I‐75  4. BC Loop‐relocated Loop Road site    Ci will assure that installations of all electrical equipment, power distribution, lighting assemblies and associated wiring,  wherever required, shall comply with the most recent edition of the National Electric Code (NEC) and Occupational Safety  and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations. Also, Ci will comply with all local codes and industry best practices and  guidelines.  Communication Towers  We will use predominately existing towers. At the 951 site‐a Green Field site; a tower will be constructed and has been  quoted as part of our proposal.  106   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Shelters  We included pricing for the installation of one 12x24 shelter at the 951 site, and the addition of one 12X24 shelter at the  Tamiami site. At North Naples and Immokalee, the existing shelters will be replaced with a 12X24 equipment shelter. All  Ci‐provided shelters will be new and prefabricated.  Generator and Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)  Ci will provide one generator and ATS for the 951 site.    Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS)  Radio Site UPS Systems:  For new sites (951 site only), Ci has included pricing for an Uninterruptible Power System (UPS). This UPS provides premium  online backup power and scalable battery runtimes for IT and electrical engineering infrastructure in critical applications.  Packing maximum battery runtime into a very small footprint, the UPS is a complete power protection solution. The UPS  can be equipped with an integrated, customizable power distribution module that includes a maintenance bypass switch.  Hot Sync technology allows you to parallel up to three equivalent UPS modules for extra capacity or up to N+2  redundancy.    DC Power  Microwave DC Power Plant: Pricing has been provided for ‐48 VDC power systems at each site utilizing redundant (N+1)  Eltek Flatpack S switch mode rectifiers and Enersys Front Terminal valve regulated lead acid batteries. The Flatpack S  system is a compact power system containing a Monitoring and Control Unit (Smartpack), LVD, battery and load circuit  breakers. Switch mode technology with soft switching and high switching frequency is used to minimize volume and  weight, and to obtain fast output voltage regulation. This rectifier’s high efficiency translates into huge, ongoing AC power  savings for the life of the system. The Flatpack S charger system will be factory racked, wired and tested assemblies.   Rectifiers will be provided in redundant arrangement with units of identical capacity and type working on a load‐sharing  basis during normal operation. Solid state monitoring by the power board will be continuous and automatic switchover  employed in the event of failure of either unit. Upon switchover the surviving rectifier(s) will be able to carry the  microwave radio load plus 25% growth and provide a 24 hour recharge of a totally discharged battery bank.  GNB Front Terminal batteries are designed using proven gas recombination technology which removes the need for  regular water addition by controlling the evolution of hydrogen and oxygen during charging.  This technology provides the  user with the freedom to use lead acid batteries in a wide range of applications.  The minimal level of gas production  allows battery installation in cabinets or on stands, in offices or near main equipment, thus maximizing space utilization  and reducing battery accommodation costs.  The batteries will be rack mounted in EIA standard relay racks for floor space  conservation.  The DC distribution circuit breaker panels and the main ‐48 VDC ground (return) buss will be isolated in this  rack as part of the Eltek power board assembly.  107   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Network Management System  General  Regional Network Manager  The Regional Network Manager (RNM)‐a consolidated point for monitoring the health and performance of the P25  network components, provides users with powerful tools that facilitate effective management of a radio system. Managed  network objects continuously monitor their performance grade of service. Through active polling of the objects and  receipt of autonomous trap information, the RNM keeps the network operators up to date with the latest status of the  network. Aided with tools such as the Network Viewer, Object List, Fault Browser, History Browser, and Real‐ Time Viewer,  an RNM user can carry out the task of network management much more efficiently.   Network Management Terminal (NMT)   Unified Administration Server (UAS): The UAS provides the system administrator a straightforward tool for  creating and managing fleet mapping and privileges of the users on the VIDA network.    Regional Network Manager (RNM): The RNM is a powerful tool that facilitates the effective management of the  components of the VIDA network. Through active polling of the objects and receipt of autonomous trap  information, the RNM keeps the network operators up‐to‐date with the latest status of the network. Aided with  tools such as a GUI‐based user interface, Object List, Fault Browser, History Browser, and Real‐Time Viewer, an  RNM user can carry out the task of network management much more efficiently. The RNM is collocated at the  VIDA Core Switch.     Network Viewer  The Network Viewer provides the operator with a graphical, hierarchical view of the managed network. Each object in the  network is represented by a color‐coded icon in the view: the color changes when the state of the object changes. Different  display modes enable the operator to visually scan the list of managed objects, quickly determine which objects have  problems, and identify the types of problems being experienced.  The Network Viewer visually and audibly alerts the operator of performance degradation, traffic congestion, or  bottlenecks in the system. This allows the operator to proactively react to degradation trends by initiating corrective  actions.  Object List  The most powerful feature of the Object List is the ability to apply many different filtering and masking criteria to the  managed objects so that user attention can be quickly focused on the objects of interest. For example, the operator can  easily identify those base stations that are reachable but suffer from a major fault, or radio sites that are experiencing  busy call traffic.  108   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Fault Browser  The Fault Browser displays fault and status information sent by the managed objects in time‐sorted format. The number  of faults displayed can be adjusted by applying filters based on object class, object name, arrival time, or sub state severity.  The Fault Browser also comes with recommendations for service restoration and fault recovery to assist the operator in  handling the incoming alarms.  History Browser  The History Browser provides a historic view of a managed object’s operating status in hourly, daily, or weekly format. It  allows the user to identify system bottlenecks and hidden defects, derive trend analysis information on certain specific  operating characteristics, cross compare objects to study network load distribution, and determine an object’s mean time  between failures.  Real‐Time Viewer  The Real‐Time Viewer provides a live view of the voice and data system operation of the network being managed, including  subscriber equipment. Detailed performance measurements and the operational status of those managed objects are  accessible in real time on an as needed basis.  Subscriber Equipment  Subscriber Equipment  All of Harris’ user field equipment includes a rich standard feature group and a la carte software options, depending on  the model of the radio.   Physical Features  Great consideration was taken in designing the physical attributes of the radio to ensure ruggedness, simplify operations,  and protect your investment.   Rugged Chassis – To meet the demanding requirements of our customers’ environments, every radio has been  designed to meet and exceed MIL‐STD standards for environmental conditions such as wind driven rain,  temperature extremes, salt fog, blowing dust, humidity, low pressure, shock, transit drop, and others.   Field Programmable, User Definable Software – Because all radios are software‐driven, there are many benefits  associated with this capability. First, every radio is field programmable without opening the case. This non‐ intrusive process saves time and eliminates possibility of damage. The radios' personality PROMs can be  programmed with a PC and programming kit. Secondly, the flexibility of the radio software allows users to  purchase the exact features required. Because there is no need to purchase unwanted features, you can realize  considerable cost savings. Agencies or departments can configure radios to accommodate their individual  requirements. Lastly, as communication needs evolve for agencies, a la carte software features can be added to  existing radios with simple reprogramming.   Multi‐Mode Operation – All units are capable of both digital trunked and analog conventional operation. Some  models are capable of supporting multiple over‐the‐air protocols, such as P25, OpenSky, and ProVoice/EDACS.  109   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.  Configuration Choices – Harris offers mobiles with a variety of mounting configurations and control head choices.  Similarly, portables are available with a variety of keypad options.   Options and Accessories – Customers have a wide variety of options and accessories to tailor the mobile and  portable to meet specific agency needs. A variety of microphones are available for mobiles and portables. In  addition, users may choose from a variety of covert operation accessories, carrying cases, batteries, and chargers  for their portables. Many mobile and portable accessories are interchangeable across product lines, simplifying  maintenance and training.  Operational Features  Table 6 below describes the common features that are available in Harris radios. The subsections following will expound  on the unique characteristics that differentiate the various models of radios that are available.  Table 6. Operational Features in Harris Radios  Feature Description  Emergency ID and Alarm    All radios have an emergency alert button. For radios programmed with  the emergency feature, activating this button immediately alerts the  other members of the unit’s talkgroup and the dispatcher of an urgent  situation and forwards the unit ID. The resource is then reserved for the  emergency response team until reset by a dispatcher or supervisor. This  assures an available resource for personnel assigned to the critical  situation. All affected units are immediately assigned to the dedicated  resource for the duration of the emergency or until cleared by a  supervisor.  Unit ID Display    The ID of the calling party is displayed in every receiving unit of his  talkgroup during a group call, assuring identification of the caller. In  addition, the ID transmitted to the system with each PTT in trunked  operation. This assures an accurate record of message transactions for  analyzing system traffic reports or reconstructing an incident under  investigation.  Special Call    All units are capable of placing preprogrammed Special Calls. These calls  may be Individual private calls from one unit directly to another excluding  all other units, or Telephone Interconnect Calls.  Repeater Talk‐Around    All units are capable of operation in simplex, repeater talk‐around mode  to communicate radio to radio when out of system repeater range or  conducting a special detail intentionally isolated from the trunked  system.  Group Scan    The radio monitors the control information and responds to all group  assignments associated with the user‐programmable “scan” list. This  enables field users to monitor other group activity that may affect their  mission.  Transmit Lockout    This essential feature assures communication once the initiating unit is  assigned a resource. Other users in the talk‐group are precluded from  interrupting (or “stepping on”) the transmitting unit, assuring critical  messages get through. This prevents a higher‐powered mobile unit from  110   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Feature Description  overriding a lower powered portable and forces discipline during stressful  situations.   System Failure Indicators    Display flags provide indications of system failures to enable key field  personnel to diagnose system malfunctions and provide appropriate  direction to group personnel.  Prompt Tone    Notifies caller that communication may proceed on the assigned available  resource.  Late Entry    Prevents missed calls. A call “late enters” when the original control  message was missed.  Convert to Callee Ensures that only one resource is assigned to a group and that only one  person can call when two or more group members simultaneously PTT.  The other calls are placed in “receive” mode on the resource assigned to  the first caller.  Time‐out Timer    A programmable timer will inhibit the transmitter when RF transmission  exceeds a predetermined length of time.  Disable/Enable    All radios can be remotely disabled, so that the radio can no longer  transmit or receive. Sensitive communications are protected in the event  of a stolen or lost radio. In the event that the radio is recovered, it can  then be remotely enabled, without need of reprogramming at the shop.  Data    Most mobile radios are equipped with an internal modem to support data  communications. All that is required is a data cable to connect the radio  to the data device.  Over the Air Programming  (Option)  Changes to a radio’s specific personality, such as talkgroup affiliation,  priorities, access to system features, etc., are transmitted over the air to  the radio.  Encryption (Option)    Encryption based on Digital Encryption Standard (DES) or Advanced  Encryption Standard (AES) algorithms protect sensitive communications  from eavesdroppers.  APCO Project 25  Interoperability    P25 radios are Project 25 compliant for Common Air Interface (CAI)  interoperability with other Project 25 users in the conventional  talkaround mode. This makes the radio ideal for use either as a primary  P25 digital conventional radio or as a trunked radio with talkaround  interoperability.  111   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Available Portables  XG‐25P  The XG‐25P is the economical solution for those who seek out the best in radio value.  Integrating impressive performance with durable construction, the XG‐25P supports a  wide range of applications and user requirements. Ergonomic controls, an enhanced  clarity LCD, software‐based design, Bluetooth capability for accessory support, and a  full complement of audio accessories make the XG‐25P an excellent solution for critical  communications users. The XG‐25P is available with menu buttons or full keypad.  Users can access different preprogrammed radio functions by using the menu buttons.  The XG‐25P delivers exceptional audio. The enlarged speaker chamber provides  extremely powerful audio, performing up to 3 watts.  The XG‐25P is one of the lightest  radios available, weighing 15 ounces with the lithium ion battery. In addition, the body  of the radio is 5.89 inches tall and 2.44 inches wide, making the XG‐25P one of the  more comfortable radios in the market to carry.  The XG‐25P delivers Bluetooth functionality for a wireless interface to selected accessories. Bluetooth provides freedom  of movement with no protruding parts or cumbersome wires or cables. In addition, the radio can interface to a Bluetooth‐ equipped computer, allowing radio programming and configuration without cables.  XG‐75  The XG‐75 portable provides reliable communications with a range of features designed to excel in challenging public  safety, utility, transportation, and industrial environments. Ergonomic controls, an enhanced clarity Liquid Crystal Display  (LCD), software‐based design, and a full complement of audio accessories make the XG‐75 an excellent solution for critical  communications users. High‐quality voice coding, noise canceling, and robust audio  components ensure speech clarity, even in noisy environments. The XG‐75 is available  with menu buttons or full keypad. Users can access different preprogrammed radio  functions by using the menu buttons.  Through high‐quality voice coding and robust audio components, the XG‐75 provides  the loud and clear audio that critical communication users require. The enlarged  speaker chamber provides extremely powerful audio, performing up to 3.8 watts.  Through multiple audio sources and advanced digital signal processing, the XG‐75  utilizes active noise cancellation so transmission of intelligible voice communications is  possible in high‐noise environments.   The radio records every call received in internal memory, overwriting the last recorded  call. When the PLAYBACK button is pressed, the last recording is stored and replayed.  Pressing and holding the PLAYBACK button until the tone sounds erases the recording  and starts the recording of incoming calls again.  112   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. The XG‐75 is a light, compact radio, weighing 15.9 ounces with the 16‐hour Li‐poly battery. In addition, the body of the  radio is 5.89 inches tall and 2.44 inches wide, making the XG‐75 one of the most comfortable radios in the market to carry,  particularly for first responders already laden with multiple items on their belts or bodies.  Unity XG‐100P   The Unity XG‐100P full‐spectrum portable radio covers the VHF, UHF, and 700/800 MHz frequency bands in a single radio.  This interoperable solution can support P25 Trunking, P25 Conventional, and analog FM modes of operation. The ability  to scan continuously across all bands, voice modes, and encryption types puts matchless connectivity  in the mobile environment. The standard lithium polymer (Li‐poly) battery ensures service through a  12‐hour shift. Manufactured in the U.S, the Unity XG‐100P radio carries a standard three ‐year  warranty.    The Unity XG‐100P covers all LMR frequency bands in a single radio:   VHF high band (136–174 MHz)   UHF bands (380–520 MHz)    700/800 MHz bands (762–870 MHz)     The Unity XG‐100P can store up to 10 personalities/mission plans, each supporting 1,250 channels/groups. This  configuration ensures sufficient capacity to support multiple interoperability situations.  The features of the Unity XG‐100P intuitive user interface result in a capable, easy‐to‐use radio.  The large, full‐color display allows easy use of the radio’s features, including text messaging, GPS, and front panel  programming. Based on transflective LCD technology, the display uses ambient light to enhance readability. This display  enables reading in sunlight and lighted indoor environments with no need to use the backlight, further extending battery  life. In dark environments, such as at night, the user can adjust the backlight so the display is completely readable in any  situation.  In addition to the full‐color front display, the Unity XG‐100P includes a top display, which is configurable so that a user  read it while the radio is secured in a holster or on the belt, or during handheld operation.   Through multiple audio sources and advanced digital signal processing, the Unity XG‐100 utilizes active noise cancellation  so transmission of intelligible voice communications is possible in high‐noise environments.   The Unity XG‐100P incorporates a built‐in secure Bluetooth capability that can support wireless audio devices and data  connections. For example, the radio can operate not only with a Bluetooth speaker microphone but it can also interface  to a Bluetooth equipped computer, allowing programming and configuration without cables. For security purposes, the  radio interface controls pairing management and AES encryption ensures security. The Bluetooth transceiver can be  disabled, if desired.  113   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Available Mobiles  XG‐25M  The XG‐25M is a compact, economical mobile that offers a larger control unit with an easy‐to‐read display and large  buttons for easy operation. The XG‐25M integrates impressive performance with durable construction to support a wide  range of applications and user requirements. Ergonomic controls,  an enhanced clarity LCD, software‐based design, and Bluetooth  capability for accessory support make the XG‐25M an excellent  solution for critical communications users. The compact XG‐25M  is available in either front mount or rear mount configuration  with a high‐performance internal speaker. The sturdy, compact  mechanical package provides high performance and reliable  service.  From the oversized display to the large easy‐to‐read buttons,  each feature of the radio provides a better user experience. Simple controls allow users to communicate seamlessly and  effectively in a range of surroundings. Since the XG‐25M is easy to operate, users can focus attention on the task rather  than on radio operation.  The XG‐25M delivers Bluetooth functionality for a wireless interface to selected accessories. Bluetooth provides users the  flexibility to operate without the use of corded microphones or programming cables if desired.  XG‐75M  The XG‐75M mobile is a single‐band radio available in VHF, UHF, or 700/800 MHz frequency bands. The mobile provides  secure interoperations for first responders who need to utilize various operating modes in the public safety environment,  enabling seamless communications for multiple communications protocols. Equipped with the CH‐721 control head, these  units are available with an external speaker in either front (dash) or rear (trunk) mount configurations. The CH‐721 control  head is available with menu buttons or full keypad. Users can access different preprogrammed radio functions by using  the menu buttons.      Figure 19. XG‐75M Front Mount with Menu Buttons (left), Rear Mount with Full Keypad (center),   and Handheld Controller (right)  114   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. The XG‐75M series includes the TIA‐approved, P25 dual‐rate vocoder. The improved dual‐rate vocoder software enhances  the quality and clarity of vocal communication for public safety radio users in high‐noise environments. It effectively  differentiates between speech and background noise.  The large graphical display maximizes readability, with its controls designed for ease of use. The photo sensor sets the  display to accommodate ambient lighting. In addition, the vacuum fluorescent display improves visibility and readability  in all lighting conditions compared to those of other technologies. Combined with the display, the radio’s large buttons,  volume knob, and channel knob provide an overall user‐friendly interface.  The XG‐75M is configurable with an optional GPS receiver. This enables secure sending of the user position over the air  for position tracking and rapid response for emergencies.  Unity XG‐100M  The Unity XG‐100M full‐spectrum mobile radio covers the VHF, UHF, and 700/800 MHz frequency bands in a single radio.  The Unity XG‐100M is an interoperable solution capable of supporting P25 Phase1 (FDMA) and Phase 2(TDMA) Trunking,  P25 Conventional, and analog FM modes of operation. The ability to scan continuously across all bands, voice modes, and  encryption types puts matchless connectivity in the mobile environment.  The Unity XG‐100M takes advantage of the technological advances made with the Unity XG‐100P portable radio while  building on the XG‐75M radio platform’s proven performance and reliability. These units are available in both front (dash)  mount and rear (trunk) mount configurations with an external speaker. Cited as a “Hot Product” by APCO's Public Safety  Communications Magazine, the Unity XG‐100M radio is manufactured in the U.S.    Figure 21. Unity XG‐100M with CH‐100 Control Head    Built on Harris’ experience and expertise, the Unity XG‐100M features true software‐defined radio architecture that allows  flexibility for future growth. The radio supports P25 Phase 1 (FDMA) and Phase 2 (TDMA) standards. In addition, the Unity  XG‐100M uniquely provides the ability to scale the radio’s frequency band coverage that results in life cycle cost  advantages to the customer. For example, the radio is configurable for VHF high band and 700/800 MHz coverage. As  needs dictate in the future, operation in the UHF band can be added with a software‐only change to the radio or operation  in VHF low band with a software change and an external amplifier.  115   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. The Unity XG‐100M equipped with the CH‐100 control head allows easy use of the radio’s advanced features, including  text messaging, GPS, and front‐panel programming. The control head features a large, 4x3‐inch touchscreen full‐color  sunlight‐readable liquid crystal display (LCD). The user interface takes advantage of resistive touch control on the display,  enabling a completely software‐driven graphical user interface while maintaining hard control interfaces for channel  select, volume control, and emergency calls.  With the CH‐100 control unit, the Unity XG‐100M features Harris’ proprietary noise cancellation capability to provide clear,  crisp voice quality in high‐noise environments for use in any mode. The CH‐100’s built‐in microphone and advanced signal  processing technology, when combined with the hand‐held microphone, provide built‐in noise cancellation.  Available CS7000 Desktop Station  The CS7000 desktop control station is configurable with a Unity XG‐100M, or XG‐75M mobile radio. It provides a  convenient method to equip offices, radio shops, and other remote locations with radio communications. The mobile for  the CS7000 provides a fixed audio level to the remote interface unaffected by the front volume control. Either a standard  mobile microphone or a desktop microphone attaches to the front panel. A USB port and RS‐232 serial connectors on the  back panel allow external connections (e.g., auxiliary audio inputs, external PTT, etc.) to the desktop station. Both local  control only and local/remote control configurations are available for every mobile radio model.              Figure 22. Desktop Control Station with Local Control and Menu Buttons            Figure 23. Desktop Control Station with Local or Remote Control and Full Keypad    The CS7000 desktop control station includes the TIA‐approved P25 dual‐rate vocoder. The improved dual‐rate vocoder  software enhances the quality and clarity of vocal communication for public safety radio users in high‐noise environments.  It effectively differentiates between speech and background noise.  116   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. A local/remote control CS7000 control station is equipped with industry standard RJ‐11 LINE input connector, standard  CAN interface, and RJ‐45 Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) jacks to support multiple connectivity options.   The large graphical display maximizes readability, with its controls designed for ease of use. The photo sensor sets the  display to accommodate ambient lighting. Backlighting helps maintain visibility in low‐light environments. Combined with  the display, the radio’s large buttons, volume knob, and channel knob provide an overall user‐friendly interface.  System Design Summary  Ci is a true partner with extremely satisfied public safety customers. This level of excellence is earned by designing and  implementing systems based on specific customer needs and not generic, cookie cutter efforts. Ci’s system design for  Collier County is based on meeting or exceeding all requirements specified in the County’s requirements, and it also  focuses on a design that maximizes coverage and minimizes the need for excessive equipment purchases. The County  receives the benefit of a system designed for their needs while controlling long‐term operations and maintenance costs.  Ci desires to provide Collier County with a state‐of‐the‐art radio system while providing cost‐effective options for future  expansion and upgrades. The County wants a system ready to accommodate new technologies and needs or changes in  system designs and requirements. Based on this understanding, Ci’s current design for the County uses the P25 Phase 2  delay spread and Bit Error Rate (BER) parameters. Thus, the County’s designed simulcast system has more stringent values  providing the confidence that their system will not have the issues with coverage gaps or interference zones (TDI) popping  up when utilizing the system in Phase 2 operation.  Ci offers the County a feature‐rich system based on the best equipment available today. The County receives the benefit  of maximum COTS (Commercial Off‐The‐Shelf) equipment without getting locked by proprietary requirements. Additional  system design considerations provided to the County include:    Guaranteed 95% portable outdoor coverage county wide   A reliable, fault tolerant and future‐ready network   The Harris Voice, Interoperability, Data and Access (VIDA) Core:   o Powers your P25 network to support next generation functionality like push to talk and talk group  monitoring on cellular and public safety 700 MHz, 4G LTE and 3G cellular networks.   o P25 (ISSI) inter‐sub‐system‐interface can be added at a later date for more integrated roaming and  interoperability with state‐wide and neighboring P25 networks.   o Overcomes the interoperability issues that have plagued multi‐discipline, multi‐jurisdictional emergency  response efforts.    Cost effectiveness – with the ability to add applications and system capacity as needed, plus the benefit of utilizing  existing resources, the road forward looks much better with a truly future‐proof investment that grows as your  needs grow.    The site design is based on maximum coverage, maximum performance, and cost savings to the County.    Continuity of Operations – the Ci system solution is flexible enough to support existing County operations and  dispatch right down to the user interface‐which means less training and more doing.  117   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.  Improved mission success – new features, improved radio coverage and unmatched interoperability options  translate into increased safety for officers and citizens.   Additional redundancy above the redundant features already engineered into the Harris system. These include:   o Hardware High Availability Network Switching Center   o Redundant Routing and Network Connectivity  o RF Coverage Overlap  o Antenna System Fault Tolerance  o Load‐Distributed MASTR V Ethernet Connections  o Backup dispatch radios  o  MNI 1+1 Hot standby Microwave Radios   118   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   DIAGRAMS        119 Emergency Services Center (ESC)Existing EDACS Volusia IMCRouterInteroperability GatewayNetwork Switching CenterSite 1Site 9Site 1P25 Simulcast Tx/Rx SiteRouterDistributed Simulcast Control PointP25 800 Mhz12 ChannelsSite 9P25 Simulcast Tx/Rx SiteRouterP25 800 Mhz12 ChannelsEDACS Migration GatewayOther Existing Legacy Systems Existing Conventional SystemsSite 1Site 5Site 1P25 Multisite Tx/Rx SiteRouterDistributed Simulcast Control PointP25 800 Mhz3-8 ChannelsSite 5P25 Multisite Tx/Rx SiteRouterP25 800 Mhz3-8 ChannelsNaples Police Dispatch CenterDispatch and Network Switching CenterSymphony Consoles (19)RouterAircraft P25 Site(3 CH)Backup P25 Site(8 CH)MNI Microwave Transport NetworkSymphony Consoles (3)Logging Recorder (existing) `Mobile Backup Radios (Qty 3)Mobile Backup Radios (Qty 16)Network Manager (NMS)`Collier County P25 Radio Network OverviewLeased Line WAN120 Collier County Microwave System Overview DiagramOLD 41NORTH NAPLESNCHCOUNTY BARNESC DISPATCHKREHLINGMARCO ISWAVV CORKSCREW951IMMOKALEEMILES CITYCARNESTOWNDOT I-75BC LOOP6 GHZ 50 MB/s SPUR6 GHZ 155 MB/s RING6 GHZ 155 MB/s SPURLEASED LINE121   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   MICROWAVE PATH  DIAGRAMS        122 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature-100-70-40-10205080110140170200Distance (mi)Path: 4.7 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333County BarnLatitude: 26° 07' 34.500" NLongitude: 81° 43' 40.000" WSite Elevation: 7 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 291.2° HospLatitude: 26° 09' 03.500" NLongitude: 81° 47' 55.200" WSite Elevation: 0 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 111.2° 0.40.91.31.72.22.63.03.53.94.3Elevation (feet)123 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature-100-70-40-10205080110140170200Distance (mi)Path: 9.1 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333KrehLatitude: 26° 01' 50.000" NLongitude: 81° 38' 32.000" WSite Elevation: 3 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 216.1° ChaletLatitude: 25° 55' 28.000" NLongitude: 81° 43' 42.100" WSite Elevation: 0 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 36.1° 0.91.72.63.54.35.26.17.07.88.7Elevation (feet)124 CiRAPTR Version 25.2.305Microwave Network PlannerMonday, February 23, 2015 13:34:10Project: Collier MultiSiteMBP: MultiSiEngineer: UIRNMap type - 1:443,520Scale - miles020 26° 31' 30" -81° 51' 18"BC-LoopESCOld-41HospCarnesKrehCork951-250WAVVChaletCBMilesImmokDOTNNaples125 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature020406080100120140160180200Distance (mi)Path: 4.9 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333951-250Latitude: 26° 14' 41.000" NLongitude: 81° 40' 40.000" WSite Elevation: 20 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 69.2° CorkScrewLatitude: 26° 16' 11.537" NLongitude: 81° 36' 14.582" WSite Elevation: 16 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 249.2° 0.40.91.31.72.22.63.03.53.94.34.8Elevation (feet)126 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature020406080100120140160180Distance (mi)Path: 2.5 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333County BarnLatitude: 26° 07' 34.500" NLongitude: 81° 43' 40.000" WSite Elevation: 7 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 124.9° ESCLatitude: 26° 06' 19.900" NLongitude: 81° 41' 40.900" WSite Elevation: 7 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 304.9° 0.20.50.71.01.21.51.72.02.2Elevation (feet)127 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature-100-70-40-10205080110140170200Distance (mi)Path: 9.9 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333951-250Latitude: 26° 14' 41.000" NLongitude: 81° 40' 40.000" WSite Elevation: 20 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 229.2° HospLatitude: 26° 09' 03.500" NLongitude: 81° 47' 55.200" WSite Elevation: 0 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 49.1° 0.91.92.83.74.75.66.57.58.49.3Elevation (feet)128 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature-100-70-40-10205080110140170200Distance (mi)Path: 6.1 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333ESCLatitude: 26° 06' 19.900" NLongitude: 81° 41' 40.900" WSite Elevation: 7 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 147.8° KrehLatitude: 26° 01' 50.000" NLongitude: 81° 38' 32.000" WSite Elevation: 3 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 327.9° 0.61.11.72.22.83.43.94.55.05.6Elevation (feet)129 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature-100-70-40-10205080110140170200Distance (mi)Path: 11.3 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333WAVVLatitude: 26° 10' 59.000" NLongitude: 81° 34' 29.000" WSite Elevation: 13 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 201.7° KrehLatitude: 26° 01' 50.000" NLongitude: 81° 38' 32.000" WSite Elevation: 3 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 21.7° 1.12.23.44.55.66.77.88.910.111.2Elevation (feet)130 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature-100-70-40-10205080110140170200Distance (mi)Path: 17.4 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333MilesLatitude: 26° 09' 43.000" NLongitude: 81° 20' 58.000" WSite Elevation: 13 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 182.9° CarnestownLatitude: 25° 54' 35.000" NLongitude: 81° 21' 50.000" WSite Elevation: 3 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 2.9° 1.73.55.27.08.710.412.213.915.717.4Elevation (feet)131 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature020406080100120140160180200Distance (mi)Path: 16.9 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333DOTLatitude: 26° 10' 02.000" NLongitude: 81° 04' 39.000" WSite Elevation: 13 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 268.8° MilesLatitude: 26° 09' 43.000" NLongitude: 81° 20' 58.000" WSite Elevation: 13 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 88.7° 1.73.45.06.78.410.111.713.415.116.8Elevation (feet)132 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature020406080100120140160180200Distance (mi)Path: 16.6 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333ImmokLatitude: 26° 23' 42.000" NLongitude: 81° 24' 45.000" WSite Elevation: 20 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 166.3° MilesLatitude: 26° 09' 43.000" NLongitude: 81° 20' 58.000" WSite Elevation: 13 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 346.4° 1.63.24.86.58.19.711.312.914.516.2Elevation (feet)133 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature020406080100120140160180200Distance (mi)Path: 6.4 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333951-250Latitude: 26° 14' 41.000" NLongitude: 81° 40' 40.000" WSite Elevation: 20 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 258.3° N.NaplesLatitude: 26° 13' 33.300" NLongitude: 81° 46' 45.300" WSite Elevation: 7 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 78.3° 0.61.21.92.53.13.74.35.05.66.2Elevation (feet)134 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature020406080100120140160180200Distance (mi)Path: 8.4 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333951-250Latitude: 26° 14' 41.000" NLongitude: 81° 40' 40.000" WSite Elevation: 20 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 306.5° Old -41Latitude: 26° 19' 01.000" NLongitude: 81° 47' 12.000" WSite Elevation: 7 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 126.5° 0.81.62.43.24.04.85.76.57.38.1Elevation (feet)135 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature020406080100120140160180200Distance (mi)Path: 7.7 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333951-250Latitude: 26° 14' 41.000" NLongitude: 81° 40' 40.000" WSite Elevation: 20 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 123.7° WAVVLatitude: 26° 10' 59.000" NLongitude: 81° 34' 29.000" WSite Elevation: 13 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 303.7° 0.71.52.23.03.74.55.26.06.77.5Elevation (feet)136 Elevations--Modified for Earth Curvature020406080100120140160180200Distance (mi)Path: 14.0 milesFrequency: 6500 MHz0.60 F1k: 1.3333WAVVLatitude: 26° 10' 59.000" NLongitude: 81° 34' 29.000" WSite Elevation: 13 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 95.9° MilesLatitude: 26° 09' 43.000" NLongitude: 81° 20' 58.000" WSite Elevation: 13 ft. AMSLAntenna Height: 150.0 ft. AGLAzimuth: 276.0° 1.42.74.15.56.88.29.610.912.313.7Elevation (feet)137  Monitored Hot Stand‐by Alternative 138   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   COVERAGE         139 TRAFFIC GURU rev1.0US RESULTS COLLIER COUNTY, FL COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL    RESULTS DEFINITIONS - scroll down to the bottom of the worksheet for definitions   System 1 System 2 System 3 System 4System 5System 6System 7System 8System 9System 10 Simulcast Immok Carnestwn DOTLoop RdMiles CityAirIJPhase_2 Phase_2 Phase_2 Phase_2Phase_2Phase_2Phase_2Phase_2ProVoiceEDACSIP_Simulcast Multisite Multisite Multisite Multisite Multisite Multisite IP_Simulcast Multisite M_Simulcast Enter Max Allowable Delay (sec) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Number of Total Channels 7 7 5 33331035 Max # of P2 Channels in P1 Mode (P2 system only)     # of EDACS/ProVoice/Ph 1 Talkpaths     24 #of Ph 2 Talkpaths 12 12 8 444418Total Number of Voice Talkpaths 12 12 8 44441824 RESULTS FOR VOICE & GPS Control Channel Loading (calls/sec) 1.07 0.49 0.22 0.170.150.160.17 System Offered Load (Erlangs) 4.36 2.01 0.99 0.900.760.640.83Phase 1 Offered Load     Phase 2 Offered Load 4.36 2.01 0.99 0.900.760.640.83 Average Call Length with Overhead (sec) 4.06 4.15 4.52 5.375.204.044.79 Weighted Grade of Service (GOS) 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 1.43%0.82%0.43%1.08%Phase 1 Grade of Service (GOS)     Phase 2 Grade of Service (GOS) 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 1.43%0.82%0.43%1.08% Weighted Average Call Delay for all Calls (sec) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.020.010.010.02P1 Average Delay Time (sec)     P2 Average Delay Time (sec) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.020.010.010.02 Weighted Arbitrary Call Delay Probability (%) 0.03% 0.00% 0.00% 0.80%0.44%0.19%0.56%P1 Arbitrary Call Delay Prob     P2 Arbitrary Call Delay Prob 0.03% 0.00% 0.00% 0.80%0.44%0.19%0.56% Weighted Queued Call Delay Probability (%) 15.2% 9.0% 21.2% 56.1%53.6%43.5%51.6%P1 Q Call Delay Prob     P2 Q Call Delay Prob 15.2% 9.0% 21.2% 56.1%53.6%43.5%51.6% Weighted Avg Waiting Time for a Q'd Call (sec) 0.53 0.42 0.64 1.731.611.201.51P1 Avg Waiting Time for a Q'd Call     P2 Avg Waiting Time for a Q'd Call 0.53 0.42 0.64 1.731.611.201.51 Weighted Average Queue Depth (Calls) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000.000.000.00P1 Average Queue Depth (Calls)     P2 Average Queue Depth (Calls) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000.000.000.00 Weighted Talkpath Utilization (%) 36% 17% 12% 22%19%16%21%P1 Talkpath Utilization     P2 Talkpath Utilization 36% 17% 12% 22%19%16%21%TOTAL # OF PHYSICAL NETWORK CHAN 49  RESULTS DEFINITIONS Grade of Service (GOS) - Probability that any call will be queued longer than 0 seconds Average Call Delay - Average delay time for any given call (sec) Arbitrary Call Delay Probability - Probability that any call will be delayed for longer than the maximum allowable delay (most common definition of "GOS" by consultants)  Queued Call Delay Probability - Probability that a queued call will be queued for longer than the maximum allowable delay Average Waiting Time for a Q'd Call - Average delay time for a queued call (sec) Average Queue Depth - Average number of calls in the queue  140   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   COVERAGE LINK BUDGETS        141 CiFriday, February 20, 2015 09:06:56 Project Information Project:Collier MultiSite MBP:MultiSi Engineer:UIRN Figure: Service:Mobile, Talkout, Outdoors, EDACS-IP IMBE System Parameters Frequency:806 - 870 MHz Model:Harris Okumura Sensitivity:-108 dBm Terminal Antenna Height:2.5 ft. Design:Bounded Area Rayleigh: 50% 0.0 dB Log Normal: 95% 3.3 dB Confidence: 95% 4.9 dB Mobile Transmit Power:40.8 dBm Mobile Antenna Gain: 0.0 dB Miscellaneous Loss: 2.0 dB Site Parameters Site ID:BC-Loop Site Name:BC-Loop Latitude:25° 51' 47.338" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 02' 00.388" W Site Elevation:7 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 286 ft.Loss: 2.1 dB Antenna:BMR12H Azimuth: 100°Gain: 15.3 dBd(Max) 14.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 236 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 159.0 dB(Hzn)ERP: 59.3 dBm(Max)58.9 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 236 ft. Site ID:Carnes Site Name:Carnestown Latitude:25° 54' 35.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 21' 50.000" W Site Elevation:3 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 325 ft.Loss: 2.4 dB Antenna:DB812K-XT Azimuth: 275°Gain: 12.0 dBd(Max) 12.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 275 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 155.8 dB(Hzn)ERP: 55.7 dBm(Max)55.7 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 275 ft. Site ID:Miles Site Name:Miles Latitude:26° 09' 43.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 20' 58.000" W Site Elevation:13 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 240 ft.Loss: 1.8 dB Antenna:DB812K-XT Azimuth: 90°Gain: 12.0 dBd(Max) 12.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 190 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 156.4 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.3 dBm(Max)56.3 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 192 ft. COLLIER COUNTY, FL  P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 142 Figure - Page 2 Site ID:Immok Site Name:Immok Latitude:26° 23' 42.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 24' 45.000" W Site Elevation:20 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 330 ft.Loss: 2.5 dB Antenna:DB812K-XT Azimuth: 90°Gain: 12.0 dBd(Max) 12.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 280 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 155.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 55.6 dBm(Max)55.6 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 278 ft. Site ID:DOT Site Name:DOT Latitude:26° 10' 02.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 04' 39.000" W Site Elevation:13 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 250 ft.Loss: 1.9 dB Antenna:BMR12H Azimuth: 90°Gain: 15.3 dBd(Max) 14.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 200 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 159.2 dB(Hzn)ERP: 59.5 dBm(Max)59.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 199 ft. 143 CiEnvironment Database Friday, February 20, 2015 09:06:56 Figure: Environment Loss Source: RAPTR Environment Category Environment Loss Water Lakes 0 dB Snow & Ice Snow Pack 0 dB Wetland Non-forested 3 dB Open Land Bare Land 5 dB Range Land Herbaceous 3-7 dB Transportation Roadways 5 dB Agricultural Grassland 7 dB Residential Suburban 12 dB Forest Pine (>30')15-21 dB Mixed Urban/Buildings Apartments (<4 stories)15 dB Commercial/Industrial Commercial Services 19 dB High Density Urban Skyscrapers 28 dB 144 CiFriday, March 6, 2015 09:07:47 Project Information Project:Collier MultiSite MBP:MultiSi Engineer:UIRN Figure: Service:Portable, Talkout, Outdoors, No SMA, EDACS-IP IMBE System Parameters Frequency:806 - 870 MHz Model:Harris Okumura Sensitivity:-108 dBm Terminal Antenna Height:2.5 ft. Body Loss: 10 dB Design:Bounded Area Rayleigh: 50% 0.0 dB Log Normal: 95% 3.3 dB Confidence: 95% 4.9 dB Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm Portable Antenna Gain: 0.0 dB Site Parameters Site ID:BC-Loop Site Name:BC-Loop Latitude:25° 51' 47.338" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 02' 00.388" W Site Elevation:7 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 286 ft.Loss: 2.1 dB Antenna:BMR12H Azimuth: 100°Gain: 15.3 dBd(Max) 14.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 236 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 151.0 dB(Hzn)ERP: 59.3 dBm(Max)58.9 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 236 ft. Site ID:Carnes Site Name:Carnestown Latitude:25° 54' 35.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 21' 50.000" W Site Elevation:3 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 325 ft.Loss: 2.4 dB Antenna:DB812K-XT Azimuth: 275°Gain: 12.0 dBd(Max) 12.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 275 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 147.8 dB(Hzn)ERP: 55.7 dBm(Max)55.7 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 275 ft. Site ID:Miles Site Name:Miles Latitude:26° 09' 43.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 20' 58.000" W Site Elevation:13 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 240 ft.Loss: 1.8 dB Antenna:DB812K-XT Azimuth: 90°Gain: 12.0 dBd(Max) 12.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 190 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 148.4 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.3 dBm(Max)56.3 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 192 ft. COLLIER COUNTY, FL  P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 145 Figure - Page 2 Site ID:Immok Site Name:Immok Latitude:26° 23' 42.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 24' 45.000" W Site Elevation:20 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 330 ft.Loss: 2.5 dB Antenna:DB812K-XT Azimuth: 90°Gain: 12.0 dBd(Max) 12.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 280 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 147.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 55.6 dBm(Max)55.6 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 278 ft. Site ID:DOT Site Name:DOT Latitude:26° 10' 02.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 04' 39.000" W Site Elevation:13 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 250 ft.Loss: 1.9 dB Antenna:BMR12H Azimuth: 90°Gain: 15.3 dBd(Max) 14.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 200 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 151.2 dB(Hzn)ERP: 59.5 dBm(Max)59.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 199 ft. 146 CiEnvironment Database Friday, March 6, 2015 09:07:47 Figure: Environment Loss Source: RAPTR Environment Category Environment Loss Water Lakes 0 dB Snow & Ice Snow Pack 0 dB Wetland Non-forested 3 dB Open Land Bare Land 5 dB Range Land Herbaceous 3-7 dB Transportation Roadways 5 dB Agricultural Grassland 7 dB Residential Suburban 12 dB Forest Pine (>30')15-21 dB Mixed Urban/Buildings Apartments (<4 stories)15 dB Commercial/Industrial Commercial Services 19 dB High Density Urban Skyscrapers 28 dB 147 CiFriday, February 20, 2015 08:37:59 Project Information Project:Collier-Prop MBP:Col-Pro Engineer:UIRN Figure: Service:Mobile, Talkout, Outdoors, EDACS-IP IMBE System Parameters Frequency:806 - 870 MHz Model:Harris Okumura Sensitivity:-108 dBm Terminal Antenna Height:2.5 ft. Design:Bounded Area Rayleigh: 50% 0.0 dB Log Normal: 95% 3.3 dB Confidence: 95% 4.9 dB Mobile Transmit Power:40.8 dBm Mobile Antenna Gain: 0.0 dB Miscellaneous Loss: 2.0 dB Site Parameters Site ID:Hosp Site Name:Hosp Latitude:26° 09' 03.500" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 47' 55.200" W Site Elevation:0 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 195 ft.Loss: 1.5 dB Antenna:BMR12A Azimuth: 90°Gain: 14.2 dBd(Max) 13.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 145 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 158.5 dB(Hzn)ERP: 58.8 dBm(Max)58.4 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 142 ft. Site ID:Cork Site Name:Corkscrew Latitude:26° 16' 11.537" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 36' 14.582" W Site Elevation:16 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:79.4 W 49.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 250 ft.Loss: 1.9 dB Antenna:DB810K-XT Azimuth: 350°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 200 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 153.3 dB(Hzn)ERP: 53.2 dBm(Max)53.2 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 202 ft. Site ID:NNaples Site Name:N.Naples Latitude:26° 13' 33.300" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 46' 45.300" W Site Elevation:7 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:91.2 W 49.6 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 300 ft.Loss: 2.2 dB Antenna:BMR12O Azimuth: 90°Gain: 13.2 dBd(Max) 12.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 250 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 156.3 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.6 dBm(Max)56.2 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 252 ft. COLLIER COUNTY, FL  P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 148 Figure - Page 2 Site ID:Old-41-210 Site Name:Old-41-210 Latitude:26° 19' 01.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 47' 12.000" W Site Elevation:7 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 260 ft.Loss: 1.9 dB Antenna:BMR12A Azimuth: 180°Gain: 14.2 dBd(Max) 13.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 210 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 158.1 dB(Hzn)ERP: 58.4 dBm(Max)58.0 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 212 ft. Site ID:951-250 Site Name:951-250 Latitude:26° 14' 41.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 40' 40.000" W Site Elevation:20 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 300 ft.Loss: 2.2 dB Antenna:BMR12H Azimuth: 179°Gain: 15.3 dBd(Max) 14.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 250 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 158.8 dB(Hzn)ERP: 59.1 dBm(Max)58.7 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 260 ft. Site ID:CB Site Name:County Barn Latitude:26° 07' 34.500" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 43' 40.000" W Site Elevation:7 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 295 ft.Loss: 2.2 dB Antenna:BMR12O Azimuth: 90°Gain: 13.2 dBd(Max) 12.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 245 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 156.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 57.0 dBm(Max)56.6 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 247 ft. Site ID:Chalet Site Name:Chalet Latitude:25° 55' 28.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 43' 42.100" W Site Elevation:0 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:87.1 W 49.4 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 180 ft.Loss: 1.3 dB Antenna:BMR12D Azimuth: 50°Gain: 16.2 dBd(Max) 15.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 160.0 dB(Hzn)ERP: 60.3 dBm(Max)59.9 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 130 ft. 149 Figure - Page 3 Site ID:Kreh Site Name:Krehling Latitude:26° 01' 51.300" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 38' 27.100" W Site Elevation:3 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:70.8 W 48.5 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 250 ft.Loss: 1.9 dB Antenna:DB812K-XT Azimuth: 110°Gain: 12.0 dBd(Max) 12.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 200 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 154.8 dB(Hzn)ERP: 54.7 dBm(Max)54.7 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft. Site ID:Wavv Site Name:Wavv Latitude:26° 10' 59.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 34' 29.000" W Site Elevation:13 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:91.2 W 49.6 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 345 ft.Loss: 2.6 dB Antenna:BMR12O Azimuth: 90°Gain: 13.2 dBd(Max) 12.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 295 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 155.9 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.2 dBm(Max)55.8 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 296 ft. 150 CiEnvironment Database Friday, February 20, 2015 08:37:59 Figure: Environment Loss Source: RAPTR Environment Category Environment Loss Water Lakes 0 dB Snow & Ice Snow Pack 0 dB Wetland Non-forested 3 dB Open Land Bare Land 5 dB Range Land Herbaceous 3-7 dB Transportation Roadways 5 dB Agricultural Grassland 7 dB Residential Suburban 12 dB Forest Pine (>30')15-21 dB Mixed Urban/Buildings Apartments (<4 stories)15 dB Commercial/Industrial Commercial Services 19 dB High Density Urban Skyscrapers 28 dB 151 CiFriday, February 20, 2015 08:40:49 Project Information Project:Collier-Prop MBP:Col-Pro Engineer:UIRN Figure: Service:Portable, Talkout, Indoors, No SMA, EDACS-IP IMBE System Parameters Frequency:806 - 870 MHz Model:Harris Okumura Sensitivity:-108 dBm Terminal Antenna Height:2.5 ft. Body Loss: 10 dB Design:Bounded Area Rayleigh: 50% 0.0 dB Log Normal: 95% 3.3 dB Confidence: 95% 4.9 dB Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm Portable Antenna Gain: 0.0 dB Site Parameters Site ID:Hosp Site Name:Hosp Latitude:26° 09' 03.500" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 47' 55.200" W Site Elevation:0 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Building Loss:Database Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 195 ft.Loss: 1.5 dB Antenna:BMR12A Azimuth: 90°Gain: 14.2 dBd(Max) 13.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 145 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 150.5 dB(Hzn)ERP: 58.8 dBm(Max)58.4 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 142 ft. Site ID:Cork Site Name:Corkscrew Latitude:26° 16' 11.537" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 36' 14.582" W Site Elevation:16 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Building Loss:Database Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:79.4 W 49.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 250 ft.Loss: 1.9 dB Antenna:DB810K-XT Azimuth: 350°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 200 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 145.3 dB(Hzn)ERP: 53.2 dBm(Max)53.2 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 202 ft. Site ID:NNaples Site Name:N.Naples Latitude:26° 13' 33.300" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 46' 45.300" W Site Elevation:7 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Building Loss:Database Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:91.2 W 49.6 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 300 ft.Loss: 2.2 dB Antenna:BMR12O Azimuth: 90°Gain: 13.2 dBd(Max) 12.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 250 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 148.3 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.6 dBm(Max)56.2 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 252 ft. COLLIER COUNTY, FL  P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 152 Figure - Page 2 Site ID:Old-41-210 Site Name:Old-41-210 Latitude:26° 19' 01.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 47' 12.000" W Site Elevation:7 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Building Loss:Database Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 260 ft.Loss: 1.9 dB Antenna:BMR12A Azimuth: 180°Gain: 14.2 dBd(Max) 13.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 210 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 150.1 dB(Hzn)ERP: 58.4 dBm(Max)58.0 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 212 ft. Site ID:951-250 Site Name:951-250 Latitude:26° 14' 41.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 40' 40.000" W Site Elevation:20 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Building Loss:Database Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 300 ft.Loss: 2.2 dB Antenna:BMR12H Azimuth: 179°Gain: 15.3 dBd(Max) 14.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 250 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 150.8 dB(Hzn)ERP: 59.1 dBm(Max)58.7 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 260 ft. Site ID:CB Site Name:County Barn Latitude:26° 07' 34.500" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 43' 40.000" W Site Elevation:7 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Building Loss:Database Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 295 ft.Loss: 2.2 dB Antenna:BMR12O Azimuth: 90°Gain: 13.2 dBd(Max) 12.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 245 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 57.0 dBm(Max)56.6 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 247 ft. Site ID:Chalet Site Name:Chalet Latitude:25° 55' 28.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 43' 42.100" W Site Elevation:0 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Building Loss:Database Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:87.1 W 49.4 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 180 ft.Loss: 1.3 dB Antenna:BMR12D Azimuth: 50°Gain: 16.2 dBd(Max) 15.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 152.0 dB(Hzn)ERP: 60.3 dBm(Max)59.9 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 130 ft. 153 Figure - Page 3 Site ID:Kreh Site Name:Krehling Latitude:26° 01' 51.300" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 38' 27.100" W Site Elevation:3 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Building Loss:Database Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:70.8 W 48.5 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 250 ft.Loss: 1.9 dB Antenna:DB812K-XT Azimuth: 110°Gain: 12.0 dBd(Max) 12.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 200 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 146.8 dB(Hzn)ERP: 54.7 dBm(Max)54.7 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft. Site ID:Wavv Site Name:Wavv Latitude:26° 10' 59.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 34' 29.000" W Site Elevation:13 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Building Loss:Database Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:91.2 W 49.6 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 345 ft.Loss: 2.6 dB Antenna:BMR12O Azimuth: 90°Gain: 13.2 dBd(Max) 12.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 295 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 147.9 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.2 dBm(Max)55.8 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 296 ft. 154 CiEnvironment Database Friday, February 20, 2015 08:40:49 Figure: Environment Loss Source: TSB88 Environment Category Environment Loss Building Loss Water Lakes 0 dB 0 dB Snow & Ice Snow Pack 0 dB 0 dB Wetland Non-forested 3 dB 3 dB Open Land Bare Land 5 dB 3 dB Range Land Herbaceous 10-14 dB 3 dB Transportation Roadways 5 dB 3 dB Agricultural Grassland 18 dB 3 dB Residential Suburban 20 dB 6 dB Forest Pine (>30')25-31 dB 3 dB Mixed Urban/Buildings Apartments (<4 stories)20 dB 10 dB Commercial/Industrial Commercial Services 20 dB 15 dB High Density Urban Skyscrapers 20 dB 20 dB 155 CiFriday, March 6, 2015 08:39:58 Project Information Project:Collier-Prop MBP:Col-Pro Engineer:UIRN Figure: Service:Portable, Talkout, Outdoors, No SMA, EDACS-IP IMBE System Parameters Frequency:806 - 870 MHz Model:Harris Okumura Sensitivity:-108 dBm Terminal Antenna Height:2.5 ft. Body Loss: 10 dB Design:Bounded Area Rayleigh: 50% 0.0 dB Log Normal: 95% 3.3 dB Confidence: 95% 4.9 dB Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm Portable Antenna Gain: 0.0 dB Site Parameters Site ID:Hosp Site Name:Hosp Latitude:26° 09' 03.500" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 47' 55.200" W Site Elevation:0 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 195 ft.Loss: 1.5 dB Antenna:BMR12A Azimuth: 90°Gain: 14.2 dBd(Max) 13.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 145 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 150.5 dB(Hzn)ERP: 58.8 dBm(Max)58.4 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 142 ft. Site ID:Cork Site Name:Corkscrew Latitude:26° 16' 11.537" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 36' 14.582" W Site Elevation:16 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:79.4 W 49.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 250 ft.Loss: 1.9 dB Antenna:DB810K-XT Azimuth: 350°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 200 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 145.3 dB(Hzn)ERP: 53.2 dBm(Max)53.2 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 202 ft. Site ID:NNaples Site Name:N.Naples Latitude:26° 13' 33.300" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 46' 45.300" W Site Elevation:7 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:91.2 W 49.6 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 300 ft.Loss: 2.2 dB Antenna:BMR12O Azimuth: 90°Gain: 13.2 dBd(Max) 12.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 250 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 148.3 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.6 dBm(Max)56.2 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 252 ft. COLLIER COUNTY, FL  P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 156 Figure - Page 2 Site ID:Old-41-210 Site Name:Old-41-210 Latitude:26° 19' 01.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 47' 12.000" W Site Elevation:7 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 260 ft.Loss: 1.9 dB Antenna:BMR12A Azimuth: 180°Gain: 14.2 dBd(Max) 13.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 210 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 150.1 dB(Hzn)ERP: 58.4 dBm(Max)58.0 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 212 ft. Site ID:951-250 Site Name:951-250 Latitude:26° 14' 41.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 40' 40.000" W Site Elevation:20 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 300 ft.Loss: 2.2 dB Antenna:BMR12H Azimuth: 179°Gain: 15.3 dBd(Max) 14.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 250 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 150.8 dB(Hzn)ERP: 59.1 dBm(Max)58.7 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 260 ft. Site ID:CB Site Name:County Barn Latitude:26° 07' 34.500" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 43' 40.000" W Site Elevation:7 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:100.0 W 50.0 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 295 ft.Loss: 2.2 dB Antenna:BMR12O Azimuth: 90°Gain: 13.2 dBd(Max) 12.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 245 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 57.0 dBm(Max)56.6 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 247 ft. Site ID:Chalet Site Name:Chalet Latitude:25° 55' 28.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 43' 42.100" W Site Elevation:0 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:87.1 W 49.4 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 180 ft.Loss: 1.3 dB Antenna:BMR12D Azimuth: 50°Gain: 16.2 dBd(Max) 15.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 152.0 dB(Hzn)ERP: 60.3 dBm(Max)59.9 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 130 ft. 157 Figure - Page 3 Site ID:Kreh Site Name:Krehling Latitude:26° 01' 51.300" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 38' 27.100" W Site Elevation:3 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:70.8 W 48.5 dBm Combiner:DB8062F Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 3.9 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 250 ft.Loss: 1.9 dB Antenna:DB812K-XT Azimuth: 110°Gain: 12.0 dBd(Max) 12.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 200 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 146.8 dB(Hzn)ERP: 54.7 dBm(Max)54.7 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft. Site ID:Wavv Site Name:Wavv Latitude:26° 10' 59.000" N (NAD83) Longitude:81° 34' 29.000" W Site Elevation:13 ft. Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1 Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD Output Power:91.2 W 49.6 dBm Combiner:DB8062 Channel: 8 Spacing: 250 kHz Loss: 4.0 dB Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 345 ft.Loss: 2.6 dB Antenna:BMR12O Azimuth: 90°Gain: 13.2 dBd(Max) 12.8 dBd(Hzn)Height: 295 ft. (C.L.) Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0° Allowable Path Loss: 147.9 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.2 dBm(Max)55.8 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 296 ft. 158 CiEnvironment Database Friday, March 6, 2015 08:39:58 Figure: Environment Loss Source: RAPTR Environment Category Environment Loss Water Lakes 0 dB Snow & Ice Snow Pack 0 dB Wetland Non-forested 3 dB Open Land Bare Land 5 dB Range Land Herbaceous 3-7 dB Transportation Roadways 5 dB Agricultural Grassland 7 dB Residential Suburban 12 dB Forest Pine (>30')15-21 dB Mixed Urban/Buildings Apartments (<4 stories)15 dB Commercial/Industrial Commercial Services 19 dB High Density Urban Skyscrapers 28 dB 159   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   COVERAGE MAPS        160 < ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK BACK FROM MOBILEBounded Area Percent Coverage: Meets  100 % COLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1800MHz P25 SIMULCAST ‐ MULTISITE SYSTEM161 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST ‐ MULTISITE SYSTEM< ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK OUT TO MOBILEBounded Area Percent Coverage:Meets or Exceeds 99.9 %COLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1162 < ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK BACK FROM PORTABLEHEAD LEVEL OUTDOORSBounded Area Percent Coverage:Meets or Exceeds 90.2 %COLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1800MHz P25 SIMULCAST ‐ MULTISITE SYSTEM163 < ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK OUT TO PORTABLEON HIP OUTDOORSBounded Area Percent Coverage:Meets or Exceeds 91.5 %COLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1800MHz P25 SIMULCAST ‐ MULTISITE SYSTEM164 < ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK BACK FROM MOBILECOLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1ESC AIRCRAFT SITE165 ESC AIRCRAFT SITE< ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK OUT TO MOBILECOLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1166 < ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK BACK FROM PORTABLEHEAD LEVEL OUTDOORSCOLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1ESC AIRCRAFT SITE167 < ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK OUT TO PORTABLEON HIP OUTDOORSCOLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1ESC AIRCRAFT SITE168 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM< ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK BACK FROM MOBILEBounded Area Percent Coverage:Meets or exceeds 98%COLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1169 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM< ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK OUT TO MOBILEBounded Area Percent Coverage:Meets or exceeds 98%COLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1170 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM< ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK BACK FROM PORTABLEHEAD LEVEL INDOORSBounded Area Percent Coverage:Meets or exceeds 97.6%COLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1171 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM< ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK BACK FROM PORTABLEHEAD LEVEL OUTDOORSBounded Area Percent Coverage:Meets or exceeds 98%COLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1172 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM< ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK OUT TO PORTABLEON HIP INDOORSBounded Area Percent Coverage:Meets or exceeds 98.1%COLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1173 800MHz P25 SIMULCAST SYSTEM< ‐110dBm DAQ3.4TALK OUT TO PORTABLEON HIP OUTDOORSBounded Area Percent Coverage:Meets or exceeds 98%COLLIER COUNTY, FL P25 PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMMAP NUMBER: 1 OF 1174   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   EQUIPMENT  BROCHURES        175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 Proteus MX ANSI www.MicrowaveNetworks.com Native DS1 and IP Hybrid Transport Radio 6 to 38 GHz 6 to 350 Mbps 196 Proteus MX ANSI www.MicrowaveNetworks.com The convergence of voice, data, and video networks is quickly changing the wireless telecommunications landscape. Network operators must protect existing infrastructure investments while quickly moving to provide more capacity and new IP based services. The need to deliver substantial cost savings and scalable architecture has never been greater. Microwave Networks is ready to extend your core infrastructure investments, reduce costs, and simplify operations with our unique point-to-point microwave radio products. The Proteus MX is MNI’s next generation Ethernet/TDM Hybrid backhaul radio. Designed for capacities up to 350 Mbps, it oers carrier-class Ethernet and TDM in a single, feature rich and extremely exible platform allowing easy and cost eective migration from legacy networks to Gigabit Ethernet. The unique combination of integrated add/drop mux, DS1 loop protection, and comprehensive data grooming along with the use of Adaptive Code Modulation (ACM) to increase throughput while protecting critical trac sets Proteus MX apart from other radios. Whether you’re keeping pace with growing trac demands or regularly reconguring radio-link payload for new services, the Proteus MX is specically designed to adapt to your needs at the lowest cost of ownership. The Proteus MX is designed for applications requiring extreme reliability and features 100% redundancy of all trac and overhead channels with automatic switchover. This makes it the perfect choice for Public Safety and Utility networks where critical trac must be maintained, as well as for Mobile Carriers, Wireless Broadband, Railroad, and Enterprise LANs and WANs. Intelligent Bandwidth for Evolving Networks 197 Proteus MX ANSI www.MicrowaveNetworks.com Integrated Trac Management ● Dynamic Payload MappingTM suite of features: Integrated add/drop mux from DS3. Self-healing DS1-level loop protection and Rapid Ethernet Ring Protection for ring network topologies. Detailed trac routing and cross-connect across the hop and between co-located terminals at a node. Reallocate payload among interface types as needed. ● MicrobusTM interface simplies connections and reduces expense at repeater and nodal sites. Only dropped tributaries need to be terminated. The remaining payload is passed between terminals using the MicrobusTM high-speed serial interface and a standard Cat-5 cable. TDM and IP Convergence ● Native Gigabit Ethernet is combined with native TDM (DS1, DS3, OC-3) on the same hardware platform. ● Software-selected bandwidth, modulation, capacity, channel frequency, and output power. Increase capacity through software license upgrade w/o hardware changes. ● Reallocate payload among interface types as needed to accommodate changing trac patterns. ● Adaptive Code Modulation (ACM) can be congured to maintain critical trac during adverse path conditions while operating at a signicantly higher throughput under normal conditions. ● VLAN using IEEE 802.1p & 802.1Q for Trac Class priorities (QoS), port-based and tag-based VLAN. ● MPLS and LTE compatible. With Proteus MX, migrating from existing TDM to new IP-based networks and services including 4G/LTE is simple, convenient, and economical. The unique combinations of native TDM and native IP congurations are the most comprehensive in the industry on a single radio platform. Proteus MX’s unmatched trac management features combined with software-based conguration and upgrades gives network providers the needed control over how and when to make the transition and maximize the return on their investment. LTE Migration Reliability and Management ● Errorless diversity switching protection options including. ● Complete hot-standby protection; 100% redundancy of all active components. ● Removable license card retains terminal conguration during changeovers. ● Secure Network Management with SNMPv3. ● Built-in chart recorder for real-time diagnostics and link performance monitoring. 198 www.MicrowaveNetworks.com Data Line Interface 32xDS1 (64-pin Telco) ; 4xDS3 (75-ohm BNC) ; 155 Mbps (optical LC; SM or MM) Gigabit Ethernet 2 x 10/100/1000 BaseT Gigabit Ethernet ports FEC & Coding Reed Solomon FEC; Low Density Parity Check (LDPC) coding Auxiliary Interfaces Digital Engineering Orderwire Integrated Digital or External RS-422 Digital O/W; 2 x RJ-45 jacks for daisy chain/external connection Auxiliary Data Channels 2 x RS-232 up to 19.2 kbps async; 1 x RS-422 at 64 kbps async (not available if EOW configured) Relay Alarm Outputs 4 x Form-C relays, NO & NC contacts, (software mapped) External Inputs 6 x TTL floating inputs Configuration Memory Removable SD FLASH memory card (store link/terminal data) Dimensions (h x w x d) 3.5 in. x 19 in. x 11.2 in. (2RU) Weight 9.7 lbs. Temperature +23° F to +122° F (-5° C to +50° C) Humidity Up to 95% non-condensing Input Power +/- 19 to +/- 60 volts DC Signal Processing Unit (SPU) All-indoor RFSplit-mount RF 6, 7, 8, and 11 GHz All indoor rack mounted 7.0 in. x 19 in. x 11.5 in. (4RU) 47 lbs. +23° F to +122° F (-5° C to +50° C) 95% (no condensation) 15,000 ft. Remote mount with elliptical waveguide; CMR-137F (6G); UG-51/U (7/8G); UG-39/U (11G) 6, 7, 8, 11, 13, 15, 18, 23, 26 and 38 GHz Split-mount; SPU inside / ODU outside 10.2 in. diameter; 5.9 in. deep 10.8 lbs. -27°F to 131°F (-33° C to +55° C) -67°F to 131°F (-55° C to +55° C) Up to 100% 15,000 ft. TNC female (SPU); N-type female (ODU) Times LMR-400 or RG-8A/U equivalent; 50 Ohms 850 feet using LMR-400 IDU to ODU - 350 MHz; ODU to IDU - 140 MHz 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 6 Integrated push-fit or remote mounting Frequencies Configuration Dimensions Weight Temperature Full Performance Operational Humidity Altitude SPU to ODU Interface Recommended Cable Max. SPU to ODU distance Intermediate Frequencies Antenna Diameters (ft.) Antenna Connection Options RF Unit and Antenna T/R Spacing (MHz) All FCC, ETSI, and ITU spacings 154, 160, 161, 196 119, 126, 208, 266, 311.32 490, 530 266 315, 420, 475, 490, 640, 644, 728 1008, 1010, 1560 1008, 1200, 1232 800, 1008 700, 1260 +/- 10 ppm (.001 %) -20 dBm for < 10-6 BER Better than 10-12 Manual or Automatic, -4 dBm to Max. Split-mount: 80 W non-protect, 166 W protected All-indoor: 180 W non-protect, 360 W protected Operating Frequencies 5.925 - 7.125 GHz 7.125 - 7.900 GHz 7.900 - 8.500 GHz 10.70 - 11.70 GHz 12.75 - 13.25 GHz 14.40 - 15.35 GHz 17.70 - 19.70 GHz 21.20 - 23.60 GHz 24.20 - 26.50 GHz 37.00 - 40.00 GHz Frequency Stability RX overload Residual BER Output Power Control Power Consumption (max.) System Specifications Proteus MX ANSI * All specications are subject to change without notice 199 Hot-Standby Protected SPU (2RU) www.MicrowaveNetworks.com Safety EN 60950 EMI/EMC EN 301 489; EN 300 385 RF EN 302 217-2 Power Supply EN 300 132-2 Storage ETS 300 019-1-1 (Class 1.1E) Transport ETS 300 019-1-2 (Class 2.1E) Environmental - SPU ETS 300 019-1-3 (Class 3.1E) Standards Compliance Protocol SNMPv3 (supports SNMP v1 and v2) Element Manager (EM) Java based management software from MNI; access radio through any local/remote management NMS Interface 2 x RJ-45; 10/100 BaseT; for access and bridging Command Line Interface RS-232 serial DB-9; for local VT-100 type interface or TELNET access Modem (PPP) RS-232 serial DB9; for dial-up access Management IP Routing RIP2 and OSPF dynamic routing or static route maps NMS Compatibility OpenViewTM, NetViewTM, SNMPcTM, or other SNMP-based NMS; Motorola MOSCAD Management Proteus MX ANSI Additional Branching Loss Split Mount All-Indoor Primary Standby Primary Standby Hot-Standby Transmitter 1.9 dB 6.5 dB 0.0 dB 1.0 dB Receiver 1.9 dB 6.5 dB 0.5 dB 10.5 dB Space Diversity Transmitter 0.0 dB 0.0 dB 0.0 dB 1.0 dB Receiver 0.0 dB 0.0 dB 0.0 dB 0.0 dB * All specications are subject to change without notice 200 www.MicrowaveNetworks.com Proteus MX ANSI 4 QAM* 23xDS1 37.08 -87.5 -87.5 -86.5 32.0 31.0 29.0 119.5 118.5 115.5 67.0 4 QAM* 28xDS1 1xDS3 44.99 -86.0 -86.0 -85.0 32.0 31.0 29.0 118.0 117.0 114.0 67.0 8 QAM* 40xDS1 1DS3+12DS1 63.76 -81.5 -81.5 -80.5 32.0 31.0 29.0 113.5 112.5 109.5 64.0 16 QAM* 48xDS1 1DS3+20DS1 76.31 -81.5 -81.5 -80.5 32.0 31.0 29.0 113.5 112.5 109.5 62.0 16 QAM** 56xDS1 2xDS3 89.90 -80.0 -80.0 -79.0 32.0 31.0 29.0 112.0 111.0 108.0 61.0 32 QAM** 65xDS1 2DS3+9DS1 104.62 -77.5 -77.5 -76.5 32.0 31.0 29.0 109.5 108.5 105.5 56.5 64 QAM 84xDS1 3xDS3 134.47 -74.5 -74.5 -73.5 32.0 31.0 29.0 106.5 105.5 102.5 52.0 128 QAM 92xDS1 3DS3+12DS1 1xOC3 156.09 -71.5 -71.5 -70.5 32.0 31.0 29.0 103.5 102.5 99.5 49.5 Modulation Maximum Data Configurations1 DS1 only 2 DS3 + DS1 OC-3 Ethernet Only (Mbps) 3 RX Threshold (10-6 BER) (dBm) 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz TX Power (dBm) 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz System Gain (10-6 BER) (dB) 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz Dispersive Fade Margin (10-6 BER) (dB) Emission Designator 128 QAM 104xDS1 3DS3+20DS1 1OC3+8DS1 165.80 -69.5 -69.5 -68.5 32.0 31.0 29.0 101.5 100.5 97.5 49.5 256 QAM 112xDS1 4xDS3 1OC3+18DS1 179.21 -68.0 -68.0 -67.0 30.0 29.0 27.0 98.0 97.0 94.0 43.0 256 QAM 116xDS1 4DS3+8DS1 1OC3+22DS1 191.76 -65.5 -65.5 -64.5 30.0 29.0 27.0 95.5 94.5 91.5 43.0 8 QAM* 56xDS1 2xDS3 89.94 -80.0 -80.0 -79.0 32.0 31.0 29.0 112.0 111.0 108.0 63.0 32 QAM** 84xDS1 3xDS3 136.61 -76.5 -76.5 -75.5 32.0 31.0 29.0 108.5 107.5 104.5 55.5 64 QAM** 112xDS1 4xDS3 1OC3+18DS1 179.57 -73.5 -73.5 -72.5 32.0 31.0 29.0 105.5 104.5 101.5 51.0 128 QAM** 116xDS1 5xDS3 1OC+46DS1 223.95 -68.0 -68.0 -67.0 32.0 31.0 29.0 100.0 99.0 96.0 48.5 30M0D7W 40M0D7W 30 MHz 256 QAM** 116xDS1 5DS3+18DS1 1OC3+64DS1 252.73 -65.0 -65.0 -64.0 30.0 29.0 27.0 95.0 94.0 91.0 42.0 40 MHz System Specifications The table below indicates Transmitter and Receiver specifications grouped by channel bandwidth and capacity. For each configuration the radio can operate in different combinations of DS1, DS3, OC-3, and Ethernet up to the maximum data throughput indicated. The maximum equivalent for each interface type and combination is shown as a reference. Note: Specifications represent non-protected configurations intended for preliminary network planning and may change without notice. Improvements may be attained depending on actual project requirements. * Not allowed at 6 GHz or 11 GHz in the U.S. per FCC part 101.141 ** Not allowed for 6GHz in the U.S. per FCC Part 101.141 1. Not all variations of quantity and type of data are shown. Any combination is allowed as long as total capacity does not exceed the maximum data throughput. Contact MNI for more information. 2. The total number of DS1s that can be transported across the link is shown. However, the actual number of DS1s that can be dropped at a site is limited to the physical interfaces available at the SPU. 3. Empty bytes between packets and within the IP header are removed to achieve a type of compression. The values shown indicate the minimum Ethernet throughput that can be achieved when all packet sizes = 1518 bytes. Maximum throughput occurs with 64 byte packets and is 18% greater than shown. Rev. 11/10 All-Indoor Configurations 2.5 MHz 3.75 MHz 5 MHz 16 QAM 4xDS1 6.45 -89.0 -89.0 -88.0 30.0 29.0 27.0 119.0 118.0 115.0 72.5 128 QAM 8xDS1 12.72 -78.0 -78.0 -77.0 28.0 27.0 25.0 106.0 105.0 102.0 61.0 8 QAM* 4xDS1 6.49 -89.5 -89.5 -88.5 30.0 29.0 27.0 119.5 118.5 115.5 71.0 32 QAM 8xDS1 12.72 -83.5 -83.5 -82.5 30.0 29.0 27.0 113.5 112.5 109.5 65.5 128 QAM 12xDS1 19.00 -78.0 -78.0 -77.0 29.0 28.0 26.0 107.0 106.0 103.0 59.0 16 QAM* 8xDS1 12.74 -87.5 -87.5 -86.5 31.0 30.0 28.0 118.5 117.5 114.5 69.0 32 QAM 12xDS1 19.00 -82.5 -82.5 -81.5 31.0 30.0 28.0 113.5 112.5 109.5 64.5 128 QAM 16xDS1 25.27 -79.5 -79.5 -78.5 30.0 29.0 27.0 109.5 108.5 105.5 57.5 Modulation Maximum Data Configurations1 DS1 only 2 DS3 + DS1 Ethernet Only (Mbps) 3 RX Threshold (10-6 BER) (dBm) 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz TX Power (dBm) 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz System Gain (10-6 BER) (dB) 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz Dispersive Fade Margin (10-6 BER) (dB) Emission Designator 4 QAM* 8xDS1 12.73 -90.0 -90.0 -89.0 32.0 31.0 29.0 122.0 121.0 118.0 72.0 8 QAM* 12xDS1 18.99 -86.0 -86.0 -85.0 32.0 31.0 29.0 118.0 117.0 114.0 69.0 16 QAM* 16xDS1 25.37 -85.0 -85.0 -84.0 32.0 31.0 29.0 117.0 116.0 113.0 66.0 32 QAM* 22xDS1 34.86 -81.0 -81.0 -80.0 32.0 31.0 29.0 113.0 112.0 109.0 61.5 64 QAM 28xDS1 1xDS3 45.00 -78.0 -78.0 -77.0 32.0 31.0 29.0 110.0 109.0 106.0 56.5 128 QAM 32xDS1 1xDS3+4xDS1 52.87 -75.5 -75.5 -74.5 31.0 30.0 28.0 106.5 105.5 102.5 54.5 256 QAM 38xDS1 1xDS3+10DS1 60.71 -71.5 -71.5 -70.5 29.0 28.0 26.0 100.5 99.5 96.5 47.5 2M50D7W 3M75D7W 5M00D7W 10M0D7W 10 MHz 201 www.MicrowaveNetworks.com Proteus MX ANSI System Specifications The table below indicates Transmitter and Receiver specifications grouped by channel bandwidth and capacity. For each configuration the radio can operate in different combinations of DS1, DS3, OC-3, and Ethernet up to the maximum data throughput indicated. The maximum equivalent for each interface type and combination is shown as a reference. Note: Specifications represent non-protected configurations intended for preliminary network planning and may change without notice. Improvements may be attained depending on actual project requirements. * Not allowed at 6 GHz or 11 GHz in the U.S. per FCC part 101.141 ** Not allowed for 6GHz in the U.S. per FCC Part 101.141 1. Not all variations of quantity and type of data are shown. Any combination is allowed as long as total capacity does not exceed the maximum data throughput. Contact MNI for more information. 2. The total number of DS1s that can be transported across the link is shown. However, the actual number of DS1s that can be dropped at a site is limited to the physical interfaces available at the SPU. 3. Empty bytes between packets and within the IP header are removed to achieve a type of compression. The values shown indicate the minimum Ethernet throughput that can be achieved when all packet sizes = 1518 bytes. Maximum throughput occurs with 64 byte packets and is 18% greater than shown. Split-Mount Configurations 2.5 MHz 3.75 MHz 5 MHz 16 QAM 4xDS1 6.45 -88.0 -88.0 -88.5 -88.5 -- -- -- -- 13.0 / 22.0 15.0 / 22.0 14.0 / 20.0 14.0 / 17.0 -- -- -- -- 101.0 / 110.0 103.0 / 110.0 102.5 / 108.5 102.5 / 105.5 -- -- -- -- 72.5 8 QAM* 4xDS1 6.49 -88.5 -88.5 -89.0 -89.0 -- -- -- -- 17.0 / 27.0 17.0 / 27.0 16.0 / 25.0 16.0 / 22.0 -- -- -- -- 105.5 / 115.5 105.5 / 115.5 105.0 / 114.0 105.0 / 111.0 -- -- -- -- 71.0 32 QAM 8xDS1 12.72 -82.5 -82.5 -83.0 -83.0 -- -- -- -- 17.0 / 27.0 17.0 / 27.0 16.0 / 25.0 16.0 / 22.0 -- -- -- -- 99.5 / 109.5 99.5 / 109.5 99.0 / 108.0 99.0 / 105.0 -- -- -- -- 65.5 16 QAM* 8xDS1 12.74 -86.5 -86.5 -87.0 -87.0 -- -- -- -- 23.0 / 28.0 21.0 / 28.0 20.0 / 26.0 20.0 / 23.0 -- -- -- -- 109.5 / 114.5 107.5 / 114.5 107.0 / 113.0 107.0 / 110.0 -- -- -- -- 69.0 32 QAM 12xDS1 19.00 -81.5 -81.5 -82.0 -82.0 -- -- -- -- 23.0 / 28.0 21.0 / 28.0 20.0 / 26.0 20.0 / 23.0 -- -- -- -- 104.5 / 109.5 102.5 / 109.5 102.0 / 108.0 102.0 / 105.0 -- -- -- -- 64.5 4 QAM* 8xDS1 12.73 -89.0 -89.0 -89.5 -89.5 -89.5 -89.0 -88.0 -87.0 25.0 / 30.0 26.0 / 30.0 25.0 / 28.0 25.0 / 26.0 24.0 / 25.0 23.0 / 25.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 23.0 114.0 / 119.0 115.0 / 119.0 114.5 / 117.5 114.5 / 115.5 113.5 / 114.5 112.0 / 114.0 109.0 / 111.0 107.0 / 110.0 72.0 8 QAM* 12xDS1 18.99 -85.0 -85.0 -85.5 -85.5 -85.5 -85.0 -84.0 -83.0 24.0 / 29.0 23.0 / 29.0 22.0 / 27.0 22.0 / 24.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 23.0 18.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 109.0 / 114.0 108.0 / 114.0 107.5 / 112.5 107.5 / 109.5 106.5 / 108.5 105.0 / 108.0 102.0 / 106.0 100.0 / 104.0 69.0 16 QAM* 16xDS1 25.37 -84.0 -84.0 -84.5 -84.5 -84.5 -84.0 -83.0 -82.0 23.0 / 28.0 22.0 / 28.0 21.0 / 26.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 22.0 19.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 16.0 / 20.0 107.0 / 112.0 106.0 / 112.0 105.5 / 110.5 105.5 / 107.5 104.5 / 106.5 103.0 / 106.0 100.0 / 104.0 98.0 / 102.0 66.0 Modulation Maximum Data Configurations1 DS1 only 2 DS3 + DS1 OC-3 Ethernet Only (Mbps) 3 RX Threshold (10-6 BER) (dBm) 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz TX Power (dBm) - Std. / High Power 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz System Gain (10-6 BER) (dB) - Std. / High Power 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz Dispersive Fade Margin (10-6 BER) (dB) Emission Designator 32 QAM* 22xDS1 34.86 -80.0 -80.0 -80.5 -80.5 -80.5 -80.0 -79.0 -78.0 22.0 / 28.0 21.0 / 28.0 20.0 / 26.0 20.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 22.0 19.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 16.0 / 20.0 102.0 / 108.0 101.0 / 108.0 100.5 / 106.5 100.5 / 103.5 100.5 / 102.5 99.0 / 102.0 96.0 / 100.0 94.0 / 98.0 61.5 64 QAM 28xDS1 1xDS3 45.00 -77.0 -77.0 -77.5 -77.5 -77.5 -- -- -- 21.0 / 25.0 19.0 / 25.0 18.0 / 22.0 18.0 / 19.0 17.0 / 18.0 -- -- -- 98.0 / 102.0 96.0 / 102.0 95.5 / 99.5 95.5 / 96.5 94.5 / 95.5 -- -- -- 56.5 2M50D7W 3M75D7W 5M00D7W 10M0D7W 10 MHz Rev. 11/10 202 www.MicrowaveNetworks.com Proteus MX ANSI Modulation Maximum Data Configurations1 DS1 only 2 DS3 + DS1 OC-3 Ethernet Only (Mbps) 3 RX Threshold (10-6 BER) (dBm) 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz TX Power (dBm) - Std. / High Power 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz System Gain (10-6 BER) (dB) - Std. / High Power 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz Dispersive Fade Margin (10-6 BER) (dB) Emission Designator 4 QAM 16xDS1 25.29 -87.0 -87.0 -87.5 -87.5 -87.5 -87.0 -86.0 -85.0 25.0 / 30.0 26.0 / 30.0 25.0 / 28.0 25.0 / 26.0 24.0 / 25.0 23.0 / 25.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 23.0 112.0 / 117.0 113.0 / 117.0 112.5 / 115.5 112.5 / 113.5 111.5 / 112.5 110.0 / 112.0 107.0 / 109.0 105.0 / 108.0 69.0 8 QAM 23xDS1 36.92 -82.5 -82.5 -83.0 -83.0 -83.0 -82.5 -81.5 -80.5 24.0 / 29.0 23.0 / 29.0 22.0 / 27.0 22.0 / 24.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 23.0 18.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 106.5 / 111.5 105.5 / 111.5 105.0 / 110.0 105.0 / 107.0 104.0 / 106.0 102.5 / 105.5 99.5 / 103.5 97.5 / 101.5 67.5 8 QAM 28xDS1 1xDS3 45.04 -81.0 -81.0 -81.5 -81.5 -81.5 -81.0 -80.0 -79.0 24.0 / 29.0 23.0 / 29.0 22.0 / 27.0 22.0 / 24.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 23.0 18.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 105.0 / 110.0 104.0 / 110.0 103.5 / 108.5 103.5 / 105.5 102.5 / 104.5 101.0 / 104.0 98.0 / 102.0 96.0 / 100.0 67.5 16 QAM 31xDS1 1DS3+3DS1 49.70 -81.5 -81.5 -82.0 -82.0 -82.0 -81.5 -80.5 -79.5 23.0 / 28.0 22.0 / 28.0 21.0 / 26.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 22.0 19.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 16.0 / 20.0 104.5 / 109.5 103.5 / 109.5 103.0 / 108.0 103.0 / 105.0 102.0 / 104.0 100.5 / 103.5 97.5 / 101.5 95.5 / 99.5 64.0 16 QAM 38DS1 1DS3+10DS1 60.67 -79.5 -79.5 -80.0 -80.0 -80.0 -79.5 -78.5 -77.5 23.0 / 28.0 22.0 / 28.0 21.0 / 26.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 22.0 19.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 16.0 / 20.0 102.5 / 107.5 101.5 / 107.5 101.0 / 106.0 101.0 / 103.0 100.0 / 102.0 98.5 / 101.5 95.5 / 99.5 93.5 / 97.5 64.0 32 QAM 47xDS1 1DS3+19DS1 74.71 -76.5 -76.5 -77.0 -77.0 -77.0 -76.5 -75.5 -74.5 22.0 / 28.0 21.0 / 28.0 20.0 / 26.0 20.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 22.0 19.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 16.0 / 20.0 98.5 / 104.5 97.5 / 104.5 97.0 / 103.0 97.0 / 100.0 97.0 / 99.0 95.5 / 98.5 92.5 / 96.5 90.5 / 94.5 59.0 64 QAM 56xDS1 2xDS3 89.89 -75.0 -75.0 -75.5 -75.5 -75.5 -75.0 -74.0 -73.0 21.0 / 25.0 19.0 / 25.0 18.0 / 22.0 18.0 / 19.0 17.0 / 18.0 16.0 / 18.0 14.0 / 17.0 13.0 / 17.0 96.0 / 100.0 94.0 / 100.0 93.5 / 97.5 93.5 / 94.5 92.5 / 93.5 91.0 / 93.0 88.0 / 91.0 86.0 / 90.0 54.0 20M0D7W 20 MHz 128 QAM 67xDS1 2DS3+11DS1 107.19 -72.0 -72.0 -72.5 -72.5 -72.5 -- -- -- 20.0 / 24.0 17.0 / 24.0 16.0 / 21.0 16.0 / 18.0 16.0 / 17.0 -- -- -- 92.0 / 96.0 89.0 / 96.0 88.5 / 93.5 88.5 / 90.5 88.5 / 89.5 -- -- -- 51.5 System Specifications The table below indicates Transmitter and Receiver specifications grouped by channel bandwidth and capacity. For each configuration the radio can operate in different combinations of DS1, DS3, OC-3, and Ethernet up to the maximum data throughput indicated. The maximum equivalent for each interface type and combination is shown as a reference. Note: Specifications represent non-protected configurations intended for preliminary network planning. Improved specifications may be available depending on actual project requirements. 141.101 traP CCF rep .S.U eht ni zHG6 rof dewolla toN ** 141.101 trap CCF rep .S.U eht ni zHG 11 ro zHG 6 ta dewolla toN * 1. Not all variations of quantity and type of data are shown. Any combination is allowed as long as total capacity does not exceed the maximum data throughput. Contact MNI for more information. 2. The total number of DS1s that can be transported across the link is shown. However, the actual number of DS1s that can be dropped at a site is limited to the physical interfaces available at the SPU. 3. Empty bytes between packets and within the IP header are removed to achieve a type of compression. The values shown indicate the minimum Ethernet throughput that can be achieved when all packet sizes = 1518 bytes. Maximum throughput occurs with 64 byte packets and is 18% greater than shown. Rev. 11/10 Split-Mount Configurations 203 www.MicrowaveNetworks.com Proteus MX ANSI 128 QAM 104xDS1 3xDS3+20xDS1 1xOC3+8xDS1 165.80 -68.5 -68.5 -69.0 -69.0 -68.5 -68.5 -- -- 20.0 / 24.0 17.0 / 24.0 16.0 / 21.0 16.0 / 18.0 16.0 / 17.0 14.0 / 17.0 -- -- 88.5 / 92.5 85.5 / 92.5 85.0 / 90.0 85.0 / 87.0 84.5 / 85.5 82.5 / 85.5 -- -- 49.5 256 QAM 112xDS1 4xDS3 1xOC3+18xDS1 179.21 -67.0 -67.0 -67.5 -67.5 -67.0 -- -- -- 18.0 / 21.0 15.0 / 21.0 14.0 / 18.0 14.0 / 15.0 13.0 / 14.0 -- -- -- 85.0 / 88.0 82.0 / 88.0 81.5 / 85.5 81.5 / 82.5 80.0 / 81.0 -- -- -- 43.0 256 QAM 116xDS1 4xDS3+8xDS1 1xOC3+22xDS1 191.76 -64.5 -64.5 -65.0 -65.0 -65.0 -- -- -- 18.0 / 21.0 -- / 21.0 -- / 18.0 -- / 15.0 -- / 14.0 -- -- -- 82.5 / 85.5 -- / 85.50 -- / 83.00 -- / 80.00 -- / 79.00 -- -- -- 43.0 Modulation Maximum Data Configurations1 DS1 only 2 DS3 + DS1 OC-3 Ethernet Only (Mbps) 3 RX Threshold (10-6 BER) (dBm) 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz TX Power (dBm) - Std. / High Power 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz System Gain (10-6 BER) (dB) - Std. / High Power 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz Dispersive Fade Margin (10-6 BER) (dB) Emission Designator 4 QAM* 23xDS1 37.08 -86.5 -86.5 -87.0 -87.0 -87.0 -86.5 -85.5 -84.5 25.0 / 30.0 26.0 / 30.0 25.0 / 28.0 25.0 / 26.0 24.0 / 25.0 23.0 / 25.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 23.0 111.5 / 116.5 112.5 / 116.5 112.0 / 115.0 112.0 / 113.0 111.0 / 112.0 109.5 / 111.5 106.5 / 108.5 104.5 / 107.5 67.0 4 QAM* 28xDS1 1xDS3 44.99 -85.0 -85.0 -85.5 -85.5 -85.5 -85.0 -84.0 -83.0 25.0 / 30.0 26.0 / 30.0 25.0 / 28.0 25.0 / 26.0 24.0 / 25.0 23.0 / 25.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 23.0 110.0 / 115.0 111.0 / 115.0 110.5 / 113.5 110.5 / 111.5 109.5 / 110.5 108.0 / 110.0 105.0 / 107.0 103.0 / 106.0 67.0 8 QAM* 40xDS1 1xDS3+12DS1 63.76 -80.5 -80.5 -81.0 -81.0 -81.0 -80.5 -79.5 -78.5 24.0 / 29.0 23.0 / 29.0 22.0 / 27.0 22.0 / 24.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 23.0 18.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 104.5 / 109.5 103.5 / 109.5 103.0 / 108.0 103.0 / 105.0 102.0 / 104.0 100.5 / 103.5 97.5 / 101.5 95.5 / 99.5 64.0 16 QAM* 48xDS1 1xDS3+20xDS1 76.31 -80.5 -80.5 -81.0 -81.0 -81.0 -80.5 -79.5 -78.5 23.0 / 28.0 22.0 / 28.0 21.0 / 26.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 22.0 19.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 16.0 / 20.0 103.5 / 108.5 102.5 / 108.5 102.0 / 107.0 102.0 / 104.0 101.0 / 103.0 99.5 / 102.5 96.5 / 100.5 94.5 / 98.5 62.0 16 QAM** 56xDS1 2xDS3 89.90 -79.0 -79.0 -79.5 -79.5 -79.5 -79.0 -78.0 -77.0 23.0 / 28.0 22.0 / 28.0 21.0 / 26.0 21.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 22.0 19.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 16.0 / 20.0 102.0 / 107.0 101.0 / 107.0 100.5 / 105.5 100.5 / 102.5 99.5 / 101.5 98.0 / 101.0 95.0 / 99.0 93.0 / 97.0 61.0 32 QAM** 65xDS1 2xDS3+9xDS1 104.62 -76.5 -76.5 -77.0 -77.0 -77.0 -76.5 -75.5 -74.5 22.0 / 28.0 21.0 / 28.0 20.0 / 26.0 20.0 / 23.0 20.0 / 22.0 19.0 / 22.0 17.0 / 21.0 16.0 / 20.0 98.5 / 104.5 97.5 / 104.5 97.0 / 103.0 97.0 / 100.0 97.0 / 99.0 95.5 / 98.5 92.5 / 96.5 90.5 / 94.5 56.5 64 QAM 84xDS1 3xDS3 134.47 -73.5 -73.5 -74.0 -74.0 -74.0 -73.5 -72.5 -71.5 21.0 / 25.0 19.0 / 25.0 18.0 / 22.0 18.0 / 19.0 17.0 / 18.0 16.0 / 18.0 14.0 / 17.0 13.0 / 17.0 94.5 / 98.5 92.5 / 98.5 92.0 / 96.0 92.0 / 93.0 91.0 / 92.0 89.5 / 91.5 86.5 / 89.5 84.5 / 88.5 52.0 30M0D7W 30 MHz 128 QAM 92xDS1 3xDS3+12xDS1 1xOC3 156.09 -70.5 -70.5 -71.0 -71.0 -70.5 -70.5 -69.5 -68.5 20.0 / 24.0 17.0 / 24.0 16.0 / 21.0 16.0 / 18.0 16.0 / 17.0 14.0 / 17.0 12.0 / 16.0 11.0 / 16.0 90.5 / 94.5 87.5 / 94.5 87.0 / 92.0 87.0 / 89.0 86.5 / 87.5 84.5 / 87.5 81.5 / 85.5 79.5 / 84.5 49.5 System Specifications The table below indicates Transmitter and Receiver specifications grouped by channel bandwidth and capacity. For each configuration the radio can operate in different combinations of DS1, DS3, OC-3, and Ethernet up to the maximum data throughput indicated. The maximum equivalent for each interface type and combination is shown as a reference. Note: Specifications represent non-protected configurations intended for preliminary network planning and may change without notice. Improvements may be attained depending on actual project requirements. * Not allowed at 6 GHz or 11 GHz in the U.S. per FCC part 101.141 ** Not allowed for 6GHz in the U.S. per FCC Part 101.141 1. Not all variations of quantity and type of data are shown. Any combination is allowed as long as total capacity does not exceed the maximum data throughput. Contact MNI for more information. 2. The total number of DS1s that can be transported across the link is shown. However, the actual number of DS1s that can be dropped at a site is limited to the physical interfaces available at the SPU. 3. Empty bytes between packets and within the IP header are removed to achieve a type of compression. The values shown indicate the minimum Ethernet throughput that can be achieved when all packet sizes = 1518 bytes. Maximum throughput occurs with 64 byte packets and is 18% greater than shown. Rev. 11/10 Split-Mount Configurations 204 www.MicrowaveNetworks.com Proteus MX ANSI Modulation Maximum Data Configurations1 DS1 only 2 DS3 + DS1 OC-3 Ethernet Only (Mbps) 3 RX Threshold (10-6 BER) (dBm) 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz TX Power (dBm) - Std. / High Power 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz System Gain (10-6 BER) (dB) - Std. / High Power 6 GHz 7, 8 GHz 11 GHz 13,15 GHz 18 GHz 23, 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz Dispersive Fade Margin (10-6 BER) (dB) Emission Designator 8 QAM* 56xDS1 2xDS3 89.94 -79.0 -79.0 -79.5 -79.5 -79.5 -79.0 -78.0 -77.0 -- / 29.0 -- / 29.0 -- / 27.0 -- / 24.0 -- / 23.0 -- / 23.0 -- / 22.0 -- / 21.0 -- / 108.00 -- / 108.00 -- / 106.50 -- / 103.50 -- / 102.50 -- / 102.00 -- / 100.00 -- / 98.00 63 32 QAM** 84xDS1 3xDS3 136.61 -75.5 -75.5 -76.0 -76.0 -76.0 -75.5 -74.5 -73.5 -- / 28.0 -- / 28.0 -- / 26.0 -- / 23.0 -- / 22.0 -- / 22.0 -- / 21.0 -- / 20.0 -- / 103.50 -- / 103.50 -- / 102.00 -- / 99.00 -- / 98.00 -- / 97.50 -- / 95.50 -- / 93.50 55.5 64 QAM** 112xDS1 4xDS3 1OC3+18xDS1 179.57 -72.5 -72.5 -73.0 -73.0 -73.0 -72.5 -71.5 -70.5 -- / 25.0 -- / 25.0 -- / 22.0 -- / 19.0 -- / 18.0 -- / 18.0 -- / 17.0 -- / 17.0 -- / 97.50 -- / 97.50 -- / 95.00 -- / 92.00 -- / 91.00 -- / 90.50 -- / 88.50 -- / 87.50 51 128 QAM** 116xDS1 5xDS3 1OC+46DS1 223.95 -67.0 -67.0 -67.5 -67.5 -67.5 -67.0 -66.0 -65.0 -- / 24.0 -- / 24.0 -- / 21.0 -- / 18.0 -- / 17.0 -- / 17.0 -- / 16.0 -- / 16.0 -- / 91.00 -- / 91.00 -- / 88.50 -- / 85.50 -- / 84.50 -- / 84.00 -- / 82.00 -- / 81.00 48.5 256 QAM** 116xDS1 5DS3+18DS1 1OC3+64DS1 252.73 -64.0 -64.0 -64.5 -64.5 -64.5 -- -- -- -- / 21.0 -- / 21.0 -- / 18.0 -- / 15.0 -- / 14.0 -- -- -- -- / 85.00 -- / 85.00 -- / 82.50 -- / 79.50 -- / 78.50 -- -- -- 42 40M0D7W 40 MHz System Specifications The table below indicates Transmitter and Receiver specifications grouped by channel bandwidth and capacity. For each configuration the radio can operate in different combinations of DS1, DS3, OC-3, and Ethernet up to the maximum data throughput indicated. The maximum equivalent for each interface type and combination is shown as a reference. Note: Specifications represent non-protected configurations intended for preliminary network planning and may change without notice. Improvements may be attained depending on actual project requirements. * Not allowed at 6 GHz or 11 GHz in the U.S. per FCC part 101.141 ** Not allowed for 6GHz in the U.S. per FCC Part 101.141 1. Not all variations of quantity and type of data are shown. Any combination is allowed as long as total capacity does not exceed the maximum data throughput. Contact MNI for more information. 2. The total number of DS1s that can be transported across the link is shown. However, the actual number of DS1s that can be dropped at a site is limited to the physical interfaces available at the SPU. 3. Empty bytes between packets and within the IP header are removed to achieve a type of compression. The values shown indicate the minimum Ethernet throughput that can be achieved when all packet sizes = 1518 bytes. Maximum throughput occurs with 64 byte packets and is 18% greater than shown. Rev. 11/10 Split-Mount Configurations 205 The PowerSafe™ SBS range utilizes unique and proven technology to provide a superior range of valve regulated batteries with an extended service life in compact and energy dense configurations. PowerSafe SBS is manufactured to the highest international standards and is ideal for reliable use in all wireless and fixed-line communication applications. PowerSafe SBS is also widely used in cable TV, emergency lighting, power generation and offshore applications. The PowerSafe SBS is available in several configurations including the front terminal series, which is becoming increasingly popular in leading edge telecom applications. Smaller than the competition, the front terminal series offers design flexibility where space is limited and will easily fit in cabinets and 19'' or 23'' rack configurations. PowerSafe SBS batteries are designed to cope with raised temperatures and harsh environments. The advanced thin plate, pure lead technology and unique manufacturing methods, used by EnerSys™, make PowerSafe SBS the choice for long and trouble-free service. The maximum operating temperature of the PowerSafe SBS J series can be extended to 176°F (80°C) via an optional metal jacket. Capacity range: 7Ah - 361Ah Proven long service High energy density Up to two year shelf life Very low ventilation requirement 2V, 6V, and 12V configurations Wide operating temperature range: -40°F (-40°C) to 122°F (50°C) Features & Benefits RANGE SUMMARY Publication No: US-SBS-RS-003 - November 2006 206 SBS 8 to 60 & J types SBS B & C types SBS 110 to 390 types Publication No. US-SBS-RS-003 - November 2006 - Subject to revisions without prior notice. E.&O.E.www.enersys.com EnerSys P.O. Box 14145 Reading, PA 19612-4145 USA Tel: +1-610-208-1991 +1-800-538-3627 Fax: +1-610-372-8613 EnerSys EMEA Brussels, Belgium Tel: +32 (0)2 247 94 47 EnerSys Asia Guangdong, China Tel:+86-755-2689 3639 Distributed by: General Specifications SBS 8 6 12 7 7 138 5.4 86 3.4 101 4.0 2.7 5.9 455 27.1 M4 F SBS 15 6 12 14 14 200 7.9 77 3.0 140 5.5 5.7 12.5 891 13.5 M6 M SBS 30 6 12 26 26 250 9.8 97 3.8 156 6.1 9.5 20.9 1556 7.9 M6 M SBS HB30(1)6 12 26 26 250 9.8 97 3.8 156 6.1 9.6 21.1 1556 7.9 harness SBS 40 6 12 38 38 250 9.8 97 3.8 206 8.1 12.7 28.0 2184 5.6 M6 M SBS 60 6 12 51 51 220 8.7 121 4.8 261 10.3 18.5 40.7 2618 4.4 M6 M SBS 110 3 6 115 116 200 7.9 208 8.2 239 9.4 21.2 46.6 3804 1.7 M8 M SBS 130 3 6 132 133 200 7.9 208 8.2 239 9.4 22.7 49.9 4111 1.4 M8 M SBS 300 1 2 310 307 200 7.9 208 8.2 239 9.4 21.7 47.7 8700 0.23 M8 M SBS 390 1 2 360 361 200 7.9 208 8.2 239 9.4 23.2 51.0 11101 0.18 M8 M SBS J13 6 12 12 12 175 6.9 84 3.3 129 5.1 5.7 12.6 957 13.0 M6 F SBS J16 6 12 15 15 181 7.1 76 3.0 167 6.6 6.7 14.8 1111 11.0 M6 F SBS J30 6 12 26 26 166 6.5 175 6.9 125 4.9 11.8 26.0 1766 7.0 M6 F SBS J40 6 12 39 39 196 7.7 165 6.5 170 6.7 17.4 38.2 2400 5.2 M6 F SBS J70 6 12 64 64 329 12.9 166 6.5 174 6.9 27.6 60.9 3500 3.5 M6 F SBS B8F 6 12 31 31 303 11.9 97 3.8 159 6.3 10.3 22.7 1584 7.7 M6 M SBS B10F 6 12 38 38 303 11.9 97 3.8 184 7.2 12.8 28.2 1968 6.2 M6 M SBS B14F 6 12 62 62 303 11.9 97 3.8 264 10.4 19.1 42.0 3210 3.8 M6 M SBS C11F 6 12 92 91 417 16.4 105 4.1 257 10.1 28.0 61.6 3696 3.3 M6 M SBS 145F 6 12 151 148 455 17.9 177 6.8 238 9.4 45.0 100.0 M6 M SBS B8 6 12 31 31 280 11.0 97 3.8 159 6.3 10.3 22.7 1584 7.7 M8 F SBS B10 6 12 38 38 280 11.0 97 3.8 184 7.2 12.8 28.2 1968 6.2 M8 F SBS B14 6 12 62 62 280 11.0 97 3.8 264 10.4 19.1 42.0 3210 3.8 M8 F SBS C11 6 12 92 91 395 15.6 105 4.1 264 10.4 28.0 61.6 3696 3.3 M8 F SBS 145 6 12 151 148 429 16.9 173 6.8 238 9.4 45.0 100.0 M8 F Notes (1)SBS HB30 is fitted with a 21”/533mm harness that terminates in a 2-pin polarized plug-in connector which is compatible with embedded power SLC systems. (2)Figures obtained via BS6290 method. Nominal Capacity (Ah)Nominal Dimensions 10 hr rate 8 hr rate Typical Internal Type Number Nominal to 1.80Vpc to 1.75Vpc Length Width Height Weight Short Circuit Resistance Terminals of Cells Voltage (V) @ 20°C @ 77°F mm in mm in mm in kg lbs Current (A) (2)(m)(2) Construction •Positive plate - pure lead grid using a unique manufacturing process •Negative plate - pure lead grid •Separator - superior quality microporous glass mat separator with high absorption and stability •Jar material - impact resistant material, flame retardant to UL94 V-0 (J types are PPO resin, all others are ABS) •Electrolyte - high grade dilute sulfuric acid absorbed into separator material •Terminal design - leak resistant patented dual seal terminal design Operation •Recommended float charge voltage: 2.29Vpc @ 68°F (20°C) or 2.27Vpc @ 77°F (25°C) •The PowerSafe SBS range of batteries can be mounted in any orientation except inverted •PowerSafe SBS is designed for use in cabinets, or on stands, close to the point of use. A separate battery room is not required •PowerSafe SBS is ideal for installation as an integral part of a standby system due to its long life •PowerSafe SBS is also available for underwater applications Standards •Fully compliant with BS 6290 Part 4 (1997) •Conforms to IEC 60896-21 and Telcordia SR-4228 •Recognized by UL (UL Standard 1989) •Approved as non-hazardous cargo for ground, sea and air transportation in accordance with US DOT Regulation 49 and ICAO & IATA Packing Instruction 806 •Manufactured in EnerSys production facilities certified to ISO 9001:2000 and ISO 14001:2004 •NEBS Certified SBS B & C F types Printed in USA © 2006 EnerSys. All rights reserved. Trademarks and logos are the property of EnerSys and its affiliates unless otherwise noted. 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 DBSMCP Series Receiver Multicoupler / PDU dbSpectra Frequency Range: 148-960 MHz Gain (System): 8 dB Typical (8 Ch.) Noise Figure: 3 dB at 150 MHz 3 dB at 450 MHz 1.5 dB at 800 MHz Amplifier Ip3 (Output): 40 dBm (typical) Isolation (Rx to Rx): 20 dB (Min) VSWR (Input/Output): 2.0:1 (at 50 Ohms) AC/DC (Input Power): 90–240 VAC or 19-66 VDC Weight: 6 lbs ( 2.7 kg) (8 CH. Model) Dimensions (H x W x D): 1.75” x 19” x 10.25” (44.45 x 482.6 x 260.4 mm) Connectors: N-Female (Input) BNC Female (Output) Temperature Range: 0 to 50º C Color: Black / Gold Alodine Standard Mounting Hardware: 19” Rack Mountable ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL 02-09 Rev. 1 Page 51 • Adjustable step attenuator is provided in front of the RXMC amplifier for desired gain adjustment. • Maximum of two 8-way splitters may be installed on the RXMC/PDU • Bias-tee/surge protector OPTIONS DBSMCPEXP2W 8-Channel Expansion Kit 1590 E. Highway 121, Building A • Lewisville, Texas 75056 Ph: 469.322.0080 • Fax: 469.322.0079 • www.dbspectra.comdbSpectra D PCMSB POWER SUPPLY: 0 = No AC Supply 1 = 90-264 VAC input to 15 VDC output (converter P/N 702522-001) 2 = 90-264 VAC input to 24 VDC output (converter P/N 702522-002 3 = 90-264 VAC input to 12 VDC output (converter P/N 702522-003) 4 = 19-66 VDC input to 15 VDC output (converter P/N 031011-043) NUMBER OF CHANNELS: 00 = no CH 08 = 8 CH 16 = 16 CH FREQUENCIES & BANDPASS OPTIONS 0 = No amplifier & relay A = 150-175 MHz B = 148-824 MHz C = 700-960 MHz D = (AMP “A”) with bottom bypass relay E = (AMP “B”) with bottom bypass relay F = (AMP “C”) with bottom bypass relay ALARM OPTIONS: * ALL A/C UNITS ARE SUPPLIED WITH DIRECT DC AND REVERSE POLARITY PROTECTION. RXMC AND / OR PDU NOMENCLATURE 1 • Alarm Sensors monitor the amplifier current and power supply voltage • Status LEDs on the front panel indicate the status of the RXMC, TTA and power supply • 1 Rack Unit • Remote monitoring of alarms via dry contact interface 2 Includes = • Dual Alarm top & bottom • Adjustable Attenuator 1 Includes = • Top Alarm 3 Includes = • Test port • Dual Alarm top & bottom • Adjustable Attenuator 4 Includes = • Digital current meter • Test port • Dual Alarm top & bottom • Adjustable Attenuator 222 Specifications are subject to change • www.dbspectra.com • 1590 E Hwy 121, Bldg A, Ste 100, Lewisville, TX 75056 • P(469)322-0080 • F(469)322-0079 • ISO 9001:2008 • DSCC Series (763-940 MHz) Transmitter Cavity Combiner, 2 to 24 Channels 096000-000.I © 02/12 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Frequency Range, MHz See Ordering Information Frequency Separation, kHz 150 Number of Channels 2 to 24 Isolation, dB TX to TX TX to RX ANT to TX 65 min >45 min @ 30 MHz 50 min Insertion Loss See Insertion Loss chart Transmitter Return Loss, dB 19 min Power/Channel, Watts 110 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS Construction/Finish Ceramic/Black Input Connector N(F) Output Connector N(F) or 7/16 DIN(F) Mounting EIA 19-inch Rack Temperature Range, degrees -30 to +60 C DIMENSIONS Cavity Diameter, in(mm)5 (127) Width, in(mm)19 (482.6) per panel Depth, in(mm)12.5 (317.5) per panel Number of Channels Height in(mm)RU Net Weight lb(kg) Shipping Weight lb(kg) 2 7 (177.8) 4 18 (8.2) 28 (12.7) 3 7 (177.8) 4 25 (11.3) 35 (15.9) 4 14 (355.6) 8 36 (16.3) 46 (20.9) 5 14 (355.6) 8 43 (19.5) 53 (24) 6 14 (355.6) 8 50 (22.7) 60 (27.2) 7 21 (533.4) 12 61 (27.7) 71 (32.2) 8 21 (533.4) 12 68 (30.8) 78 (35.4) 9 21 (533.4) 12 75 (34)85 (38.6) 10 28 (711.2) 16 86 (39)96 (43.5) FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Low insertion loss. • 150 KHz TX-to-TX spacing. • Dual junction isolator. • Five-inch cavities with ceramic elements. • Easy field tuning and expansion. • Broadband performance. • Compact packaging. • 2 to 24 channel availability. INSERTION LOSS, typ (dB) Number of Channels Frequency Separation (kHz) 150-250 250-500 500 or greater 2 2.6 2.1 1.9 3 3.0 2.2 1.9 4 3.3 2.4 2.0 5 3.6 2.4 2.1 6 3.7 2.6 2.1 7 3.7 2.6 2.1 8 4.0 2.7 2.2 9 4.0 2.8 2.2 10 4.1 2.8 2.3 11 4.2 2.9 2.4 12 4.4 3.1 2.5 13 4.5 3.2 2.6 14 4.6 3.3 2.7 1.0 dB insertion loss variation over temperature. ORDERING INFORMATION D -CCS Number of Channels 2-24 Channels Frequency 75 763-776 85 851-869 95 935-940 Output Connector N N(Female) D 7/16 DIN Female ACCESSORIES DSCC__ __-01WB Expansion channel with bracket DSCC__ __-01WOB Expansion channel without bracket DSCC78FJ 700/800 MHz Phasing Junction Allows dual band operation. When ordering expansion channels, please specify the number of channels desired, new frequencies and provide existing frequencies. For multiple expansion channels please contact dbSpectra Technical Support. Tune under power if operating at or below 0ºC. 223 Tower Top Amplifiers UHF, 700, 800, or 900 MHz • Low Loss Filter, Lightning Protection, Bias Tee • Stainless steel canister design for less wind loading and better weather protection • Quadrature ampliflier for better reliability, lower noise and higher IP3 • Receive Signal improvement for long coaxial cable runs • Automatic Bypass of Top Amp dbSpectra 08-2009 Rev. 3 1590 E. Highway 121, Building A • Lewisville, Texas 75056 Ph: 469.322.0080 • Fax: 469.322.0079 • www.dbspectra.comdbSpectra High Preformance Filter Bypass Relay PDU (Order Separately) Freq. Range: TMA Gain: Filter Band Width: TMA Noise Figure: IP3 (AMP only): Return Loss: Power Supply Volt: Operating Current: Surge Suppression: ATS7TMA22 794-816 MHz 19 dB (typ) 22 MHz <2.5 dB (typ) >40 dBm 14 dB (min) 15 VDC (nominal) 500 mA (typ) 18K ANSI C62.1 8/20 WAVEFORM 110 JOULES ATS7TMA30 794-824 MHz 17 dB (typ) 30 MHz <2.7 dB (typ) >40 dBm 14 dB (min) 15 VDC (nominal) 500 mA (typ) 18K ANSI C62.1 8/20 WAVEFORM 110 JOULES ATS8TMA18 806-824 MHz 18 dB (typ) 18 MHz <2.5 dB (typ) >40 dBm 14 dB (min) 15 VDC (nominal) 500 mA (typ) 18K ANSI C62.1 8/20 WAVEFORM 110 JOULES ATS8TMA10 806-816 MHz 18 dB (typ) 10 MHz <2.5 dB (typ) >40 dBm 14 dB (min) 15 VDC (nominal) 500 mA (typ) 18K ANSI C62.1 8/20 WAVEFORM 110 JOULES ATS8TMA3 806-824 MHz 17 dB (typ) 3 MHz 3.5 dB >40 dBm 14 dB (min) 15 VDC (nominal) 500 mA (typ) 18K ANSI C62.1 8/20 WAVEFORM 110 JOULES ATS9TMA5 896-901 MHz 19 dB (typ) 5 MHz <2.5 dB >40 dBm 14 dB (min) 15 VDC (nominal) 500 mA (typ) 18K ANSI C62.1 8/20 WAVEFORM 110 JOULES DB8982Y-TMA 456-460, 466-470 16 dB (typ) 2 @ 4 MHz 4.5 dB (max) >40 dBm 14 dB (min) 15 VDC (nominal) 500 mA (typ) 18K ANSI C62.1 8/20 WAVEFORM 110 JOULES ATS5TMA3 470-512 MHz 16 dB (typ) 3 MHz 4.5 dB (max) >40 dBm 14 dB (min) 15 VDC (nominal) 500 mA (typ) 18K ANSI C62.1 8/20 WAVEFORM 110 JOULES ATS3TMA4 370-400 MHz 14 dB (min) 4 MHz 4.5 dB (max) >40 dBm 14 dB (min) 15 VDC (nominal) 500 mA (typ) 18K ANSI C62.1 8/20 WAVEFORM 110 JOULES Weight: 25 lbs (11.3 kg) Environmental Stealing: NEMA 4X (DB8982Y-TMA / ATS5TMA3 / ATS3TMA4): 59 (26.8) Dimensions (WxDxH): 9 x 13.25 x 21.25 in. Outer Finish: White (UV protected) (229 x 337 x 540 mm) (DB8982Y-TMA) / ATS5TMA3 / 11.5 x 13.25 x 31.25 Standard Mounting Hardware: DB380, Included ATS3TMA4): (292.1 x 336.6 x 793.8) (Weight and dimensions include mounting brackets) RF Connectors: Type N-Female Temp. Range: -30° to +60° C ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL 700-800-900 UHF Amp Bias Tee DC Bias Tee Power SupplySplitter 224 Tower Top Amplifiers UHF, 700, 800, or 900 MHz dbSpectra 08-2009 Rev. 3 1590 E. Highway 121, Building A • Lewisville, Texas 75056 Ph: 469.322.0080 • Fax: 469.322.0079 • www.dbspectra.comdbSpectra Test Signal Injection Option: • Allows a closed loop RF sensitivity check of the TTA, transmission line and multicoupler system. • For use with DBSMCP PDU with alarm option that includes test port (see datasheet) or DBCNRX PDU with DBCN1NJKT Test Port Injection Kit. • Order TTA with “-R” option for the test port. • Requires installing a second RF cable (higher loss OK) for signal injection to TTA. • At ground level, a signal generator test signal may be connected in the test line. The test signal will be applied to the TTA input through a 30 dB coupler in the TTA enclosure. • A test signal injection on/off switch on the PDUs control a relay to discon- nect the RX antenna during the test or leave it connected to avoid disruption of the entire system and to allow effective receiver sensitivity measurement. • Level of the test signal may be measured at an RX multicoupler output port or receiver sensitivity measured. • Top amplifier may be manually bypassed at the PDU to measure closed loop signal level with/without top amplifier in line to verify operation. Polyphasor/Bias TeePolyphasor Polyphasor/ Bias Tee Amp Polyphasor/ Bias Tee DBSMCP PDU & RX MC Test Signal In Test Signal Out at RX Multicoupler Port TTA Enclosure 2nd RF Cable for Test InjectionMain RF Cable BOTTOM END ACCESSORIES DBSMCP Series: Power Distribution Unit – providing alarming and power through a Bias Tee. DBCNRX Series: PDU / Receiver Multicoupler package with alarm and Bias Tee ORDERING INFORMATION Add Suffix to TMA Model Number: -R: Test Port- Signal Injector – provides for 2nd transmission line input for testing with control to switch out antenna and switch in Test Port. 50 Ω 30 dB coupler Test Port Injection Relay 225 Electrical • Frequency range GHz 5.85 - 7.125 • Principal mode cut-off frequency HEC11 GHz 4.1 • Attenuation, group velocity of propagation, power Frequency Attenuation (1)Group volocity Av. Power (2) GHz dB/100m (dB/100ft) %kW 5.9 4,58 (1.40)70.2 4.61 6.0 4,51 (1.37)71.4 4.69 6.1 4,44 (1.35)72.5 4.76 6.2 4,38 (1.33)73.6 4.83 6.3 4,32 (1.32)74.5 4.90 6.4 4,27 (1.30)75.5 4.96 6.5 4,22 (1.29)76.3 5.01 6.6 4,17 (1.27)77.1 5.07 6.7 4,13 (1.26)77.9 5.12 6.8 4,09 (1.25)78.6 5.17 6.9 4,06 (1.24)79.3 5.21 7.0 4,03 (1.23)80.0 5.25 7.1 3,99 (1.22)80.6 5.30 (1)Attenuation at 20°C (68°F) (2)Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.0, 82°C (180°F) inner temperature, 40°C (140°F) ambient temperature Construction • Description Corrugated elliptical copper tube • Conductor Material copper Elliptical mm (in)47,9 x 26,8 (1.89 x 1.06) • Jacket Material UV resistant, black polyethylene (or black FRNH compound) Dimensions mm (in)51,5 x 30,6 (2.03 x 1.20) Thickness mm (in)1,8 (0.07) Mechanical • Minimum bending radius a) single bending E plane mm (in) 200 (7.9) H plane mm (in) 500 (19.7) b) repeated bends E plane mm (in) 300 (11.8) H plane mm (in) 700 (27.6) • Maximum twist °/m (°/feet)3 (1) • Max. pulling length per hoisting grip m (ft) 60 (197) • Recommended temperature range - Installation °C (°F)-20 to +60 (-4 to +140) - Operation °C (°F)-40 to +80 (-40 to +176) • Weight approx. kg/m (Ib/ft)0,84 (0.56) • Minimum drum core diameter mm (in)1200 (47) • Maximum operating pressure bar (psi)0,5 (7.3) • Recommended clamp spacing m (ft)1 (3) CHARACTERISTICS EU 63 10 Kabelwerk Eupen AG PE Jacket Waveguide type:EU 63 FRNH Jacket Waveguide type:EU 63-FR on request 226 Description Reference • Flaring Tool EU-FT63-P • Bending Tool see page 18 • Saw Guide EU-SG63 • Shim* for PDR flange EU-SH63 • Pressure Window see page 20 • Twist Flex see page 21 • Grounding Kit EU-GK63 • Fixing Clamps see page 22 • Hoisting Grips EU-HG64 • Weatherproofing solutions see page 23 • Dehydrator see page 24 • Full-thickness gasket** for CPR flange EU-FGK63 • Half-thickness gasket** for CPR flange EU-HGK63 * Use shim when mating two PDR flanges. Not required when mating PDR/UDR. Order separately. ** Use full-thickness gasket (supplied with connector) when mating two CPR-G flanges. Use half-thickness gasket (order separately) when mating CPR-G with CPR-F. Kabelwerk Eupen AG 11 Frequency range : 5.85 - 7.125 GHz Features • Very low VSWR across entire frequency range • No tuning required • Easy and reliable installation Flange types Technical characteristics • Frequency range (GHz)5.850 - 7.125 • Recommended pressure bar (psi)0,25 (3.6) • Gas port thread P 1/8” • Temperature range °C (°F)-40 / +80 (-40 / +176) • Connector material brass • VSWR < 1.03 References Flange type Sealing Method Reference • PDR70 Threaded gasket EU63-P-PDR70 • CPR137-G Threaded gasket EU63-P-CPR137-G CONNECTOR ACCESSORIES PDR70 CPR137-G UDR70* CPR137-F* * on request EU63-P-CPR137-G 227 www.eltekvalere.com Copyright © 2008, Eltek Valere 2048206 R1 Flatpack2 Power Systems Flatpack2 +24V 600A Flatpack2 Rectifiers o New! Flatpack2 HE with 96% typical efficiency o Input voltage range: 85 – 290 VAC o 2000W DC output (constant power) o 1U in height; 4.25” in width o Hot-swap/hot-plug functionality o Automatic active load sharing Smartpack Controllers o Provide comprehensive system monitoring and control in a single unit o Local and remote interfaces o PowerSuite software for computer interface o Advanced battery-monitoring and thermal compensation o Various models providing up to six configurable alarm inputs and output relays o Web model for TCP/IP or SNMP communication o Slave controller option for larger systems Power Shelves o Accommodate up to four rectifiers each o 1U height (1.75”); 19” width o Individual and dual AC feed options o Mounting brackets for 19” and 23” racks Overview: The Eltek Valere Flatpack2 line consists of versatile, scalable, and highly-configurable systems tailored to customer requirements. Use of established components—including the efficient and reliable Flatpack2 rectifier, the robust Smartpack controller, and flexible distribution units—makes for optimal system design and cost-effective deployment. Flatpack2 Power System The Flatpack2 (FP2) power core features an impressive array of distribution configurations and options. Its compact design and efficient use of space complement sites with limited floor and rack space, opening room for better airflow and additional equipment. Flatpack2 chassis are designed to mount in standard 19” or 23” telecommunications racks. Standard, fully-populated configurations accommodate four to sixteen Flatpack2 rectifiers, yielding total power output ranges of 8kW to 32kW. Distribution Features o Breaker alarming o Low-voltage disconnect (LVD) contactor options o Horizontal load landings, vertical bulk battery landings o Three distribution options for different power levels: o Small 1U, 175A shelf with controller slot, LVD option, up to six protected output buses, and up to two unprotected battery buses o Three-bus, 600A, 19” wide, 4U high panel with 20 positions for plug-in circuit breakers or fuse holders, up to two LVD contactors, and rear bulk battery terminals o Three-bus, 600A, 23” wide, 4U or 6U high panel with 24 positions for plug-in circuit breakers or fuse holders, emergency power-off (EPO) switch, up to two LVD contactors, and rear bulk battery terminals; an additional 23” distribution panel option doubles the number of cable landings. 228 Document 2048206 R1 PAGE 2 OF 5 Flatpack2 Power Systems www.eltekvalere.com Headquarters: Eltek Valere 1303 E. Arapaho Rd. Richardson, TX. 75081, USA Phone: +1 (469) 330-9100 Fax: +1 (469) 330-2955 Applicable Standards# NEBS Level 3 (GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE) EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) immunity test EN 61000-4-3 Electromagnetic field immunity test IEC 60950-1 UL 60950-1 Electrical safety EN 61000-4-4 Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test EN 61000-4-5 Surge immunity test EN 61000-4-6 Conducted radio-frequency (RF) immunity test EN 55022 (CISPER 22) Radiated disturbance at enclosure port Conducted emission at DC output ports Conducted emission at AC mains ports EN 61000-4-8 EN 61000-4-9 Power frequency magnetic field/pulse magnetic field EN 61000-3-2 EN 61000-3-3 20 Harmonic current emissions EN 61000-4-11 Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations # Agency approvals for the 48V/150A configuration are pending Flatpack2 Systems Standard Systems* -48V/150A -48V/300A -48V/600A +24V/600A +24V/1200A Image Output Power 8kW 14kW 32kW 16kW 32kW Maximum Output Current (DC) 168A 294A 672A 672A 1344A Total Height 2RU (3.5”) 6RU (10.5”) 9RU (15.75”) 7RU (12.25”) 10RU (17.5”) Controller Slots 1 1 2 2 2 Rectifier Slots 4 7 16 8 16 Distribution Dimensions Height: 1RU (1.75”) Width: 19” Depth: 24” Height: 4RU (7.0”) Width: 19” Depth: 24” Height: 4RU (7.0”) Width: 23” Depth: 24” Height: 4RU (7.0”) Width: 23” Depth: 24” Height: 6RU (10.5”) Width: 23” Depth: 24” Configurable Load Buses Up to 6 (or 3 pairs) 3 3 3 3 Protected Load Landings Up to 6 (or 3 pairs) Up to 20 Up to 24 Up to 24 Up to 24 Load Landing Lug Sizes Two-hole 1/4-20 on 5/8” centers, up to #1 AWG Two-hole 1/4-20 on 5/8” centers, up to #1 AWG Two-hole 1/4-20 on 5/8” centers, up to #1 AWG Two-hole 1/4-20 on 5/8” centers, up to #1 AWG Two-hole 1/4-20 on 5/8” centers, up to #1 AWG Bulk Battery Landings 2 (optional) 4 8 8 8 Battery Landing Lug Sizes Two-hole 1/4-20 on 5/8” centers Two-hole 3/8-16 on 1” centers Two-hole 3/8-16 on 1” centers Two-hole 3/8-16 on 1” centers Two-hole 3/8-16 on 1” centers LVD Contactor Up to 1 Up to 2 Up to 2 Up to 2 Up to 2 EPO Circuit and Service Bypass Switch No No Yes Yes Yes Additional Distribution Panel Option No No Yes Yes Yes *Please consult with a sales representative for other available configurations Configurations 229 Document 2048206 R1 PAGE 3 OF 5 Flatpack2 Power Systems www.eltekvalere.com Headquarters: Eltek Valere 1303 E. Arapaho Rd. Richardson, TX. 75081, USA Phone: +1 (469) 330-9100 Fax: +1 (469) 330-2955 Flatpack2 150A The -48V/150A system offers five standard distribution configurations which are defined by the number of breaker or fuse positions available. Distribution consists of up to three sets of two parallel buses, with each bus having its own front-access, plug-in breaker (or plug-in fuse holder) position and rear-access cable landing. This parallel configuration permits each set of two buses to be linked together by a two-pole plug-in breaker. Additionally, one low-voltage disconnect (LVD) contactor may be installed. Flatpack2 300A, 600A, and 1200A The larger Flatpack2 systems make use of a unique front-access distribution section that features three discrete parallel buses. Each bus has positions for breaker holders that screw into one of the three buses. This arrangement facilitates a variety of convenient uses for each bus, such as protected battery connections, load- shedding, and converter output. Kits are available for double-pole and triple-pole breakers. Bulk battery cable landings are available in the rear of these distributions. There are also options for up to two LVD contactors. Distributions* 300A 600A 1200A Distribution Dimensions Height: 4RU (7.0”) Width: 19” (rack) Depth: 24” Height: 4RU (7.0”) Width: 23” (rack) Depth: 24” Height: 6RU (10.5”) Width: 23” (rack) Depth: 24” Controller Slot(s) One (1) in power shelf Two (2) in separate shelf Two (2) integrated in distribution Alarm Card(s) Integrated Separate shelf Integrated Configurable Load Buses 3 3 3 Protected Load Landings Up to 20 Up to 24 Up to 24 Load Landing Lug Sizes Two-hole 1/4-20 on 5/8” centers, up to #1 AWG Two-hole 1/4-20 on 5/8” centers, up to #1 AWG Two-hole 1/4-20 on 5/8” centers, up to #1 AWG Bulk Battery Landings 4 8 8 Battery Landing Lug Sizes Two-hole 3/8-16 on 1” centers, up to 250 MCM Two-hole 3/8-16 on 1” centers, up to 777 MCM Two-hole 3/8-16 on 1” centers, up to 777 MCM LVD Contactors Up to 2 Up to 2 Up to 2 EPO Circuit and Service Bypass Switch No Yes Yes Optional Auxiliary Distribution Panel No Yes Yes *Please consult with a sales representative for other available configurations Distributions FP2 -48V/150A Configurations* 2B 2L 2B 2L GMT 2B 4L 4L GMT 6L 100A battery breaker positions 2 2 2 0 0 60A load breaker positions 2 2 4 4 6 12-position, 65A GMT fuse block No Yes No Yes No 2 unprotected bulk battery landings No No No Yes Yes *Please consult with a sales representative for other available configurations BUS 1 BUS 2 BUS 3 Breaker Holder Cable Landing Return Landings 230 Document 2048206 R1 PAGE 4 OF 5 Flatpack2 Power Systems www.eltekvalere.com Headquarters: Eltek Valere 1303 E. Arapaho Rd. Richardson, TX. 75081, USA Phone: +1 (469) 330-9100 Fax: +1 (469) 330-2955 Flatpack2 Rectifiers Flatpack2 rectifiers are available in two voltages: 48V and 24V. They are hot-swap, switched-mode power supply units that deliver a constant 2000W of DC power. Flatpack Converters Flatpack DC-DC Converters can be ordered for Flatpack2 systems. Converter shelves are delivered in sets of two or four shelves (four or eight converters, respectively). Each shelf accommodates up to two converter modules. In 300A, 600A, and 1200A distributions, converter output can be routed to one of the three parallel load buses. Flatpack2 Rectifiers* HE (48V 2000W) 48V 2000W 24V 2000W Module Image Document 2048206 R1 PAGE 5 OF 5 Flatpack2 Power Systems www.eltekvalere.com Headquarters: Eltek Valere 1303 E. Arapaho Rd. Richardson, TX. 75081, USA Phone: +1 (469) 330-9100 Fax: +1 (469) 330-2955 Smartpack Controller Smartpack is a robust, comprehensive control and monitoring device used for Eltek Valere’s Flatpack2 systems. The controller communicates with each Flatpack2 rectifier through a CAN bus and provides real-time monitoring and control information. The Smartpack controller is accompanied by the PowerSuite software program for PC interface. Alarm inputs and output relays can be increased by using a master/slave configuration in systems that can accommodate two controllers. Controller Modules Smartpack Modules* Extended Web/SNMP Slave Module Image Rear View Rear View Front View Input Voltage 24 – 60 VDC 24 – 60 VDC 24 – 60 VDC Configurable Alarm Inputs 6 2 6 Form C Output Relays 6 2 6 Computer Interface USB USB Ethernet USB Front Display Yes Yes No Battery Symmetry Inputs 8 8 8 Temperature Sense Inputs 2 2 2 Battery Current/Fuse Fail Monitoring Yes Yes Yes LVD Control Up to 2 contactors Up to 2 contactors Up to 2 contactors Dimensions Height: 44 mm (1.73”) Width: 109 mm (4.29”) Depth: 140 mm (5.51”) Height: 44 mm (1.73”) Width: 109 mm (4.29”) Depth: 140 mm (5.51”) Height: 44 mm (1.73”) Width: 109 mm (4.29”) Depth: 140 mm (5.51”) *Please consult with a sales representative for other available models 232 233 234 235 236   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   IMPLEMENTATION      237   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. SECTION 6: PROJECT MANAGEMENT PLAN  Upon contract award, Ci will provide a formal project management organization and project‐level administrative overview  and corresponding activities necessary for a successful project implementation. The Project Manager will develop and  implement a plan to efficiently and effectively execute the requirements of the contract and to describe the methods that  will be used for managing and controlling the project. The Project Management Plan developed for the project will be the  basis for this update. An initial, projected system implementation and integration timeline is provided below.   Philosophy and Approach   Ci Project Management philosophy is defined in one term: Customer Satisfaction. It is upon earned trust and valued  relationships that successful system implementations are built. Ci values its service to the public safety community and  will provide the project management excellence to deliver quality products and services while fostering confidence with  the County. Ci ensures that The Project Manager will have the resources and authority to ensure efficient, effective, and  timely project execution and will be the single focal point for all required project tasks.  The Project Manager will produce and deliver the project schedules and reports and their status to provide Collier County  with additional insight into the status of program activities. The Project Manager will also identify project risks and develop  risk management approaches. These controls will include schedules, written reports, design review meetings, and  independent appraisal of work in progress through use of the various members assigned to the program staff. The Project  Manager will also provide meeting agendas and meeting minutes for formal customer interface meetings. Ci Project  Managers, as standard practice, employ Project Management Institute (PMI) standards and Project Management  Processes and Procedures described in the “Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK)” Guide.   Managing an Integrated Team  At Ci, we practice the principle of shared success to foster the strength of a single team working toward shared interests.  Sharing knowledge and providing mutual support provides the framework to transcend organizational boundaries and  obstructions. This environment of cooperation and shared interests encourages the free‐flow of ideas essential to  delivering the optimal solutions our customers deserve.  There are three important factors that an Integrated Team requires:   Peer relationships at design, management and execution levels. These relationships facilitate peer‐review,  consultation, and drive accountability at a personal level. Personal excellence is demonstrated through  professional conduct and respecting others as valued partners.    Shared stakeholder goals. True project success never loses sight of the true end goal: Customer Satisfaction. Ci  brings to Collier County the experiences and skills to manage a strong integrated team driven to achieve the most  important deliverables: provide Collier County the very best in all areas of products and services, the very best  project plan and execution, and ultimately the very best public safety radio system that will provide years of  dependable service to the County and its citizens.   238 COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL  RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.  Executive sponsorship. Collier County teams will include an Executive Sponsor to focus team resources within the  organization and for project work in the field. Ci’s Executive Sponsor for Collier County project is Mark Feurer,  President.  Project Management Tasks  Project Schedule  Ci will conduct regular project schedule reviews with Collier County to report on progress, identify issues and resolutions,  and make any scope modifications as warranted by circumstances. Any modifications will be approved and accepted by  the County and Ci. A sample Project Schedule is currently TBD. Design review are currently in progress with Collier County. Project Reporting  Collier County representatives and the Ci Project Manager will jointly schedule  and attend regular project review meetings. These meeting will include:   Review project status    Review project schedule   Review any written correspondence exchanged since the last meeting   Review any open action item(s)   Obtain clarifications of any issue(s) or documentation   Capture requests for any new information   Discuss next steps and actionable items   The Ci Project Manager will prepare the meeting agenda, record the meeting  minutes and forward them to Collier County for review and approval. Ci will also  conduct project presentations and briefings as required.   Ci will participate in other County requested meetings, as‐needed conference calls, community meetings and assist in  community outreach and regulatory processes.  Ci will prepare and submit monthly project progress/status reports to the County that include updates to the following  items:     Project Schedule, milestone and work plan   Project Management Web Portal correspondence transmitted and open action items   Documentation Schedule   Status of open change requests and change orders    Current and anticipated project problem areas or risks    Ci will provide for the storage and retrieval of design documents, design drawings, correspondence, and other supporting  documents. The web portal will be accessible using a standard web browser (not rely on any specialized client software)  and have a secure connection.  Successful Planning =  Successful Projects  Ci designed, planned and installed the largest 700/800 MHz trunked system in all of Florida There is a reason Harris trusts Ci to be their largest Integrator in North America – Planning for On‐ Schedule and On‐Budget projects 239 COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL  RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. SECTION 7: QUALITY CONTROL/QUALITY ASSURANCE  Ci will develop and maintain Total Project Quality by executing Collier County radio project with a high level of  Process/Quality Control (QC), coupled with strong Quality Assurance (QA) rooted in best practices from hundreds of  successful system implementation projects. Cost control is a direct result and benefit of Ci’s QA and QC activities.  Experience demonstrates that maintaining Total Project Quality is the most direct way of developing and maintaining Cost  Controls; and with this combined benefit, Collier County will be very pleased with the results.   Ci will develop and maintain quality at both the Business Level and Program Level as described in the following sections.  Business Level   Ci’s Business Level Quality Management plan is the framework within which Collier County Project is executed.   Ci’s approach to Quality Management emphasizes the use of Quality Systems. Responsibility and authority for Quality  Control is placed within the appropriate functional organization, supplier, and/or subcontractor. Responsibility and  authority for higher level Quality activities are placed under the purview of Ci’s Quality Assurance organization, which  reports directly to Ci’s Executive Management.  The Executive Management Team monitors the performance of the QMS by reviewing the results of Quality Assurance  activities—such as internal auditing—but also through review of Quality Objectives that represent the Quality Control  metrics being applied at all levels within Ci. Quality Objectives measure Ci’s ability to satisfy a customer’s requirements  and expectations. They target continual improvement and strive for:  Excellence in overall customer satisfaction. Excellence in delivered product and service quality. Excellence in purchased product/service quality. Excellence in product and service delivery. Excellence in the minimization of the Cost of Poor Quality. Ci’s Executive Management is committed to quality, as is that of our supplier partners.  Program Level   At the Program level, Ci will develop and maintain Quality Control processes and practices. Ci’s team has been successfully  implementing these best practices for valued customers throughout Florida and surrounding states for nearly 4 decades.  Strong Quality Control management provides effective cost control, and all of this effort ultimately makes a very satisfied  customer – Collier County.  A commitment to the entire Collier County Radio Project Team – Program Management, Quality Assurance, Procurement, Technical/Engineering, Contracts, Site Management, and Service. A PMBOK™‐certified Program Manager coordinating a Project Management Plan that meets PMI PMBOK requirements. 240   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.  Program Management that proactively executes and enforces QC activities, while constructively engaging  independent QA activities.   Strong QC processes like Design Review/Submittal, Document/Records Control, Configuration Management,  Change Management, and Issues/Risk Management.   Close Partnerships between Ci and suppliers, each with well documented Quality Standards.  Ci will also provide independent semi‐annual audits by our corporate Quality Assurance organization. Ci’s integrity is built  upon trust, honesty, and accountability. This is our commitment to Collier County.   In summary, Ci understands the level of oversight that Collier County intends to maintain for this project. Programs like  Collier County radio implementation project are highly visible, critically important, and under intense pressure to maintain  the highest safety standards. They are also under rigorous scrutiny from governmental agencies and departments,  consumer protection groups, and the news media. Ci and equipment supplier Harris are experienced with, and welcome,  strong customer involvement through a robust Quality Assurance program aimed at stepping methodically and  transparently through each program phase.  Ci stands behind every system we analyze, design, develop, and deploy. Collier County’s radio system will be a resounding  success through unparalleled attention to detail and dedication. Ci’s partner and equipment supplier Harris also has a  strong reputation for integrity, as demonstrated by being the only DMR and LMR manufacturer selected as one of the  “World’s Most Ethical Companies” by Ethisphere in 2009.  Change Order Management  Ci has built a reputation on deploying projects similar in size and scope to Collier County on time and within budget. The  County can be sure that we will meet all its expectations with our proposed solution, including meeting budget  requirements and minimizing change orders throughout the duration of this project.  Ci will implement a thorough change control process that is based on our experience but tailored to this unique project.  This process will include managing project scope, while insuring project timelines and budgetary needs are met. Ci will  meet internally and with Collier County officials regarding projected risks and mitigation strategies identified both pre‐ sale and during the project implementation process.  When change is required, Ci will meticulously analyze potential impacts to the project and will determine what  adjustments are necessary regarding scope, schedule, or costs in order to reduce or eliminate any resulting negative  impacts of these adjustments.  Neither Ci nor Collier County will be obligated to perform requested changes unless both parties execute a written change  order. Both parties will meet to resolve any changes needed in the cost or timeline required to perform the contract, and  results will be document as part of the Change Order Management process.  241   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Project Risks and Mitigation   Ci will provide a rigorous Risk Management Plan to anticipate, identify, evaluate, mitigate and retire program risks that  can adversely affect a program team’s ability to meet its schedule, cost, and technical requirements. Ci’s Risk Management  Plan will be based upon standardized processes tailored for application to Collier County project. The Risk Management  Plan will include the following components:   Risk Management Strategy   Risk Management Organization composed of:  o Risk Manager  o Risk Owner  o Risk Review Board   Risk Management Processes to include:  o Planning for Risk  o Identifying Risk  o Analyzing Risk Items  o Handling Risk Resolutions  o Monitoring Solutions  Risk management will be a continuous, proactive process used throughout all phases of Collier County radio project with  the appropriate stakeholders involved in each phase.  242   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. SECTION 8: TRAINING PROGRAMS  Overview  Developing the knowledge and skills of Collier County personnel who will operate and manage the new radio system are  critical elements to successfully migrate to a P25IP radio system.  To perform these tasks, high‐quality, performance‐based  training is required that builds and enhances personnel competence.  In addition, training enables Collier County to  optimally use the features and capabilities of P25IP to meet and exceed your communication requirements.  In order to provide high‐quality, performance‐based training, our training courses are developed and maintained using a  systematic approach.  This methodology identifies what training should be  provided for each job position and focuses on the performance of tasks.   Training courses are then designed and developed with explicit learning  objectives and appropriate content.  Training effectiveness is evaluated and  the results are used to maintain and improve our training programs.  The systematic approach to training methodology also ensures that training  is delivered in the most effective learning environment, such as a classroom  or laboratory, and a proper mixture of discussion, lecture, and hands‐on  training are used to provide for optimal learning.  In addition, student  materials that are easy to follow are created to support the training and  appropriate technical documentation is provided.  Training for Collier County will be delivered by our technical training staff that is comprised of training professionals with  extensive experience in both telecommunications and adult learning.  Instructor certification ensures that each trainer  possesses the instructional skills and technical competencies to deliver high‐quality training to our customers.  Instructors  are also evaluated regularly and they participate in a continuing instructor development program to maintain and improve  their technical and instructional knowledge and skills.  Instructors are assigned to conduct customer training based on  their areas of expertise.  The Training Plan for Collier County is divided into the following categories:   System Manager Training   Radio User Training   Dispatcher Training   Maintenance Technician Training    These categories define the training program for Collier County personnel in distinct job classifications.  Each category  includes a description of the training, the course length, and timing of course delivery in relation to project  Comprehensive Training Program   Performance‐based training   Highly experienced and  qualified training staff   Facilitates the migration to a  P25 radio system   Qualified Collier County  personnel  243   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. implementation.  The Refresher Training category includes operational refresher training for radio users and dispatch  console operators using a web‐based training solution.  1. System Manager Training  System managers have the overall responsibility for defining and maintaining the system’s configurable parameters.  The  importance of this role has increased significantly as communication systems have become larger and more complex.  The  responsibilities include the following:   Defining the fleet map and associated properties   Planning radio feature usage and personalities   Developing operating procedures   Maintaining unit and group databases   Generating reports   Controlling radios (e.g., enabling and disabling units), and   Monitoring system performance    The system manager training program for Collier County consists of on‐site training, training attended at a Harris facility  located in Lynchburg, Virginia or Las Vegas, Nevada, and an online course.  The maximum class size for the on‐site training  is ten participants.  Our proposal includes unit pricing to on‐site training; attend standard training courses at a Harris  facility and to complete the online course.  The following table lists the proposed courses for system managers and indicates whether the training is attended at a  Harris training facility or conducted on site by stating the length of the training:  Figure 1. System Manager Training Program  Course/Workshop Name Harris Facility On‐Site  P25IP System Administration Course 4½ days ‐  P25IP Fleet Mapping Workshop ‐ 3 days  Unified Administration System Course 2 days ‐  Regional Network Manager Course 2 days ‐  Active Directory Course Online (Self paced)    Each student will receive a hardcopy of the training presentations, associated hands‐on exercises, and applicable technical  documentation.  The following is a description of each course.  244   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. P25IP System Administration Course  This course is designed for system managers who will make decisions about the operation and configuration of the new  P25IP radio system.  Upon completion of the training, system managers will be able to identify terminology, equipment,  and components, and describe features and operational processes associated with a P25IP radio system.  The topics  covered include system operation, fleet mapping, basic radio programming, system database configuration options, and  implementation processes.  This course should be attended during the installation phase of the project.  P25IP Fleet Mapping Workshop  This on‐site workshop will assist Collier County in defining the system fleet map.  The advantages of different group  structures and associated property, priority and coverage options are explored, and fleet mapping experience gained from  other customers is shared.  System configuration options (i.e., wide‐area roaming, scanning, and emergency calls) are also  examined.  This workshop should be conducted shortly after system managers attend the P25IP System Administration course.  Unified Administration System Course  This course provides system managers with the ability to create and maintain system databases using the Unified  Administration System (UAS).  This hands‐on course requires an understanding of the departments and agencies within  the County as well as an operational understanding of the radio system.  Therefore, completion of the P25IP System  Administration course is a prerequisite.  Course topics include logging into the UAS, establishing user accounts, navigating  through the user interface, creating and changing parameter values, adding/deleting radio users and talk groups, and  configuring interoperability gateways.  This course should be attended during the latter stages of the installation phase of the project or shortly after cutover.  Regional Network Manager Course  This course provides system managers with the ability to monitor and manage the P25IP radio system using the Regional  Network Manager (RNM).  Course topics include system access, monitoring the status of system equipment, identification  and acknowledgement of system faults, historical views of system performance, exploring real‐time viewers, and running  activity and status reports on system performance.  This course should be attended during the latter stages of the installation phase of the project or shortly after cutover.  Active Directory Course  This online course introduces system managers to Active Directory, a hardware and software solution for network  protection.  Active Directory training includes how to control access to network components (e.g., servers, consoles,  routers, etc.) using authentication tools and how to add network devices.  245   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. This course should be completed during the latter stages of the installation phase of the project or shortly after cutover.  2. Radio User Training  The importance of radio users understanding basic system operation and the operation of their portable and/or mobile  radios cannot be overstated.  Ci /Harris provide radio user training based on a train‐the‐trainer approach.  In this approach, Ci/Harris provides model training and support materials for designated Collier County trainers to use  during the implementation phase.  Training on radio operation is scheduled for four hours and includes the following  topics:   An overview of Collier County P25IP radio system   A description of system operation   A discussion of radio/system coverage expectations   A demonstration of radio operation, and   Hands‐on practice with the radios    Ci/Harris recommends that trainers are selected from the departments who will use the radio system.  The trainers need  to be familiar with current operations and aware of any operational issues.  Additionally, Ci provides customized  presentation material for the instructors as well as electronic copies of the training materials to allow for additional  customization, if desired.  Ci/Harris will conduct a total of six train‐the‐trainer sessions over three consecutive days.  Each session is limited to a  maximum of 15 participants.  This training will be conducted approximately two‐to‐four weeks prior to the start of the  performance period to allow time for the instructors to practice using the equipment as well as to hold training sessions  for their trainees.  This training will be conducted at a facility provided by Collier County and utilize Harris radios purchased  and/or upgraded as part of the system.     246   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 3. Dispatcher Training  Dispatch personnel are at the core of effective and efficient implementation of a radio system.  While the time required  for training is minimal, the payback is immense.  Console Equipment Operating Training  This course provides dispatchers and supervisors with the knowledge and skills to operate their C3 MaestroIP Dispatch  Console, Symphony Console, or Momentum Console, as applicable. The customer's operational consoles are utilized  during this training. The training includes a discussion on the differences between conventional and trunked radio systems,  if applicable, an overview of the customer's system, and basic system operation. The training is held in small groups with  no more than two people on an operating console. This maximizes the effectiveness of the hands‐on portion of the  training. Each training session is four hours in length. Training on the VIP Console is offered through our web‐based training  program.  Console Configuration  This course provides dispatch supervisors and system administrators and managers with the knowledge and skills to  configure the C3 MaestroIP or Symphony Dispatch Console including operational functions and screen layout.  Participants learn how to setup the operation and layout of the console using the applicable configuration program.  4. Maintenance Technician Training  A P25 system maintenance technician must be familiar with all aspects of system operation and maintenance. This  includes both site equipment and the VIDA IP network. System maintenance training provides technicians with the  knowledge and skills needed to conduct preventive maintenance, troubleshoot problems, and take corrective action.  P25 System Maintenance  This course provides technicians with the basic knowledge and skills to operate and maintain a trunked P25 system. Course  topics include an overview of P25 system operation, features, capabilities, and configurations, as well as basic radio  programming. In addition, the function, configuration, and troubleshooting of system components are included.  Regional Network Manager  This course provides technicians with the ability to monitor and troubleshoot the system using the Regional Network  Manager (RNM). Course topics include system access, monitoring the status of system equipment, identification and  acknowledgement of system faults, historical views of system performance, exploring real‐time viewers, and running  activity and status reports on system performance.  247   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Network Operation & Maintenance  This course introduces maintenance technicians to basic networking concepts and provides them with the ability to  maintain the IP network and VIDA Application Server (VAS). Topics covered include IP addressing and basic routing,  database backup and storage, router and switch configuration management, VAS configuration and failover operation,  and disaster recovery of network components. Completion of the Regional Network Manager (YTSN3V) course is a  prerequisite. Additionally, the Introduction to Networking (YTSN2X) course is a highly recommended prerequisite for  individuals who have never had any formal network training.  MASTR V Station Maintenance  This course covers the theory of operation and maintenance procedures for the MASTR V Station used in the P25 radio  system. Topics covered include station architecture, module overview, software overview, network configuration, station  configuration, troubleshooting and testing. Completion of the P25 System Maintenance (YTSN6D) and Network Operation  & Maintenance (YTSN3W) courses are a prerequisite.  UAC‐Based Interoperability Gateway  This course is recommended for technicians and engineers who need the knowledge and skills to install and/or maintain  an Interoperability Gateway. Participants learn how to configure a Universal Audio Card (UAC) to operate with legacy  devices and the VIDA network. This includes an overview of the types of interfaces supported by the UAC, setting up and  programming the UAC, configuring the system for UAC operation using the Unified Administration System (UAS) and  Regional Network Manager (RNM), and performing audio alignments.  OMAP Portable Radio Maintenance  This course provides in‐depth discussion and hands‐on exercises to maintain Harris portable radios that utilize Open  Multimedia Application Platform (OMAP) microprocessors. Students will participate in classroom presentations and  discussions on radio programming for testing as well as radio personality modification to meet specific needs. Radio  disassembly will be demonstrated and discussed, and replaceable parts and service tools will be identified. Hands‐on  exercises include radio programming, testing, and software maintenance.  OMAP Mobile Radio Maintenance  This course provides in‐depth discussion and hands‐on exercises to maintain Harris mobile radios that utilize Open  Multimedia Application Platform (OMAP) microprocessors. Installation of the mobile radios, including the CH721 control  unit, will be discussed. Students will participate in classroom presentations and discussions on radio programming for  testing as well as personality modification to meet specific needs. Disassembly of the radios and the CH721 control unit  will be demonstrated and discussed, and replaceable parts and service tools will be identified. Hands‐on exercises include  radio wiring installation, programming, testing, and software maintenance.  248   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Active Directory  This online course introduces radio system administrators, managers, and technicians to Active Directory, a hardware and  software solution for communication network protection. Active Directory training includes how to control access to  network components such as dispatch consoles, servers, and routers by personnel using authentication tools, and how to  add devices to the network.  5. Refresher Training  The importance of ongoing training for radio users and dispatchers is paramount to smooth and effective operations.  Web‐based training provides a mechanism to effectively deliver refresher training for end users on radio and console  operation. It can build the end users’ confidence by improving their knowledge of system operation and skills to operate  their communications equipment, which will enhance performance and reduce the number of trouble reports.  Additionally, web‐based training provides a resource to designated Collier County trainers who will conduct radio  operational training for end users, and it can be used to augment training for new personnel due to turnover.  The web‐based training program has numerous benefits that include the following:   Training can be accessed whenever it is needed (24 hours a day, seven days a week) from any location that has  access to the Internet.   Courses are self‐paced, highly interactive, and developed utilizing animation and other multimedia tools to help  keep students engaged, which increases retention.   It is cost‐effective, especially when student or instructor travel and living expenses associated with attending  standard classroom instruction are considered.   Training delivery is consistent and structured to ensure learning objectives are met.   A test is administered at the end of each course to measure student achievement of learning objectives.   A learning content and management system makes it easy to track student progress and generate reports.    Ci/Harris’s web‐based training program consists of standard courses on radio and console operation as well as a P25  System Overview course, which was specifically designed for non‐technical end users.  This course includes topics such as  the differences between analog and digital voice; basic multisite system operation; and factors that impact RF coverage.  Ci’s proposal includes a one‐year site license for unlimited access to the standard web‐based training program for up to  500 students.  Optional pricing is available if Collier County wants to add more students to the program.  The site license  provides Collier County with the following benefits:   Students have access to all courses that are applicable to Collier County system, which is beneficial to radio users  who require training on both portable and mobile radios.  249 COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL  RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Courses can be added to Collier County’s training program at no additional cost if Collier County purchases other radio models during the term of the license. For example, four months into the term of the site license Collier County decides to buy Unity XG‐100P  portable radios. Ci/Harris will add this course to Collier County training program at no additional cost. Newly developed courses can be added to your training program at no additional cost during the term of the license if the courses are applicable to Collier County system. Ci will provide a designated Collier County individual with administrative rights to the Learning Content and Management System so that agencies can directly monitor student activity and progress in completing courses, and generate reports. The one‐year site license is renewable on an annual basis with a significant discount based on the total number of students.   Each student will require a unique e‐mail address in order to register and enroll in the training.  If Collier County desires  any course to be customized, a quotation can be provided on a case‐by‐case basis.  Summary  The comprehensive training program proposed and recommended for Collier County involves personnel from various  agencies and at many levels.  We envision a program that facilitates the transition to a P25IP radio system and builds the  foundation for long‐term excellence.  Wide participation and in‐depth instruction reflect our commitment to delivering  an outstanding training program.  250   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   SECTION 9: POINT-BY-POINT  COMPLIANCE      251 Appendix B - Compliance Matrix SoR Section Description Respondent's Statement of Compliance Respondent's Clarifications and Comments SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments 1 PROJECT OVERVIEW   1.1 Introduction COMPLY  1.2 Overview of this Document COMPLY  1.3 Project Summary COMPLY  1.4 Proposals Desired COMPLY  1.5 Quality Assurance and Coordination COMPLY  1.5.1 Standards and Guidelines COMPLY  1.5.2 Frequency Coordination and Licensing COMPLY  1.5.3 Federal Aviation Administration COMPLY  1.5.4 Project Management COMPLY  1.5.5 QA/QC Program COMPLY  1.6 Proposal Format COMPLY  252 SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments 1.7 Award of Contract COMPLY 1.8Detailed DesignCOMPLY 1.9 Detailed Design Review COMPLY 1.10System Shipping/DeliveryCOMPLY 2 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 2.1OverviewCOMPLY 2.2 Interoperability Project 25 Statement of Requirements COMPLY 2.2System ConfigurationCOMPLY 2.3 Redundancy and Survivability COMPLY 2.4ExpansionCOMPLY 2.5Site SelectionCOMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION Coverage will vary depending on location and height of antennas.2.6CoverageCOMPLY 2.6.1 Coverage Model and Maps COMPLY 2.6.2 Link BudgetsCOMPLY 253 SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments 3 Radio Communications System 3.1OverviewCOMPLY 3.2 System Control Equipment COMPLY 3.3Simulcast EquipmentCOMPLY 3.4Receiver VotingCOMPLY 3.5 Multicast/Individual Repeater Sites COMPLY 3.6 Base Station Equipment EXCEPTION During the proposal development process, it is not possible to obtain all costs associated with site Intermodulation or MPE issues. Ci has included the cost to complete the Intermodulation and MPE studies as or will be constructed.  If any issues are discovered during the studies or during and after system completion Ci will work with Collier County using the change order process to determine what changes need to be made to the overall project scope, cost and schedule. 3.7Antenna SystemsCOMPLY 3.8Gateway DevicesCOMPLY 3.9Site UPS PowerEXCEPTION Customer Removed from requirements 3.10Dispatch Console Subsystem COMPLY 254 SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments 3.10.1 General Requirements and Features SEE BELOW A 19‐dispatch console position shall be provided and installed at the Collier County Emergency Services Center, (ESC) QTY‐16 and at Naples Police Department in the City of Naples QTY‐3. COMPLY B Dispatch Console Equipment (Operator Positions) shall be designed to be placed in modular workstation furniture and provide operators with an ergonomic design permitting ease of operation over extended periods, typically 8‐12 hours for each operator. COMPLY C Console positions shall be able to acoustically cross‐mute channels in order to eliminate acoustic feedback between operators. COMPLY D The screen display shall be designed such that that all dispatching functions shall be operable from one display. COMPLY E The screen display shall be very flexible, allowing authorized personnel the ability to determine which functions are available at each operator position. COMPLY F New features and screen configurations shall be supported through software programming and not reconfiguration of hardware. COMPLY G Capability to program, store, retrieve, and edit multiple, custom operator screens and configurations for each operator position shall be provided. COMPLY H Operator screen configurations and alias database shall be stored locally or on a centrally located server. COMPLY 255 SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments I Ci/Harris shall be responsible for loading alias information for all existing and provided subscriber devices into the console’s database. COMPLY J The dispatch console shall display an alias name onscreen when a unit with a radio ID stored in the alias database is transmitting. COMPLY K Operator positions shall have the ability to decrypt and encrypt secure voice communications.Channels shall have a distinctive icon if encryption is being used for that channel.COMPLY L Upon activation of an emergency alarm by field units, dispatch positions shall provide an audible alert, display ID of calling unit, and provide a visual COMPLY M Operators shall have the ability to utilize a headset or stationary gooseneck type microphone for transmitting audio. COMPLY WITHCLARIFICATION Desktop microphones will be provided.N The dispatch console subsystem shall be capable of interfacing to the 911‐phone system via an IP based connection allowing for complete integration. COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION The Ci/Harris Symphony console supports a 911 telephony interface to share call audio via a single dispatch operator headset.  The 911 audio is interconnected at each dispatch position through a 6‐wire analog interface.  The 911 call taker equipment must be support this 6 wire analog interface at each answering position. O The capability to converse on the telephone utilizingthe same operator headset that is used for radio conversations shall be provided. COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION The Ci/Harris Symphony console supports a 911 telephony interface to share call audio via a single dispatch operator headset.  The 911 audio is interconnected at each dispatch position through a 6‐wire analog interface.  The 911 call taker equipment must be support this 6 wire analog interface at each answering position. 256   SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments P An instant recall option shall be provided allowing the operator to verify his or her recent traffic. Both telephony and radio traffic shall be available for playback. COMPLY  Q The console subsystem shall control the radio systemvia a networking interface; RF control stations will not be used as primary control of the radio system. COMPLY  R The console subsystem shall be integrated with the existing Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) system. EXCEPTION Customer Removed from requirements S Ci/Harris shall fully explain how the radio systemwill be integrated with the existing CAD system. EXCEPTION Customer Removed from requirements T Ci/Harris shall explain what features will be provided and how an integrated CAD/Radio EXCEPTION Customer Removed from requirements U Dispatch consoles shall be able to monitor and transmit on all proposed and existing systems. COMPLY  3.10.2 Trunked Requirements COMPLY  3.10.3 Conventional Requirements COMPLY  3.10.4 Operator Position Equipment COMPLY  3.10.5 Console Networking Equipment COMPLY  3.10.6 Console Backup System COMPLY  3.11 Voice Logging Recorder COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION Existing Cova‐Verint Recorder must be equipped with Harris P25 Interface and AES Encryption features 3.12 Network Management Subsystem (NMS) COMPLY  257 SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments 3.12.1 Network Management Terminals (NMT)COMPLY 3.12.2 Remote Terminal Units (RTU) COMPLY 4 BACKHAUL NETWORK 4.1 Digital Microwave Network COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION Microwave bandwidth will be 155 Mbs Ethernet on the main back haul and 50 Mbs on spurs. 4.2 Microwave Backhaul Network Design COMPLY 4.3 Microwave Antenna System COMPLY 4.4Microwave Backhaul Network Management COMPLY 5 FACILITIES AND INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT 5.1GeneralSEE BELOW A Ci/Harris shall use existing site/structure infrastructure to the greatest extent possible. COMPLY B Ci/Harris shall identify and propose any additional work necessary, including, but not limited to: 1.Towers2.Shelters3.Backup power4.Site preparation5.FencingCOMPLY 258   SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments C Ci/Harris shall be responsible for updating all existing sites that are part of the proposed system to become compliant with their provided groundingstandards. RESPONDENTS shall be responsible for ensuring all site conditions requiring updating are accounted for. COMPLY  D Ci/Harris shall be responsible for completing any documents and permitting required by local, state and federal departmentsCOMPLY  E Ci/Harris shall be responsible for any issues related to site selection and will be responsible for resolving any issues related to site permitting or zoning. EXCEPTION During the proposal development process, it is not possible to obtain or identify all costs associated with site or tower upgrades. CI will work with Collier County using the change order process to determine what changes need to be made to the overall project scope, cost and schedule. F Code Compliance: 1. Installation of all electrical equipment, power distribution, lighting assemblies and associated wiring shall comply with the most recent edition of the National Electric Code (NEC) and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations. 2. All electrical equipment shall be listed or approved by Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 3. Ci/Harris and any contractor employed by Ci/Harris shall comply with all local codes and industry best practices and guidelines stipulated in Section 1. 6.1, Standards and Guidelines. COMPLY  259 SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments G Ci/Harris  shall  assume  total  responsibility  for  maintaining  liability  insurance covering the following items: 1.Project design2.Implementation3.Licensing4.Shipping5.Receiving6.All site work required7.Any items requiredforCi/Harrisor any requiredsub‐vendors or subcontractors.COMPLY H Prior to any  excavations,  Ci/Harris  or  subcontractor  shall  follow  appropriate procedures outlined at the following website: www.sunshine811.com. COMPLY I Ci/Harris will coordinate with utility companies for all utility related items, such as electrical service hookups and disconnects. COMPLY J During preliminary design, Ci/Harris shall provide detailed drawings including all structures and foundations. 1.Detailed dimensioned drawings  showing  allsystem  components  and locations.2.Drawings and/or specifications shall describe anyauxiliary equipment.3.Manufacturer slick sheets of all equipment usedshall be provided.COMPLY 260   SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments K Concrete 1. For all foundations and concrete work, Ci/Harris or subcontractor will provide to the Project Engineer a test sample of each mix of concrete demonstrating that is has been tested for compliance with the foundation specifications set forth by the requisite site engineer. Written reports certifying the strength of the concrete are to accompany each test cylinder. 2. If any concrete used in the foundation does not meet specifications, Ci/Harris or subcontractor will be required to remove the foundation and pour a new foundation using compliant materials, at no expense to the owner. COMPLY  L All control functions and alarms from towers, shelters and backup power shall be interfaced to the NMS detailed herein, for remote control and monitoring. COMPLY  5.2 Towers EXCEPTION During the proposal development process, it is not possible to obtain or identify all costs associated with site or tower upgrades. CI will work with Collier County using the change order process to determine what changes need to be made to the overall project scope, cost and schedule. A COMPLY  B COMPLY  261 SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments C EXCEPTION During the proposal development process, it is not possible to obtain all costs associated with site or tower upgrades. Ci will work with Collier County using the change order process to determine what changes need to be made to the overall project scope, cost and schedule for the structural analysis reports.D COMPLY E COMPLY F COMPLY 5.3SheltersCOMPLY 5.4 Generator and Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) COMPLY 5.4.1 Propane GeneratorCOMPLY 5.4.2 Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) COMPLY 5.4.3 Propane Fuel System COMPLY 5.5Site PreparationCOMPLY 5.6FencingCOMPLY 262   SoR Section Description Ci/Harris Statement of Compliance Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments 6 TRAINING   6.1 General Requirements COMPLY  6.2 Operator Training COMPLY  6.3 Technical/System Management Training COMPLY  7 SYSTEM IMPLMENTATION, TEST AND ACCEPTANCE   7.1 General COMPLY  7.2 Cutover Plan COMPLY  7.3 Fleetmapping COMPLY  7.4 Staging COMPLY  7.5 System Installation COMPLY  7.6 Final Acceptance Testing COMPLY  7.7 Coverage Testing COMPLY  7.8 Cutover COMPLY  7.9 30-Day Burn-in Test COMPLY  7.10 As-Built Documentation COMPLY  7.11 System Acceptance COMPLY  7.12 Final System Acceptance COMPLY  263 SoR Section DescriptionCi/Harris Statement of Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments8 Warranty, Maintenance and Support 8.1WarrantySEE BELOW A COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION Ci has provided a two years warranty/maintenance with an option for year B COMPLY C COMPLY D COMPLY E COMPLY 8.2MaintenanceCOMPLY 8.2.1 General RequirementsCOMPLY 8.2.2 Maintenance StandardsCOMPLY 264   SoR Section DescriptionCi/Harris Statement of Ci/Harris Clarifications and Comments8.3 Parts Availability COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION The Collier system will be fully supported well beyond the products’ end of life. When a model hasreached “End of Life,” (EOL), it is ours and Harris’ policy to have a replacement model commerciallyavailable that is functionally equivalent to theoriginal model. Ci provides hardware and software maintenancesupport even after a model has reached EOL status.Depending on whether the EOL involves an infrastructure product or user radio equipment,this period of continuing support is typically sevenor ten years in length, and on field utilization andcustomer needs. As a product or support reaches EOL, Ci will work directly with Collier County twelve months in advance to develop product and service transition planning for when the product support will no longer be available, Ci is committed to a long‐term partnership to support Collier County with the best products and services in the industry. 8.4 Spare Equipment COMPLY  8.5 Post Warranty Maintenance COMPLY  9 City/County Terms and Conditions COMPLY  Appendix A Mandatory Submittals COMPLY  Appendix B Compliance Matrix COMPLY  Appendix C Proposal Pricing Forms COMPLY  265 SoR Section DescriptionCi/Harris Statement of Ci/Harris Clarifications and CommentsAppendix D Existing Site Locations COMPLY Appendix E Critical Locations Requiring In-Building Coverage COMPLY 266   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. SECTION 9: POINT BY  POINT COMPLIANCE  This section addresses the functional specifications set forth in the Proposal. Ci's response to the following  requirements will be indicated in one of the following ways.  COMPLY shall be used if Ci meets all of the specified requirements.  COMPLY/EXCEED REQUIREMENT shall be used if Ci exceeds the specified requirements COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION shall be used if Ci does not meet the exact stated requirement, however, meets a substantial portion of or meets the intent of the requirement. PROPOSER must provide  a detailed explanation when using this statement.  EXCEPTION shall be used if the  proposal  does  not  meet   the   specified requirements.   PROPOSER must provide a detailed explanation when using this statement.  Additional explanation, description, or clarification may be supplied to amplify the compliance responses. However, the  statement of COMPLY, COMPLY, COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION, or EXCEPTION will control.    1. Project Overview  1.1 Introduction  Collier County, Florida invites proposals for the upgrade and migration from the existing EDACS system to an 800 MHz  Project 25, phase 2 public safety radio communications system supporting mission critical communications within  the County. The proposed communications system shall provide enhanced, two‐way wireless communications  capabilities to all users.  COMPLY  The County intends to purchase and implement an integrated public safety wireless communication system that  will provide public safety first responders real time operable and interoperable voice and data services that support  day‐to‐day, mutual aid, and task force operations. The system shall be highly reliable, fault tolerant, spectrally  efficient, easily scalable, and meet the operational requirements for public safety first responders and public service  agencies.  COMPLY     267   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 1.2 Overview of this Document  A. The following list provides a map to this SoR.  1. Section 1, Project Overview – Provides background information and a general overview of the  requirements contained in this SoR.  2. Section 2, Radio Communications System Requirements ‐ Provides requirements for the desired  communications systems. Collier County seeks responses for a 800 MHz Project 25 Phase 2 Trunking  Simulcast System  3. Section 3, Radio Communications System – Provides requirements for communications system and sub‐ systems.  4. Section 4, Backhaul Network – Provides requirements for backhaul connectivity, digital microwave  backhaul equipment, and network management. Existing backhaul connectivity shall be used to the  greatest extent practical.  5. Section 5, Facilities and Infrastructure Development – Provides requirements for tower construction, site  preparation, fencing, equipment shelters, generators, and UPS equipment. Existing facilities shall  be used to the greatest extent practical. Where not practical, this section provides requirements  for tower construction, site preparation, fencing, equipment shelters, generators, and UPS equipment.  6. Section 6, Training – Provides requirements for training programs to be developed by Ci/Harris.  7. Section 7, System Implementation, Test, and Acceptance – Provides requirements for system cutover,  staging, installation, fleetmapping, coverage testing, and final acceptance.  8. Section 8, Warranty, Maintenance, and Support – Provides requirements for the warranty, extended  warranty, maintenance, and support of the proposed system and subsystems.  COMPLY    B. Appendices to this SoR:  1. Appendix A – Mandatory Submittals  2. Appendix B – Compliance Matrix  3. Appendix C – Proposal Pricing Forms  4. Appendix D – Existing Site Locations  5. Appendix E – Critical Locations Requiring In‐Building Coverage  COMPLY      268   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 1.3 Project Summary  A. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for providing the following project components:  1. Furnishing and installing system equipment and ancillary facilities  2. Preparing and submitting FCC Licensing forms  3. System design and configuration  4. Project management  5. Software installation and programming  6. Training  7. Acceptance testing, including coverage testing  8. Cutover plan and execution  9. Warranty and Maintenance  COMPLY    B. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for furnishing complete and fully functional systems:  1. Radio communications system, including the guarantee of radio coverage and Grade of Service (GOS)  2. Point‐to‐point digital microwave backhaul network  3. Radio dispatch consoles  4. Cova Logging Recorder integration  5. Infrastructure facilities (e.g., towers, shelters, fencing)  6. Network management system  7. Subscriber equipment programming  COMPLY  C. Work shall be planned, coordinated and conducted with minimal interruption of service to existing critical  systems.  COMPLY  D. Proposal shall completely describe the equipment and methods that will be used to implement the system.  The intent of this document is to allow Ci/Harris to offer the best equipment, technology, and methods available  to provide state‐of‐the‐art public safety communications systems of highest quality and performance.  COMPLY  269   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. E. Should the system proposed fail to operate as proposed due to the vendor’s errors or omission, the issues will be  corrected by Ci/Harris at no additional cost to Collier County.  COMPLY  F. All equipment shall be provided in new condition and be covered by a full manufacturer’s warranty and  maintenance service for not less than three years.  COMPLY  G. Proposals shall not be accepted that include systems, equipment, or components at the end of their respective  lifecycles.  COMPLY  H. In the event that requirements are stated in more than one section and appear to conflict, the more stringent  requirement shall apply.  COMPLY    1.4 Proposals Desired  A. Collier County desires a complete turnkey solution addressing all project systems, subsystems, and components  for the primary voice communications network. This network is intended to provide public safety grade  communications capabilities across the county allowing the County agencies to safely, effectively, and  efficiently carry out their duties. Collier County seeks to obtain proposals for an 800 MHz, Project 25  simulcast trunking radio system. The network shall be compliant with Project 25 Phase 2 standards.  B. Proposal Options: Requirements described as an “OPTION” or “OPTIONAL” refer to features or equipment,  which may or may not be purchased by Collier County, or items whose quantities are not determined yet. It  is not Ci/Harris’ option to respond to these requirements; therefore, Ci/Harris are required to respond to all  OPTIONAL requirements to the greatest extent possible.    C. Alternate Proposals:  1. In the event a Ci/Harris has a technological solution that does not meet the exact requirements in this  SoR, Ci/Harris may offer more than one proposal as long as each proposal fully addresses the intent of  the requirements set forth in this SoR.  2. Alternate proposals shall be submitted separately under a different cover from the base proposal  and clearly marked “ALTERNATIVE PROPOSAL”.  3. Ci/Harris shall comply with the same submittal instructions in Section 1.6, Proposal Format.  COMPLY    270   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 1.5 Quality Assurance and Coordination  1.5.1 Standards and Guidelines  A. Ci/Harris shall comply with the following applicable standards, rules, regulations, and industry guidelines,  provided here in no particular order with no implication of priority, as they apply to the  proposed solutions:  1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)  2. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA)  3. Electronics Industry Association (EIA)  4. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA)  5. Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM)  6. National Electrical Code (NEC)  7. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)  8. Federal Communications Commission (FCC)  9. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)  10. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)  11. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1221  COMPLY  B. Ci/Harris shall comply with industry best practices for system installation, grounding, bonding, and transient  voltage surge suppression (TVSS), as outlined in the following standards:  1. Harris Site Grounding and Lightning Protection Guidelines (AE/LZT – 123 4618/1 – latest revision)  2. Other contractor / industry standards which Ci/Harris shall provide to Collier County for review and  approval prior to contract award.  COMPLY  C. Governing codes and conflicts: If the requirements of this SoR conflict with those of the governing codes and  regulations, then the more stringent of the two shall become applicable.  COMPLY  D. If Ci/Harris cannot meet any of the standards or guidelines listed above, Ci/Harris shall list any and all deviations  in their proposal.  COMPLY    271   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 1.5.2 Frequency Coordination and Licensing    A. Land Mobile Radio (LMR) licenses ‐‐ Ci/Harris shall be responsible for all frequency research, prior  coordination and preparation of all associated FCC license applications and submittals on behalf of Collier  County. Collier County shall be responsible for coordination fees and licensing fees, if any, and signatures, as  applicable. Following approval of the preliminary design phase, Ci/Harris shall provide all modifications  and applicable forms to Collier County for review and approval. Ci/Harris shall also be responsible for any  additional frequency research, support, and preparation if necessary. Collier County shall sign and submit  all forms following approval.   COMPLY  B. Microwave Licenses ‐‐ Ci/Harris shall be responsible for all microwave frequency research, prior coordination  and preparation of all associated FCC license applications and submittals on behalf of Collier County. Collier  County shall be responsible for coordination fees and licensing fees, if any, and signatures, as applicable.  COMPLY  1.5.3 Federal Aviation Administration (if applicable)  A. Ci/Harris shall complete and submit to Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) any Aviation forms as necessary.  COMPLY    1.5.4 Project Management  A. The RESPONDENT shall provide a Project Management Plan, which includes, a detailed Work Breakdown  Structure (WBS), project scope, deliverables, schedule, QA/QC processes, and risk management sections.  COMPLY  B. The plan shall describe how Ci/Harris intends to monitor and control the installation and deployment of the  proposed system and mitigate risks in order to ensure that the system meets the design specifications and is  delivered on time.  COMPLY  C. Regularly scheduled status meetings shall be established between the Collier County Project Team and  Ci/Harris. Ci/Harris shall provide a schedule for these meetings subject to the approval of Collier County.  COMPLY      272   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 1.5.4.1 Scheduling    A. Ci/Harris shall develop and maintain a project schedule including tasks, milestones, start and end dates,  task predecessors, and task owners based on an approved WBS.  COMPLY  B. The schedule shall represent tasks associated with completing work on all items identified in the WBS. The  project schedule shall be updated with actual dates as tasks are completed.  COMPLY  C. The updated schedule shall be provided as an agenda item for all weekly or biweekly status meetings  (at the discretion of Collier County) between Collier County and Ci/Harris.  COMPLY  D. The schedule shall address the following at a minimum:  1. Site surveys  2. Detailed design review and Collier County approval  3. Site preparation  4. Equipment manufacturing  5. Factory acceptance test  6. Equipment delivery  7. System installation  8. System configuration  9. System optimization  10. Acceptance testing  11. Coverage testing  12. User training  13. Fleetmap development  14. System cutover  15. System documentation development and delivery  16. System and equipment warranty  COMPLY  1.5.4.2 Project punch list  A. Ci/Harris shall establish and maintain a punch list, as mutually agreed to with Collier County, for site  facilities, equipment, and for acceptance tests.  COMPLY    B. The punch list shall be maintained in real time and published weekly The punch list shall include the following  273   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. at a minimum:  1. Sequential punch list item number  2. Date identified  3. Item description  4. The party responsible for resolution  5. Expected resolution date  6. Resolution date  7. The party resolving the issue  8. Details about how each punch list item was resolved and tested  9. Project manager signoff (Ci/Harris/Collier County)  10. Any notes about the item.  COMPLY  C. If responsibility for resolving an item is transferred to another person or group, a new entry shall be added to  the punch list and the original entry shall be appropriately noted.  COMPLY  D. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for reviewing each punch list item, and advising Collier County of any changes.  The status of punch list items shall be updated during each status meeting.  COMPLY  1.5.4.1 Project meetings  A. A project kickoff meeting shall be scheduled prior to the beginning of the project.  COMPLY  B. Weekly or biweekly project status meetings shall be scheduled following contract award and the initial kickoff  meeting.  COMPLY  C. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for scheduling the meetings as well as preparing meeting agendas and minutes.  In addition to those identified in Section 1.6.4.1 above, meeting agenda items shall include, as a minimum,  the following items:  1. Schedule review  2. Status of deliverables  3. Risk items  4. Changes  5. Plans for the next period  6. Action item assignments  274   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 7. Punch list review  COMPLY  1.5.4.2 Project staffing  A. Project staffing shall be managed by Ci/Harris based on workload and the level of effort throughout the  implementation / installation process; however, the positions identified below shall be staffed throughout the  duration of the project and shall not change without prior approval of Collier County.  COMPLY  B. SELECTED VENDOR’s Project Manager:  1. Ci/Harris’ Project Manager shall be the primary point of contact between Collier County and Ci/Harris.  2. Ci/Harris’ Project Manager shall bear full responsibility for supervising and coordinating the installation  and deployment of the communications system; be responsible for development and acceptance of the  Project Management Plan; managing the execution of the project against that plan; and overseeing the  day‐to‐day project activities, deliverables, and milestone completion.  3. Ci/Harris’ Project Manager shall be responsible for coordination of the status meetings.  COMPLY    A. SELECTED VENDOR’s Project Engineer:  1. Ci/Harris’ Project Engineer shall have the primary responsibility for developing and managing the  system design and ensuring that the system is installed in accordance with the approved system design.  2. Any deviation from the system design shall be subject to project change control procedures and  will not be undertaken until approved by Collier County.  3. Ci/Harris’s Project Engineer shall develop block diagrams, system level diagrams, and rack diagrams to  assist the installation team in completing the system installation.  4. The Project Engineer shall also supervise the development and execution of the Acceptance Test Plan,  the Coverage Acceptance Test Plan, and guide the project team through the processes and procedures  necessary to prove that the system performs as specified in the contract. No test plan will be executed  until approved by Collier County.  COMPLY       275   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 1.5.5 QA/QC Program    A. The RESPONDENT shall include a Quality Assurance / Quality Control (QA/QC) plan for the Collier County radio  communications system project. The plan shall address all stages of the project, including, but not limited to:  1. Procurement  2. System design  3. Installation  4. Implementation  5. Testing  6. Cutover  COMPLY  B. The QA/QC plan shall specifically describe the plans and procedures that ensure the proposed system is  designed in accordance with the standards and requirements described in this SoR.  COMPLY  C. The QA/QC plan shall be included as part of the Project Management Plan developed by the Project  Manager.  COMPLY  D. The QA/QC plan shall be an integral part of the project and include County personnel as part of the  review and approval process for all deliverables and submittals.  COMPLY    E. The proposed QA/QC plan shall address the following project tasks at a minimum:  1. Design analysis and verification  2. RF coverage analysis and verification  3. Design changes and document control  4. Material shipping, receiving, and storage  5. Site preparation  6. Field installation and inspection  7. Equipment inventory and tracking  8. System testing and validation  276   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 9. Software regression testing  10. Deficiency reporting and correction  11. Implementation and cutover  12. Training and certification  COMPLY  1.6 Proposal Format  A. Ci/Harris  shall  adhere  to  the  proposal  format  provided  below,  organized  by Section:  1. Section 1: Cover letter  2. Section 2: Table of contents  3. Section 3: Executive summary  4. Section 4: Qualifications  Ci/Harris shall provide information describing experience and qualifications with similar projects in their  proposal, or upon request from Collier County, including, but not limited to the following:  a. Descriptions of Ci/Harris’ qualifications  b. Resumes of key personnel  c. Supplementary information  5. Section 5: Description of the system, including equipment, software, design, and services to be provided  a. Radio communications system   b. Radio dispatch consoles  c. Voice logging recorder integration  d. Network management subsystem  e. Microwave backhaul connectivity including preliminary path profiles  f. Radio and microwave channel plans  g. Subscriber equipment programming  h. Site infrastructure  i. Tower profile drawings including antenna mounting locations and ancillary equipment  j. Equipment room drawings  k. Equipment rack elevation drawings  l. Additional subsystems  277   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. m. RF coverage predictions  n. Detailed equipment specification sheets for all proposed equipment  o. Scope of Work documentation detailing complete system installation on a site by site basis  p. System design information shall include a complete detailed description, block diagrams,  equipment layouts, and equipment lists necessary to provide a complete and comprehensive  description.  6. Section 6: Project Management plan including preliminary project schedule with detailed Gantt chart  7. Section 7 : Quality Assurance / Quality Control (QA/QC) plan  8. Section 8: Training programs.  9. Section 9: Point‐by‐point compliance  RESPONDENT shall provide compliance statements for each outline level or bullet point of this SoR.  RESPONDENT shall complete the compliance matrix provided in Appendix B – Compliance Matrix.  Compliance statements are limited to the following three choices:  a. COMPLY ‐ The proposal meets or exceeds the specified requirement.  COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION – The proposal does not meet the exact stated requirement;  however, meets a substantial portion of or meets the intent of the requirement. RESPONDENT  must provide a detailed explanation when using this statement.  b. EXCEPTION ‐ The proposal does not meet the specified requirements. RESPONDENT must  provide a detailed explanation when using this statement.  10. Section 10: System, subsystem and subscriber warranty information  11. Section 11: System testing documentation including staging factory acceptance testing, coverage  acceptance testing, 30‐day operational test and final acceptance testing.  12. Section 12: Any documentation or material not covered in any other sections.  13. Section 13:  Post‐Warranty Maintenance  14. Section 14: Total proposal cost and detailed pricing breakdown  Respondent shall provide total proposal cost and itemized pricing by using the pricing forms provided  in Appendix C – Proposal Pricing Forms, to the greatest extent possible. Costs for OPTIONAL items shall  also be provided on the forms.  COMPLY       278   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 1.7 Award of Contract  A. Collier County intends to award a contract(s) for the complete system. However, Collier County specifically  reserves the following rights, consistent with procuring a system that best meets the needs of Collier County  and system users:  1. Collier County reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or any portion thereof.  2. Collier County reserves the right to accept all or part of any proposal depending solely upon the  requirements and needs of Collier County.  3. Collier County reserves the right to seek clarifications of any proposal submitted or specific aspects of  any proposal prior to the award of the contract. After seeking such clarification, Collier County will  allow the RESPONDENT an opportunity to provide the requested clarification.  4. Collier County reserves the right to adjust item quantities and/or reconfigure the communications system  in the best interest of Collier County subsequent to award of the contract. If multiple contracts are  awarded, in lieu of a turnkey contract, Collier County may negotiate with one SUCCESFUL RESPONDENT  for Prime Contractor services, or perform the prime contractor services internally.  COMPLY  1.8 Detailed Design (90 calendar days after contract award)  Ci/Harris shall submit the Detailed Design package within 90 days after contract award, which shall include the  following:  A. Any updates to previously submitted design information  B. System block diagrams  C. Radio channel plans  D. Cutover plan  E. System operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment  F. Patching schedules and termination details for all cabling necessary for a complete record of the installation  G. Site installation drawings ,including room layouts, all cable runs, and grounding  H. Equipment rack/cabinet elevation diagrams  I. Tower drawings including antenna and coax loading information, antenna center line heights, and any other  equipment mounted on the tower  J. Ci/Harris shall submit a Draft Staging Acceptance Test Plan (SATP), outlining a comprehensive series of tests  that will demonstrate proof of performance and readiness for shipment.  K. The Final SATP shall be submitted no later than 15 business days before the testing starts, and shall be  approved no later than five business days before the testing starts.  COMPLY      279   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 1.9 Detailed Design Review (90 calendar days after contract award)  A. A detailed design review meeting shall be conducted to allow Ci/Harris to present the system design for review  and approval   B. The detailed design review will allow Ci/Harris to present their system design and detail how all requirements  will be met.  C. The detailed design review shall be considered the last step prior to ordering and/or manufacturing of  equipment. Upon approval of the detailed design by Collier County the vendor should begin the ordering and  manufacturing of system equipment. Collier County shall not be held liable for any equipment ordered, or  manufactured prior to approval of the detailed design.  D. Collier County shall be given 15 business days to approve the detailed design documents provided by  Ci/Harris.  COMPLY  1.10 System Shipping/Delivery  A. Ci/Harris shall submit a Bill of Materials / packing list with two copies for each shipment of equipment. The  packing list shall include the following information at a minimum for each component included in the packaging:  1. Manufacturer  2. Model Number  3. Serial number  4. Unique identification of the package containing the item  COMPLY  B. All items shipped by Ci/Harris or their suppliers will include the above information in a barcode format.  COMPLY    2. Radio Communications System Requirements  2.1 Overview  A. Ci/Harris shall propose a complete 800 MHz, Project 25, Phase 2 (TDMA) trunking radio communications system  designed to provide a capacity allowing for better than 1% Grade of Service (GOS).  COMPLY  B. Ci/Harris shall base GOS upon number of user groups, subscriber count, existing fleet mapping and typical  public safety standards utilized in determining GOS requirements.  280   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY  C. Ci/Harris shall detail the GOS provided and provide calculations utilized to determine the GOS.  COMPLY  D. The system shall contain a ring and hot standby protected microwave backhaul network providing 155 Mbps  throughput and meet 99.999% reliability.  COMPLY  E. Te systems shall provide 95% portable on the street radio coverage throughout the County and portable in‐ building radio coverage as described in Section 2.6.  COMPLY  F. The system shall include a dispatch console subsystem and network management subsystem  COMPLY  G. The system shall provide the following additional features:  1. AES Encryption  2. Over the Air Programming (OTAP)  3. Over the Air Rekeying (OTAR)  4. Text messaging  5. AVL/GPS location information  COMPLY  2.2 Project 25, Phase 2  A. The proposed radio system shall comply with the latest TIA/EIA/TSB‐102, TIA/EIA‐ 102 and TIA‐102 standards at  the time of proposal submission.  COMPLY  B. All system channels shall be configured and licensed to operate dynamically in both phase 1 (FDMA) and Phase  2 (TDMA) modes  COMPLY/EXCEEDS REQUIREMENT ‐ The Harris P25 trunked radio system supports Enhanced Dynamic Dual  Mode which maximizes the concurrent inbound and outbound P25 Phase 1 and P25 Phase 2 calls by  independently assigning the best mode of operation to the call at each site based on predefined site  characteristics. This is a dynamic setting that can change the channel assignment as users register on the site  281   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. to support the use of Phase 1 or Phase 2 capable radios.  The Harris P25 trunked system also supports  Adaptive Resource Allocation technology that improves RF channel efficiency at a site by dynamically  assigning RF channels in real‐time for Phase 1 or Phase 2 operation based on the current site loading  characteristics.   2.3 Redundancy and Survivability  C. The proposed radio communications system is intended to support mission critical operations; therefore, a high  degree of redundancy and survivability is required. A network topology utilizing fault tolerance shall be  incorporated to the greatest extent possible through a distributed and/or redundant architecture.  COMPLY  D. Redundancy is required for all system elements in which failure would result in a major failure of the system;  single points of failure are not acceptable. Such elements include, but are not limited to the following:  1. System controllers and fixed site equipment  2. Simulcast control equipment  3. Backhaul network, including networking equipment such as routers and switches  4. Power systems  5. Network management system  6. Tower Top Amplifier  COMPLY  E. The system shall include several modes of degraded operation, known as failure modes. The system shall be  capable of automatic activation of failure modes in the event of a failure. Additionally, the system shall  switchover to a failure mode gracefully. Failure modes shall include the following scenarios at a minimum:  1. Loss of single site  2. Loss of multiple sites  3. Loss of system controller  4. Loss of simulcast control equipment  5. Loss of a frequency channel  6. Loss of Tower Top Amplifier  7. Loss of microwave path/equipment  COMPLY  F. Ci/Harris shall explain each of the failure modes and how they affect system performance.  COMPLY    282   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 2.4 Expansion  2.4.1 The systems shall be expandable by adding additional hardware and/or software to increase coverage, capacity,  or features. Where possible, RESPONDENT shall propose equipment such that the system can be easily  expanded by a minimum factor of 20%. For example if a transmitter combiner requires five ports for the  system design, a 6‐port combiner should be provided for ready expansion.  COMPLY    2.4.2 Ci/Harris shall list the system expansion capabilities for the following:  2.4.2.1 Total frequency channels  2.4.2.2 Simulcast cells  2.4.2.3 Sites per simulcast cell  2.4.2.4 Mulitcast/Individual repeater sites  2.4.2.5 Unit IDs  2.4.2.6 Affiliated Users  2.4.2.7 Talkgroups  2.4.2.8 Dispatch Positions  COMPLY    2.5  Site Selection  2.5.1 Ci/Harris shall use Collier County’s existing communications sites to the greatest extent possible. The preferred  order of site selection shall be; current tower sites utilized by the County, existing tower sites not currently  utilized, then County owned land.  COMPLY    2.5.2 The total number of tower sites shall be determined by the total number of sites required to meet the  coverage guarantee as defined in Section 2.6 Coverage  COMPLY    2.5.3 Appendix D contains a list of existing sites.  COMPLY  2.5.4 Ci/Harris shall verify that any existing sites selected for use have sufficient space available for antenna and  ancillary equipment to be mounted on the tower/structure. In the event a RESPONDENT proposes a location  on the tower/structure, which is not available, the RESPONDENT’S guarantee of coverage shall not change  even though an alternative design may be required.  COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION – Coverage will vary depending on location and height of antennas.     283   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 2.5.5 In the event an existing commercial tower location is to be utilized, Ci/Harris shall provide Collier County with  lease costs for tower space and ground space required to support communications system. Additionally, the  respondent will exercise due diligence to verify the tower elevations they are proposing are available and  the tower can support the proposed equipment.  COMPLY    2.6 Coverage  2.6.1 The radio systems shall be designed to serve the geographical boundaries of the County with 95%  portable on  the street coverage, with 95% reliability, at a Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) of 3.4 or better.  COMPLY    2.6.2 The system shall also provide portable in‐building coverage within the existing EDACS systems simulcast  service area and locations defined in Appendix E: Critical Infrastructure Requiring In‐building Coverage.  COMPLY    2.6.3 Any uncovered areas (i.e., the uncovered 5%) shall not include the major highways or highly populated areas  within the County.  COMPLY    2.6.4 Coverage design, implementation, and testing for the system shall adhere to the Telecommunications Industry  Association (TIA) Telecommunications Systems Bulletin (TSB) #88‐C .  COMPLY    2.6.5 RF coverage is defined as the digital Bit Error Rate (BER) that provides a minimum Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ)  3.4 audio signal for both outbound (talk‐out) and inbound (talk‐in) communications.  COMPLY    2.6.1 Coverage Model and Maps    A. Ci/Harris shall employ a suitable coverage prediction model using appropriate terrain and land cover data  for the environment, and shall include a detailed description of the propagation models used and the  assumptions made in preparation of the maps. A brief description of the methodology the software used to  calculate coverage shall also be included in the proposal narrative.  COMPLY      284   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. B. Ci/Harris shall submit both talk‐out and talk‐back system composite coverage maps for all proposed design  configurations. The maps shall be clearly labeled and shall show system gain calculations for each of the  following:    1. Mobile radios – Standard dash or trunk mount with a unity gain antenna mounted in the center of  the roof  2. Portable radios – Standard portable radio outdoors:  a. Talk‐out to a portable radio on hip with swivel belt clip  b. Talk‐back from a portable radio at head level  3. Portable radios – Standard portable radio indoors:  a. Talk‐out to a portable radio on hip with swivel belt clip  b. Talk‐back from a portable radio at head level  COMPLY  C. Coverage shall be depicted using a light transparent color or cross‐hatching for those areas that meet or  exceed the minimum coverage reliability threshold. The background map layer shall show the geographic  boundary of the County, cities and towns, as well as major roads.  COMPLY    D. All maps must clearly delineate the difference between areas predicted to be greater than DAQ 3.4  equivalent coverage and areas that do not meet coverage requirements. RESPONDENT shall include the effects  of simulcast interference in all coverage maps (if applicable).  COMPLY    E. Coverage maps shall be provided in the proposal in two formats:  1. 11”x17” (minimum) full color hardcopy format  2. In PDF file format on CD‐ROM or USB flash drive  COMPLY    F. Thirty meter U.S. Geologic Survey (USGS), NAD‐83 terrain elevation data shall be used for coverage simulations.  Alternatively, 3 arc‐second data may be used where 30‐meter data is not available.  COMPLY    2.6.2 Link Budgets    A. Link budgets shall be provided by the Ci/Harris, clearly defining the following minimum information,  285   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. relating to each map and each site:  1. Base station / repeater RF power output  2. Antenna gain (transmit and receive)  3. Antenna down tilt (if applicable)  4. Transmit ERP  5. Receiver sensitivity  6. Tower top amplifier gain  7. Total antenna system gains, or losses  8. Antenna height  9. Mobile and portable antenna height for talk‐out and talk‐in  10. Mobile and portable RF output power  11. The configuration of field units (for example – talk‐out to portable inside 18 dB loss buildings)  COMPLY    3. Radio Communications System  3.1 Overview  All site equipment supplied shall be new, of high quality, and designed to provide high reliability to support mission  critical communications. Ci/Harris shall provide specification sheets for all proposed equipment. The radio  communications system shall consists of the following components:  A. System and site control equipment  B. Simulcast equipment  C. Receiver voting  D. Base Stations  E. Antenna systems  F. Dispatch Console Subsystem  G. Network Management Subsystem  COMPLY    3.2 System Control Equipment  A. The control equipment may use a distributed or centralized architecture.  COMPLY    B. The system control equipment shall be configured with a primary and redundant controller. As an option  Ci/Harris shall propose geographically diverse controllers.  COMPLY      286   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. C. The system shall not be completely disabled during a failure of the system control equipment. Ci/Harris shall  describe system operation during a failure of the system control equipment.  COMPLY    D. The control equipment shall fully support APCO P25 functional requirements as outlined in Section 3.2 above,  features, and performance objectives, including the Common Air Interface (CAI) and Inter‐RF Subsystem  Interface (ISSI).  COMPLY    E. The Ci/Harris shall fully describe the manner in which the proposed system and site controllers function and  operate.  COMPLY    3.3 Simulcast Equipment  A. Ci/Harris shall provide all necessary simulcast components and signal processing elements required to optimize  voice quality in coverage overlap areas.  COMPLY    B. Simulcast control equipment shall be configured for geographically diverse redundant operation with primary  and secondary simulcast controllers. Ci/Harris shall detail how the system will operate during a failure of the  primary controller.  COMPLY    C. Simulcast control equipment typically relies on GPS receivers for timing and frequency stability. Ci/Harris  shall detail how the system will continue to operate during a GPS failure.  COMPLY    D. Non‐captured overlap areas with delay spreads in excess of those required to meet the Delivered Audio Quality  (DAQ) objective shall be minimized inside the service area.  COMPLY    E. Simulcast systems shall operate without the need for manual optimization and system / subsystem  alignment. All alignment and adjustments shall be automated where possible (e.g., signal conditioning  adjustments for channel banks, signal launch times at sites, etc.).  COMPLY    287   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.   F. Simulcast equipment shall be integrated into the Network Management subsystem to allow for monitoring and  remote configuration.  COMPLY    3.4 Receiver Voting  A. Receiver voting equipment shall monitor all receivers in the simulcast system, select the best signal for  processing, and rebroadcast through the network.  COMPLY    B. Ci/Harris shall provide primary and secondary geographically diverse voting equipment so that loss of a  single site does not disable the entire network. RESPONDENTS shall explain how the system will continue  to operate during the loss of the primary voting site.  COMPLY    Receiver voting equipment shall be integrated into the Network Management subsystem to allow for monitoring  and remote configuration.   COMPLY    3.5 Multicast/Individual Repeater Sites  Multicast, or Individual Repeater Sites refer to communications sites providing system coverage, but not part of a  simulcast cell    A. Ci/Harris may use multicast, or individual repeater sites as long GOS remains better than 1% in the areas  covered by the multicast/individual repeater sites  COMPLY    3.6 Base Station Equipment  A. General:  1. Base station equipment shall be solid state in design and function with standard site conditions  for temperature, altitude, and humidity.  2. Base station equipment shall be integrated into the Network Management subsystem to allow for  monitoring and remote configuration. Monitoring shall include, but not be limited to interrogating the  base station equipment for; power amplifier temperatures, high/low voltage conditions and high  SWR. RESPONDENTS shall detail which operating conditions are capable of being monitored.  288   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 3. The units shall be as compact as possible, with mounting configurations for standard relay racks or  cabinets.  4. Base station equipment shall be controlled via IP connection and not analog control methods such as 2  or 4 wire E&M signaling.  COMPLY    B. Base station equipment shall comply with Part 90 of the FCC Rules and Regulations, as well as appropriate EIA  and similar agency standards and shall be FCC type accepted for the 800 MHz frequency band.  COMPLY    C. Prior to implementation, Ci/Harris shall perform the following studies at each site:  1. Intermodulation analysis – Ci/Harris shall consider equipment from all tenants located at the proposed site,  per FCC licensed information and observation of the equipment located at the site.  2. Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) study (per latest revision of Office of Engineering Technology  (OET) bulletin 65) – Ci/Harris shall consider equipment from all tenants located at the proposed site,  per FCC licensed information.  EXCEPTION – During the proposal development process, it is not possible to obtain all costs associated with  site Intermodulation or MPE issues. Ci has included the cost to complete the Intermodulation and MPE  studies as or will be constructed.  If any issues are discovered during the studies or during and after system  completion Ci will work with Collier County using the change order process to determine what changes  need to be made to the overall project scope, cost and schedule.    D. Ci/Harris shall resolve all issues predicted during the intermodulation analysis and MPE studies. If an  intermodulation problem is identified following implementation, Ci/Harris shall resolve the issue without  degrading system coverage or performance, for a period of up to 12 months after final acceptance at no  cost to Collier County.  EXCEPTION‐ During the proposal development process, it is not possible to obtain all costs associated with  site Intermodulation or MPE issues. Ci has included the cost to complete the Intermodulation and MPE  studies as or will be constructed.  If any issues are discovered during the studies or during and after system  completion Ci will work with Collier County using the change order process to determine what changes  need to be made to the overall project scope, cost and schedule.     E. Ci/Harris shall include detailed specification sheets for all proposed equipment.  COMPLY        289   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 3.7 Antenna Systems  A. Ci/Harris shall propose all antenna system equipment necessary for a complete design.  COMPLY    B. Antennas shall be appropriate to provide the required coverage and meet applicable FCC rules and regulations.  COMPLY    C. Transmission line type and length shall be appropriate to provide the required coverage.  COMPLY    D. Ci/Harris shall fully describe expansion capacity for combiner and multicoupler systems.  COMPLY  E. Ci/Harris shall take precautions to ensure coax is sized to minimize the effects of Tower Top Amplifier (TTA)  failures.  COMPLY    F. TTA failures shall not disable the receive function of any RF site. A failed TTA shall allow for the receive  antenna to be operational in what is commonly referred to as “bypass mode”. If the Ci/Harris proposes  TTAs with redundant receive/amplifiers the “bypass mode” shall still apply.  COMPLY    G. Ci/Harris shall include detailed specification sheets for all proposed equipment, including, but not limited  to antennas, receiver multicouplers, transmitter combiners, and tower top Amplifiers.  COMPLY    3.8 Gateway Devices  A. Ci/Harris shall supply each RF site and dispatch center with the necessary number of gateway devices to allow  for connection of all legacy/interoperable stations to the network and control by the dispatch console  subsystem.  COMPLY    B. Any device connected a gateway device will have its audio recorded on the logging recorder.  COMPLY    290   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. C. Gateway stations will be capable of being patched to any P25, or conventional resource.  COMPLY    3.9 Site UPS Power  EXCEPTION‐ Customer Removed from requirements    3.10 Dispatch Console Subsystem  A. The dispatch console is a critical link for public safety personnel. It is here that the dispatch operator must relay  critical information from the public to public safety personnel in the field. At times, the dispatcher may be in  stressful conditions with lives at risk. It is imperative that the dispatch console be configured such that the  operation of such console is second nature to the dispatch personnel. The dispatch console should provide the  operator with as much information as necessary without the screen being cluttered and be easily navigated  to perform necessary functions.  COMPLY    3.10.1 General Requirements and Features    A. 19‐dispatch console position shall be provided and installed at the Collier County Emergency Services Center,  (ESC) QTY‐16 and at Naples Police Department in the City of Naples QTY‐3.  COMPLY    B. Dispatch Console Equipment (Operator Positions) shall be designed to be placed in modular workstation  furniture and provide operators with an ergonomic design permitting ease of operation over extended periods,  typically 8‐12 hours for each operator.  COMPLY    C. Console positions shall be able to acoustically cross‐mute channels in order to eliminate acoustic feedback  between operators.  COMPLY    D. The screen display shall be designed such that that all dispatching functions shall be operable from one display.  COMPLY    E. The screen display shall be very flexible, allowing authorized personnel the ability to determine which functions  are available at each operator position.  291   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY    F. New features and screen configurations shall be supported through software programming and not  reconfiguration of hardware.  COMPLY    G. Capability to program, store, retrieve, and edit multiple, custom operator screens and configurations for each  operator position shall be provided.  COMPLY    H. Operator screen configurations and alias database shall be stored locally or on a centrally located server.  COMPLY    I. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for loading alias information for all existing and provided subscriber devices  into the console’s database.  COMPLY    J. The dispatch console shall display an alias name on screen when a unit with a radio ID stored in the alias  database is transmitting.  COMPLY    K. Operator positions shall have the ability to decrypt and encrypt secure voice communications. Channels  shall have a distinctive icon if encryption is being used for that channel.  COMPLY    L. Upon activation of an emergency alarm by field units, dispatch positions shall provide an audible alert,  display ID of calling unit, and provide a visual alert of an emergency activation.  COMPLY    M. Operators shall have the ability to utilize a headset or stationary gooseneck type microphone for transmitting  audio.  COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION ‐ Desktop microphones will be provided.  N. The dispatch console subsystem shall be capable of interfacing to the 911‐phone system via an IP based  connection allowing for complete integration.  292   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION – The Ci/Harris Symphony console supports a 911 telephony interface to  share call audio via a single dispatch operator headset.  The 911 audio is interconnected at each dispatch  position through a 6‐wire analog interface.  The 911 call taker equipment must be support this 6 wire analog  interface at each answering position.     O. The capability to converse on the telephone utilizing the same operator headset that is used for radio  conversations shall be provided.  COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION – The Ci/Harris Symphony console supports a 911 telephony interface to  share call audio via a single dispatch operator headset.  The 911 audio is interconnected at each dispatch  position through a 6‐wire analog interface.  The 911 call taker equipment must be support this 6 wire analog  interface at each answering position.    P. An instant recall option shall be provided allowing the operator to verify his or her recent traffic. Both telephony  and radio traffic shall be available for playback.  COMPLY    Q. The console subsystem shall control the radio system via a networking interface; RF control stations will not be  used as primary control of the radio system.  COMPLY    R. The console subsystem shall be integrated with the existing Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) system.  EXCEPTION‐ Customer Removed from requirements  S. Ci/Harris shall fully explain how the radio system will be integrated with the existing CAD system.  EXCEPTION‐ Customer Removed from requirements  T. Ci/Harris shall explain what features will be provided and how an integrated CAD/Radio system will  benefit the County’s dispatch operations.  EXCEPTION‐ Customer Removed from requirements    U. Dispatch consoles shall be able to monitor and transmit on all proposed and existing systems.  COMPLY    3.10.2 Trunked Requirements    A. Dispatch consoles shall be compatible with the proposed radio system. Dispatch consoles shall directly  interface with single and multi‐site trunked system controllers and shall allow interoperability between  trunked and non‐trunked channels in the system.  293   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY    B. A transmit/receive audio level (Vu) meter shall be provided showing the level of transmitted voice. This  meter should also indicate the level of receive audio present on the selected channel.  COMPLY    C. Operator positions shall have the ability to independently set each channel’s volume level. Minimum audio  levels should be capable of being set to avoid missed calls.  COMPLY      D. A control/indicator shall be provided to allow the operator to mute or un‐mute audio from unselected channels.  Selected audio and unselected audio shall be audible from separate speakers.  COMPLY    E. Dispatch consoles shall be equipped with an instant transmit switch for each talkgroup displayed.  COMPLY    F. In a trunked system with radio IDs, the Push‐to‐Talk (PTT) ID of the unit calling shall appear in addition to a  call indicator. After the call is completed, the unit PTT ID shall remain displayed until another call is received.  COMPLY    G. To aid dispatchers in a busy system, a list of the last 15 radio IDs shall be available in a recent call list.  COMPLY  H. In order to enhance dispatcher effectiveness in a PTT ID system, the various display modes available shall  interact as follows:  1. An operator shall be capable of setting up (and subsequently knocking down) an emergency call from the  dispatch console position.  2. An option shall be provided to allow private communication between a dispatch console operator  and a radio user.  COMPLY    I. It shall be possible to temporarily mute unselected talkgroups. The unselected audio will un‐mute  automatically after a programmable preset time. Mute shall be 20 dB minimum.  294   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY    J. Dispatch consoles shall have the capability to patch two or more talkgroups together so users may  communicate directly. Patched talkgroups shall require a single talk path resource.  COMPLY    K. Dispatch consoles shall have the capability to select multiple talkgroups for simultaneous transmit. Multi‐select  transmissions shall require a single talkpath resource.  COMPLY    L. If the dispatcher attempts to make a call on a trunked radio system connected to the dispatch consoles and all  trunked channels are busy, a visual and audible alert will be initiated at the dispatch consoles.  COMPLY    3.10.3 Conventional Requirements    A. Dispatch equipment shall include an instant transmit switch for each conventional repeater channel and/or base  station.  COMPLY    B. On conventional resources capable of operating on multiple frequencies and/or modes, a control and  indicator shall be provided to select the desired transmit frequency and/or mode. The select channel  function shall cause the associated channel to switch channels / modes by emitting an EIA function tone /  guard tone sequence for tone remote controlled stations. Once a channel has been selected the operator shall  be able to transmit on this channel by pressing the footswitch or transmit button.  COMPLY      C. A transmit/receive audio level (Vu) meter shall be provided showing the level of transmitted voice. This  meter should also indicate the level of receive audio present on the selected channel.  COMPLY    D. Operator positions shall have the ability to independently set each channel’s volume level. Minimum audio  levels should be capable of being set to avoid missed calls.  COMPLY    E. A control/indicator shall be provided to allow the operator to mute or un‐mute audio from unselected channels.  Selected audio and unselected audio shall be audible from separate speakers.  295   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY    F. A control/indicator shall be provided allowing the operator to select multiple channels allowing the dispatcher  the ability to broadcast to several channels at once.  COMPLY    G. Operators shall have the ability to patch two or more conventional repeaters and/or base stations together so  users may communicate directly. Operator positions shall be equipped such that a minimum of eight  simultaneous patches shall be available.  COMPLY     H. Operator positions shall have the ability to patch conventional resources and trunked resources.  COMPLY    3.10.4 Operator Position Equipment    A. All equipment supplied for use by the dispatch operators will be capable of withstanding the 24 hours  a day, 7 days a week environment of a busy dispatch center.  COMPLY    B. Operator position display monitors will be a 23” LCD/LED, touchscreen.  COMPLY    C. Keyboards shall be a standard 101‐ key keyboard.  COMPLY    D. Operator functions shall be executed by positioning a screen pointer (cursor) over the appropriate icon and  pressing the mouse button or by touching the monitor screen.  COMPLY  E. A high quality gooseneck microphone shall be provided for each operator position.  COMPLY    F. Two headset jack boxes and headsets are to be provided at each position allowing the operator to hear select  audio via a headset and allow the operator to respond via a microphone attached to the headset. The jack boxes  are to be equipped with manual volume controls on each side of the box, one for the telephone and one for  the radio. This configuration is to allow a supervisor to plug into an active system to monitor the activity  296   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. at that console position and further allow for independent volume control of the audio at that jack box.  The headset plug inserted into the jack shall automatically disconnect the console’s microphone and mute the  select speakers  COMPLY    G. The existing 911 system shall be capable of integration into the console subsystem with the ability to allow the  dispatcher to communicate via a single headset for telephony and radio conversations.  COMPLY    H. Radio traffic shall be muted from telephony sessions.  COMPLY    I. A heavy‐duty footswitch shall be provided to allow the operator to key the selected channel hands free.  COMPLY    J. PCs supplied shall be capable of providing a Graphical User Interface (GUI) using the Microsoft Windows® 7 or  Windows® 8.1 Operating system.  COMPLY    K. PCs supplied shall be based on present state of the art PC technology.  COMPLY    3.10.5 Console Networking Equipment    A. It is anticipated that the common electronics equipment required of console networks from the past have been  replaced with networking equipment including routers, switches and PCs. This equipment essentially ties the  console subsystem back to the central control/Project 25 core network. Ci/Harris shall fully describe the  console subsystem’s networking environment.  COMPLY    B. The console networking equipment should not have a single point of failure.  COMPLY     C. Redundant routers and/or switches shall be utilized for networking of the console subsystem and connectivity  to the system’s core network.  COMPLY    297   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. D. The console networking equipment and console positions shall send alarm information to  the  Network  Management subsystem. Alarms specific to the dispatch console subsystem shall be displayed at the console  operator positions.  COMPLY    3.10.6 Console Backup System    A. In the event of console or console interface failure, a control station shall be provided at each console  position that allows the dispatcher to access the network.  COMPLY  B. Backup control stations shall be connected to an outside antenna via a control station combining network,  or individual antennas.  COMPLY    3.11 Voice Logger Recorder  A. Ci/Harris proposed radio system shall integrate with the County’s existing Cova logging recorder  COMPLY    B. The logging recorder shall interface directly with the System for audio and Project 25 data.  COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION  Existing Cova‐Verint Recorder must be equipped with Harris P25 Interface  and AES Encryption features    C. The logging recorder integration shall support recording of all encrypted and non‐ encrypted talkgroups  COMPLY    3.11 Network Management Subsystem (NMS)  A. Ci/Harris shall propose a hierarchical NMS capable of incorporating multiple management systems into a  high‐level management system that provides a single point to manage multiple subsystems.  COMPLY    B. The NMS shall display system status and alarm conditions and must provide the ability to remotely access the  system to check the operational status and view alarms through the network.  This includes the ability to:  1. Monitor the health of all networked devices  298   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 2. Remotely interrogate equipment  3. Configure components remotely  4. Routinely backup remote equipment configurations  5. Remotely restore equipment configurations  6. Push updates to remote equipment  7. Generate system statistical reports  8. Provide paging functions based on multiple levels of fault configurations  COMPLY    C. Key elements of the NMS are:  1. Real time airtime usage  2. Real time monitoring of network element status  3. Real time status of network usage  4. Real time alarm management  5. Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) support allowing interfaces with higher‐level network  management systems.  COMPLY    D. Ci/Harris shall fully explain which Network Management applications require a license and which, if any can  be accessed via a browser application  COMPLY    E. All systems and subsystems provided shall be monitored by the NMS.  COMPLY    F. NMS components include:  1. Network Management Terminals (NMT)  2. Remote Terminal Units (RTU)  3. Associated networking equipment  COMPLY      299   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.   3.12.1 Network Management Terminals (NMT)    A. The NMT shall provide primary processing, display, and control of information to and from a variety of  locations. System status and alarm conditions shall be displayed. The NMT shall provide the ability to  remotely access the system to check the operational status of the system and view alarms.  COMPLY    B. Network Management Terminals shall be provided for the following locations:  1. System Control/Core Sites  2. Collier County Dispatch Center  3. [other locations – input from Collier County during design phase]  COMPLY    C. NMT shall meet the following general requirements:  1. Expandable software architecture shall be easily updated by adding software applications.  2. Hardware and software platform shall be PC based using current versions of hardware and software.  3. Both graphic and tabular displays shall provide instantaneous and  comprehensive network status information.  4. The NMT shall provide full archiving and control functions.  5. All  NMT  shall  be  licensed  to  operate  the  entire  suite  of  management applications available to  manage the system.  6. The NMT shall be designed to monitor a large cross section of equipment so that it can consolidate multiple  alarm systems rather than just poll alarms from RTU locations.  7. The NMT must be capable of performing full management functions.  8. The NMT shall provide email notification of alarms.  9. The NMT shall provide alarm filtration and consolidation.  COMPLY    3.12.2 Remote Terminal Units (RTU)    A. RTUs shall be provided in sufficient quantities to monitor the entire network including:  300   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 1. Trunked and conventional radio network components  2. Site facilities including shelter, tower, lighting, power, generator, fuel level, site entry, and  environmental (such as high‐temperature)  3. Microwave radios, channel banks, etc.  4. Data network equipment including routers, switches, etc.  5. Other miscellaneous equipment  COMPLY    B. RTUs shall be fully compatible with the NMT supplied and provide complementary functionality wherever  necessary to provide a complete working system.  COMPLY    C. RTUs shall support the following points:  1. Status/alarms – 48 minimum expandable to 256 points  2. Control outputs – 8 minimum expandable to 32  3. Analog inputs – 8 minimum expandable to 16 (optional)  COMPLY    D. RTUs shall support time stamp and system time synchronization.  COMPLY    E. Terminations for all points shall be provided on suitable terminal blocks providing ease of installation, testing,  and maintenance.  COMPLY    4. Backhaul Network  4.1 Digital Microwave Network  A. The digital IP microwave network shall consist of either monitored hot standby (MHSB) or ring protected  loop system. No unlicensed microwave will be accepted. The microwave system shall be designed to achieve  99.999% overall availability. A ring protected loop system is preferred.  COMPLY  B. Split unit systems are not acceptable. Microwave radios will be of all indoor type.  301   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY  C. Microwave links not ring protected shall be configured for monitored hot standby (MHSB) operation.  COMPLY  D. Microwave terminal equipment shall include transmitter, receiver, modem, power supply, automatic switching  device, multiplexer, service channel(s), and all associated interconnections to provide a complete and  functional System.  COMPLY  E. The radio shall deliver two‐frequency, full duplex operation. Space diversity configurations are acceptable if  necessary to meet reliability requirements.  COMPLY    F. The overall microwave backhaul network must support a minimum OC‐3 bandwidth.  COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION. Microwave bandwidth will be 155 Mbs Ethernet on the main back haul and  50 Mbs on spurs.  G. Ci/Harris must indicate packet latency and jitter performance of the microwave backhaul network. In  addition, Ci/Harris must confirm that such performance is sufficient to accommodate all radio and dispatch  communications traffic transported by the microwave backhaul network.  COMPLY  H. There must be no single point of failure within the IP network. Each site shall have redundant routers that  support the monitored hot standby spurs or dual paths for loop‐based sites. The failure of one router must not  impact the performance of the overall network or of the individual site.  COMPLY  I. The network must reroute network traffic in less than 50‐milliseconds (ms) in the case of a path or device  failure. Ci/Harris must describe how the proposed System fulfills this requirement.  COMPLY    J. The microwave system must be designed to meet or exceed a two‐way annual availability (BER = 10^‐3) of  99.999% at the required capacity. Each individual microwave link must be designed to meet or exceed a two‐ way annual quality performance (availability) of 99.999% (BER = 10‐6) at the required capacity.  COMPLY    302   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. K. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for all microwave frequency research, prior coordination and preparation of all  associated FCC license applications and submittals on behalf of Collier County.  COMPLY  L. All RF paths shall be tested to demonstrate proper antenna alignment by measuring the net path loss between  sites as measured at the equipment rack interface.  COMPLY  4.2 Microwave Backhaul Network Design  A. Ci/Harris shall provide preliminary microwave path details including centerline mounting heights  recommendations, fade margins, antenna sizes, system gains and system losses, and path profiles.  COMPLY  B. Ci/Harris shall conduct physical path surveys to assure that all proposed paths meet proper clearance criteria.  COMPLY  C. Ci/Harris must provide modified antenna centerline mounting height recommendations, if required, based  upon the information gathered during the physical path surveys and site visits.  COMPLY  D. Ci/Harris must include fade margin calculations with the Proposal, showing the preliminary antenna sizes,  system gains, and system losses.  COMPLY  E. Ci/Harris must provide radomes in their Proposals as a requirement for each microwave antenna.  COMPLY  F. The proposed microwave backhaul network Equipment must be type accepted for licensing under Part 101 of  the FCC Rules and Regulations.  COMPLY  4.3 Microwave Antenna System  A. Microwave antennas shall be compatible with the radio frequency bands and conform to applicable FCC  requirements. Solid parabolic type, Category A antennas shall be used in accordance with FCC Part 101.115.  COMPLY     303   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. B. All mounting brackets, connectors and other hardware shall be supplied as necessary for a complete installation.  COMPLY    4.4 Microwave Backhaul Network Management  A. Ci/Harris shall fully describe alarm, monitor, and control capabilities of the microwave terminal equipment,  including capacity for external alarms (e.g., door alarms, generator, etc.).  COMPLY  B. Ci/Harris shall provide a Element Management System (EMS) with sufficient alarm, control, and tracking  capabilities for the proposed microwave network and to be integrated with the system Network Management  System. The system shall be capable of remotely monitoring equipment status and performance from all  sites.  COMPLY    C. The NMS shall be fully compatible with the integrated NMS requirements defined in Section 4.11 – Network  Management System (NMS) of this SoR.  COMPLY  D. The overall network shall have a common end‐to‐end management and configuration tool capable of  complete control of all network elements. The tool shall be able to support building an end‐to‐end path  without requiring manual configuration of each intermediate device. Graphical display of resulting  configurations is preferred.  1. Automated error checking shall be included to prevent typical configuration problems such as  oversubscription of a link. The tool shall alert the user when such errors occur.  2. The management tool shall perform automated backups of all device configurations and include a  change log of all changes made to a device over time.  3. The management tool shall support a hierarchical user authorization mechanism allowing assignment  of various roles to users and those users can act on a specific subset of devices.  COMPLY              304   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 5. Facilities and Infrastructure Development  5.1 General  A. Ci/Harris shall use existing site/structure infrastructure to the greatest extent possible.  COMPLY  B. Ci/Harris shall identify and propose any additional work necessary, including, but not limited to:  1. Towers  2. Shelters  3. Backup power  4. Site preparation  5. Fencing  COMPLY  C. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for updating all existing sites that are part of the proposed system to become  compliant with their provided grounding standards. RESPONDENTS shall be responsible for ensuring all site  conditions requiring updating are accounted for.  COMPLY  D. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for completing any documents and permitting required by local, state and federal  departments  COMPLY  E. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for any issues related to site selection and will be responsible for resolving any  issues related to site permitting or zoning.  EXCEPTION ‐ During the proposal development process, it is not possible to obtain or identify all costs  associated with site or tower upgrades. CI will work with Collier County using the change order process to  determine what changes need to be made to the overall project scope, cost and schedule.  F. Code Compliance:  1. Installation of all electrical equipment, power distribution, lighting assemblies and associated wiring shall  comply with the most recent edition of the National Electric Code (NEC) and Occupational Safety  and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations.  2. All electrical equipment shall be listed or approved by Underwriters Laboratories (UL).  3. Ci/Harris and any contractor employed by Ci/Harris shall comply with all local codes and industry best  305   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. practices and guidelines stipulated in Section 1. 6.1, Standards and Guidelines.  COMPLY    G. Ci/Harris  shall  assume  total  responsibility  for  maintaining  liability  insurance covering the following items:  1. Project design  2. Implementation  3. Licensing  4. Shipping  5. Receiving  6. All site work required  7. Any items required for Ci/Harris or any required sub‐vendors or  subcontractors.  COMPLY  H. Prior to any  excavations,  Ci/Harris  or  subcontractor  shall  follow  appropriate procedures outlined at the  following website: www.sunshine811.com.  COMPLY  I. Ci/Harris will coordinate with utility companies for all utility related items, such as electrical service hookups  and disconnects.  COMPLY  J. During preliminary design, Ci/Harris shall provide detailed drawings including all structures and foundations.  1. Detailed dimensioned drawings showing all system components and locations.  2. Drawings and/or specifications shall describe any auxiliary equipment.  3. Manufacturer slick sheets of all equipment used shall be provided.  COMPLY  K. Concrete  1. For all foundations and concrete work, Ci/Harris or subcontractor will provide to the Project Engineer a  test sample of each mix of concrete demonstrating that is has been tested for compliance with the  foundation specifications set forth by the requisite site engineer. Written reports certifying the strength  of the concrete are to accompany each test cylinder.  2. If any concrete used in the foundation does not meet specifications, Ci/Harris or subcontractor will be  306   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. required to remove the foundation and pour a new foundation using compliant materials, at no expense  to the owner.  COMPLY  L.   All control functions and alarms from towers, shelters and backup power shall be interfaced to the NMS detailed  herein, for remote control and monitoring.  COMPLY    5.2 Towers  A. General:  1. If Ci/Harris determines additional towers are required, or existing towers must be replaced, Ci/Harris shall  propose a self‐supporting tower.  2. Towers proposed will be Class III towers designed for the appropriate exposure and topographic  categories.  3. Any tower manufacturer supplying a tower(s) for this system will guarantee structural integrity of the  tower for a period of not less than 20 years from the date of acceptance.  4. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for all geotechnical analyses (soil testing) and proper foundation design.  COMPLY  B. Tower Loading:  1. The tower and foundation shall be designed for all proposed equipment, legacy equipment,  appurtenances, ancillary equipment, initial antenna loading plus 100% future antenna system growth,  without addition to or modification of the finished tower or foundation.  2. Designed loading shall also consider two typical cellular carrier antenna arrays near the top of the  structure for future growth or leasing opportunities.  3. The proposed tower structure shall be designed and installed in accordance with the latest revision of the  ANSI/EIA‐222 standard.  COMPLY  C. Existing towers:  1. Structural analysis shall be performed by Ci/Harris. If no drawings are available Ci/Harris shall also  be responsible for any tower mapping services required for the structural analysis.  2. Structural analysis shall be performed on existing towers according to the ANSI/TIA‐222G standard, or  307   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. latest version at time of structural analysis.  3. Structural analysis shall include existing and proposed equipment.  4. Structural analysis reports shall be provided to Collier County upon completion of study.  5. In the event a tower fails the structural analysis, Ci/Harris shall be responsible for modifying the tower to  correct the deficiencies. A passing structural analysis shall be provided to Collier County detailing the  tower modifications.  EXCEPTION‐ During the proposal development process, it is not possible to obtain all costs associated with  site or tower upgrades. Ci will work with Collier County using the change order process to determine what  changes need to be made to the overall project scope, cost and schedule for the structural analysis reports.    D. Proposed towers shall include the following:  1. Ice bridge – A horizontal transmission line ice bridge, extending from the tower cable ladder to the  equipment building entry port, shall be provided. The ice bridge will be self‐supported and may not be  directly connected to the tower or the shelter.  2. Transmission Line Support‐ A vertical transmission line support system shall be provided to securely attach  the antenna transmission lines. Holes shall be provided in the tower support members, tower hanger  adapter plates or separate ladder structures to allow installation of snap‐in cable hangers and bolt‐in  cable hangers at maximum 3‐foot intervals. The mounting holes shall be precision punched or drilled  and sufficiently separated to accommodate the snap‐in or bolt‐in hangers.  3. Climbing Access‐ A ladder, beginning at a point at least ten feet off the ground, shall be provided  as an integral part of the tower to permit access by authorized personnel. The tower shall be equipped  with an OSHA approved anti‐fall safety device in accordance with EIA‐222. This device must not  interfere with the climber's ease of reach by hand or foot from one rung of the ladder to the next, either  going up or coming down. Two safety climbing belts shall be supplied with each new tower.  4. Lighting:  a. Tower lighting shall be supplied as required by the applicable determination as issued by the  FAA for this project and fully compliant with FAA AC 70/7460‐1K or latest revision.  b. The system control circuitry shall provide synchronization and intensity control of the  obstruction lighting system and shall monitor the overall integrity of the lighting system for  component failures or improper operation.  c. Ci/Harris or subcontractor shall wire all alarms to a contractor provided Type 66 block located  in the communications shelter or equipment room. All alarms shall be clearly labeled.  5. A lightning ground rod shall be installed at the very top of the tower to extend at least two feet above the  top of the tower or lighting fixture.    308   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 6. Labeling shall be clearly provided near the base of all new towers for the following:  a. Make  b. Model Serial number  c. Tower height  d. Latitude and longitude  e. FAA and FCC identification numbers (if applicable)  COMPLY  E. Construction:  1. All welding must be done in the factory prior to the galvanizing process. Field welding is not acceptable.  2. The tower shall be constructed of high‐strength steel. All components and hardware being hot dip  galvanized with zinc coating per EIA standards after fabrication. A zinc coating shall be permanently fused  to the steel, both inside and outside, so all surfaces are protected and no painting is required for rust  protection.  3. Prior to galvanizing, each piece of steel and every weld is to be deburred and smooth finished.  4. Ci/Harris shall carefully examine and study existing site conditions, difficulties in accessing sites for tower  delivery and install will be the responsibility of Ci/Harris. Later claims for additional compensation due  to additional labor, equipment or materials required due to difficulties encountered during tower  delivery or install will not be considered.  COMPLY  F. Final Testing and Acceptance ‐‐ Upon completion of the work, documentation detailing final inspection and  testing shall be submitted, documenting the following:  1. Steel structure:  a. Vertical alignment and plumbness  b. All bolts tight and torqued to specification  c. No damaged or missing structural members  d. All surface scratches and damage to the galvanization will be repaired using the hot stick process.  e. No signs of stress or vibration  f. All climbing ladders, and other devices installed correctly  g. Labels and tags  2. Foundation:  309   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. a. Concrete finish with no cracks or blemishes  b. Grouting, if used, will have drain holes if the tower uses hollow leg construction or monopole  design  c. Backfilling and grading  3. Grounding:  a. Verify lugs and CADWELD®s  b. Ground resistance test and record  c. Ground lightning rod installed at top of tower  4. Ice Bridge: Installed per specification  5. Lighting and controls:  a. Inspect conduit and wiring installation  b. Verify proper lamp operation  c. Verify alarm contact operation  d. Verify labeling  6. Photographs:  a. Overall structure from N, E, S, W  b. Footers  c. Grounding  COMPLY  5.3 Shelters  A. General:  1. If Ci/Harris determines additional shelters are required, or existing shelters must be replaced, Ci/Harris  shall propose new equipment shelters.  2. The  shelter  shall  be  a  prefabricated,  preassembled  shelter.  Shelter construction may be concrete,  and/or aggregate materials.  3. The shelter shall consist of a single equipment room.  COMPLY  B. Size:  1. Minimum shelter size shall be 12’ x 20’, with a minimum interior height of 9 feet.  310   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 2. The Ci/Harris shall be responsible for determining if a larger shelter size is required based on proposed  equipment and legacy equipment to be installed.  COMPLY  C. Foundation:  1. The foundation for the shelter shall consist of concrete piers or a poured concrete slab constructed  by Ci/Harris or approved subcontractor that properly supports and secures the shelter. Finished  foundation surface shall be a minimum of 3’ above grade. Foundation drawings recommended by the  shelter manufacturer shall be the criteria by which the foundation is constructed.  COMPLY  D. Flooring:  1. Ci/Harris are to propose a structure with floor and/or solid foundation featuring a minimum uniform  load rating of 200 pounds per square foot with no more than 3,000 pounds over any four‐square‐foot  area. This rating shall be increased in sections as necessary to support heavy weight equipment. If  delivered assembled with floor, the floor shall exhibit a minimum 90 pounds per square foot uniform live  load capacity while the building is being lifted.  2. Floors shall be insulated to a minimum R‐11 rating. Insulation shall be secured in place to prevent  shifting during construction and transportation.  3. Exterior covering of the floor shall be included to prevent rodent penetration.  4. The floor shall be covered by a high quality, industrial / commercial grade asphalt or vinyl tile. All edges  shall be covered by wall molding.  COMPLY  E. Walls:  1. Walls shall be constructed to a minimum 120 MPH wind loading, including overturning moments.  2. Bullet Proof: Walls and doors shall withstand the effects of bullets or other projectiles equivalent to a  30.06 high power rifle load fired from a distance of 50 feet with no penetration to the inner cavity of the  wall. No interior damage shall be sustained including insulation, interior walls, etc.  3. The outside walls shall be finished concrete or an aggregate composition.  4. A wall feed‐through with 12 each, 4‐inch openings shall be provided on the tower side of the building to  accommodate elliptical waveguide and coaxial transmission lines. The openings shall be properly booted  to provide a good weather seal.  5. The inside walls shall be finished with minimum 5/8‐inch plywood (or equivalent) trimmed with  coordinated molding to allow mounting of panels, blocks, etc.  6. High performance insulation shall provide a minimum insulation factor of R‐ 11.  311   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY  F. Roof:  1. The building roof shall support a minimum 100 pounds per square foot uniform live load.  2. The roof is to be pitched to facilitate runoff of water.  3. The shelter roof shall withstand the impact of ice falling from the adjacent tower without suffering any  damage or shall otherwise be protected from such damage. Ci/Harris are to describe in their proposal how  this requirement will be met.  4. High performance insulation shall provide a minimum insulation factor of R‐ 19.  COMPLY  G. Door:  1. Shelters shall have one 42” x 84” insulated door, with three stainless steel tamperproof hinges, passage  style lever handle, deadbolt lockset and fiberglass weather hood or awning. The door shall be  equipped with a hydraulic door closer.  2. The exterior door shall be of aluminum or steel (stainless or galvanized) construction with a finish to  match the building finish.  3. The door shall withstand the effects of bullets or other projectiles equivalent to a 30.06 high power  rifle load fired from a distance of 50 feet with no penetration to the inner cavity of the door. No  interior damage shall be sustained including insulation, interior walls, etc.  4. The door sill shall be of stepped construction so as to prevent rain water from entering the shelter at the  bottom of the door or from around the door frame. The door frame shall have a weather seal around  the door to limit air and water intrusion.  COMPLY    H. Finishing:  1. The interior and exterior finishes shall be described by the RESPONDENT. Color and finishes shall be  selected by Collier County from samples provided by Ci/Harris or subcontractor.  2. All joints shall be sealed with a compressible, resilient sealant.  COMPLY  I. AC Power System:  1. Ci/Harris shall deliver the building complete with a 200‐ampere capacity, 240 volts, single phase electrical  panel box with a ground bar.  2. This panel shall be equipped with a 200‐ampere capacity main circuit breaker used to supply power for all  312   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. electrical functions related to the site.  3. Overall panel size shall be determined by the need to provide the number of individual breakers required  plus a reserve of at least six 240 Volt slots.  4. Receptacles  a. Each radio equipment unit (or rack) shall be supplied with two 20 Amp circuits, each terminated  at a typical NEMA 5‐20 receptacle. Receptacles shall be mounted to the side of the overhead  cable tray.  b. Service receptacles shall be mounted on the walls at six foot intervals or less.  c. One weatherproof GFI exterior power receptacle shall be provided with each shelter, to be  mounted near air conditioning units.  d. A power receptacle shall be located near the microwave dehydrator to power the unit.  e. Each receptacle shall be fed from an individual breaker. The feeding breaker shall be identified  at the receptacle and the receptacle shall be identified at the breaker. All breakers or circuits  shall be 20 Amp, unless otherwise noted.  COMPLY    J. Power Line Surge Suppression:  1. An AC surge protector shall be provided and installed inside the shelter.  2. An acceptable unit shall be an in‐line type such as the AC Data Systems “integrated load center”. An  alternate unit must meet or exceed all of the capabilities of this model unit.  3. Minimum surge protector requirements  a. Built‐in redundancy of dual stages per phase with filtering  b. Surge energy shunted to ground, not to neutral.  c. Front panel indicator lamps.  d. Remote / local status contacts.  e. Fusible link protected so as not to interrupt power.  f. Field replacement protection blocks, fuses, if needed.  g. UL listed components.  h. EMI/RFI filtering per Mil‐STD‐220.  i. The unit shall be capable of handling the full 240 Volt, 200 Amp capacity of the electrical  system.  313   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY  K. Wiring Methods:  1. All wiring noted on the site drawings or otherwise included by Ci/Harris shall be installed in conduit or  ductwork. Where no protection method is specified, conduit shall be used.  2. All conduits and ducts shall be securely surface mounted and supported by approved clamps, brackets,  or straps as applicable and held in place with properly selected screws. No wiring shall be imbedded  inside any walls, floor or ceiling. Entrance power, outside lighting, air conditioning outlet and Telco are  the only wiring that may penetrate shelter walls or floor.  3. All wire raceway, conduit, etc., is to be mechanically joined and secured.  4. Flexible steel conduit or armored cable shall protect wiring connected to motors, fans, etc., and  other short runs where rigid conduit is not practical.  5. Unless otherwise specified, all power wiring shall be a minimum 12 AWG size solid copper conductors with  insulation rated for 600 Volts alternating current (AC).  6. One 4’ x 6’ x ¾” TELCO boards shall be installed.  COMPLY    L. Light Fixtures:  1. Ceiling mounted four‐foot fluorescent light fixtures (two 40 watt bulbs per fixture) with RFI ballasts  shall be supplied for the equipment shelters. A sufficient quantity of light fixtures shall be supplied to  provide a uniform light level throughout the building of 150 foot candles at four feet above the floor.  2. Light fixtures shall be fed as a gang from a common breaker and controlled by an on/off switch near the  door.  COMPLY    M. Outdoor Lighting:  1. An exterior 100 watt wall mounted light shall be mounted by the front entrance of the shelter.  2. The exterior lighting system shall be fed from a separate, appropriately rated breaker and light switch by  the door.  COMPLY  N. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC):  1. Ci/Harris shall provide an HVAC system for each shelter proposed. Ci/Harris shall propose dual AC units  314   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. with lead lag controller. Each AC unit shall be sized for 100 percent of the buildings required cooling  capacity, as determined by the BTU analysis.  2. Ci/Harris shall perform BTU analysis (heat load calculations) for all shelter equipment during preliminary  design to verify HVAC system size. All calculations shall include a 50% expansion factor, and all  assumptions regarding power consumption, duty factor, and heat loading shall be thoroughly  explained.  3. Each unit shall be capable of maintaining an inside ambient temperature range between 65 and 85  degrees F. Each unit shall be sized to maintain temperatures inside the shelter at 70 degrees F when  exterior temperatures go as high as 100 degrees F.  4. The HVAC system shall be controlled by a wall mounted thermostat. The thermostat shall turn the  heater on when the temperature inside the shelter drops to 65 degrees F and off when it rises to 68  degrees F. It shall turn on the air conditioner when the interior temperature reaches 78 degrees F and  off when the temperature drops below 75 degrees F. Thermostat control shall be adjustable within the  range of 45 to 85 degrees F.  COMPLY  O. Antenna Cable Entry ‐‐ A bulkhead panel shall be supplied to accommodate coaxial transmission lines  between 1/2‐inch and 1 5/8‐inch diameter elliptical waveguides. A minimum of 12 transmission lines shall  be accommodated with 4 inch openings. The building manufacturer shall seal the conduits into the wall to  assure that they are watertight.  COMPLY    P. Cable Tray‐ All new shelters will be equipped with cable trays. Ci/Harris shall install a minimum 18‐inch wide cable  tray system above the equipment.  COMPLY    Q. Shelters shall be supplied with at least two 10 pound CO2 fire extinguisher, an approved eye wash station  and first aid kit.  COMPLY    R. Ci/Harris shall carefully examine and study existing site conditions, difficulties in accessing sites for shelter  delivery and installation will be the responsibility of Ci/Harris. Later claims for additional compensation due to  additional labor, equipment or materials required due to difficulties encountered during shelter delivery or  install will not be considered.  COMPLY    315   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 5.4 Generator and Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)  This section provides specifications and requirements for standby power systems to supply electrical power in  the event of failure of normal supply, consisting of a liquid cooled engine, an AC alternator and system controls with  all necessary accessories for a complete operating system, including but not limited to the items as specified.  A. Ci/Harris shall provide an emergency generator system at each new and existing RF site for backup power.  COMPLY  B. Ci/Harris shall perform electrical loading analysis for shelter equipment, including HVAC subsystems, during  preliminary design to verify generator size and fuel tank capacity. All electrical loading calculations shall include  a 50% expansion factor, and all assumptions regarding power consumption and duty factor shall be thoroughly  explained.  1. In the event loading is less than 50 kW a 50 kW generator will be proposed  2. Generators will be powered by liquid propane  COMPLY  C. In the event of a commercial power outage, the emergency generator shall provide power to the entire shelter  without system outage.  COMPLY  D. Quality Assurance‐ The system shall be supplied by a manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the  production of engine‐alternator sets, automatic transfer switches, and associated controls for a minimum of  ten years, thereby identifying one source of supply and responsibility.  COMPLY  E. The generator system and all accessories and ancillary equipment shall comply with the following standards:  1. NFPA 37 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code  2. NFPA 55 Standard for the Storage and Handling of Compressed Gases  3. NFPA 70 with particular attention to Article 700, “Emergency Systems”  4. NFPA 110 Requirements for Level 1 Emergency Power Supply System  5. NFPA 101 ‐ Code for Safety to Life From Fire in Buildings and Structures  6. ANSI/NEMA MG 1 ‐ Motor and Generators  7. ANSI/NEMA AB 1 ‐ Molded Case Circuit Breakers  8. ANSI/NEMA 250 ‐ Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 volts maximum)  316   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY  F. Labeling and Identification‐ All wiring harnesses and connectors shall be clearly identified by number and  function according to the associated schematic diagrams and documentation provided by the vendor.  COMPLY  G. Factory Testing:  1. Before shipment of the equipment, the generator set shall be tested under rated load for performance  and proper functioning of control and interfacing circuits. Tests shall include:  a. Verification that all safety shutdowns are functioning properly  b. Verification of single step load pickup per NFPA 110‐1996, Paragraph 5‐13.2.6  c. Verification of transient and voltage dip responses and steady state voltage and speed  (frequency) checks  d. Full load test for a minimum of one hour  2. Provide complete report(s) of all testing performed  COMPLY    H. Startup and Checkout:  1. The supplier of the electric generating plant and associated items covered herein shall provide factory  trained technicians to check out the completed installation and to perform an initial startup inspection  to include:  a. Ensure the engine starts (both hot and cold) within the specified time.  b. Verify that engine parameters are within specification.  c. Verify that no load frequency and voltage adjusting is required.  d. Test all automatic shutdowns of the generator.  e. Perform a simulation of power failure to test that generator start up and automatic transfer  switches (ATS) pick up building load correctly.  f. Return  to  commercial  power  and  test  generator  and  ATS  to demonstrate correct cycling  to normal commercial power.  g. Perform a load test of the generator, to ensure full load frequency, LP pressure and voltage is within  specification by using a load bank rated at 80% of generator’s capacity. This test shall be run for a  minimum of one hour.  h. Test and verify all remote indicators and controls.  317   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 2. Ci/Harris shall provide complete report(s) of all testing performed.  COMPLY  5.4.1 Propane Generator  A. The prime mover shall be a liquid cooled, propane and or natural gas fueled, naturally aspirated engine of  4‐cycle design.  COMPLY  B. The engine shall have sufficient horse power rating to drive the generator to full output power without a gear  box between the engine and generator.  COMPLY  C. The engine shall have a battery charging DC alternator with a solid state voltage regulator.  COMPLY  D. The alternator shall be protected by internal thermal overload protection and an automatic reset field circuit  breaker.  COMPLY    E. One step load acceptance shall be 100% of generator set nameplate rating and meet the requirements of  NFPA 110 paragraph 5‐13.2.6.  COMPLY  F. The electric plant shall be mounted with vibration isolators on a welded steel base that shall permit suitable  mounting to any level surface.  COMPLY  G. A main line output circuit breaker carrying the UL mark shall be factory installed.  1. Form C auxiliary contacts rated at 250 VAC/10 amps shall be provided to allow remote sensing of  breaker status.  COMPLY  H. Controls:  1. All engine alternator controls and instrumentation shall be designed, built, wired, tested and shock  mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure mounted to the generator set by the manufacturer. It shall contain  panel lighting, a fused DC circuit to protect the controls and a +/‐5% voltage adjusting control.  318   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 2. The generator set shall contain a complete 2 wire automatic engine start‐stop control which starts the  engine on closing contacts and stop the engine on opening contacts.  3. A programmable cyclic cranking limiter shall be provided to open the starting circuit after four attempts if  the engine has not started within that time. Engine control modules must be solid state plug‐in type for  high reliability and easy service.  4. The panel shall include;  a. Meters to monitor  1) AC voltage  2) AC current  3) AC frequency  b. Emergency stop switch  c. Audible alarm  d. Programmable engine control  e. Monitoring module  5. The programmable module shall include:  a. Manual OFF/AUTO switch  b. Four LED’s to indicate  1) Not In Auto  2) Alarm Active  3) Generator Running  4) Generator Ready  6. The module shall display all pertinent unit parameters including:  a. Generator Status – ON/OFF/AUTO  b. Instrumentation ‐ Real‐time readouts of the following engine and alternator analog values:  1) Oil pressure  2) Coolant temperature  3) Fuel level (where applicable)  4) DC battery voltage  5) Run time hours  c. Alarm Status ‐ Current alarm(s) condition of:     1) High or low AC voltage  2) High or low battery voltage  319   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 3) High or low frequency  4) Low or pre‐low oil pressure  5) Low water level  6) Low water temperature  7) High and pre‐high engine temperature  8) High, low and critical low fuel levels (where applicable)  9) Over crank  10) Over speed  11) Unit not in "Automatic Mode"  I. Unit Accessories:     1. Weather protective enclosure:  a. The generator set shall be factory enclosed in a heavy gauge steel enclosure constructed with  12 gauge corner posts, uprights and headers.  b. The enclosure shall be coated with electrostatically applied powder paint, baked and finished  to manufacturer’s specifications.  c. The enclosure is to have large, hinged doors to allow access to the engine, alternator and  control panel.    2. The exhaust silencer(s) shall be provided of the size recommended by the manufacturer and shall  provide noise reduction for use in residential areas.    3. The generator  set  shall include an automatic dual rate battery charger manufactured by the generator  set supplier. The battery charger is to be factory installed on the generator set. Due to line voltage  drop concerns, a battery charger mounted in the transfer switch will be unacceptable.    4. A heavy duty, lead acid 12 VDC battery shall be provided by the generator set manufacturer. The  generator set shall have a frame suitable for mounting the battery and include all connecting battery  cables.  320   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY  5.4.2 Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)    A. The automatic transfer switch shall be compatible with the set to maintain system compatibility and local  service responsibility for the complete emergency power system.  COMPLY  B. Representative production samples of the transfer switch supplied shall have demonstrated through tests  the ability to withstand at least 10,000 mechanical operation cycles. One operation cycle is defined as  the electrically operated transfer from normal to emergency and back to normal.  COMPLY  C. Wiring must comply with NEC table 373‐6(b). The manufacturer shall furnish schematic and wiring diagrams  for the particular automatic transfer switch and a typical wiring diagram for the entire system.  COMPLY  D. Ratings and Performance  1. The ATS shall be adequately sized to match the generator and shelter electrical systems.  2. The ATS shall be a 2‐pole design rated for 600 VAC 200 amps continuous operation in ambient  temperatures of ‐20 degrees Fahrenheit (‐30 degrees Celsius) to +140 degrees Fahrenheit (+60 degrees  Celsius).  3. The operating mechanism will be a single operating coil design, electrically operated and mechanically  held in position.  4. A provision will be supplied to be able to manually operate the switch in the event of logic or electrical  coil failure.  COMPLY  E. Controls:  1. Controls shall signal the generator set to start in the event of a power interruption.  a. A solid state time delay start, adjustable, 0.1 to 10 seconds, shall delay this signal to avoid  nuisance startups on momentary voltage dips or power outages.  2. Controls shall transfer the load to the generator set after it reaches proper voltage.  3. Controls shall retransfer the load to the line after normal power restoration.  a. A return to utility timer, adjustable from 1‐30 minutes, shall delay this transfer to avoid short  term normal power restoration.  321   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.   4. The operating power for transfer and retransfer shall be obtained from the source to which the load is  being transferred.  5. Controls shall signal the generator to stop after the load retransfers to normal.  a. A solid state engine cool down timer, adjustable from 1‐30 minutes, shall permit the engine  to run unloaded to cool down before shutdown.  b. Should the utility power fail during this time, the switch will immediately transfer back to  the generator.  6. Front mounted controls shall include a selector switch to provide for a NORMAL TEST mode with  full use of time delays, FAST TEST mode which bypasses all time delays to allow for testing the entire  system in less than one minute, or AUTOMATIC mode to set the system for normal operation.  a. The controls shall provide bright lamps to indicate the transfer switch position in either UTILITY  (white) or EMERGENCY (red). A third lamp is needed to indicate STANDBY OPERATING (amber).  These lights must be energized from utility or the generator set.  b. The controls shall provide a manually operated handle to allow for manual transfer. This  handle must be mounted inside the lockable enclosure and accessible only by authorized  personnel.  c. The controls shall provide a safety disconnect switch to prevent load transfer and automatic  engine start while performing maintenance. This switch will also be used for manual transfer  switch operation.  d. The controls shall provide LED status lights to give a visual readout of the operating sequence  including:  1) Utility on  2) Engine warm‐up  3) Standby ready  4) Transfer to standby  5) In‐phase monitor  6) Time delay neutral  7) Return to utility  8) Engine cool down  9) Engine minimum run  COMPLY       322   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 5.4.3 Propane Fuel System    A. Ci/Harris shall provide a complete fuel system including filled tank(s) and all associated piping, valves,  controls, etc.  COMPLY  B. Tank and fuel system components shall be sized to provide a minimum of 72 hours of run time at full load. 1000  gallon minimum tanks will be provided.  COMPLY  C. Fuel tank(s) shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from the generator and building.  COMPLY  D. Clear access shall be provided for refueling.  COMPLY  E. Tanks  1. Steel and polyurethane construction  2. UL labeled in accordance with UL 644 and stamped in accordance with ASME Section VIII Division 1  3. All tanks are to be secured to an adequately sized concrete foundation  4. Tanks will be protected from vehicular traffic with steal, or concrete bollards approved by Collier County.  COMPLY    F. Fuel System Construction  1. No copper pipe will be allowed for any part of the underground fuel line system.  2. No bare black iron pipe will be used for any part of fuel system.  3. Any underground steel pipe will be epoxy coated and all joints wrapped to prevent corrosion.  4. All underground pipes will be at least 18 inches below the surface.  5. Fuel lines crossing a driveway will be protected from damage by being installed in a larger pipe sleeve  or covered with a concrete barrier of sufficient strength.  6. All above ground pipe will be supported at least every 36 inches.  COMPLY  G. Controls and Monitoring Equipment  1. Gas capacity gauge with low fuel level alarm contact closure  2. Low fuel level monitoring device will be installed. Lightning protection will be provided for any wires  323   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. entering the shelter.  3. Multi‐valve for filling, pressure relief and gauging  COMPLY  5.5 Site Preparation  A. Ci/Harris shall perform all site preparation for site improvements as necessary. Work includes, but is not  limited to the following:  1. Full adherence to all state and local codes  2. Protecting existing plants and grass to remain  3. Removing existing plants and grass as necessary  4. Clearing and grubbing  5. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil  6. Removing above‐ and below‐grade site improvements  7. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing site utilities  8. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures  9. Access road development  COMPLY  B. Ci/Harris or subcontractor shall comply with Department of Environmental Resources and Bureau of Water  and Soil Conservation guidelines for Erosion and Sedimentation (E&S) Control.  COMPLY  C. Ci/Harris shall carefully examine and study existing conditions, difficulties and utilities affecting execution  of work. Later claims for additional compensation due to additional labor, equipment or materials required due  to difficulties encountered or underground water conditions will not be considered.  COMPLY  D. Ci/Harris shall verify that existing plant life to remain and clearing limits are clearly tagged, identified and marked  in such a manner as to insure their safety throughout construction operations.  COMPLY    E. Protection:  1. Ci/Harris shall protect and maintain bench mark, monument, property corner, and other reference points;  reestablishing them by a registered professional surveyor if disturbed or destroyed, at no cost to Collier  324   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. County.  2. Ci/Harris shall locate and identify existing utilities that are to remain and protect them from damage;  re‐establishing them if disturbed or destroyed, at no cost to Collier County.  3. Ci/Harris shall protect trees, plant growth and features to remain as final landscape. Branches or  roots of any trees, which are to remain, shall not be disturbed. Adequate guards, fences, lighting, warning  signs and similar items shall be provided and maintained as required.  4. Ci/Harris shall install protection such as fencing, boxing of tree trunks, or other measures as approved  by the Project Engineer.  5. Ci/Harris shall conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private accesses and  facilities; Maintain ingress and egress at all times; and clean or sweep any roadways daily or as required  by the governing authority. At such times as deemed necessary by Collier County, dust control shall be  provided with water sprinkling systems or equipment provided by Ci/Harris or subcontractor.  COMPLY  F. Clearing  1. Ci/Harris shall clear areas required for access to the site and execution of work.  2. Unless otherwise indicated, Ci/Harris shall remove trees, shrubs, grass, other vegetation, improvements,  or obstructions interfering with the installation of new construction. Removal includes digging out  stumps, roots and root material. Depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations are to be  filled to sub‐grade elevation to avoid water pooling. Satisfactory fill material shall be placed in  horizontal layers not exceeding 8" loose depth, and thoroughly compacted per fill requirements of  this section and CSI Division 2‐Site Construction‐Section 02200.  3. Ci/Harris shall remove grass, trees, plant life, stumps and all other construction debris from the site  to a location that is suitable for handling such material according to state laws and regulations.  COMPLY  G. Demolition:  Ci/Harris shall  remove  existing  pavement,  utilities,  curbing  and shrubbery as necessary for  construction of improvements.  COMPLY    H. Topsoil Excavation  1. Ci/Harris shall strip topsoil from areas that are to be filled, excavated, landscaped or re‐graded to such a  depth that it prevents intermingling with underlying subsoil or questionable material.  2. Ci/Harris shall stockpile topsoil in storage piles in areas not scheduled for construction, job trailer  location, or equipment lay‐down areas, or where directed by the Project Engineer. Storage piles shall  325   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. be constructed to freely drain surface water. Storage piles shall be covered as required to prevent  windblown dust. Unsuitable soil shall be disposed of as specified for waste material, unless otherwise  desired by Collier County. Excess topsoil shall be removed from the site by Ci/Harris or subcontractor.  3. Final topsoil coatings shall consist of organic soil found in depth of not less than 6". Satisfactory topsoil  is reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones and other objects over 2" in diameter, weeds, roots, and  other objectionable material.  COMPLY  I. Access Roads  1. A 12 foot wide access road shall be provided to the fence gate at new sites.  2. Road beds shall be prepared, rolled and provided with six inches of aggregate base course.  3. Roads shall be graded appropriately for proper drainage and minimal erosion.  COMPLY  5.6 Fencing  A. Ci/Harris shall provide chain‐link fencing around the perimeter of all new proposed sites.  COMPLY  B. Framework: Type I or Type II Steel Pipe.    1. Type I ‐‐ Schedule 40 steel pipe with 1.8 ounces of zinc coating per square foot of surface area  conforming to Standard Specification ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) F‐1083; or,  2. Type II ‐ Pipe manufactured from steel conforming to ASTM A569. External surface triple coated per  ASTM F‐1234. Type II pipe shall demonstrate the ability to resist 1,000 hours of exposure to salt spray  with a maximum of 5% red rust in a test conducted in accordance with ASTM B‐117.  3. All coatings are to be applied inside and out after welding.  4. Unless otherwise noted, Type II framework shall be provided.  5. Pipe shall be straight, true to section and conform to the following weights:  Table 3 – Type I and Type II Steel Pipe Specifications  Pipe Size  Outside Diameter  Type I  Weight lb./ft.  Type II  Weight lb./ ft.  1 5/8” 2.27 1.84 2” 2.72 2.28 2 ½” 3.65 3.12 3” 5.79 4.64 326   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 3 ½” 7.58 5.71 4” 9.11 6.56 6.58” 18.97   COMPLY    C. Fabric:  1. Aluminized fabric shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM A‐491 and coated before weaving with a  minimum of 0.4 ounces of aluminum per square foot of surface area. The steel wire and coating shall  conform to ASTM A‐ 817. Fabric shall be 9‐gauge woven in a 2‐inch diamond mesh. The top selvage  shall be twisted and barbed. The bottom selvage shall be knuckled.  2. Zinc‐coated fabric shall be galvanized after weaving with a minimum 1.2 ounces of zinc per square  foot of surface area and conform to ASTM A‐392, Class I. Fabric shall be 9‐gauge wire woven in a 2‐inch  diamond mesh. The top selvage shall  be twisted and barbed. The bottom selvage shall be knuckled.  COMPLY    D. Fence Posts:  Table 4 – Fence Post Specifications  Fence Posts TYPE I ‐ II  Fabric Height    Line Post O.D.    Terminal Post O.D.  Under 6’ 2” 2 ½” 6’‐9’ 2 ½” 3”  9’‐12’ 3” 4”    Gate Posts:  Table 5 – Gate Posts Specifications  Gate Posts Type II  Single Gate Width Double Gate Width Post O.D. Type II  Up to 6’ Up to 12’ 3” 7’to 12’ 13’ to 25’ 4”  E. Rails and Braces: 1 5/8" O.D.  COMPLY  F. Gates: Frame assembly of 2" O.D. pipe Type I or Type II with welded joints. Weld areas shall be repaired with  zinc‐rich coating applied per manufacturer's directions. The fence fabric shall match the fence posts, gate posts  327   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. and gates. Gate accessories, hinges, latches, center stops, keepers and necessary hardware shall be of a quality  required for industrial and commercial application. Latches shall permit padlocking. Ci/Harris shall provide 1  padlock for each gate with three keys for each padlock. All padlocks shall be keyed alike.  COMPLY  G. Installation:  1. General ‐‐ Fence installation shall conform to ASTM F‐567, Standard Practice for Installation of Chain‐Link  Fence.  2. Height ‐‐ Fence height shall be as indicated on contract drawings. If no height is indicated, the fence shall  be 7 ft. high, plus 1‐ft. for barbed wire.  3. Post Spacing ‐‐ Line posts shall be uniformly spaced between angle points at intervals not exceeding 10  feet.  4. Bracing ‐‐ Gate and terminal posts shall be braced back to adjacent line posts with horizontal brace rails and  diagonal truss rods  5. Top Rail  ‐‐ The top rail shall be installed through the line post loop caps connecting sections with  sleeves to form a continuous rail between terminal posts.  6. Fencing shall have a bottom rail instead of a tension wire.    7. Fabric ‐‐ The fabric shall be pulled taut with the bottom selvage 2‐inches above grade. The fabric shall  be fastened to the terminal posts with tension bars threaded through mesh and secured with tension  bands at maximum 15‐inch intervals. The fabric shall be tied to the line posts and top rails with tie wires  spaced at a maximum of 12‐inches on posts and 24‐inches on rails. The fabric shall be attached to the  bottom rail with top rings at maximum 24‐ inch intervals.  8. Barbed Wire ‐‐ Barbed wire shall be anchored to the terminal extension arms, pulled taut and firmly  installed in the slots of the line post extension arms.  9. Valleys ‐‐ Should the fence cross a ditch or drainage swell, 3/8” diameter aluminum alloy rods shall  be driven vertically 18” into the ground on 4‐inch centers, woven through the fence fabric to provide  security for these areas.  10. Vegetation‐stop and aggregate shall be applied to the entire compound area (the area inside the fencing)  and 6” beyond the fencing. Vegetation‐stop shall be constructed with weed barrier geotextile and  aggregate shall be applied 3” in depth and consist of AASHTO#10 coarse aggregate.  COMPLY      328   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 6. Training  Ci/Harris shall develop and conduct training programs to allow County personnel to become knowledgeable with  the system, subsystems, and individual equipment.  6.1 General Requirements  A. Ci/Harris shall fully describe all proposed training programs detailing how the Ci/Harris intends to provide  training. The training description shall include the following:  1. A list of all subjects with a description of each  2. Class material to be provided by Ci/Harris  3. Number of classes  4. Class duration  5. Need for recurring training  6. Class size  7. Class cost  COMPLY  B. All training shall be conducted at various locations to be determined. Ci/Harris shall coordinate with Collier County  regarding number of attendees and schedule.  COMPLY    C. Classes shall be scheduled as near to system cutover as possible.  COMPLY  D. Ci/Harris shall train Collier County employees or designated individuals. In some cases, a Train‐the‐Trainer  approach will be used to train other users.  COMPLY  E. Ci/Harris shall provide all instructional material, including printed manuals, audio, video, interactive self‐paced  personal computer programs, and complete equipment operating instructions for all technical and operational  training classes. Actual and or exact model and series of equipment being delivered shall be made available for  hands‐on use and operation during training. All instructional material shall be subject to the approval of Collier  County and shall become property of Collier County.  COMPLY    329   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. F. Operator training classes provided by Ci/Harris shall be tailored to include actual system talkgroups and  subscriber/console features which will be used. Standard training which covers general usage not applicable to  the provided system shall be removed from the training syllabus.  COMPLY    6.2 Operator Training  A. Ci/Harris shall provide complete and comprehensive operational training covering features, operation, and  special care associated with the equipment supplied. Operator training shall include the following categories:  1. Portable Unit Operation (structured as Train‐the‐Trainer)  2. Mobile Unit Operation (structured as Train‐the‐Trainer)  3. Dispatch Console Operation  4. Dispatch Console Supervisor  COMPLY  6.3 Technical/System Management Training  A. Ci/Harris shall provide complete and comprehensive technical training in the theory, maintenance, and  repair of each type of equipment and system provided for the project. This training shall include, as a  minimum, system theory, troubleshooting, repair, and servicing techniques as applicable to the selected  system. Technical training shall include the following categories:    1. Infrastructure maintenance and troubleshooting  2. Subscriber unit maintenance and troubleshooting  3. Microwave network maintenance, and troubleshooting  4.   COMPLY  B. Ci/Harris shall provide complete and comprehensive technical training for City/County technical staff charged  with managing the system. This training shall include, but is not limited to:  1. Planning and setting up the system and network  2. Building and implementing system and network profiles and configurations  3. Performing database management functions  330   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 4. Monitoring and managing the system’s performance  5. Writing and printing system reports.  6. System management training shall include the following categories:  a. Network Management System (NMS) operation and control  b. Fleetmapping and radio programming  COMPLY    7. System Implementation, Test, and Acceptance    7.1 General  A. Ci/Harris shall attend project and construction meetings as deemed necessary by Collier County prior to and  during installation. Additional meetings may be scheduled at the discretion of Collier County.  COMPLY  B. If any changes in the overall timeline occur, Ci/Harris shall update the project schedule for discussion during  these project meetings.  COMPLY  C. Ci/Harris shall provide written minutes of all meetings no later than five business days after the meeting.  COMPLY    7.2 Cutover Plan  A. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for planning and coordinating the implementation of all equipment, subsystems,  and the overall system.  COMPLY  B. Execution of the cutover plan shall ensure that new systems are brought online with minimum interruption  to all existing systems and communications.  COMPLY  C. During detailed design review, Ci/Harris shall deliver a preliminary cutover plan describing how the radio  system will be phased over into a fully operational system.  331   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 1. Ci/Harris shall successfully complete all tests and training prior to the actual cutover of systems.  2. Ci/Harris shall provide the necessary labor to cutover from existing systems to the proposed system.  3. The plan shall include the schedule and procedures associated with the transition of each operational  user group. The plan shall specifically address how the existing users will begin using the new system  with minimal operational impact.  4. The plan shall provide detailed component or subsystem cutover plans, and specifically delineate  between systems that affect and do not affect ongoing operations.  5. Collier County reserves the right to approve and change the cutover plan as it relates to any or all system  components.  COMPLY    7.3 Fleetmapping  A. Ci/Harris shall develop the actual fleetmap with input and direction from Collier County. The fleetmap shall  contain at a minimum:  1. Talkgroup ID  2. Agency  3. Emergency actions  4. Encryption capability  5. Roaming capability  6. Priority  COMPLY  B. Ci/Harris shall also develop subscriber programming templates for all equipment, and program the units. These  templates shall have the basic features and functions defined for a particular subscriber and user type.  Templates shall be developed on a per agency basis.  COMPLY    C. Collier County will be given the opportunity to test, up to 50, subscriber devices prior to cutover to ensure  fleetmapping fits the needs of the users. If the fleetmapping requires modifications Ci/Harris shall modify the  fleetmap and allow for more testing by Collier County. There shall be no limit on the number of changes  required of the fleetmapping to ensure the needs of the users are met.  COMPLY  D. Once the fleetmap and templates are approved and completed Ci/Harris shall use these for installation of  subscribers and for further configuration of the system. The contractor shall submit these with the final as‐built  documentation.  332   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY  7.4 Staging  A. Each individual assembly or equipment unit shall undergo factory testing prior to shipment.  COMPLY    B. Standard factory test documentation, documenting the tests performed and indicating successful completion  of testing shall be submitted to Collier County.  COMPLY    C. System Staging:  1. The complete system shall be staged and tested at the factory, in the United States, to the greatest extent  practical. The intent of the staging tests is to demonstrate to Collier County that the system is ready  for shipment and installation.  2. Ci/Harris shall provide all necessary technical personnel, and test equipment to conduct staging tests. All  deviations, anomalies, and test failures shall be resolved at Ci/Harris’s expense.  3. Ci/Harris shall use an approved Staging Acceptance Test Plan (SATP). It is expected that the SATP has  been performed and all tests have been successful before Collier County witnesses the official SATP. The  SATP shall be signed and dated by Ci/Harris and City/County representatives following completion of all  tests. All tests in the SATP shall be marked as either pass, fail, or pass qualify.  4. Failed tests shall be documented, corrected, and retested. All defective components shall be  replaced and retested. Defective components that cannot be corrected shall be replaced at the expense  of Ci/Harris.  5. Retest of individual failed SATP tests or the entire plan shall be at Collier County’s discretion.  6. The fully executed and completed SATP document shall be provided to Collier County.  COMPLY  7.5 System Installation  A. Installation shall include a complete, tested, system to include placement of associated cabling,  appropriate system layout and terminal connections. Ci/Harris shall provide associated power supplies and any  other hardware, adapters and/or connections to deliver a complete operable system to Collier County at the  time of acceptance.  COMPLY  333   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. B. All installations shall be performed by factory authorized or affiliated service shops. Other shops or installers may  be used upon mutual agreement between Collier County and Ci/Harris. Qualified, adequately trained  personnel familiar with this type of work shall perform all installations. Vendors shall provide the names of the  service shops, a summary of their experience and a list of five references (minimum) for each proposed shop.  COMPLY    C. Prior to the start of the system installation Ci/Harris shall participate in a mandatory project site survey with Collier  County or City/County’s representative to confirm actual equipment location within each space. At that time  the exact equipment locations will be determined and documented by Ci/Harris.  COMPLY    D. The INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with others, as appropriate, to confirm that any prep work  that affects the installation of the base station equipment, such as tower work, coring, bracing, conduit,  electrical, etc., is complete before base station equipment installation begins.  COMPLY    E. Ci/Harris shall provide and pay for all materials necessary for the execution and completion of all work. Unless  otherwise specified, all materials incorporated into the permanent work shall be new and shall meet the  requirements of this SoR. All materials furnished and work completed shall be subject to inspection by Collier  County or Collier County’s engineer.  COMPLY  F. Equipment supplied as spare equipment may not be used for installation of the proposed system. All spare  equipment must be supplied in an unused condition.  COMPLY    G. All equipment and devices shall be cleaned internally and externally, and all damaged finishes shall be  repaired.  COMPLY  A. Worksites shall be left neat and broom swept upon completion of work each day. All shelter floors will be  thoroughly cleaned and all scuff marks and abrasions will be removed prior to acceptance. All trash shall be  removed weekly.  COMPLY  B. Inspection:  1. Collier County shall conduct an inspection of the installations upon substantial completion. Any  334   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. deficiencies shall be documented on a single punch list and provided to the Contractor for resolution.  2. Final acceptance testing shall not commence until all punch list items are resolved.  COMPLY  7.6 Final Acceptance Testing  A. Prior to Final acceptance testing, Ci/Harris shall verify and document that all equipment, hardware, and  software are upgraded to the latest factory revision and all commercial off the shelf equipment patches have  been installed. Multiple revision levels among similar equipment are not acceptable. Collier County shall be  given two weeks written notice that the system is ready for final acceptance testing.  COMPLY  B. Final Acceptance Test Plan (FATP):  1. Ci/Harris shall use the completed and approved Final Acceptance Test Plan (FATP). It is expected that the  FATP has been performed and all tests have been successful before Collier County witnesses the official  FATP. The FATP shall be signed and dated by Ci/Harris and City/County representatives following  completion of all tests. All tests in the FATP shall be marked as either pass, fail, or pass qualify.  2. Ci/Harris shall provide all necessary technical personnel, and test equipment to conduct FATP tests. All  deviations, anomalies, and test failures shall be resolved at Ci/Harris’s expense.  3. Failed tests shall be documented, corrected, and retested. All defective components shall be  replaced and retested. Defective components that cannot be corrected shall be replaced at the expense  of Ci/Harris.  4. Retest of individual failed FATP tests or the entire plan shall be at Collier County’s discretion.  5. The fully executed and completed FATP document shall be provided to Collier County.  COMPLY  7.7 Coverage Testing  A. Ci/Harris shall submit a preliminary Coverage Acceptance Test Plan (CATP) with the Proposal. The final CATP  shall be submitted during the Final Design stage of the project.  COMPLY  B. CATP:  1. The CATP shall be consistent with the procedures and guidelines outlined in TSB‐88 latest revision.  2. Coverage testing shall commence only after the radio system is fully tested and aligned. Significant  changes to the system will require retesting of coverage at Collier County’s discretion.  335   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 3. Ci/Harris shall perform two types of coverage testing:  a. Automated objective mobile drive testing  b. Non‐automated subjective DAQ testing (intelligibility testing)  Automated and intelligibility testing shall be complementary and serve to fully verify that coverage  requirements are met both technically and operationally.  4. Test Configurations:  a. Testing configurations for automated and intelligibility testing shall represent typical  operating configurations to  the  greatest  extent possible, using portable and mobile radio  equipment to be used with the system.  b. Automated Objective Mobile Drive Testing:  Ci/Harris shall test both the signal level and BER at a statistically significant number of test locations  throughout the County utilizing automated test equipment such as an STI 9400 or equivalent.  1) For testing purposes, the County shall be divided into 1/4‐ square mile bins (½‐mile  x ½‐mile). Ci/Harris or Contractor may subdivide grids if necessary.  2) Inaccessible grids shall not count as either a pass or fail in the statistical analysis.  c. Non‐automated subjective DAQ testing:  Non‐automated subjective DAQ coverage testing shall be conducted using portable radios supplied with  the system.  d. Talk‐out and talk‐in performance shall be documented.  5. Ci/Harris shall provide a standardized test form for testing.  COMPLY  C. Critical locations, as provided in Appendix E shall be tested utilizing non‐ automated subjective DAQ testing.  Ci/Harris shall describe how in‐building coverage testing shall be conducted.  COMPLY  D. Ci/Harris shall coordinate with Collier County to establish pass/fail criteria as well as correlation between the  subjective and objective test results.  COMPLY  E. Both objective and automated testing will serve as pass/fail criteria to verify system geographical coverage is  95%, at 95% reliability within the boundaries of the County. If either test fails, the coverage guarantee shall  be deemed unsatisfactory. Ci/Harris shall be responsible for making necessary adjustments to system design,  securing any additional equipment needed and installation of equipment and software necessary to satisfy  the coverage guarantee.  COMPLY  336   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.   F. If either objective, or automated test procedures fail, both tests will be repeated once coverage issues have  been cured.  COMPLY    7.8 Cutover  A. Ci/Harris shall provide all necessary personnel required to support the Cutover Plan. These personnel will  be present just prior to, during and immediately following cutover to ensure a smooth transition.  COMPLY  B. Cutover will not occur until all punch list items have been resolved and all installation and testing procedures  have been executed and passed. Collier County will reserve the right to begin the cutover process in the  event there are existing open punch list items.  COMPLY  7.9 30‐Day Burn in test  Upon successful completion of system acceptance testing and completion of cutover, the system will be operated in the  fully loaded configuration using normal operating parameters. Should a critical failure occur during this period the  system will be repaired by Ci/Harris and the 30 day test will restarted for an additional 30 days. The system warranty  start date will also be reset. Critical failures will be defined jointly by Ci/Harris and Collier County.  COMPLY     7.10 As‐Built Documentation  At the completion of the installation phase, Ci/Harris shall provide complete as‐built documentation as outlined  below:  A. Equipment provided  B. Plan and elevation drawings of all equipment including antennas on towers  C. Cabling and terminations  D. Block and level diagrams  E. Site layout drawings  F. Tower mapping documentation  G. Tower structural analysis documentation  H. Detailed design documentation  I. Fleetmapping and programming  337   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. J. Setup and alignment information  K. Successfully completed, signed, and dated  acceptance  testing  documents including staging, coverage and  final acceptance testing.  L. Warranty documentation  COMPLY  7.11 System Acceptance  Collier County shall deem the system ready for System Acceptance following successful completion and approval of the  following:  A. System testing  B. RF Coverage testing  C. Cutover  Following system acceptance, the warranty/maintenance period will start, as well as the 30‐day burn‐in.  COMPLY  7.12 Final System Acceptance  Collier  County  shall  deem  the  system  ready  for  final  system  acceptance  following successful completion and  approval of the following:  A. Final Design submittals  B. Staging Acceptance Test Plan (SATP)  C. System installation  D. Final inspection and punch list resolution  E. As‐built documentation  F. Final Acceptance Test Plan (FATP), including Coverage Acceptance Test Plan (CATP)  G. Thirty day operational test completion  H. Training  COMPLY  8. Warranty, Maintenance, and Support  8.1 Warranty  A. The proposed communications system shall have a warranty and maintenance period of three years. The  warranty/maintenance period shall commence upon System Acceptance.  COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION. Ci has provided a two year warranty with an option for year three.   B. Ci/Harris shall provide a single toll‐free telephone number that answers 24 hours a day, seven days a week,  365 day a year, for service requests and warranty claims.  338   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. COMPLY  C. Ci/Harris shall state in the Proposal the name, address, and capabilities of the service station(s) providing  warranty service.  COMPLY  D. The following procedures shall be followed during the warranty period:  1. Warranty Maintenance shall be performed 24 hours a day with no additional charges.  2. The service facility shall provide prompt repair service, with service personnel arriving onsite within two  hours after a service request by Collier County and returning the system to service within four hours  after a service request by Collier County.  3. Collier County shall be provided with written documentation indicating the cause of the service outage,  the resolution, and all post repair testing procedures to ensure proper operation. In the event  City/County owned spares are used to complete a repair, the model and serial number of both the  defective unit and the spare shall be noted in the documentation.  4. For all equipment needing factory or depot repairs, a comprehensive tracking system shall be put in  place by Ci/Harris to track units to and from the factory/depot.  COMPLY  E. The following services will be provided during the warranty period:    1. Network Monitoring, Ci/Harris shall remotely monitor all components provided as part of this  procurement. Monitoring shall be performed 24 hours a day 7 days a week from a remote location  specifically staffed with personnel performing monitoring duties for other systems throughout the United  States. Any and all connectivity required for network monitoring shall be provided and paid for by Ci/Harris.   Any and all network monitored events shall be logged by Ci/Harris and a report shall be provided to  Collier County on an agreed upon schedule.  2. Dispatch Services, Ci/Harris shall notify the appropriate personnel in the event of a system event  detected thru the network monitoring service. Any events requiring notification of maintenance  personnel shall be logged and provided to Collier County on a monthly basis, or as requested.  3. On‐Site Repair, Ci/Harris shall supply the appropriate personnel to provide on‐site repair of any failed  system components or ancillary equipment. All components provided thru this procurement shall be  repaired by Ci/Harris or their subcontractors. System components shall be returned to a fully functional  state via direct on‐site repair, replacement of faulty module, or replacement of entire component.  4. Depot Repair, Ci/Harris shall provide for depot repair of any faulty components which have found  to be defective, or that are not within factory specifications.  5. Software Upgrade, Ci/Harris shall install any and all software updates that have been released and  339   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. are applicable to the provided system and its components. All labor and software shall be provided  by Ci/Harris. Prior to expiration of the warranty period all system software shall be upgraded to the latest  software revision shipping on the end of warranty date. City/county owned spare parts shall be included  in software upgrade process.  6. Hardware Upgrade, Ci/Harris shall replace any hardware that is not compatible with the latest revision  software. In addition, all system components shall be replaced with the then current versions shipping  on the warranty expiration date. This is to ensure system components are not at end of life upon  expiration of the warranty period. City/county owned spare parts that become obsolete will also be  replaced with upgraded model.  7. System Manager, Ci/Harris shall provide system management functions by an individual that has been  factory trained and is competent to monitor and change network settings as required by Collier County.  These services shall be available during the system warranty period on an as needed basis and will not  be limited to alias database changes, usage and alarm reports. If any changes to the system cannot be  performed by the provided system manager Ci/Harris shall provide the appropriate personnel to meet  the request of Collier County.    8. Spare parts, Ci/Harris shall maintain a sufficient amount of spare parts to maintain 24/7 operation of  the provided system and subsystems. As an OPTION Collier County may purchase spare parts.  COMPLY WITH CLARIFICATION – Ci/Harris will warranty all software and hardware per the warranty terms  and conditions.  System hardware component replacements occur as part of the SUMS and Hardware FX  agreements. Remote monitoring is an optional and not included in the 1 year warranty.     8.2 Maintenance  Ci/Harris shall maintain and repair all systems, equipment, hardware and software throughout the  implementation, migration and warranty periods. Collier County reserves the right to have technical staff onsite to  witness, and if desired, assist in the maintenance and troubleshooting procedures. This does not relieve Ci/Harris  from warranty and maintenance responsibility as defined in this SoR.  COMPLY  8.2.1 General Requirements    A. Comprehensive maintenance services shall be proposed for each system, including both preventive and  corrective maintenance.  COMPLY  B. Ci/Harris shall provide a list of maintenance plans available. Plans should be based on the quantities of equipment  340   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. included in the proposed system. Plans should have options for one, two, or three years. These plans shall  include:  1. Subscriber unit repair  2. Fixed equipment onsite service  a. 2‐hour response time  b. 4‐hour response time  c. 8‐hour response time  d. Next day response time  e. Full time onsite technician  3. Fixed equipment mail‐in board repair;  a. Normal response ‐ 7 day  b. Emergency response ‐ Next day  4. All fixed equipment maintenance plans shall provide 24‐hour system support where users can dial one toll  free number to report problems and/or receive technical support.  5. For fixed onsite maintenance, Ci/Harris’s staff will then dispatch the proper technician in the prescribed  response time to resolve a problem, if Ci/Harris is unable to resolve the problem through telephone  consultation.  COMPLY    8.2.2 Maintenance Standards    A. Replacement parts used in repairs shall be equal in quality and ratings to the original parts.  COMPLY  B. Equipment shall be maintained in a clean condition. Oil, dust and other foreign substances shall be removed  on a routine basis.  COMPLY  C. Equipment and system performance shall be maintained at the level initially described in these equipment  and systems specifications. The service organization shall maintain records to confirm this has been done  at intervals defined by Collier County.  COMPLY  D. Ci/Harris shall provide only factory trained and authorized maintenance personnel.  COMPLY  341   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. E. If fixed equipment or a fixed equipment module fails more than twice during the acceptance test or twice  during the first year after system acceptance, Ci/Harris shall meet with Collier County to discuss and explain such  failures. If, in the opinion of Collier County, these failures indicate that the equipment is potentially prone to  continuing failures, Ci/Harris shall replace it at no cost to Collier County.  COMPLY  8.3 Parts Availability  A. From the date of final acceptance to the seventh anniversary of the date of final acceptance, Ci/Harris shall  maintain replacement parts for all delivered equipment.  COMPLY ‐ The Collier system will be fully supported well beyond the products’ end of life. When a model  has reached “End of Life,” (EOL), it is ours and Harris’ policy to have a replacement model commercially  available that is functionally equivalent to the original model.  Ci provides hardware and software maintenance support even after a model has reached EOL status.  Depending on whether the EOL involves an infrastructure product or user radio equipment, this period of  continuing support is typically seven or ten years in length, and on field utilization and customer needs.  As a product or support reaches EOL, Ci will work directly with Collier County twelve months in advance to  develop product and service transition planning for when the product support will no longer be available,  Ci is committed to a long‐term partnership to support Collier County with the best products and services in  the industry.  B. In the event Ci/Harris plans to discontinue stocking any part required for maintenance after the seventh  anniversary of acceptance, Ci/Harris shall send written notice to City/County 24 months prior to the date of  discontinuance to allow for last‐time buys and replenishment.  COMPLY ‐ The Collier system will be fully supported well beyond the products’ end of life. When a model  has reached “End of Life,” (EOL), it is ours and Harris’ policy to have a replacement model commercially  available that is functionally equivalent to the original model.  Ci provides hardware and software maintenance support even after a model has reached EOL status.  Depending on whether the EOL involves an infrastructure product or user radio equipment, this period of  continuing support is typically seven or ten years in length, and on field utilization and customer needs.  As a product or support reaches EOL, Ci will work directly with Collier County twelve months in advance to  develop product and service transition planning for when the product support will no longer be available,  Ci is committed to a long‐term partnership to support Collier County with the best products and services in  the industry.  C. All parts, ordered on a priority basis, shall be delivered within 24 hours after placing an order. Ci/Harris shall  provide year around, 24 hour ordering facilities via telephone, internet, e‐mail, and fax service.  COMPLY  8.4 Spare Equipment  A. Ci/Harris shall propose to Collier County as an OPTION, recommended spare parts for the system,  342   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. subsystems, and individual equipment.  COMPLY  B. The list of spare parts shall include, but is not limited to:  1. Any vendor identified Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)  2. Any infrastructure component, which does not have FRUs that can cause a critical failure if it were to fail.  Examples could include Base Station Antennas and other non‐modular components.  3. Power supplies  4. Test measurement, calibration and repair kits  5. Diagnostic equipment to support City/County maintenance activities  6. Spares for less critical items shall also be enumerated  COMPLY  C. The list shall include items that will rapidly and completely restore all critical system functionality with the least  amount of effort, e.g., board replacement instead of troubleshooting to the component level when a critical  unit has failed.  COMPLY  D. The quantities of spares in the list shall be appropriately sized to accommodate equipment quantities in the  system.  COMPLY  E. The list shall define the primary equipment category each spare kit supports, e.g., transceiver board for a  repeater, interface board for a console, etc.  COMPLY  F. The system design documentation shall include a narrative on the Ci/Harris’ ability to replace failed units from  stock and the process and timing to repair, replace, and return failed units delivered for repair.  COMPLY  G. System design documentation shall also include the life cycle of equipment, parts, and other maintenance  support for the system.  COMPLY      8.5 Post Warranty Maintenance  343   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. A. As an OPTION, Ci/Harris shall propose maintenance services for subsequent years, renewable on an annual  basis. A minimum of pricing for years 4 thru 15 shall be provided.  COMPLY  B. Ci/Harris shall fully describe the terms and conditions of the extended warranty in the Proposal.  COMPLY  C. Ci/Harris shall indicate who the local authorized repair facility will be for post warranty repairs upon  completion of the Detailed Design Review process.  COMPLY    D. Pricing shall include at a minimum all services provided during the warranty period. Scope of Work (SOW)  documents shall be provided for all proposed services. In the event Ci/Harris incorporates several services  into a larger offering those services shall be broken in each service and SOW documents provided.  COMPLY    344   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   SYSTEM  WARRANTY, MAINTENANCE  AND TESTING      345   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. SECTION 10: SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM AND SUBSCRIBER WARRANTY   Ci has a Service Assurance Program designed to meet the support service needs of its customers. The Service Assurance  Program allows customers to implement a support service plan that meets their unique requirements. It is ideally suited  to meet the requirements of Collier County during the pre‐acceptance, warranty and post‐warranty periods. Ci offers a  full range of services from basic “break – fix” to full network and system remedial and preventive maintenance, to network  / system operation and administrative / management services. This allows Collier County to contract for only the services  it needs to augment their existing resources. Services can be provided for both infrastructure and user equipment, as we  are the one finger to point to in the case of any failure throughout the system.  Ci understands and supports Collier County’s desire to have employees fully trained and capable of maintaining, operating  and managing a radio system. Accordingly, in addition to the comprehensive formal training program proposed by Ci in  this RFP, Ci encourages Collier County personnel and others responsible for system maintenance to participate—to the  extent deemed appropriate by Collier County—in the installation, acceptance testing and maintenance activities  throughout the project’s lifecycle. This type of collaboration will provide Collier County personnel the ability to gain hands‐ on experience with, and knowledge of, the new communication system’s equipment and operation. An added benefit to  this experience is that it will increase the effectiveness of the formal training proposed by Ci. This “one team, one mission”  approach has been successfully implemented by Ci on many projects. Ci will work closely with Collier County to ensure  their technicians and others assigned to the project are properly trained.  10.1. System warranty  During the one year manufacturer’s warranty period, Ci and its partner suppliers will meet or exceed the service levels  requested by Collier County.  10.2. Equipment Warranty  Ci will provide a one (1) year warranty on fixed infrastructure equipment and a two (2) year warranty on user equipment  subscriber products. The warranties will start upon System Acceptance of the system by the County and will continue for  12 consecutive months respectively. During the warranty period Ci will provide labor, parts, shipping and transportation  normally required and/or consumed in maintaining the system in order to meet original factory specifications.  The fixed  infrastructure warranty is normally business hours.  Ci will extend this to cover 24/7 maintenance.       346   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 10.3. Maintenance prior to system acceptance  Ci will be responsible for system and user equipment maintenance prior to system acceptance and the start of the  warranty period. This includes parts and labor to repair or replace items found to be defective during this pre‐system  acceptance period. Ci understands the importance of maintaining system readiness and operational integrity during the  installation period, as numerous pre‐acceptance activities will be in various phases of completion. Initial system activation  will be in test modes so functional testing, preliminary coverage testing, and other installation related activities can be in  completed. During this period it is critical that equipment failures and performance degradation be corrected promptly so  implementation schedules can be maintained. Ci will have fully trained technicians on location in our dedicated Project  Office to support these installation and maintenance activities. They have the necessary tools, calibrated test equipment  and service vehicles necessary to provide quick response to service requests.  In addition to Ci’s on‐site field technicians, the staff and resources of Ci’s  engineering staff will be available, as required,  to assure that any equipment failures or performance problems are addressed and corrected promptly and to provide  additional technical resources if necessary. These resources will be available to the County team through all phases of the  Project: pre‐acceptance, warranty and post‐warranty maintenance periods.  10.4. Technical support  In addition to the Ci on‐site support service team, Collier County will have access to Ci’s Technical Assistance Center (TAC).  Ci will provide Collier County a toll‐free number to call for all service requests and to report system and user equipment  problems. The calls will be logged and tracked through completion of the service request and /or resolution of the reported  problem. This number will be available 24x7x365.  Ci’s TAC is staffed with experienced engineers and senior technicians that will provide phone support to Collier County.  TAC is available during normal business hours for routine requests and 24x7x365 for emergency support. TAC has the  capability to conduct enhanced remote diagnostics and troubleshooting. If granted by Collier County, dial‐up access to the  Collier County’s system will enable TAC personnel to begin remedial action as soon as the service request is received,  logged in and assigned to a TAC engineer or senior service technician. If the problem is one that can be resolved on–line,  this capability greatly reduces restoration times.  10.4.1. Service Escalation Process  We are confident Collier County will be completely satisfied with the day‐to‐day operation of the radio system. However,  should the County experience an issue and report a system or equipment problem to the Ci toll free number or TAC; it will  trigger the clock for response service time requirements. Each fault will be assigned a case number and have an automatic,  time‐driven escalation to management. In addition, monthly repair activity reports detailing all activities performed on  the system will be provided to the County.   Ci personnel will respond within 1 hour of notification of a system failure and be on site within 2 hours during normal  working hours and 3 hours outside of normal working hours. If permission is granted for on‐line system access by the  County, Ci will begin diagnostic activity in real time, and if deemed necessary dispatch its service technicians to be on‐site  within four (4) hours of the reported problem. Ci recognizes the importance of rapid response to service requests on a  347   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. communication system. Ci will work with the County to develop a customized call escalation plan that will meet the  requirements of the County. The following is an example of successful escalation procedures that have been employed  for critical failures on other communication systems as part of Ci’s Quality Assurance programs.  Step 1:  County personnel / users of the system initiate a service request by calling the toll free  800 number. The caller’s name, nature of the request or failure, its severity and location  of the equipment, etc., is logged and a trouble ticket is initiated and logged.   Step 2: Ci personnel will begin the evaluation of the problem and contact the appropriate Ci  technician assigned to the geographic area by phone and/or pager. If after 15 minutes the  on‐call technician has not responded, the second on‐call technician will be paged / called.  If after 15 minutes the second on‐call technician has not responded, the Ci Regional  Service Manager will be contacted.   Step 3: After receipt of the service request and within the time frame associated with the specific  system element, a technician will be on‐site to initiate repair activities.  Step 4: If, after two (2) hours (for fixed equipment and fixed equipment software), the technician  has not confirmed arrival on‐site, Ci’s Regional Service Manager will be contacted to  report the missed on‐site response time and to engage additional resources to resolve  the service issue.  Step 5: If, within 24 hours of a service request the problem has not been resolved, Ci’s corporate  Director of Field Operations will be contacted by the Regional Service Manager and report  progress.  Step 6: If resolution of the problem is not accomplished within an additional 24 hour period, Ci’s  President will be contacted to lead and assist in obtaining a satisfactory resolution.  10.4.1.1. Equipment Repair/Replacement  Ci shall make available replacement parts for all delivered equipment for 7 years from the date of final acceptance.  For repair/replacement of vendor equipment, the client will contact customer service to initiate the Return Materials  Authorization (RMA) process. The customer will be given an RMA number from the equipment supplier along with  instructions for packaging and returning the unit. The customer will enclose a copy of the RMA form in each crate of  equipment returned for repair.  DO NOT INCLUDE ACCESSORIES WITH ITEMS FOR REPAIR. This includes microphones, lanyards, antennas, batteries,  mounting brackets, cabling, fans on PAs, filter assemblies, chargers, speaker microphones, etc. The vendor will not be  responsible for lost accessories.  All RMA requests will be processed on a “Best Effort” basis. The exact turnaround time on repair/replacement will depend  on the nature of the equipment and specialized parts. Customers can use the RMA number to contact the vendor for  status updates throughout the RMA process.  348   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 10.5. Parts Availability  Ci can ensure the Collier system will be fully supported well beyond the products’ end of life. When a model has reached  “End of Life,” (EOL), it is ours and Harris’ policy to have a replacement model commercially available that is functionally  equivalent to the original model.  Ci provides hardware and software maintenance support even after a model has reached EOL status. Depending on  whether the EOL involves an infrastructure product or user radio equipment, this period of continuing support is typically  seven or ten years in length, and on field utilization and customer needs.  As a product or support reaches EOL, Ci will work directly with Collier County twelve months in advance to develop product  and service transition planning for when the product support will no longer be available, Ci is committed to a long‐term  partnership to support Collier County with the best products and services in the industry.  10.6. Spare Equipment  A recommended list of spares equipment is included as an option with the system.  See below for a list of equipment.  Should the County choose to purchase spare equipment, Ci will house the appropriate and sufficient spare parts to support  its maintenance and response time. Ci will draw upon this spares inventory as necessary during the warranty/maintenance  period, replacing those used on an as‐used and timely basis. The spares complement shall include sufficient non‐fixed  units to enable maintenance on a unit replacement basis.  Spare parts shall be available for shipment on an expedited  basis 24 hours a day, 365 days a year including weekends and holidays. The manufacturer shall provide a 24‐hour hotline  telephone number for the handling of such orders.  Vendor Item Part Number Description Qty  Harris 10 UD‐ZN4Z CONSOLE,SYMPHONY PLATFORM 1  Harris 20 UD‐CU6X MONITOR, 24" CLASS,TOUCHSCREEN,HD 1  Harris 30 UD‐AB1D SINGLE FOOTSWITCH, USB, SYMPHONY 1  Harris 40 UD‐AB1A SPEAKER, NANO, SYMPHONY 1  Harris 50 UD‐AB1M DESK MIC, DB9 1  Harris 60 UD‐AB1B JACK BOX, 6 WIRE 1  Harris 70 EA‐555012‐ 001 Ethernet Switch Module,MASTR V 5  Harris 80 EA‐555011‐ 001 Power Supply Module,110‐240VAC,MASTR V 5  Harris 90 EA‐555014‐ 012 Assembly,HPA MDl,Lin,851‐870,100W,MASTRV 5  Harris 100 EA‐555005‐ 001 Baseband Processor Module,MASTR V 5  Harris 110 EA‐555004‐ 001 Traffic Control Module,MASTR V 5  Harris 120 EA‐555008‐ 012 Transmit Module,851‐870MHz,MASTR V 5  349   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Vendor Item Part Number Description Qty  Harris 130 EA‐555007‐ 011 Receiver Module,799‐817MHz,MASTR V 5  Harris 140 EA‐555015‐ 001 Assembly,Fan Tray,MASTR V 5  Harris 150 VS‐CR32 ROUTER,1921,AC,NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 2  Harris 160 VS‐CR34 ROUTER,2921,AC,L3 SWITCH MDL,NO ENCRYPT 2  Harris 170 MANG‐ NAA3E Module,DVU,UAC,Interoperability Gateway 2  Harris 180 MAMS‐ NAA3D Module,GVIU,IP Gateway,P25 2  Harris 190 OC‐016344‐ 001 Net Clock,Simulcast,MASTR V 2  Harris 220 CP‐MD7A Network Sentry,IP Simulcast 2  Eltek  241122.105 Rectifier  2000W 48 VDC 4  Eltek  241115.105 Rectifier  2000W 48 VDC 4  Eltek  502651 Breaker 3 Amp 5/16 Bullet 4  Eltek  502652 Breaker 5 Amp 5/16 Bullet 4  Eltek  502653 Breaker 10 Amp 5/16 Bullet 4  Eltek  502666 Breaker 100 Amp Battery Breaker 4  MNI    RFU RR1 Transceiver Module, Proteus MX 4  MNI     Channel Unit, Standard Power Supply,  MicroBus Option installed  4  MNI    32 Channel DS1/E1 Traffic Line Interface 4      SPU Chassis, Basic 4    350   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. SECTION 11: SYSTEM TESTING  11.1. Integration and Testing  Once the system installation process is complete, Ci will start the testing and integration portion of the project. This will  start with system and site optimization and integration and end with system functional and coverage testing. This robust  testing strategy ensures the system will be able to handle the County’s operational demands from day one.   11.1.1. System Field Optimization  Once the backbone installation is complete, the Ci System Engineer will work with the on‐site technicians to optimize the  radio system. First, all levels and parameters will be set and verified at the sites and Control Site. Internet Protocol (IP)  addresses and Cross‐connect information will be verified against the plan. Finally, all levels and parameters will be  documented as part of the site as‐built drawing package.   11.1.2. Acceptance Testing  Ci will perform comprehensive acceptance testing after system installation, configuration, and optimization are complete.  Testing will be executed according to an Acceptance Test Plan (ATP). The Plan is comprised of a Functional Acceptance  Test Procedure (FATP) and a Coverage Acceptance Test Procedure (CATP).   11.1.2.1. Functional Acceptance Testing  The FATP is intended to confirm the operation of each equipment item in the system. The procedure tests and documents  the performance of equipment at the lowest levels, e.g. the parametric testing of a site transmitter. It then builds on these  lower level tests by testing and documenting higher level functions, e.g. placing a trunked group call on the radio system.  Upon completion of the FATP, Collier County will have observed each of the requirements of the RFP being demonstrated  and documented. An FATP will be negotiated between Collier County and Ci at the System Design Review.  11.1.2.2. Coverage Testing  Upon completion of the FATP, the CATP may commence. The purpose of the CATP is to demonstrate and document that  the installed system meets Collier County’s coverage requirements. Successful completion of the CATP is Ci’s commitment  to the coverage requirements and constitutes Ci’s “coverage guarantee.” The CATP will be negotiated between Collier  County and Ci at the System Design Review.  See the sample CATP located in this proposal.  11.1.3. Migration Management  Ci will be responsible for developing, along with the County, a detailed migration plan for existing land mobile radio and  microwave radio networks, leased lines, and users onto the new radio system that will ensure a transfer of  communications from existing networks onto the new radio system and the continued usability of legacy systems as  agreed during migration planning sessions and collocated systems operating concurrently with the Harris P25 IP network.  351   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. The County will have final approval of this. Ci will be responsible for the implementation of the approved plan and the  management of the migration process; however, variations to the baseline plan may result which may require additional  planning or risk management.   11.1.4. System Cutover and Final Acceptance  When Collier County issues an NTP for System Cutover, Ci will begin new user equipment installations and terminal  programming, if included. These efforts require careful planning to ensure all tasks and activities are scheduled and  coordinated. Ci will work collaboratively with Collier County to ensure a smooth and successful cutover. This mutual  support will guide cutover activities such as user training, installation schedules, portable radio distribution, and user  availability. These activities will be discussed in detail at the System Design Review.  Collier County will receive the benefit of Ci’s vast experience supporting customer system cutovers. Ci’s team of  professional system integrators has been performing such operations successfully for over 35 years. The value of this field  experience is demonstrated by public safety professionals who appreciate the same values and attention to detail as their  own.   11.1.4.1. Cutover Plan  The System Cutover Plan describes a smooth transition between the County’s use of their existing systems to use of the  new 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 System as designed. All of this is accomplished while maintaining a smooth continuity and  transition to the new Trunked radio system and of the existing public safety and public service operations. The plan allows  for a period of parallel operations of the existing equipment and the new system. Ci is responsible for implementing all  software and hardware and providing all necessary equipment required to support system phase‐over.  A sample Cutover Plan, attached in this proposal, provides an outline of the cutover activities. This preliminary plan will  be updated to include the specifics of the County’s design and implementation and presented at the Customer Design  Review. This Final Cutover Plan, as reviewed and approved by the County, will be performed following the Functional and  Coverage Acceptance Tests (FATP and CATP).  11.1.4.2. 30 – Day Operational Testing  After the system Cutover, Ci and the County will start a system 30‐ Operational Testing. During this continuous 30‐Day  period Ci and the County will monitor and operate the system with live users. One of the main focuses of this time is to  ensure users understand the system with live traffic. Ci will help assist dispatcher leads and radio trainers on questions  from field    In addition to user support Ci, will work with County system administrator to check and diagnosing RNM system alarms  and components. During Cutover planning Ci will worked with the County on Critical and Non‐Critical event definitions,  diagnose and repair timeframes, and a communication plan. All events will be reported to the County and in conjunction  with the Ci will decide if the event is a Critical or Non‐Critical based on the predefined criteria. A Non‐Critical event, such  as open door alarm at the site, will pause the 30‐Day Operational Test window. During this time Ci will have set period of  time to diagnose, repair, and reset the event. After the repair, the 30‐Day Operation Testing window will start again.   352   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. If during the 30‐Day Operational Test an alarm or system component fails, is reported to the County, and is deemed Critical  event. 30‐Day Operational Test window will stop while Ci to diagnoses, repair, and reset the event. The 30 Day Operational  Testing window and warranty start date will be reset after the event has been deemed repaired and rest by the County.  11.1.5. Project Documentation  Part of a successful system cutover is providing the proper documentation to Collier County. As part of the closing efforts,  Ci will provide the following documents:  Ci will provide system manuals, which will include the “As Built” documents for the system. These system manuals will  include the following information:     A final system configuration diagram with all equipment clearly identified   Cabling Diagrams   Tower and antenna system drawings   All distribution frame and cross‐connect wiring diagrams   Final site layout drawings   Recordings of all primary level settings and jumper locations   Recordings of configuration parameters, where applicable   Complete equipment inventory for each site by model and serial number   Subscriber unit (if provided)inventory by model and serial number   IP Network addressing   Acceptance test procedure results   Channel/Frequency Plans   Radio programming (if provided)personality templates   System alarm lists   Site as‐built documentation.   Rack elevation drawings including equipment, cabling, and alarm definition.   Equipment setup and alignment data.   Signed test plans (FAT and System Acceptance Plan)   Training material – radio, mobile, and P25 components including fleet mapping in the UAS.   Equipment user manuals and CDs.  11.1.6. Punch List  All identified project related deficiencies during the execution of the various ATPs will be documented on a punch list  form. The recording of these punch list items on a documented form will allow the Ci Project Manager and the County  Program Director or designated representative to track any project related deficiencies and expedite satisfactory  resolutions. The purpose of the project punch list is to document system deficiencies to be resolved prior to final  acceptance. The appropriate forms (email and soft documents will be the standard) will be utilized to capture any  identified punch list items.  353   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 11.1.7. Final Acceptance  Upon Ci delivering all the required documents associated with the final system documentation package, Ci will submit the  final acceptance letter to Collier County stating the system is ready for Final Acceptance and that Warranty can begin.  11.2. Integration and Testing Summary  Ci has extended experience in Implementation of small to extremely large projects throughout the world. Even though we  appear to be located just in Florida, our real presence is to a wide range of customers that know and trust us throughout  the industry. Our best recommendation is to “ask our existing customers” as provided in the referral section. You will find  that Project Implementation, Customer Service, and Complete Satisfaction are our strongest attributes.    354                           Staging Acceptance Test Procedures  for  Collier County      SAMPLE355 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. P25 Regional Network Manager (RNM) and Universal Administration System (UAS) ........................ 2  1.1 Create UAS User Account with Agency privileges ............................................................................ 2  1.2 Create Talkgroups and Units (UAS) .................................................................................................. 3  1.3 Site Access Control (UAS) ................................................................................................................. 4  1.4 Subscriber Report (UAS) ................................................................................................................... 4  1.5 Unit Enable/Disable .......................................................................................................................... 5  1.6 Dynamic Regroup ............................................................................................................................. 6  1.7 Unit Deregistration ........................................................................................................................... 7  1.8 Real Time Site Monitoring (RNM) .................................................................................................... 8  1.9 Site Usage Reports (RNM) ................................................................................................................ 8  1.10 Infrastructure Summary (RNM or CNM) ........................................................................................ 9  1.11 Alarm Indications (RNM) .............................................................................................................. 10  1.12 Site Reconfiguration ..................................................................................................................... 11  2. P25 Site Features ........................................................................................................................... 13  2.1 Group Call ....................................................................................................................................... 13  2.2 Individual (Private) Call ................................................................................................................... 14  2.3 Recent User Priority........................................................................................................................ 15  2.4 Call Priority For Group IDs .............................................................................................................. 16  2.5 Single Site Call Queue Declaration Alert ........................................................................................ 17  2.6 Emergency Call Priority For Group IDs ........................................................................................... 18  2.7 Unit to Unit Call Alert Paging .......................................................................................................... 18  2.8 Out Of Range Tone On PTT ............................................................................................................. 19  2.9 Transmit Denied (for Invalid radio ID) ............................................................................................ 20  3. P25 Trunked Features .................................................................................................................... 21  3.1 All Call ............................................................................................................................................. 21  3.2 Announcement Group Call ............................................................................................................. 22  3.3 Transmission Trunking .................................................................................................................... 22  3.4 Transmit Grant Tone ...................................................................................................................... 23  3.5 Group Scan ..................................................................................................................................... 24  3.6 Priority Scan .................................................................................................................................... 24  3.7 Transmit Busy Lockout ................................................................................................................... 25  3.8 Continuous Control Channel Update ............................................................................................. 26  3.9 Convert To Callee ........................................................................................................................... 26  3.10 Multi‐site Announcement Group Call .......................................................................................... 27  3.11 Multisite Emergency Group Call ................................................................................................... 28  3.12 Multi‐site Routing (for Multi‐site Logout) .................................................................................... 28  3.13 Site Trunking (Failsoft) Indication ................................................................................................. 29  3.14 Unconfirmed Call (Multisite Late‐Enter) ...................................................................................... 30  3.15 Confirmed Call .............................................................................................................................. 31  3.16 Roaming (ProRoam) ..................................................................................................................... 32  4. MaestroIP P25 Dispatch Feature Set ................................................................................................ 34  4.1 Transmitting With a Microphone (Group Calls, I Calls) .................................................................. 34  4.2 Receiving Calls (Unit ID Display, Talkgroup ID Display, Aliasing) .................................................... 35  4.3 Emergency Call and Emergency Alarm ........................................................................................... 36 SAMPLE356 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures TABLE OF CONTENTS 4.4 Agency Broadcast (System Wide Call) ............................................................................................ 37  4.5 Alert Tones ..................................................................................................................................... 38  4.6 Console Pre‐Empt ........................................................................................................................... 38  4.7 Simulselect ...................................................................................................................................... 39  4.8 Patch ............................................................................................................................................... 40  4.9 Console to Console Interaction (Intercom and Crossmute) ........................................................... 41  4.10 Call History .................................................................................................................................... 42  4.11 User Definable Screens ................................................................................................................. 43  5. Trunked Logging Recorder .............................................................................................................. 45  5.1 Group Call ....................................................................................................................................... 45  5.2 Emergency Group Call .................................................................................................................... 46  6. Over the Air Rekeying (OTAR) ........................................................................................................ 47  6.1 Warm Starting a radio from the UAS Key Management Application ............................................. 47  6.2 Warm Starting a Console from the UAS Key Management Application ........................................ 48  6.3 Rekeying and Changing Over a Crypto Net from the UAS .............................................................. 49  6.4 Zeroizing a Radio from the UAS Key Management Application ..................................................... 50  7. Network First Gateway Inter‐Operability Test ................................................................................ 52  7.1 Local Interoperability...................................................................................................................... 52  8. P25 Simulcast Bypass Operation ............................................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.  8.1 Setup .................................................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.  8.2 Site OFF ‐ Final Configuration ............................................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.  8.3 Site ON (trunking) ‐ Final Configuration ............................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.  8.4 Control Point Trunking Reset Control ............................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.     SAMPLE357 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT  This document was specifically prepared for the customer shown below.  Each section of  this document is individually maintained in the Communications International document  control system.  The revisions of each section are individually listed.    Customer:Collier County   Prepared By:Communications International  Total Test Pages: 56      DOCUMENT USAGE  Many of the tests in this document will need to be run on multiple pieces of equipment.   For instance a console test may be run on three consoles.  For tests that need to be run  multiple times, log in the comment section of the result box the identifier of the  equipment tested. Although specific tests are not included relating to electrical  measurements or timing parameters of equipment, these tests and levels are conducted  and recorded as part of Harris’ and Communications International’s standard installation  practices. These parameters include but are not limited to:     Transmit Frequency and Deviation   Output and Reflected Power   Receiver Sensitivity   Receiver Multicoupler Gain (if applicable)   Receiver Preamplifier Gain (if applicable)   Time Domain Reflectometry of Transmission Line   Combiner Loss (if applicable)   Audio line out   Audio line in    System parameters and measurements will be provided to Collier County as part of the  final documentation package.      SUBSCRIBER UNIT USAGE  All tests for subscriber (terminal) units in this document will be performed with Harris  subscriber units unless the test setup identifies another Vendor’s subscriber unit to be  used for the test.   SAMPLE358 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 1.   P25 REGIONAL NETWORK MANAGER (RNM) AND UNIVERSAL  ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (UAS)  1.1   Create UAS User Account with Agency privileges  Setup   Access to an UAS or UAS client. Predefined Agency and Region in the UAS.    Execution  1. Log into the UAS.    2. Create an Agency administrative class by selecting System/Administrative/Admin  Class.    3. Select “Add Entry” to display the Administration Classes Detail screen.    4. Enter a name (e.g., USMAAgency) and description.  Download.    5. Click the underlined agency name from above and then Add Entry to display  Administrator User Privileges Detail.    6. Select appropriate Agency from Scope pulldown menu.  Enter a description, and  select Read Only (RO) or Read/Write (RW) privileges.  Download.    7. Select System/Administrative/Admin User to create a new user to use this class of  service.    8. Select “Add Entry” to display the AdminUser Detail screen.    9. Enter an Admin User name (e.g., USMAAgencyUser); select the Admin Class from #5  above; enter a description; and enter a password.  (Note password here or  elsewhere for future reference.)  Download.    10. Verify under System/Administrative/Admin User that a new Admin User as named  in #9 with the class as defined in #5 is listed.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                       SAMPLE359 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 1.2   Create Talkgroups and Units (UAS)  Setup  Access to the UAS or an UAS client.    Availability of predetermined ID ranges for agencies, talkgroups, users & IP addresses.    Execution  1. Log into the UAS.    2. In the Region for the Agency under test, verify or create the available range of talk  group ID’s, User ID’s, and IP addresses by selecting the Regions menu and making  the appropriate entries.    3. For the Agency under which the talkgroup should be created, select Agency/  “agency name”/ R/W Talk Group.    4. Click Add Entry and then on the TalkGroup Detail screen input the TG ID, Name,  Description, and select all other appropriate parameters.  Click OK and download.    5. Verify the talkgroup has been added to the list of talkgroups.    6. To create units, for the Agency under which the unit should be placed, select  Agency/”agency name”/Profile and create a profile with the talkgroup added in step  4. Next select Agency/”agency name”/Personality and create a personality  containing the profile just created. Click OK and download.    7. Select Agency/”agency name”/Voice End User. Click Add Entry and then on the  EndUser Detail screen input the User ID, password (“p25user”), Name, Description,  etc. of the user.  Modify privilege as desired.  Click OK and download.    8. Verify the user ID has been added to the list of users.    9. Select Agency/”agency name”/Subscriber Unit and enter the appropriate User ID, IP  Address, and ESN for the user created in step 7. Click OK and download.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                     SAMPLE360 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   1.3   Site Access Control (UAS)  Setup   Access to UAS or an UAS client.    Ensure Regional Site Manager is connected into network and into site.    Radios 1 & 2 programmed with ID’s valid on the site under test.  Set to Group A.  Radio 3 programmed with an ID not valid on the site under test.  Set to Group A.    Execution  1. If not already accomplished, download a database of valid radio ID’s from the UAS  to the site.      2. Program Radio 3 with an ID not within that list of valid radio ID’s.     3. Attempt to PTT Radio 3.  Verify access to the site is denied.    4. PTT Radio 1.  Verify access to the site is permitted and audio is heard on Radio 2.    5. Enable Radio 3 in the UAS database and download.    6. PTT Radio 3.  Verify access to the site is permitted and audio is heard on Radio 2.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        1.4   Subscriber Report (UAS)  Setup   Access to UAS or an UAS client.    Execution  1. Log into the UAS.     SAMPLE361 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 2. Select System/Report/Voice End User. Select the Region ID/Agency ID of the Region  or Agency from which a subscriber report is desired. Modify Max Rows to a desired  number.     3. Click the proper icon in the column to the right of Max Rows.    4. Verify the User ID’s of the ROC & AOC selected are displayed. Select the Magnifying  Glass icon for details on any specific User ID.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        1.5   Unit Enable/Disable  Setup  Obtain 2 radios switched to the same Group and note the IDs. Switch on the radios and  ensure that they communicate.  Verify all sites are on line. Note that Unit Disable will  automatically delete the encryption key from the radio as it is disabled. To restore unit  functionality, the radio must have the encryption key re‐installed.    Execution  1. Select group A on both radios and verify that the radios can communicate.    2. From the UAS:   Select UNIT ENABLE/DISABLE.   Under the UNIT Enable/Disable tab, enter the ID of radio 1 to be modified.   Select the DISABLE button and check the status.    3. Attempt to PTT the radio and verify that it will not communicate with the system.   PTT radio 2 and verify that radio 1 cannot receive the call.     4. Enable the ID of radio 1. Verify that the Enable/Disable screen indicates that the  Current State of the radio is Enabled. Confirm that the radios can communicate in  unencrypted mode.    5. Switch off radio 2 and disable it from the Enable/Disable screen.  Verify that the  desired state is Disabled and the Current State is Enabled.  Switch on the radio and SAMPLE362 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures verify that, on logging into the site, it becomes disabled.  Verify that the State  settings change to Disabled and that the radios cannot communicate.    6. Enable both radios and verify that radios can communicate communicate in  unencrypted mode.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        1.6   Dynamic Regroup  Setup  Ensure that Dynamic Regroup is a feature of the customer’s radios. Ensure that both the  Radio ID’s and the Talkgroup IDs to be used are in the database and that the database  has been successfully uploaded to site(s).     Radio 1 set to Talkgroup A.  Radio 2 set to Talkgroup B.      Execution  1. From the UAS client, send a dynamic regroup command to Talkgroup C for Radio 1  and Radio 2.    2. Verify that Radio 1 and Radio 2 are forced to Talkgroup C.    3. At Radio 1 and Radio 2, attempt to change talkgroups away from Talkgroup C.   Verify that both radios are forced to remain on Talkgroup C.    4. PTT Radio 1 on Talkgroup C.  Verify that Radio 2 hears audio on Talkgroup C and can  respond.    5. Clear the dynamic regroup command from the UAS client.  Verify that both Radio 1  and Radio 2 are no longer forced to Talkgroup C (i.e., they can select other  predefined talkgroups).   SAMPLE363 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        1.7   Unit Deregistration  Setup  Radio 1 allowed on System X, Site 1; programmed to Group A.  Radio 2 allowed on System Y, Site 1; programmed to Group B.    Note MES AGE timeout (in VNIC) for deregistration or reduce it to a smaller value just  for the purpose of testing.    Execution  1. PTT Radio 1 on Group A and verify it communicates on the system to Radio 2.   Return call from Radio 2 to Radio 1 on Group A.    2. Turn off radio 1 and wait for expiration of the radio timeout period.    3. PTT Radio 2 on System Y, Site 1 after expiration of timeout.  Verify no channel is  assigned to the System X, Site 1, since Radio 1 has deregistered from site.     Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                       SAMPLE364 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 1.8   Real Time Site Monitoring (RNM)    Setup   Access to a Regional Network Manager and within radio coverage of a site connected to  that Region.    Radio 1, Radio 2, and Console A operating on the site & NSC under test, all programmed  with Group A.    Execution  1. On the RNM, open the real time event viewer for the site’s channels by clicking the  Realtime Viewers button from the Task Launcher. Click Site Calls. Select the site and  expand. Select channels to add.    2. Place a group call from Radio 1 to Radio 2 on the site, and verify that the event  viewer displays the talkgroup ID and calling party ID. Verify the state changes from  Free to Talk. Verify the TG Alias displays the Group #.     3. Place an emergency call from Radio 1 to Radio 2 on the site, and verify that the  event viewer displays the Emergency indication (in the VNIC Time Stamp column) in  addition to the talkgroup ID and calling party ID.    4. Place an individual call from Radio 1 to Radio 2 on the site, and verify that the event  viewer displays an Individual call on the channel. Verify the VNIC‐assigned Talk  Group ID changes with each transmission.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        1.9   Site Usage Reports (RNM)  Setup  Ensure radio traffic has occurred across the network recently.  If necessary or desired,  place some calls with a known radio ID on multisite talkgroups prior to running the test  for reference during the test.   SAMPLE365 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures At the Regional Network Manager or Central Network Manager, enter a URL of  “http://<RNM ip address>/report/”, where <RNM  ip address> is the IP address of the  Network Manager under test.    Execution  1. From “site‐oriented reports,” select the following:     Report scope: display activity in region [Region ID under test].   Report type: Site‐oriented reports/”Calls per site in the selected region”   Report duration: Yesterday   Chart options: top 20    2. Select “Create Report”    3. Verify a graph of “Calls by Site” displays with the Region’s correct number of sites.    4. Click the hyperlinked numeric value under the Calls column.  Verify a table indicating  talkgroups, caller, duration, and sites is displayed.    5. Click the “Back” button in the web browser.    6. Click the numeric value under the Site ID column.  Verify multiple graphs indicating  the number of calls by hour, voice group, call type, User ID, etc. are displayed.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        1.10   Infrastructure Summary (RNM or CNM)   Setup  Access to the Regional or Central Network Manager.    Execution  1. From the Task Launcher click Network Viewer. Expand the tree and select desired  level (1,2,3) to view.     2. From the View menu, select Icons and verify the Infrastructure is presented in Icon  view. SAMPLE366 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   3. From the View menu, select List and verify the Infrastructure is presented in List  view.    4. From the View menu, select Details and verify the Infrastructure is presented in  Detail view.    5. Choose Icon view and select an Object. Right Mouse Click and select Properties or  any other desired menu attribute to view information related to the object.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        1.11   Alarm Indications (RNM)  Setup  Access to the site under test and its RNM.  The alarm will need to be generated by a  channel being physically powered‐down. Refer to the Manual for explanation of the  alarms. Note the time of the alarm condition for later tests.      Execution  1. Generate an alarm indication on the site by turning OFF a channel’s repeater.  For  some MASTR V systems, powering down a channel would result in the loss of two  channels.  Alternately, the MASTR V Traffic Controller can be disengaged from the  card cage backplane to simulate loss of a single channel.    2. On the RNM, select the Network Viewer from the Task Launcher to view site alarms.   Verify that the RNM indicates a site alarm for the affected channel (the object turns  Red).    3. Turn the repeater back ON.  Verify that the alarm clears after acknowledgement of  the initial alarm (the object turns Green).    4. Review alarm details by performing a Right Mouse Click on an Object. Select the  desired menu option.    5. Repeat showing alarms for Router Failure, RF Interference, Site Link failure. SAMPLE367 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        1.12   Site Reconfiguration  Setup  Access to the Regional Network Manager and a site under test with at least 3 channels.  Reconfiguration of a site requires using the Device Manager application to make  changes. Previously, site parameters could be modified from the RNM using the  “Remote Login” function for each traffic controller (SitePro). The traffic controller no  longer supports remote telnet with write privilege sessions due to enhancements in  security.  The Device Manager application runs under Microsoft Windows operating  system, which may reside on various hardware platforms such as a Laptop PC, the  Regional Site Manager Server, or other Windows compatible computer.  Changes to site  parameters, required for this test procedure, will be executed from a separate  computer using Device Manager.    Execution  1. In the RNM, access the screen to configure channel parameters.    2. Make a site configuration change, such as forcing the Control Channel to operate on  just channels 1 & 2 of the site.  Download changes to the site.    3. Force the Control Channel to rotate from Channel 1 to Channel 2 by holding the  reset button on the SitePro card for 3 seconds.  Observe that the Control Channel  rotates to Channel 2.   Optionally reset one of the channels using Device Manager  and observe the channel rotation.    4. Force the Control Channel to rotate from Channel 2 by holding the Channel 2  SitePro card reset button for 3 seconds.  Observe that the Control Channel rotates  back to Channel 1, rather than to Channel 3. Optionally reset one of the channels  using Device Manager and observe the channel rotation.   SAMPLE368 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                       SAMPLE369 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 2.   P25 SITE FEATURES  Setup  This setup applies to the tests contained in this section.  Three radios are required,  programmed as follows:    (Utilize test or customer data base groups A, B, C & D as specified here)    Radio 1: All Call group  (Group A)  Radio 2: (Group A)   (Group B)  Radio 3: (Group A)   (Group C)   (Group D)     Note1: Additional radios are required for Call Queue Declaration Alert test.  Note 2: Group priorities 5 = 200 (@ UAS),  3 (@ site) highest          4 = 100 (@ UAS),  7 (@ site) mid          3 = 10 (@ UAS),  10 (@ site) lowest    Group matrix  Name GID Priority Comments  Group A  5   Group B  4   Group C  4   Group D  3   Group E  3 Announcement Group for  Group A, B, C and D.      2.1   Group Call  Setup  Set radios 1, 2, & 3 to (Group A) per test group structure.  Make sure Scan is turned OFF.    Execution    1. PTT radio 1 and talk.  The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at radio 1.     2. Audio should be heard in radios 2 & 3.  The ID of radio 1 should be seen at radios 2  and 3.    3. Set radio 3 to (Group C).  PTT on radio 1 and talk.  The transmit (TX) indicators  should turn on at radio 1.    SAMPLE370 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 4. Audio should be heard in radio 2 only.  The ID of radio 1 should be seen at radio 2  only.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        2.2   Individual (Private) Call   Setup  Set radios 1, 2, & 3 to (Group A) per test group structure.    Execution  1. Using the radio 1, select the pre‐stored ID of radio 2 or enter the radio 2 ID directly  from the keypad, and PTT radio 1.    2. Verify that radio 2 receives the call and displays the ID of radio 1.  Verify that radio 3  remains idle.    3. Release the PTT on radio 1 and immediately PTT on radio 2.    4. Verify that radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of radio 2.  Verify radio 3  remains idle.    5. Using the radio 1, select the pre‐stored ID of radio 3 or enter the radio 3 ID directly  from the keypad, and PTT radio 1.    6. Verify that radio 3 receives the call and displays the ID of radio 1.  Verify that radio 2  remains idle.    7. Release the PTT on radio 1 but do not immediately PTT radio 3.  Verify that radio 3  gives a Call Back Alert (WHC‐“Who Has Called”) Indication.  Then make the return  call from radio 3 back to radio 1.    8. Verify that radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of radio 3.  Verify radio 2  remains idle.   SAMPLE371 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        2.3   Recent User Priority  Setup  This test requires 2 more trunked radios than there are site working channels.  Disable  channels (if necessary) until there are 2 working channels at the site.  Thus, 4 radios are  required for this test.  Set up the radios 1, 2, 3, and 4 to different talkgroups, with each  talkgroup configured for equal talkgroup priorities. Save and upload the database if  required.    This test is to be run with no other users on the system and at intervals as set in the  Recent Caller Interval (a time of greater than 10 seconds is recommended for the test  which is configurable in the SitePro).    Execution  1. PTT and release radio 1 (establish a recent user entry).    2. PTT radios 3 and 4 and hold on transmit to busy both working channels.     3. PTT and release radio 2  (queue a call less recent than radio 1).     4. PTT and release radio 1  (queue the recent user).    5. Unkey radio 4 and verify that radio 1 unqueues and transmits.    6. Unkey all radios.   SAMPLE372 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        2.4   Call Priority For Group IDs  Setup  This test requires two more radios than there are site working channels. The procedure  is presented assuming there are two working channels. Disable channels (if necessary)  until there are two working channels on the site. Thus, 4 radios each with a different  group are required for this test. At the group database, set up the groups of radios 1, 2  and 3 for voice call priority 3 (medium). Set up the group of radio 4 for priority 6  (highest). Make sure the ID voice priority of each of the radios is less than or equal that  of the respective Group ID (GID) voice priority. Save and upload the database.    Execution  1. PTT radios 1 and 2 and hold on transmit to busy both working channels.     2. PTT and release radio 3 (medium priority entry into the queue).    3. PTT and release radio 4 (high priority entry into the queue).    4. Unkey radio 1 and verify that radio 4 unqueues and keys.    5. Unkey radio 2 and verify that radio 3 unqueues and keys.    6. Unkey all radios.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                     SAMPLE373 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   2.5   Single Site Call Queue Declaration Alert  Setup  This test requires two more radios than the number of working channels on the selected  system used for test.  To minimize the test setup and radio requirements for sites with  many channels, channels may be disabled on the site so only two working channels are  operational.    Set up a number of radios equal to the number of operational working channels on the  selected system (radio x, radio y, etc.) each with a different valid talk group selected.    Set up two additional test radios (radio 1, radio 2) both with the same valid group  selected.  This talk group must be different than the groups selected by the other test  radios.    Ensure that group scan is disabled on all the radios.    Execution  1. Busy up all working channels on the system with the first set of radios (radio x, radio  y, etc.) by pressing and holding the PTT button on each of the radios.    2. With all working channels busied, momentarily press and release the PTT button on  test radio 1.    3. Verify that a Call Queued tone is heard at the radio.    4. Unkey (release PTT button) one of the first set of radios, ex. radio x.    5. Verify that radio 1 is assigned to the freed working channel and the grant tone is  heard at the radio, without having to rekey the radio (redepress the PTT button).    6. Press the PTT button on radio 1 within the autokey time applicable to the radio type  (approx. 2 seconds) to keep the assigned channel.    7. Verify that audio from radio 1 is heard at radio 2.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                   SAMPLE374 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures     2.6   Emergency Call Priority For Group IDs  Setup  This test requires the same setup as for Call Priority with one of the radios programmed  as a Supervisor radio (enabled to clear emergencies).    Execution  1. PTT radios 1 and 2 and hold on transmit to busy both working channels.     2. PTT and release radio 4 (high priority entry into the queue).    3. Declare an emergency on radio 3 (medium priority entry into the queue but now at  Emergency Priority).    4. Unkey radio 1 and verify that radio 3 unqueues and is assigned a channel without  having to PTT.  (Key the radio within the specified autokey time in order to keep the  channel.)    5. Unkey all radios and clear the emergency with the Supervisor radio.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        2.7   Unit to Unit Call Alert Paging   Setup  Radio 1 with Call Alert programmed into a button (“PAGE”) and Radio 2’s ID  programmed into its Individual Call list.    Radio 1 & Radio 2 on the same site.    Execution  1. Select the PAGE function from the MENU on Radio 1. Select Radio 2 from the  preprogrammed list of radios and PTT Radio 1.    2. Verify Radio 1 displays “*TX PAGE” on the second line. SAMPLE375 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   3. Verify Radio 2 displays the ID of Radio 1 on its first line and “*RX PAGE” on the  second line. Verify Radio 2 beeps multiple times to indicate a received page.    4. Verify Radio 1 beeps multiple times to indicate the page was successfully sent.     Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        2.8   Out Of Range Tone On PTT  Setup  One radio with valid ID and valid group on selected system.    System scanning disabled in radio personality as necessary for specific radio type being  tested.    Execution  1. With valid group selected, and radio initially logged into and monitoring the control  channel on the selected system, reduce the signal strength reaching the radio by  some means (ex. unscrewing and removing the portable radio antenna, or moving  further from the site).    2. Verify that the radio indicates loss of control channel on the display when the  received signal strength is sufficiently reduced (i.e. out of range of system).    3. Press PTT button on radio, and verify that an out of range tone is heard at radio.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                   SAMPLE376 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures     2.9   Transmit Denied (for Invalid radio ID)   Setup  Program system so that radio ID is not valid on the site under test.  Download database  to site.    Execution  1. Press PTT button on radio with valid group selected.    2. Verify the radio is prohibited access to system.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                       SAMPLE377 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 3.   P25 TRUNKED FEATURES  Setup  This setup applies to the tests contained in this section.  Three radios are required,  programmed as follows:    (Utilize test or customer data base groups A, B, C & D as specified here)    Radio 1: All Call group  (Group A)  Radio 2: (Group A)   (Group B)  Radio 3: (Group A)   (Group C)   (Group D)     Note1: Additional radios are required for Call Queue Declaration Alert test.  Note 2: Group priorities 5 = 200 (@ UAS),  3 (@ site) highest          4 = 100 (@ UAS),  7 (@ site) mid          3 = 10 (@ UAS),  10 (@ site) lowest    Group matrix  Name GID Priority Encryption Key Comments  Group A  5       Group B  4       Group C  4       Group D  3       Group E  3    Announcement Group for  Group A, B, C and D.      3.1   All Call   Setup   Set radio 1 to All Call, radio 2 to (Group A) and radio 3 to (Group C).      All Call is defined in the I‐Call set.    Execution  1. Place the All Call from radio 1.    2. Audio should be heard at radios 2 and 3.    3. Set radio 2 to (Group B) and radio 3 to (Group C).    4. Place the All Call from radio 1.   SAMPLE378 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 5. Audio should be heard at radios 2 and 3.    6.  Repeat the previous steps for encrypted voice, if applicable.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.2   Announcement Group Call  Setup  Set radio 1 to (Group E).  Set radio 2 to (Group A).  Set radio 3 to (Group B).  Groups A & B are in Announcement Group E per test group  structure.  Ensure Scan is turned OFF.    Execution    1. PTT radio 1 and talk.  The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at radio 1.     2. Audio should be heard in radios 2 & 3.  ANNOUNCE should be displayed at radios 2  and 3.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.3   Transmission Trunking  Setup  Set radios 1, 2, & 3 to (Group A) per test group structure.  Make sure Scan is turned OFF. SAMPLE379 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   Execution    1. PTT radio 1 and talk.  The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at radio 1.     2. Verify transmission trunking operation by noting that repeater channel in use is  freed after PTT is released (i.e., no message trunking operation).    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.4   Transmit Grant Tone  Setup  One radio with valid ID and valid group on selected system.    Grant tone (Ready to Talk tone) enabled in radio personality as applicable for specific  radio type being tested.    Execution  1. Press PTT button on radio with valid group selected.    2. Verify grant tone is heard at radio when working channel access is granted.    Note:  If the call is queued, the grant tone will be delayed until the call is assigned a  working channel.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                     SAMPLE380 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   3.5   Group Scan  Setup  Two radios (radio 1, radio 2) each with valid IDs and two valid groups (group A, group B)  on selected system.    Radio 1 set up with group A and group B in the scan list, group A selected, and group  scan initially disabled.    Execution  1. Place a call from radio 2 on talk group A.    2. Verify the call is received and audio is heard on radio 1.    3. Place a call from radio 2 on talk group B.    4. Verify the call is not received by radio 1.    5. Enable group scan on radio 1.    6. Place another call from radio 2 on talk group B.    7. Verify that the call is now received and audio is heard on radio 1.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.6   Priority Scan   Setup  Set radio 1 to priority scan Group A and scan (at lower priority) Group B.  Set radio 1 to  Group C.  Have scan enabled on radio 1.    Set radio 2 to Group B.    Set radio 3 to Group A.   SAMPLE381 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Execution  1. With group C selected on radio 1, place a call from radio 2 on Group B.     2. Verify radio 1 scans to Group B and hears audio from radio 2.  Continue transmitting  from radio 2.    3. Place a call from radio 3 on Group A.    4. With radio 2 still transmitting on Group B, verify radio 1 priority scans to Group A  and hears audio from radio 3.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.7   Transmit Busy Lockout  Setup  Two radios (radio 1, radio 2) each with valid IDs and same valid group on selected  system.    Talk group used for test must be set up as transmission trunked.  This feature does not  apply to message trunked calls.    Execution  1. Place a call from radio 1 on selected talk group by pressing and holding the PTT  button.    2. Verify the call is received and audio is heard on radio 2.    3. While the call is in progress, press the PTT button on radio 2.    4. Verify that radio 2 does not transmit over (step on) the call in progress.   SAMPLE382 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.8   Continuous Control Channel Update  Setup  This test requires two trunked radios and a test group.    Execution  1. Set both radios to the test group.    2. Turn one radio OFF.    3. Key one radio and hold.  Turn ON the second radio (and set it to the test group if  necessary).    4. Verify that the second radio joins the call in progress and hears audio from the call  in progress.    5. Unkey the first radio.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.9   Convert To Callee  Setup  This is a test of single site simultaneous call arbitration.  Have two radios programmed  to operate on the same site and group. SAMPLE383 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   Execution  1. Set two radios to the same site and group.    2. Key both radios at the same time.    3. Verify that one radio ends up transmitting and the other ends up receiving.    4. Verify that the call audio is routed.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                    3.10   Multi‐site Announcement Group Call  Setup  Set radio 1 to (Group E).  Set radio 2 to (Group A).  Set radio 3 to (Group B).  Groups A & B are in Announcement Group E per test group  structure.  Ensure Scan is turned OFF.    Execution    1. PTT radio 1 and talk.  The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at radio 1.     2. Audio should be heard in radios 2 & 3.  ANNOUNCE should be displayed at radios 2  and 3.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                       SAMPLE384 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 3.11   Multisite Emergency Group Call  Setup  Program three radios with the same emergency home group.  Set the supervisor radio  (radio 1) and radio 2 to the home group.  Set radio 3 to a different group (not home  group).  The radios must remain logged onto different sites.    Execution  1. Press the Emergency call button on radio 3 and talk within the pre‐defined  Emergency Autokey time, and/or PTT radio 3 during or just after that time.    2. Verify that radio 3 indicates the “TX EMER” declaration and that it reverts to the  home group.    3.  Verify that radio 1 (on Site 1) and radio 2 (on Site 2) indicate a “RX EMER” and hear  audio on the emergency home group.    4. Clear the emergency with the Supervisor radio (radio 1).  Verify the emergency  clears in the radios.    5. Repeat the previous steps for encrypted voice.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.12   Multi‐site Routing (for Multi‐site Logout)  Setup  This test requires the following:  Radio 1, logged into Site 1.  Radio 2, logged into Site 2.    Note: Site 1 and 2 should be selected such that Radio 2 can log into Site 1 and then Site  2.  If coverage prevents this, then program a third radio with the ID of Radio 2.  Use the  third radio to key on Site 1 with the ID of Radio 2 whenever the test procedure calls for  this.  The primary objective of this test is to demonstrate that the system routes calls to  Site 2 whenever a unit (i.e. radio 2) is logged onto Site 2 and does not route calls to Site  2 when no units are logged into Site 2.   SAMPLE385 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   Execution  1. Key Radio 1 on Site 1.  Verify channel assignments occur on Site 2.  Unkey radio.    2. Key Radio 2 on Site 1 (Radio 2 is no longer logged into Site 2).  Verify no channel  assignment occurs on Site 2 since there are no radios logged into Site 2.  Unkey  radio.    3. Key Radio 1.  Verify no channel assignment occurs on Site 2 since there are no radios  logged into Site 2.  Unkey radio.    4. Key Radio 2 on Site 2.  Verify a channel assignment occurs on Site 2.  Unkey radio.    5. Key Radio 1.  Verify a channel assignment occurs on Site 2 since Radio 2 is logged  into Site 2.  Unkey radio.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.13   Site Trunking (Failsoft) Indication   Setup  Radio 1 and Radio 2 enabled on the Site under test (Site 1), using Talkgroup A. Both  radios must have a display.    Radio 3 on a different Site (Site 2) also programmed with Talkgroup A.    Execution  1. Verify that the Radio 1, Radio 2, and Radio 3 can communicate on the system.    2. Turn OFF power to or disconnect the SiteLink, causing loss of communication from  the site back to the Network Switching Center.    3. Verify that Radio 1 and Radio 2 indicate a Failsoft alarm (“F”) on their displays.    4. PTT Radio 1 on Talkgroup A. Verify audio is heard at Radio 2. Verify audio is not  heard on Radio 3.   SAMPLE386 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 5. Reenable the SiteLink. Verify the Failsoft alarm disappears on the radios and that  communications with Radio 3 is reestablished.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.14   Unconfirmed Call (Multisite Late‐Enter)  Setup  Log Radio 1 into Site 1 on the test group A.  Log Radio 2 into Site 2 on the test group A.  Log Radio 3 into Site 2 on the test group A.  Make sure that Confirm Call is disabled for test group A at the two sites.    Execution  1. Key up additional radios on different groups (e.g., B & C) on Site 1 so that there are  no channels available to process a call on Group A on Site 1. To reduce the number  of radios required, some of the working channels on Site 1 can be disabled while  performing this test.    2. Key up Radio 2 on Group A on Site 2.  Radio 2 should get the grant tone and the call  should go through to Radio 3 on Site 2.  Since Site 1 has no channels available, the  call should not go through to Radio 1 on Site 1.    3. While Radio 2 is still keyed up, free up a channel on Site 1.      4. Verify that the call gets routed to Site 1 and that Radio 1 late‐enters into the call on  that site.   SAMPLE387 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.15   Confirmed Call  Setup  In the system, enable Confirm Call on a test group.  Ensure that the group is set up for  multisite operation.      Log the radios to the sites as follows:  Radio 1, Site 1 on the test group A  Radio 2, Site 2 on the test group A    Additional radios are required to busy the working channels.  If the system is large, it  might be necessary to disable channels at the two sites.     Execution  1. Key up additional radios on Site 1 so that there are no channels available to process  a call on the Test Group on Site 1. To reduce the number of radios required, some of  the working channels on Site 1 can be disabled while performing this test.    2. Key Radio 2 on Site 2 and verify that the confirmed call is not allowed to proceed  until the “Confirmed Call Timeout” period has expired.  The call should go through  to Site 2, but not to Site 1.      3. Repeat this test, but this time, free up a channel on site 1 before the “Confirmed  Call Timeout” period expires.  Verify that the call goes through to both Site 1 and  Site 2.     SAMPLE388 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        3.16   Roaming (ProRoam)  Setup  The two radios used for this test must be capable (feature encrypted) and programmed  for ProRoam.  The radios must be valid on the two sites (Site 1 and Site 2) being used to  conduct the tests.  Site 1 and Site 2 should have overlapping coverage to verify Priority  System Scan (if tested).  Verify that the Tone Suppress Option is not selected in the  personality so that an audible tone can be heard once the radios switch systems.    Program both radios for Dynamic Scan mode.  Static works.    To test Priority System Scan (a.k.a., Preferred Site), ensure only Radio 1 has one of the  sites (Site 1) used for the test as its Priority System.  Have Radio 2’s Priority System Scan  site set to a site not near the sites used in this test (i.e., not Site 1 or Site 2).      Note that the display and indications of each model of radio differ. This test describes  the general procedure for ProRoam Roaming.  Refer to the specific radio operator’s  manual or the ProRoam Release Notes for details.    Log Radio 1 and Radio 2 onto the Site 1 used for this test.  Ensure the radios are  communicating on this system.      1.1.1 Roaming  Execution  1. Verify the name or indication of the system initially logged into by Radios 1 & 2 is  Site 1.    2. Begin traveling toward an area where the coverage from Site 2 is stronger than the  coverage from Site 1.    3. As you travel away from Site 1 towards Site 2, the signal quality of Site 1 will  deteriorate.  Once the signal level of Site 2 exceeds the programmed ProRoam  parameters in the personality, Radio 1 and Radio 2 will switch to the Site 2.  The SAMPLE389 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures radios will generate audible tones and will visually indicate that they have switched  to Site 2.    4. After the radios have both switched to the Site 2, verify communications continue.   (Test continued in 9.2 for Priority System Scan.)    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        1.1.2 Priority System Scan (Preferred Site)   Execution  1. Continued from Roaming test.    2. Begin slowly travelling from Site 2 back to the coverage of Site 1.    3. As you travel from Site 2 back to Site 1, Radio 1 will log back onto Site 1 (its Priority  System) as soon as an acceptable signal is available, even if Site 2 has a stronger  signal.  Radio 2 will roam onto Site 1 only when its signal is stronger than the signal  of Site 2.    4. Verify that Radio 1 scans back to Site 1 sooner than does Radio 2.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                       SAMPLE390 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 4.   MAESTROIP P25 DISPATCH FEATURE SET  These tests assume a valid LID/GID database with aliases defined for the test entities  has been set up, privileged and programmed into the console under test.  It also  assumes radios have been programmed with the above test entities.  Tests can be  conducted first with the microphone/select speaker and then with the headset.      4.1   Transmitting With a Microphone (Group Calls, I Calls)  Setup  Choose a group to use as a test group    Program a radio with the test group.    Program a console module with the test group.    Review Console User Profile settings for Console under Test (i.e. Audio Indicators).    4.1.1   Talk Group Call  Execution  1. Press the INSTANT TX function (for example right mouse button) on the module  with the test group.  Verify that a channel access tone is heard, the XMT indicator is  displayed and that the call is heard at the radio.  Release the Instant TX key.    2. Press the SELECT button on the module with the test group.  Verify that the SELECT  indication for that module becomes highlighted.    3. Press the SELECT TX function.  Verify that a channel access tone is heard, the XMT  indicator is displayed and that the call is heard at the radio.  Release the SELECT TX  function.    4. Press the PTT foot pedal.  Verify that a channel access tone is heard, the XMT  indicator is displayed and that the call is heard at the radio.  Release the foot pedal.    5. Repeat the procedure with an encrypted talk group, if applicable.      4.1.2   Individual (Unit‐to‐Unit) Call  Execution  1. Program a module with the ID of the test radio.  Select the console module with the  test unit ID.    2. Press the SELECT TX function.  Verify that a channel access tone is heard, the XMT  indicator is displayed and that the call is heard at the radio.  Release the SELECT TX  function.   SAMPLE391 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        4.2   Receiving Calls (Unit ID Display, Talkgroup ID Display, Aliasing)  Setup  Program the test group into a module.    Set a radio to the test group.      4.2.1   Talk Group Call  Execution  1. Unselect the console module with the test group.  Key the radio and verify that the  call is heard at the Unselect speaker and that the calling radio ID and the Call  Indicator are displayed.    2. Select the console module with the test group.  Key the radio.  Verify that the call is  heard at the select speaker and that the calling radio ID and the Call Indicator are  displayed.    3. Key the radio.  Verify that the module call light is on, the call is heard at the Select  speaker and the calling radio ID is displayed.    4. Repeat the procedure with an encrypted talk group, if applicable.    4.2.2   Individual (Unit‐to‐Unit) Call  Execution  1. Program a module with the ID of the test radio.    2. Select the console module with the test unit ID.  Call the console from the radio  (ICALL with Console ID).  Verify that the call is heard at the select speaker and that  the calling radio ID and the Call Indicator are displayed.   SAMPLE392 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        4.3   Emergency Call and Emergency Alarm  Setup  This test requires a test radio capable of generating and clearing an emergency (i.e.  Supervisor Radio).    Execution  1. UNSELECT the test group.  Using the test radio, declare an emergency on the test  group.    2. Verify the module turns red, the ‘EMER’ flag is briefly displayed in the module, the  ID/Name of the test radio is displayed, the emergency message is displayed in the  message window, and the emergency alert tone is heard on the console.      3. Pick the module with the emergency and depress ‘Alarm Reset’.  Verify the alert  tone is silenced on the console, but the emergency is still displayed.    4. Select and transmit on the group with the emergency.  Verify the test radio receives  the call, and is still in emergency mode.    5. Clear the emergency using the ‘EMER CLR’ key.  Verify the module no longer  indicates an emergency.    6. Transmit on the test radio and verify the emergency is cleared and normal group  calls have resumed.    7. With the test group selected on the console, declare an emergency on the test  group.  Verify the console and radio have the same indications as steps 2 to 4.    8. Clear the emergency with the console.   SAMPLE393 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        4.4   Agency Broadcast (System Wide Call)  Setup   Choose an agency to use as a test group    Program at least two radios with different subfleets but in the same test agency.    Program a console module with the test agency.    Review Console User Profile settings for Console under Test (i.e. Audio Indicators).    Execution  1. Press INSTANT TX on the module with the test agency. Verify that a channel access  tone is heard, the XMT indicator is displayed and that the call is heard at the radios.  Release the Instant TX key.    2. Press the SELECT button on the module with the test group. Verify that the SELECT  indication for that module becomes highlighted.    3. Press the SELECT TX function. Verify that a channel access tone is heard, the XMT  indicator is displayed and that the call is heard at the radios. Release the SELECT TX  function.    4. Press the PTT foot pedal. Verify that a channel access tone is heard, the XMT  indicator is displayed and that the call is heard at the radios. Release the foot pedal.   SAMPLE394 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        4.5   Alert Tones  Execution  1. Press the SELECT button on the module with the test group. Verify that the SELECT  indication for that module becomes highlighted.    2. Press and hold the foot pedal or ‘Selected Transmit’ key. The test radio will receive  the call. While still transmitting, press one of the three alert tone keys (Alert, Pulse,  Warble). Verify the alert tone is received by the radio and also heard on the console.     3. While not transmitting, press and hold one of the alert tone keys. Verify the console  transmits on the selected group, the test radio receives the call, and the alert tone is  heard by the radio and console. When the Alert tone key is released, verify the call  drops.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        4.6   Console Pre‐Empt  Setup  Choose a group to use as a test group    Program two radios with the test group.    Program a console module with the test group. SAMPLE395 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   Execution  1. Key the first radio on the test group and hold the call up. Verify that audio is heard  at the second radio and the console.    2. Key the console on the test group and hold the second, pre‐empting call up. Verify  that the XMT indicator is displayed along with the pre‐empted caller LID and CALL  indicator. Verify that the second radio begins to hear the console audio and not the  first radio call. Verify that the pre‐empted radio audio is still heard on the pre‐ empting console.    3. Unkey the first radio. Verify that the pre‐empted caller LID and CALL indicators are  removed and the pre‐empted radio audio is no longer heard on the pre‐empting  console.    4. Unkey the console. Verify that the call drops.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        4.7   Simulselect  Setup   Program four test groups.   Have on hand 2 radios programmed to 2 of the test groups and logged onto site.    Execution  1. Create a 4 group Simulselect on the 4 test group modules. Verify that the ACTIVE  indicator (i.e. S1 displayed in each module) for SIMULSELECT 1 comes ON and the  SELECT indicators of the 4 group modules are ON and highlighted, respectively.    2. Un‐select SIMULSELECT 1 and verify that the active indicator goes OFF.     3. Re‐activate SIMULSELECT 1. Verify that the ACTIVE indicator comes ON.    4. Modify SIMULSELECT 1 by removing two of the groups in the Simulselect. This  results in a two group Simulselect. Verify that the ACTIVE and SELECT indicators of SAMPLE396 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures the two remaining groups are ON and highlighted, respectively and the ACTIVE and  SELECT indicators of the two deleted groups are OFF.    5. Set one radio on each of the test groups in the Simulselect and turn scan off.  Activate and select SIMULSELECT 1. Key one of the radios on its test group. Verify  that the call is heard at the select speaker and not at the other radio.    6. Repeat the previous step, except key the other radio.    7. Transmit from the console on SIMULSELECT 1. Verify that audio is heard at both  radios.     Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        4.8   Patch  Setup   Program four test groups.     Have on hand, 2 radios programmed with 2 of the test groups and logged onto sites.    Execution  1. Create a 4 group patch on PATCH 1. Verify that the ACTIVE indicator for PATCH 1  (i.e. P1 indicator in each module) comes ON and the four modules are included in  the patch.    2. De‐activate PATCH 1 and verify that the ACTIVE indicator goes OFF.    3. Re‐activate PATCH 1. Verify that the ACTIVE indicator comes back ON.    4. Modify PATCH 1 by removing two of the groups in the patch. Verify this results in a  two group patch. Verify that the patch indicators of the two remaining groups are  ON and the patch indicators of the two deleted groups are OFF.    5. Set each radio to a different test group in the patch and turn scan off.    6. Activate and Select PATCH 1. SAMPLE397 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   7. Key one of the radios on its test group. Verify that the call is heard at the other radio  and at the select speaker.    8. Repeat the previous step, except key the other radio.    9. Key the console by pressing the transmit bar. Verify that audio is heard at both  radios.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        4.9   Console to Console Interaction (Intercom and Crossmute)  4.9.1   Console Intercom  1. On Console A, program a module with the console ID of Console B. On Console B,  program a module with the console ID of Console A. Select this module on both  consoles. Transmit from Console A on the module for Console B.    2. Verify on Console A that ‘XMIT’ is displayed in the module. Verify that on Console B,  ‘BUSY’ is displayed in the module. Release the transmit from Console A.    3. Answer the call at Console B by transmiting from Console B on the module for  Console A.    4. Verify on Console B that ‘XMIT’ is displayed in the module. Verify that on Console A,  ‘BUSY’ is displayed in the module. Release the transmit from Console B.    4.9.2   Console Crossmute  Setup  Establish two consoles (A and B) to test the Crossmute function. The Consoles must be  on the same NSC. Program and select a test group on both consoles.    Execution  1. Place a call on console A on the test group.    2. Verify that console B can hear console A in the select speaker.   SAMPLE398 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 3. At console B, mute console A.    4. Place a call on console A on the test group and verify that it cannot be heard at  console B.    5. Restore the desired cross mute setup.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        4.10   Call History  Setup  This tests compares programmed module call activity to the history scroll lists. Utility  page, dispatch menu will be selected. Select either the “Select History” or “Unselect  History”.     Execution  1. Press the ‘Scroll Up’ and ‘Scroll Down’ buttons to scroll through the Unselect call  history list. Compare these calls with known activity.    2. Press the ‘Scroll Up’ and ‘Scroll Down’ buttons to scroll through the selected call  history list. Compare these calls with known activity.    3. Press the ‘Esc’ button to exit the history scroll mode.    4. To monitor call history on a single group use the ‘module history’ button (on the  ‘module modify’ menu. Use the ‘scroll up’ and ‘scroll down’ buttons to scroll  through the calls for the picked module. Compare these calls with known activity.    SAMPLE399 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                        4.11   User Definable Screens  Setup   Verify User Definable Screens (UDS) is installed on a Maestro Dispatch Console. This  console may be used to develop and verify the custom screen configurations required  by the customer dispatch center operations.    Execution  In the C3 Maestro Configuration Editor verify the appropriate message text is defined  for the Radio Status message that will be used.  Example:    Number Type Message Text  1 RSM RSM1‐TXT  2 RSM RSM2‐TXT  3 RSM In Route    In the UDS modify Screen File #2 as follows:  A) Use the PAGE pull‐down menu and select “BUTTON TEXT and COLOR”.  B) Change LABEL TEXT for PAGE button number 1 to “Fire Dispatch”.  C) Change LABEL TEXT for PAGE button number 2 to “Police Dispatch”.    In the UDS modify Screen File #2 as follows:  A) Use the MODULE pull‐down menu and select ADD and RSM to add the previously  defined RSM status  B) Position the module where desired on the console screen layout.  Note: Existing modules may need to be deleted to make room for the new RSM  modules.    Restart the C3 Maestro application and verify the changes have taken place on the  Dispatch Screen.   SAMPLE400 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                         SAMPLE401 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 5.   TRUNKED LOGGING RECORDER  Setup  This setup applies to the tests contained in this section.  Three radios are required,  programmed as follows: (Utilize test or customer data base groups A, B, & C as specified  here). Audio retrieval can be local to the recorder or from a remote client.    Radio 1: All Call group (ID 65535 defined for All Call)     (Group A)                          (Group B) [Encrypted Group]  Radio 2: (Group A)     (Group B)  [Encrypted Group]   5.1   Group Call  Setup  Set radios 1 & 2 to (Group A) per test group structure.    Execution    1. PTT radio 1 and talk.     2. Audio should be heard on radio 2.  Note the Start time of the call and the  approximate duration.      3. Retrieve the call from the Logging Recorder.  Verify the Caller, Callee, Start Time,  and duration.   The Caller should be the LID for Radio 1 and the Callee should be the  GID for Group A.  Verification should include the LID/GID and its Alias as defined by  the UAS.  Verify that the call is identified as a Group Call.    4. Playback the audio and confirm that it is all recorded and intelligible.    5. Repeat using (Group B).    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                       SAMPLE402 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 5.2   Emergency Group Call  Setup  Program two radios with the same emergency home group.  Set radio 1 and radio 2 to  the home group.    Execution  1. Press the Emergency call button on radio 2.  Talk during the Hot Mic transmit time.    2. Clear the emergency with the radio 1.    3. Retrieve the call from the Logging Recorder.  Verify the Caller, Callee, Start Time,  and duration.   The Caller should be the LID for Radio 2 and the Callee should be the  GID for the Home Group.  Verification should include the LID/GID and its Alias as  defined by the UAS.  Verify that the call is identified as an Emergency.    4. Playback the audio and confirm that it is all recorded and intelligible.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                         SAMPLE403 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 6.   OVER THE AIR REKEYING (OTAR)  6.1   Warm Starting a radio from the UAS Key Management Application  Setup  This test requires three radios programmed with a talkgroup utilizing an AES encryption  key.  The radios and talkgroup need to be in a test cryptonet in the UAS Key  Management Application.  The radios should be both feature encrypted and enabled for  OTAR operation.  The radios should have their UKEK’s loaded but not have any traffic  encryption keys. (Delete Keys if required)       Execution  1. Verify all three radios show “No Key 0” when they are PTT’ed.    2. Put all three radios on the encrypted talkgroup but power off Radio 3.      3. From the UAS, warm start radios 1, 2, and 3.  It should report “Warm Starting” for all  three radios..    4. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen.  It should report “Warm  Started Success” for radios 1 and 2 and “Warm Start Failed” for Radio 3.      5. Turn on Radio 3.  PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.  The transmit (TX)  indicator should turn on and be amber at radio 1.  Verify that radio 2 decrypts the  call’s audio.  Radio 3 should hear garbled audio.        6. From the UAS, warm start Radio 3 again.  It should report “Warm Starting” for Radio  3.    7. Again PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.  Radio 1’s transmit (TX)  indicator should turn on and be amber.  Verify that radio 2 and 3 now decrypt the  call’s audio.        Results  Date:     (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:        Gov’t Witness:                        Comments:                                                                                       SAMPLE404 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 6.2   Warm Starting a Console from the UAS Key Management Application  Setup  This test requires a console with a module programmed with a talkgroup utilizing an AES  encryption key.  Two radios programmed with the same encrypted talkgroup are also  required.  The console, radios, and talkgroup need to be in a test cryptonet in the UAS  Key Management Application.     Execution  1. Put radio 1 & 2 on on the encrypted talkgroup.     2. PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.  Verify that radio 2 decrypts the  call’s audio.  The console should hear garbled audio.      3. Load the Bindings file from KMF to console.  Ensure the Test Groups are included in  the Bindings file.     4. From the UAS, warm start the console.  It should report “Warm Starting” for the  console .    5. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen.  It should report “Warm  Started Success” for the console.      6. PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.  Verify that radio 2 and the console  now decrypts the call’s audio.  The console should show a “DVCL” indicator in the  talkgroup’s module.      7. From the console, PTT on the encrypted talkgroup module and talk.  Verify that both  radios 1 and 2 decrypt the call’s audio.      8. Set Radio 3 to unencrypted operation on the talkgroup.  PTT Radio 3 on the  unencrypted talkgroup and talk.  Verify that the console and the radios receive the  unencrypted call’s audio.      Results  Date:     (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:        Gov’t Witness:                        Comments:                                                                                       SAMPLE405 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 6.3   Rekeying and Changing Over a Crypto Net from the UAS    Setup  This test requires three radios programmed with a talkgroup utilizing an AES encryption  key.  The radios and talkgroup need to be in a test cryptonet in the UAS Key  Management Application.  The radios should be both feature encrypted and enabled for  OTAR operation.  The radios should have been warm started previously.      If a console and/or GWB are present in the system, then these devices should be  included in this test also.  They need to be in the same test crypto net as the  radios and  be programmed with the test talkgroup.  They should have been warm started  previously.      Execution  1. Put radios 1, 2 and 3 on the encrypted talkgroup.      2. Verify that all 3 radios and any consoles and/or GWB’s can transmit and receive on  the encrypted talkgroup.  Leave radios 1 and 2 powered on and power off Radio 3.      3. From the UAS, rekey the crypto net.  It should report “Rekeying” for the crypto net.    4. Select the report icon for the cryptonet.  Radios 1 and 2 should be shown as  “Rekeyed.”  Any consoles and/or GWB’s should also be shown as “Rekeyed.”  Radio  3 should be shown as “Rekey Failed.”      5. From the UAS, change over the crypto net.  It should report “Changing Over” for the  crypto net.    6. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen.  It should still report  “Changing Over Complete” for the crypto net    7. Turn on Radio 3.  PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.  The transmit (TX)  indicator should turn on and be amber at radio 1.  Verify that radio 2 but not 3  decrypt the call’s audio.  Verify that any consoles and/or GWB’s decrypt the call’s  audio also.    8. PTT Radio 3 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.  The transmit (TX) indicator should  turn on and be amber at Radio 3.  Verify that radios 1 and  2 decrypt the call’s audio.   Verify that any consoles and/or GWB’s decrypt the call’s audio.    9. From the UAS, do an end user level rekey on Radio 3 for that crypto net.  It should  report “Rekeying” for Radio 3.    10. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen.  It should now show  “Rekeyed” for Radio 3.     SAMPLE406 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 11. Select the report icon for the cryptonet.  Radios 1, 2, and 3 should be shown as  “Rekeyed.”      12. From the UAS, do an end user change over on Radio 3 for the test crypto net.  It  should report “Changing Over” for Radio 3.    13. Again PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.  Radio 1’s transmit (TX)  indicator should turn on and be amber.  Verify that radio 2 and 3 decrypt the call’s  audio.  Verify that any consoles and/or GWB’s decrypt the call’s audio also.    Results  Date:     (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:        Gov’t Witness:                        Comments:                                                                                        6.4   Zeroizing a Radio from the UAS Key Management Application  Setup  This test requires three radios programmed with a talkgroup utilizing an AES encryption  key.  The radios and talkgroup need to be in a test cryptonet in the UAS Key  Management Application.  The radios should be both feature encrypted and enabled for  OTAR operation.  The radios should have been warm started previously.        Execution  1. Put radios 1, 2 and 3 on the encrypted talkgroup.     2. Verify that all 3 radios can transmit and receive on the encrypted talkgroup.      3. From the UAS, zeroize Radio 3.  It should report “Zeroizing” for Radio 3 with the  date and time updating to reflect the date and time the operation was inititated.    4. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen.  It should report “Zeroized”  for Radio 3.    5. PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.  The transmit (TX) indicator should  turn on and be amber at radio 1.  Verify that radio 2 decrypts the call’s audio.  Radio  3 should hear garbled audio.  The receive indicator should be amber on both radios  2 and 3.  The ID of radio 1 should be seen at both radios 2 and 3.      6. Verify Radio 3 shows “No Key 0” when it is PTT’ed on the encrypted talkgroup. SAMPLE407 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures   Results  Date:     (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:        Gov’t Witness:                        Comments:                                                                                       SAMPLE408 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures 7.   NETWORK FIRST GATEWAY INTER‐OPERABILITY TEST  7.1   Local Interoperability  Setup  The purpose of this test is to verify correct functionality of the Interoperability Gateway.  The Interoperability Gateway connects via 4‐wire audio connections in its Digital Voice  Unit (DVU) cards to interoperability radio units (mobile or desktop). The Gateway also  connects to a router and the Network Switching Center (NSC) to provide multi‐site call  functionality across the network.    Verify that the following radios and Interoperability Gateway DVU’s are setup to  communicate as shown.    Portable radio for both the P25 system and the inter‐op system are required. The  portable is used to send and receive radio communications between the DVUs and  corresponding inter‐op mobile radio.  Test should be performed in encrypted mode if  the inter‐op talk group is normally encrypted.    All "Inter‐Op" radios are GFE equipment.    Talk  Group  Site Agency Transmit  (TX) MHz  Receive  (RX) MHz  Analog/  Digital  Trunked/  Conventional                                                            Execution  1. Select Inter‐op group 1 on the P25 radio.  2. Initiate a call from the P25 radio to group 1 and verify that audio is heard on inter‐ op group 1 portable.  3. Initiate a call from the inter‐op group 1 portable radio to group 1 and verify that  audio is heard on the P25 portable.    Talk Group Agency DVU #PASS FAIL                         SAMPLE409 Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Talk Group Agency DVU #PASS FAIL                Results        (Pass/Fail)                   Tester:           Date:                   Comments:                                                                                           SAMPLE410                     COVERAGE TEST PROCEDURES  FOR  COLLIER COUNTY, FL  P25 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM     SA PLE 411 Coverage Test Procedures TABLE OF CONTENTS Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  1. Signal Strength Test ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 Setup ................................................................................................................................................. 1  1.2 Drive Route Planning ........................................................................................................................ 3  1.3 Data Measurements ......................................................................................................................... 3  1.4 Data Analysis .................................................................................................................................... 3  1.5 Results Presentation ......................................................................................................................... 3  2. BIT ERROR RATE (BER) TEST .............................................................................................................. 4  2.1 Setup ................................................................................................................................................. 4  2.2 Drive Route Planning ........................................................................................................................ 5  2.3 Data Measurements ......................................................................................................................... 5  2.4 Data Analysis and Acceptance .......................................................................................................... 5  2.5 Results Presentation ......................................................................................................................... 6  3. PORTABLE ON‐STREET VOICE QUALITY TEST ..................................................................................... 7  3.1 Test Equipment and Preparation ..................................................................................................... 8  3.2 Test Planning .................................................................................................................................... 8  3.3 Grading of Test Locations ................................................................................................................. 8  3.4 Test Analysis and Acceptance........................................................................................................... 9  3.5 Results Presentation ....................................................................................................................... 10     SA PLE 412 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT  This document was specifically prepared for the customer shown below.  Each section of  this document is individually maintained in the Ci document control system.  The  revisions of each section are individually listed.    Customer:COLLIER COUNTY  Prepared By:Communications Internation, Inc.   Total Test Pages:10 SA PLE 413 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  1.   SIGNAL STRENGTH TEST  This Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) is used by Ci for RF coverage verification based on signal  strength measurements. This procedure provides an accurate, statistically valid, repeatable,  objective, and cost‐effective method to verify all Collier County’s coverage requirements are  met.     This ATP is in conformance with the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA)  Telecommunications Systems Bulletin TSB‐88‐C titled “Wireless Communications Systems ‐  Performance in Noise and Interference‐Limited Situations ‐ Recommended Methods for  Technology‐Independent Modeling, Simulation, and Verification”. TSB‐88‐C has defined Channel  Performance Criterion (CPC) as the specified minimum design performance level in a faded  channel, and provides a set of Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) CPCs that define subjective voice  quality performance applicable to both analog voice and digital voice systems.     TSB‐88‐C also defines a service area as a boundary of the geographic area of concern for a user,  and states that Validated CPC Service Area Reliability shall be determined by the percentage of  test locations in the bounded service area that meet or exceed the specified CPC. Ci has  proposed a Bounded Area design for Collier County as defined in TSB‐88‐C wherein coverage  predictions are made out to the boundary of the defined service area and coverage is verified  throughout the service area out to the boundary through the performance of a Validated CPC  Service Area Reliability test.     RF coverage using this ATP is verified by measuring talk‐out (base to mobile) signal strength  throughout the Collier County defined bounded service area, and calculating the percentage of  measurements that equal or exceed a ‐108 dBm signal level at a mobile or portable radio  required to support the Collier County’s specified CPC of DAQ 3.4.     1.1   Setup  Harris Corporation’s TYPHON wireless testing system is utilized to measure coverage  performance. TYPHON uses Panther test receivers manufactured by Berkley Variatronics, known  throughout the industry as reliable, accurate test devices that produce repeatable measurement  results and is in conformance with industry standards. The accuracy of test measurements is  maximized through periodic calibration of the TYPHON system and by virtue of its integral  automated hardware and software that minimizes the likelihood of procedural errors. TYPHON  consists of four Panther units with industrial grade measurement receivers to provide RSSI data  for a single or multiple sites, a GPS receiver to provide accurate position information for each  measured data point, a computer with an internal clock that coordinates and records the test  data, and a roof mounted antenna. TYPHON contains multiple receivers to facilitate gathering  data simultaneously from several multi‐sites or simulcast sites at common measurement  locations.    Prior to taking signal strength measurements, each site must be audited to verify that the radio  system is operating properly. The audits will verify the antenna configuration, the power into  the antenna, the antenna installation, and the frequency of the test transmitter. Ci shall provide  all test equipment necessary to perform the audits.  SA PLE 414 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  1.2   Drive Route Planning  TSB‐88‐C recommends coverage verification measurements at a statistically significant number  of random test locations, uniformly distributed throughout the service area. To accomplish this,  the service area is divided by a grid pattern as an aid to the development of a drive test route  with an approximately equal distance traveled in each grid.     Ci recommends a 0.5‐mile by 0.5‐mile grid pattern to obtain an even or uniform distribution of  approximately 1414+ grids throughout the County’s 389 square mile in the Simulcast service  area. The grid pattern is overlaid onto street maps and a drive test route determined that will  pass through all accessible grids (i.e. have roads) within the Collier County defined service area  boundary. The drive route should pass through each grid at least once but not more than twice,  as far as is practically possible. The defined drive route should not pass through tunnels,  underpasses, underground garages, or other man made obstructive areas where radio coverage  is not planned or expected. If a drive route passes through any of these areas, the TYPHON unit  is disabled to prevent the collection of data in these areas.    Signal strength measurements will be made in all accessible grids within the Collier County  defined service area boundary. Test measurements along the drive route that are outside of the  Collier County service area boundary will not be counted. Any areas or accessible grids within  the service area boundary that Collier County decides not to test will have coverage scored as a  PASS in the reliability calculations.     Inaccessible grid (i.e. have no roads) will be discarded from the reliability calculations with the %  acceptance criteria adjusted by treating the inaccessible grids as exclusion zones.   1.3   Data Measurements  All data is collected with the TYPHON equipment mounted inside the test vehicle (standard  passenger vehicle) with an external antenna mounted on the outside and centrally located on  the vehicle’s roof, with no other equipment installed on the roof.     Each radio system base station site transmits either on the control channel or an unmodulated  carrier on one selected working channel, and measurements of this signal are made at equal  distance intervals throughout the entire drive route. The TYPHON equipment, operating at a 512  Hz sampling rate, will be configured in the ’40 Wave Distance Average’ analysis mode. With the  test vehicle in motion1 along the drive route, a local mean signal measurement is made every 40  wavelength distance2 traveled. By averaging a minimum of 200 data points within each 40  wavelength measurement window, the estimated mean value is within 1 dB of the actual value  with 99% confidence.  1 Vehicle velocity must not exceed 60 miles per hour to ensure adequate number of points over the  measurement window  2 40 wavelengths for UHF, 800 MHz and 900 MHz. 20 wavelengths for VHF 150 MHz. SA PLE 415 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  1.4   Data Analysis  All mean measurement data records collected from the drive test within the defined service  area boundary are post‐processed, with data records recorded every 0.1‐mile (typically) used in  the final analysis.   For each service area, the minimum acceptable signal level at a portable radio is adjusted to the  mobile measurement reference point using the loss factors shown in Table 1 (e.g., portable  body loss, excess signal required to penetrate each random building category). A comparison is  made between the mean measurement points in the service area and this adjusted minimum  level, denoted the adjusted signal threshold.   Points that equal or exceed the adjusted signal threshold value are recorded as PASS and those  below are recorded as FAIL.  The automated rf level measurement tests results are provided For Information Only, as  valuable data for Collier’s for future reference.  The BER test included in this document will be  the acceptance criteria for coverage performance.   Table 1 ‐ Coverage Service Area, Signal Level, and Acceptance Criteria  Service Area Definition Description  Minimum  Required  Signal  Level  (dBm)  Body  Loss  (dB)  Building  Loss  (dB)  Collier County Simulcast Mobile  Outdoor  Collier County Simulcast Portable  Outdoor  ‐110 dBm 10 dB Collier County Simulcast Indoor  Portable  ‐110 dBm 10dB 18 dB 1.5   Results Presentation  The data records are plotted on a map showing the test grids, the areas tested and the test  results. Different pen colors are used to show ranges of measured mean signal levels. A test  report is also provided that summarizes the test results. SA PLE ‐110 dBm 416 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  Results        (Pass/Fail)                     Tester:          Date:                    Comments:                                                                                   SA PLE 417 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  2.   BIT ERROR RATE (BER) TEST  This Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) is used by Harris for RF coverage verification based on Bit  Error Rate (BER) measurements. This procedure provides an accurate, statistically valid,  repeatable, objective, and cost‐effective method to verify all Collier County coverage  requirements are met.     This ATP is in conformance with the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA)  Telecommunications Systems Bulletin TSB‐88‐C titled “Wireless Communications Systems ‐  Performance in Noise and Interference‐Limited Situations ‐ Recommended Methods for  Technology‐Independent Modeling, Simulation, and Verification”. TSB‐88‐C has defined Channel  Performance Criterion (CPC) as the specified minimum design performance level in a faded  channel, and provides a set of Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) CPCs that define subjective voice  quality performance applicable to both analog voice and digital voice systems.     TSB‐88‐C also defines a service area as a boundary of the geographic area of concern for a user,  and states that Validated CPC Service Area Reliability shall be determined by the percentage of  test locations in the bounded service area that meet or exceed the specified CPC. Ci has  proposed a Bounded Area design for Collier County as defined in TSB‐88‐C wherein coverage  predictions are made out to the boundary of the defined service area and coverage is verified  throughout the service area out to the boundary through the performance of a Validated CPC  Service Area Reliability test.     RF coverage using this ATP is verified by measuring talk‐out (base to mobile) BER throughout the  Collier County defined bounded service area, and calculating the percentage of measurements  that are equal or better than a BER of 2.4 % required to support the Collier County specified CPC  of DAQ 3.4.   2.1   Setup  Harris’ TYPHON wireless testing system is utilized to measure BER. TYPHON consists of mobile  radios, a GPS receiver to provide accurate position information for each measured data point, a  computer with an internal clock that coordinates and records the test data, roof mounted  antennas, and variable attenuators for use when portable coverage is being tested.    The TYPHON equipment will be mounted inside the test vehicle (standard passenger vehicle for  single BER measurements, or SUV/van for multiple BER measurements) with an external  antenna(s) mounted on the outside and centrally located on the vehicle’s roof, with no other  equipment installed on the roof. For portable outdoor coverage verification, the variable  attenuator will be set to a 10 dB level to account for portable body losses.     Prior to taking BER measurements, each site must be audited to verify that the radio system is  operating properly. The audits will verify the antenna configuration, the power into the antenna,  the antenna installation, and the frequency of the test transmitter. Harris shall provide all test  equipment necessary to perform the audits.  SA PLE 418 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  2.2   Drive Route Planning  TSB‐88‐C recommends coverage verification measurements at a statistically significant number  of random test locations, uniformly distributed throughout the service area. To accomplish this,  the service area is divided by a grid pattern as an aid to the development of a drive test route  with an approximately equal distance traveled in each grid.     Harris recommends a 0.5‐mile by 0.5‐mile grid pattern to obtain an even or uniform distribution  of approximately 1414+ grids throughout the 389 Sq mile Collier County Simulcast service area.  The grid pattern is overlaid onto street maps and a drive test route determined that will pass  through all accessible grids (i.e. have roads) within the Collier County defined service area  boundary. The drive route should pass through each grid at least once but not more than twice,  as far as is practically possible. The defined drive route should not pass through tunnels,  underpasses, underground garages, or other man made obstructive areas where radio coverage  is not planned or expected. If a drive route passes through any of these areas, the TYPHON unit  is disabled to prevent the collection of data in these areas.    BER measurements will be made in all accessible grids within the Collier County defined service  area boundary. Test measurements along the drive route that are outside of Collier County’s  service area boundary will not be counted. Any areas or accessible grids within the service area  boundary that Collier County decides not to test will have coverage scored as a PASS in the  reliability calculations.     Inaccessible grid (i.e. have no roads) will be discarded from the reliability calculations with the %  acceptance criteria adjusted by treating the inaccessible grids as exclusion zones     2.3   Data Measurements  Each radio system base station site transmits the data sequences on a working channel, and  measurements of this signal are collected with the TYPHON equipment mounted inside the test  vehicle as it is driven along the defined test drive route. The software in the TYPHON laptop  computer will automatically measure and record the data sequences that will be used to  determine the BER for each measurement point along the drive route.  2.4   Data Analysis and Acceptance  All BER measurement data records collected from the drive test within the defined service area  boundary are post‐processed and used in the final analysis.     Measurements that have a BER equal to or better than 2.0% are recorded as PASS and the  remainder of tested and valid grids with a higher BER percentage are recorded as FAIL.    The installed radio system coverage is deemed to meet the coverage requirements if, for each  bounded service area in Table 1, the ratio of the number of PASS points to the total number of  points in the service area equals or exceeds the minimum % Validated CPC Service Area  Reliability acceptance criteria that is shown.   SA PLE 419 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  Table 1 ‐ Coverage Service Area, Signal Level, and Acceptance Criteria    Service Area Definition Description Attenuator  Body Loss  Attenuator  Building  Loss  % Validated CPC Service  Area Reliability  Acceptance Criteria  Collier County Simulcast Portable Outdoor 10 dB N/A Collier County Simulcast Portable Indoor 10 dB 95.0%   2.5   Results Presentation  The data records are plotted on a map showing the test grids, the areas tested and the test  results. Different pen colors are used to show ranges of measured BER. A test report is also  provided that summarizes the test results.    Results        (Pass/Fail)                     Tester:          Date:                    Comments:                                                                                   SA PLE 420 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  3.   PORTABLE ON‐STREET VOICE QUALITY TEST  This Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) is used by Ci for RF coverage verification based on the  evaluation of Digital voice quality.     This ATP is in conformance with the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA)  Telecommunications Systems Bulletin TSB‐88‐C, titled “Wireless Communications Systems ‐  Performance in Noise and Interference‐Limited Situations ‐ Recommended Methods for  Technology‐Independent Modeling, Simulation, and Verification”. TSB‐88‐C has defined Channel  Performance Criterion (CPC) as the specified minimum design performance level in a faded  channel, and provides a set of Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) CPCs that define subjective voice  quality performance applicable to both analog voice and digital voice systems. These DAQ  definitions are provided in Table 1.     Table 2 ‐ Delivered Audio Quality Scale Definitions  Delivered Audio  Quality Subjective Performance Description  DAQ 5.0 Speech easily understood.  DAQ 4.5 Speech easily understood. Infrequent Noise/Distortion.  DAQ 4.0 Speech easily understood. Occasional Noise/Distortion.  DAQ 3.4 Speech understandable with repetition only rarely required.  Some Noise/Distortion.  DAQ 3.0 Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional repetition  required due to Noise/Distortion.  DAQ 2.0 Understandable with considerable effort. Frequent repetition due  to Noise/Distortion.  DAQ 1.0 Unusable, speech present but unreadable.   TSB‐88‐C also defines a service area as a boundary of the geographic area of concern for a user,  and states that Validated CPC Service Area Reliability shall be determined by the percentage of  test locations in the bounded service area that meet or exceed the specified CPC. Ci has  proposed a Bounded Area design for Collier County as defined in TSB‐88‐C wherein coverage  predictions are made out to the boundary of the defined service area and coverage is verified  throughout the service area out to the boundary through the performance of a Validated CPC  Service Area Reliability test.     RF coverage using this ATP is verified by evaluating the voice quality of Digital voice test calls  to/from a portable radio at specific test locations throughout the Collier County defined  bounded service area. At each test location, a test call is placed from the portable user to the  dispatcher (an inbound call), as well as from the dispatcher to the portable user (an outbound  call). The inbound and outbound test call at each location is graded using the DAQ definitions in  Table 1. Scores that equal or exceed the Collier County specified CPC of DAQ 3.4 are considered  acceptable (PASS), and those lower than DAQ 3.4 are not acceptable (FAIL). SA PLE 421 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  3.1   Test Equipment and Preparation  Portable radios as proposed and from the Collier County original order will be used for the voice  quality test. The portable radio will be worn on the belt and equipped with a shoulder‐mounted  speaker/microphone wihtout antenna.    Prior to performing the tests, each site must be audited to verify that the radio system is  operating properly. The audits will verify the antenna configuration, the power into the antenna,  the antenna installation, and the frequency of the test transmitter. Ci shall provide all test  equipment necessary to perform the site audits.  Additionally each test portable radio wil be  audited to ensure it is operating properly and within manufacturers spec.  3.2   Test Planning  TSB‐88‐C recommends coverage verification at a statistically significant number of random test  locations, uniformly distributed throughout the service area. To accomplish this, the service area  is divided by a grid pattern as an aid to test planning.     Ci recommends a 0.5‐mile by 0.5‐mile grid pattern to obtain an even or uniform distribution of  approximately 1414+ test locations throughout the Collier County Simulcast service area. The  grid pattern is overlaid onto street maps and a drive test route determined that will pass  through all accessible grids (i.e. have roads) that have their center point within the Collier  County defined service area boundary.     All accessible grids will be tested. The voice quality test is conducted at a randomly selected  location within each grid, typically as close to the center of the grid as possible. To the extent  possible, test locations in adjacent grids should not be clustered closer to one another than  100˜1. All test calls will be made with the portable operator at street level outside any vehicle or  other enclosure such as buildings, tunnels, underpasses, underground garages, or other man  made obstructive areas where radio coverage is not planned or expected.     Any grids that Collier County decides not to test will have coverage scored as a PASS in the  reliability calculations.     Inaccessible grids (i.e. have no roads) will be either discarded from the reliability calculations  with the % acceptance criteria adjusted by treating the inaccessible grids as exclusion zones.   3.3   Grading of Test Locations  The Digital voice quality test requires two representatives from each entity (Ci and Collier  County). One representative from Ci and one from Collier County will be the Field team, which  will travel the drive route, perform the inbound calls, and grade the outbound calls. The second  group of representatives will be the Base team, which will remain at the dispatch location, grade  the inbound calls, and perform the outbound calls.     1 Approximately 125‐ft at 800 MHz, 245‐ft at UHF and 650‐ft at VHF. SA PLE 422 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  To reduce the time required for this coverage test, a single Base team can support multiple Field  teams, and multiple Field and Base teams may be used.     At each agreed upon test location, with the Field team representatives outside of the vehicle,  the portable to dispatch (inbound) and the dispatch to portable (outbound) test calls are  performed. Per TSB‐88‐C, if the message is not understood on the first attempt the portable  user is allowed to move 3‐feet in any direction and the test can be repeated one time.    The Digital voice test calls consist of a short message representative of typical public safety call  duration and include the identification of the location being tested. The suggested inbound test  message is “TESTING GRID NUMBER XXX”, followed by a short sentence or two from a  newspaper or periodical such as “USA Today”. To ensure that the message is understood, the  dispatcher then repeats the inbound test message. The dispatcher will then make a similar  outbound test call. The suggested outbound test message is “CONFIRMING GRID XXX”, followed  by a different short sentence or two from a newspaper or periodical such as “USA Today”. The  field team will then repeat the dispatcher’s test message.     Each of the four representatives grades the test call using the Table 1 DAQ definitions and  records the test score for each test location using the template in Table 3. PASS or FAIL  determination is made separately for the inbound and outbound calls at each location. For each  call direction, a test location is deemed to PASS if it meets or exceeds the Collier County  requirement for DAQ 3.4 voice quality from both graders. If both graders agree that the voice  quality does not meet the defined DAQ 3.4 criteria, then that test location fails for the direction  being graded. If a score differs between testers at a location that results in a failing score from  only one tester, that location will need to be tested again to determine the cause of the  discrepancy. If the discrepancy cannot be rectified, then that grid will be set aside for discussion  and evaluation.  3.4   Test Analysis and Acceptance  The data logged by the four representatives on the grading template is then analyzed to  determine whether the individual test grid meets the DAQ 3.4 definition.     An individual test grid is determined to PASS if both the inbound and outbound calls in that grid  have been scored as a PASS.     The Subjective audio quality tests results are provided For Information Only, as valuable data for  Collier County for future reference. As per the Collier County RFP, the objectvie BER test  included in this document will be used as the acceptance criteria for coverage performance.     Table 3 ‐ Coverage Service Area and Acceptance Criteria  Portable Outdoor Service Area Definition Description  % Validated CPC Service Area  Reliability  Acceptance Criteria  Collier County Digital  N/A      SA PLE 423 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  3.5   Results Presentation  A test report is provided that includes:   the number of test grids    the location tested within each grid    a copy of the Table 3 inbound or outbound grading template used by each grader    the PASS/FAIL score for each test grid/location for each call direction   the % PASS calculation for the service area   a statement of overall test acceptance or failure of coverage.     Results        (Pass/Fail)                     Tester:          Date:                    Comments:                                                                                       SA PLE 424 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  Table 4 – Portable On‐Street Coverage   Voice Quality Test Grading Template    Coverage Test Data for: Collier County    Date: ________    Requirement: DAQ 3.4    Check the link used:  Digital Voice  Base to Portable (outbound)        Portable to Base (inbound)    Ci Evaluator:  Collier County Evaluator:  Organization: Organization:  Test Radio: Test Frequency:    Service Area  Test Grid  Number  Ci Grade Collier County Grade  Remarks PASS / FAIL  Score                                                                                                              (One row for each test grid/location)         SA PLE 425 Coverage Test Procedures Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive  Table 5: On‐Street Coverage   Voice Quality Test Grading Template    Coverage Test Data for:  Collier County    Date: ________    Requirement: DAQ 3.4    Check the link used:  Analog Voice     Base to Portable (outbound)      Digital Voice     Portable to Base (inbound)    Ci Evaluator: Collier County Evaluator:  Organization: Organization: Transmitter Location: Test Radio: Receiver Location: Test Frequency:   Grid / Location  Number  Ci Grade Collier County Grade Remarks PASS / FAIL Score                                                                                                                                      (One row for each test location)     SA PLE 426   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 30 DAY  OPERATIONAL TEST  Purpose  The 30 day Operational Stability Test Procedure (OSTP) is intended to demonstrate that the installed system is  complete and functional and stable enough to enter service.   Ci recommends and proposes that the sequence of events be:    Functional and equipment acceptance tests   Coverage Acceptance Test   30‐day stability test   Cut‐over  The purpose of the functional and equipment tests is to ensure that installations and interconnections are complete  and all individual equipment and site sub‐systems are functional to specification.  Having ensured that all sub‐systems are functional, the coverage tests will ensure that the coverage objectives have  been met.   When the entire system has been deemed to be functional and coverage has been assessed, then the stability test  ensures that the system will remain functional and is stable enough to enter service. Performing a stability test on a  system which has not been ensured to be complete and functional is not recommended.   The overall purpose of the test is to simulate full operation for a 30‐day period and assess the stability of the system.  This will not constitute beneficial occupancy of the system nor is it intended to measure traffic capacity of the  system.   Scope  Upon completion of the various functional and equipment tests and the Coverage Acceptance Test Procedure, Ci will  declare readiness for the commencement of the OSTP. At least seven days’ notice will be provided to the County.   Collier County will provide a number of users of the system for the purposes of the OSTP. These should include  console operators and mobile and portable radio users. These users are intended to provide simulated operational  traffic on the system in its various modes of operation.   The County may select the number of users and may perform any normal operational tasks during the simulation.  These tasks should include various dispatch scenarios such as patching. The County is free to determine the number  of users involved and the tasks that they will perform. Ci cautions the County that this OSTP is a simulation of live  traffic and operation and that the system should not at this time be deemed “operational,” i.e. carrying live dispatch  traffic. The County may determine the hours of operation of the simulated traffic, up to continuous operation.   427   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Mobile and portable equipment for use by the County during the OSTP will be provided by Ci from the delivered  inventory.   Operators of the system and equipment will be trained prior to the OSTP.   Test Objective  The OSTP will be deemed to have been successfully completed when the installed system has been operational in  the OSTP mode for a period of 30 continuous calendar days without a major failure.   In the event of a major failure during the OSTP, the failure will be corrected by Ci and the test restarted from the  beginning.   In the event of a minor failure, Ci will correct the failure without interrupting the continued execution of the OSTP.   Major Failure Definition  A major failure includes the following:   Failure of an entire site due to failure of a Ci‐provided equipment or software item. Failure of primary power  at a site of duration longer than the capacity of the backup power will not constitute a major failure. Upon  such an occurrence, the OSTP will be suspended, and restarted from the suspension point when power is  restored.    Failure of more than one channel at a site.    Failure of more than one dispatch console.    A failure in the alarm reporting sub‐systems of more than four hours duration.    A failure of the system management sub‐systems of more than four hours duration.   A failure of any Ci‐provided standby power sub‐system to activate in the event of a primary power failure.   Any other individual failure will be considered minor and not a cause for interruption or failure of the OSTP.   Specifically excluded from the definition of major failures are Force Majeure and the failure of equipment items not  provided by Ci as a part of the contract.   Specifically excluded from the definition of major failure is human or operator error. In the event of a human‐ induced system disruption, the normal operation of the system will be restored and the OSTP continued. The  duration of the disruption will be added to the total 30‐day duration of the OSTP.   The OSTP is not intended as an extension of the Coverage Acceptance Test. It is presumed that the CATP will have  been successfully completed prior to commencing the OSTP, at which point coverage has been deemed to meet the  requirements of the contract. Reports of coverage issues will be logged and investigated to determine whether they  are a result of a failure. If so, the failure will be corrected according to whether it is a major or minor failure, as  described in previous paragraphs. If the coverage issue is not a result of a failure, then the OSTP will continue and  any coverage issues discussed separately from the OSTP.   428   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. Test Data Records  Ci will designate a contact to which all suspected failures will be reported, whether observed by Ci or the County.   The Ci representative and a representative designated by the County will assess the reported failure and will make  the determination whether the failure is major or minor and proceed accordingly.   Each event will be thoroughly documented, including equipment serial numbers and a complete description of the  failure and actions taken.   The completed log of all reports and corrective actions will comprise the record of the OSTP and evidence of its  completion.     429   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. CUTOVER PLAN  OVERVIEW  The System Cutover Plan will detail a smooth transition between Collier County’s existing systems to use of the new 800  MHz Harris P25 IP Simulcast System as designed. All of this is accomplished while maintaining a smooth continuity and  transition to the new radio system. The plan allows for a period of parallel operations of the existing equipment and the  new system. Ci is responsible for implementing all software and hardware and providing all necessary equipment and  technical personnel required to support system phase‐over.  The Cutover Plan provides an outline of the cutover activities. This plan will be created to include the specifics of Collier  County’s design and implementation and presented at the Customer Design Review. This Final Cutover Plan, as reviewed  and approved by Collier County, will be performed following the Functional and Coverage Acceptance Tests (FATP and  CATP).  This process will yield a well‐thought out, final Cutover Plan that is custom‐tailored to Collier County, with Collier  County’s valued input and experience.  PRELIMINARY CUTOVER PLAN  INTRODUCTION  This Cutover Plan outlines the equipment and services to be incorporated into the communications system cutover for  Collier County, Florida. Collier County is planning to update their existing proprietary trunked radio infrastructure with a  new, interoperable P25 trunked system, to include a 16 position radio dispatch center and an EDACS Migration Gateway  at the primary dispatch center (ESC), and 3 dispatch positions at the backup Dispatch location at North Naples Police  Department.   As part of the cutover plan, Ci proposes that the County be separated into geographical regions, or user districts, to  facilitate the cutting over of one or more user districts at a time.   We understand the importance the County places on minimizing any impacts to the users and will work cooperatively with  the County to address unexpected issues as the need arises. The preliminary plan, described below, will form the  groundwork for executing the transition process.  Ci will, with the County’s assistance, develop a final, detailed plan for transitioning users from the current system to the  Harris MASTR V P25 Simulcast system.   The creation of this plan will take into account the following:  a. The transition of users onto the new system by user district.  b. Coordination with the Dispatch Centers, Users, and the County.  c. Minimal disruption to the County’s users.   d. Site availability and access.  e. Space for parallel equipment operation.   f.    Emergencies and/or functions, ongoing or planned, in Collier County  430   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. The benefits of utilizing the prescribed transition process are as follows:  a. The new system will run in parallel‐to the legacy system, allowing for a more thorough test process, reducing  user downtime.    b. This thorough, methodical cutover process will be reduced to switching users over to the new system, by  region, reducing user downtime.    1. FINALIZE FLEET MAP, RADIO PERSONALITIES  2. CUT DISPATCHERS OVER TO NEW HARRIS CONSOLES    a. Coordinate a time, with County input, when dispatchers can be cut over to the new consoles.     b. Cut dispatchers over to the new dispatch consoles using the interoperability channels. This will allow  dispatchers to get familiar with the new console operating system. This will also serve the users during a time  that radios may still be in various stages of programming or installation, and the P25 system may be  undergoing final testing.    c. Test, monitor, debug.                  e.  Set up and man a Countywide Help Desk to answer any field or dispatch issues or questions.    3. COMPLETE USER AND DISPATCH TRAINING    4. COMPLETE P25 SYSTEM OPTIMIZATION AND TESTING    5. SYSTEM CUT TO ACTIVE SERVICE    Ci will have ample personnel on‐site during all cutover events that are potentially user‐impacting to ensure a smooth and  efficient process. Additionally, Ci will perform all user‐impacting cutover events after hours or during periods of low system  traffic in effort to ensure minimal impact to users.    Ci will coordinate between the County, the Users, Tower Crews, and Project Personnel on‐site to minimize the impact to  the users.  At this time, the following prerequisites must be met:  a. Antenna systems installed, tested, verified.  b. P25 Simulcast System installation, testing and optimization are complete.    c. Fleet Maps and user radio programming must be complete. County‐provided portable radios must be  distributed to the appropriate users. Due to the excellent coverage characteristics of Ci’s new antenna design,  431   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. users can operate on portable radios if the mobile radio installations are in progress, but not necessarily  complete, at this time.    d. User and Dispatcher training must be complete.    e. Dispatch connectivity and functionality complete.    f. Dispatch consoles programmed with final configurations and screen layouts.    g. Connectivity between the Control Point(s) and all sites designated for cutover has been established.    h. Complete mobile radio installations (as appropriate).    PROCEDURE  a. Before the mutually‐agreed upon radio system cutover date, Ci will take subsets of channels from the legacy   trunked frequency pool and remove from service, to be used on the new P25 system temporarily for testing.  Ci will ensure that any frequencies removed from service from the legacy system are PTT disabled so as to  prevent interference to other users and test personnel. Perform testing with these channels; however, all  channels will need to be tested for correct operation before users are cut over to them. This will require close  coordination between the County technical staff and Ci personnel. These channels can be tested for short  durations to minimize impact to live traffic in progress, and can be returned to service on the legacy system  quickly.     b. Determine a time, with County input, when a relatively small, non‐public safety agency can be cut over to   the new system. Alternately, a specific district within the County could be cut at this time.    i. Cut these non‐public safety users (or a subset of this agency) and dispatchers over to the new  system.  ii. Test, monitor, debug.    c. When the County is comfortable that this cutover was successful, determine another agency (or the rest of           the agency) to cut to the new system.     i. Place channels into service on the new system as users are cut over.  ii. Remove these channels from service on the legacy system at the same time.    d. Repeat until all users are on the system.    e. Complete Symphony console installations at the dispatch centers. Program consoles with final dispatch  profiles and screen layouts. Cut dispatchers over to the new console positions as they come online.    f. Continue to test, monitor, debug.  This is a proposed cutover method of procedure and will more than likely vary as the project progresses. Upon project  award, Ci will coordinate with Collier County to mutually determine the best course of action for the County.  432   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. 6. SUBMIT FINAL DOCUMENTATION.    7. CLEAN UP & PUNCH LISTS.    End of Cutover Plan.    433 Functional Test Procedures For SR10 Risk Based Functional Testing & Standardized Testing SAMPLE434 1. Facility Test [Field Tests] ..................................................................................................................... 10  1.1 Visual Inspection [Field Tests] ..................................................................................................... 10  1.2 Power Backup / UPS Verification [Field Tests] ............................................................................ 11  2. VIDA NETWORK VERIFICATION TESTING [Internal Test]..................................................................... 12  2.1 Verify Network Time Protocol (NTP) is Functional [Internal Test] .............................................. 12  2.1.1 Windows [Internal Test] .......................................................................................................... 12  2.1.2 Linux [Internal Test] ................................................................................................................ 13  2.2 Active Directory Services [Internal Test] ..................................................................................... 15  2.2.1 Windows [Internal Test] .......................................................................................................... 15  2.2.2 Linux [Internal Test] ................................................................................................................ 16  3. VIDA UNIVERSAL ADMINISTRATION SERVER (UAS) ............................................................................ 18  3.1 Create an Agency Level Administrator Account in the UAS........................................................ 18  3.2 Provision Agency with Talk Groups and Subscriber Units in the UAS ......................................... 19  3.3 Create a Subscriber Unit Report from the UAS ........................................................................... 22  3.4 Updating of OpenSky Radio Personalities from the UAS ............................................................ 23  3.5 Dynamic Regroup from the UAS ................................................................................................. 24  3.6 Unit Deregistration ..................................................................................................................... 25  3.7 Unit Enable/Disable from the UAS .............................................................................................. 26  4. P25 OVER‐THE‐AIR DATA TEST ............................................................................................................ 28  5. OVER THE AIR REKEYING (OTAR) ........................................................................................................ 29  5.1 UKEK a Radio ............................................................................................................................... 29  5.2 Warm starting a radio from the UAS Key Management Application .......................................... 30  5.3 Rekeying and Changing Over a Crypto Net from the UAS .......................................................... 32  5.4 Zeroizing a Radio from the UAS Key Management Application ................................................. 34  5.5 Rekey A Radio From the Radio .................................................................................................... 35  5.6 UKEK and Console ....................................................................................................................... 36  5.7 Warm Starting a Console from the UAS Key Management Application ..................................... 38  5.8 Single Site Encrypted Group Test Call ......................................................................................... 39  5.9 Single Site Encrypted Individual (Private) Call ............................................................................ 40  5.10 Multi‐Site Encrypted Group Test Call .......................................................................................... 42  5.11 Multi‐site Encrypted Individual (Private) Call ............................................................................. 43 SAMPLE435 5.12 Console Encrypted Group Test Call ............................................................................................. 45  5.13 Console Encrypted Individual (Private) Call ................................................................................ 46  6. Text Link .............................................................................................................................................. 48  6.1 Console to Radio ......................................................................................................................... 48  6.2 Radio to Console ......................................................................................................................... 49  6.3 Console to Console ..................................................................................................................... 50  6.4 Radio to Radio ............................................................................................................................. 51  7. Wide Area Router Failure.................................................................................................................... 52  7.1 UAS Site Access Control for Invalid User ID ................................................................................ 53  7.2 Site Activity using the Activity Warehouse ................................................................................. 56  7.3 VIDA REGIONAL NETWORK MANAGER (RNM) ........................................................................... 56  7.4 Regional Network Manger Test .................................................................................................. 57  7.5 RF System Alarms Indications are reported to the RNM ............................................................ 58  7.6 Network Sentry Site Alarm Indications are reported to the RNM .............................................. 60  7.7 P25 Station Reconfiguration using the Device Manger (Internal Test) ...................................... 62  8. NSS SWITCHOVER [Internal Test] ........................................................................................................ 64  8.1 Unit 1 NSS Switchover [Internal Test] ......................................................................................... 64  8.2 Unit 2 NSS Switchover [Internal Test] ......................................................................................... 66  9. VCE SWITCHOVER [Internal Test] ....................................................................................................... 68  9.1 VCE Primary Switchover [Internal Test] ...................................................................................... 68  9.2 VCE Secondary Switchover [Internal Test] .................................................................................. 68  10. REDUNDANT CONTROL POINTS ...................................................................................................... 70  10.1 Switching Control from Primary IP Control Point to Secondary IP Control Point ....................... 70  10.2 Switching Control from Secondary IP Control Point to Primary IP Control Point ....................... 72  11. P25 TRUNKED CALLS AND SITE FEATURES ...................................................................................... 74  11.1 Transmit Grant Tone ................................................................................................................... 74  11.2 Out of Range Tone on PTT .......................................................................................................... 75  11.3 Transmission Trunking ................................................................................................................ 76  11.4 Message Trunking ....................................................................................................................... 77  11.5 Group Test Call ............................................................................................................................ 79  11.6 Individual (Private) Call ............................................................................................................... 80  11.7 Unit to Unit Call Alert Paging ...................................................................................................... 82 SAMPLE436 11.8 Multi‐site Announcement Group Call ......................................................................................... 83  11.9 Multisite Emergency Group Call ................................................................................................. 84  11.10 System All Call ......................................................................................................................... 85  11.11 Transmit Denied (for Invalid radio ID) .................................................................................... 86  11.12 Single Site Call Queue Declaration Alert ................................................................................. 86  11.13 Recent User Priority ................................................................................................................ 88  11.14 Call Priority for Group IDs ....................................................................................................... 89  11.15 Emergency Call Priority for Group IDs .................................................................................... 90  11.16 Group Scan .............................................................................................................................. 91  11.17 Priority Scan ............................................................................................................................ 93  11.18 Transmit Busy Lockout ............................................................................................................ 94  11.19 Continuous Control Channel Update ...................................................................................... 95  11.20 Convert Too Callee .................................................................................................................. 96  11.21 Multi‐site Routing (for Multi‐site Logout) ............................................................................... 97  11.22 Site Trunking (Failsoft) Indication ........................................................................................... 99  11.23 Unconfirmed Call (Multisite Late‐Enter) ............................................................................... 100  11.24 Confirmed Call [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] .................................................. 101  11.25 Roaming (ProRoam) [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] .......................................... 103  11.26 Priority System Scan (Preferred Site) [Field Only Test] [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite  Only] 104  12. Open Sky Trunked Calls and Site Features [Opensky] .................................................................. 105  12.1 Radio Registration and Log‐Off ................................................................................................. 105  12.2 Transmit Grant Tone [Opensky] ................................................................................................ 106  12.3 Out Of Range Tone On PTT [Opensky] ...................................................................................... 107  12.4 Transmit Busy Lockout [Opensky] ............................................................................................. 108  12.5 Convert To Callee [Opensky] ..................................................................................................... 109  12.6 Late Call Entry [Opensky] .......................................................................................................... 110  12.7 Call Queue Declaration Alert [Opensky] ................................................................................... 111  12.8 Group Call and Alias [Opensky] ................................................................................................. 112  12.9 Group Scan [Opensky] ............................................................................................................... 113  12.10 Transmission/Message Trunking [Opensky] ......................................................................... 115  12.11 Individual (Selective) Call [Opensky] ..................................................................................... 116 SAMPLE437 12.12 Voice Group and User Priority and Preemption [Opensky] .................................................. 118  12.13 Programming/Provisioning [Opensky] .................................................................................. 119  12.14 Unconfirmed Call (Multisite Late‐Enter) [Opensky].............................................................. 120  12.15 Multi‐site Routing (for Multi‐site Logout) [Opensky] ........................................................... 121  12.16 Adjacency Broadcast [Opensky] ............................................................................................ 123  12.17 Site Failure Roaming [Opensky] ............................................................................................ 124  12.18 Simultaneous Voice and Data [Opensky] .............................................................................. 125  12.19 Voice Transmission Takes Priority Over Data Transmission [Opensky] ................................ 126  12.20 Status/Alert Messages [Opensky] ......................................................................................... 127  12.21 OpenSky Data IP Connectivity Test[Opensky] ....................................................................... 128  13. TRANSCODER TEST ........................................................................................................................ 129  14. P25 PHASE 2 FUNCTIONALITY (Single Site/Simulcast Single Site) ................................................. 132  14.1 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call Phase 1‐ Phase 1 .................................................... 133  14.2 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call ‐ Phase 1 and Phase 2 ............................................ 134  14.3 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call ‐ Phase 1 ................................................................ 134  14.4 Phase 2 site Call......................................................................................................................... 135  15. P25 PHASE 2 FUNCTIONALITY [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] ................................... 136  15.1 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call Phase 1‐ Phase 1 [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite  Only] 137  15.2 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call ‐ Phase 1 and Phase 2 [Non Single Cell  Simulcast/Multisite Only] ..................................................................................................................... 138  15.3 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call ‐ Phase 1 [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only]  139  15.4 Phase 2 site Call [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] .................................................... 140  16. SYMPHONY DISPATCH FEATURE SET ............................................................................................ 141  16.1 Transmitting With a Microphone (Group Calls, I Calls)............................................................. 141  16.2 Receiving Calls (Unit ID Display, Talk group ID Display, Aliasing) ............................................. 143  16.2.1 Talk Group Call ...................................................................................................................... 143  16.2.2 Individual Call (Unit – Unit) ................................................................................................... 144  16.3 Emergency Call and Emergency Alarm ..................................................................................... 145  16.4 System Wide Call (All Call & Announcements) ......................................................................... 147  16.5 Alert Tones ................................................................................................................................ 148 SAMPLE438 16.6 Console Pre‐Empt ..................................................................................................................... 150  16.7 Simulselect ................................................................................................................................ 151  16.8 Patch ......................................................................................................................................... 152  16.9 Console to Console Cross‐mute ................................................................................................ 153  16.10 Call History ............................................................................................................................ 154  17. BEON FEATURES ............................................................................................................................ 155  17.1 Transmit Grant Tone ................................................................................................................. 155  17.2 Group Call .................................................................................................................................. 156  17.3 Individual (Private) Call ............................................................................................................. 157  17.4 Group Scan ................................................................................................................................ 159  17.5 Emergency Group Call ............................................................................................................... 160  18. TRUNKED LOGGING RECORDER .................................................................................................... 161  18.1 Group Call .................................................................................................................................. 161  18.2 Emergency Group Call ............................................................................................................... 162  19. P25 SIMULCAST BYPASS OPERATION ............................................................................................ 163  19.1 Site OFF ‐ Final Configuration ................................................................................................... 164  19.2 Site ON (trunking) ‐ Final Configuration .................................................................................... 165  19.3 Control Point Trunking Reset Control ....................................................................................... 167  20. VIDA INTER‐OPERABILITY GATEWAY TEST .................................................................................... 168  20.1 Local Interoperability ................................................................................................................ 168  21. INFORMATION ASSURANCE TESTING ........................................................................................... 169  21.1 Active Directory......................................................................................................................... 169  21.2 Cisco Works ............................................................................................................................... 170  21.3 ePolicy Orchestrator ................................................................................................................. 171  21.4 Backup ....................................................................................................................................... 172  21.5 Intrusion Detection ................................................................................................................... 173  21.6 SysLog ........................................................................................................................................ 173  21.7 SUMS ......................................................................................................................................... 174  22. MICROWAVE AND IP/MPLS NETWORK ......................................................................................... 175  22.1 Microware Field Testing [Field Only Test] ................................................................................ 175  22.2 MPLS Network Connectivity Test [Field Only Test] ................................................................... 175  22.3 MPLS Network Reroute ............................................................................................................. 176 SAMPLE439 23. ACRONYMS AND DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................... 177  24. UAS DATA BASE ............................................................................................................................. 192  24.1 Subscriber Units ........................................................................................................................ 192  24.2 Voice End Users ......................................................................................................................... 195  24.3 Talk Groups ............................................................................................................................... 201  24.4 PSAPs ......................................................................................................................................... 223  SAMPLE440 ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT This document was specifically prepared for the customer shown below. Each section of this document is individually maintained in the Harris document control system. The revisions of each section are individually listed. Customer: N/A Prepared By: Robert Wm. Stork DOCUMENT USAGE This document is intended to be a starting point for Harris System Engineers to write their final Factory Acceptance Procedue. Many of the tests laid out in this document will not pertain to all systems, so they will need to be deleted. There may also be statements in this document that should not be in the finial FATP that will need to be deleted, for instance this paragraph should not be included in any finial FATP. Many of the tests in this document will need to be run on multiple pieces of equipment. For tests that need to be run multiple times, log in the comment section of the result box the identifier of the equipment tested. Although specific tests are not included relating to electrical measurements or timing parameters of equipment, these tests and levels are conducted and recorded as part of Harris’ standard installation practices. These parameters include but are not limited to:  Transmit Frequency and Deviation  Output and Reflected Power  Receiver Sensitivity  Receiver Multicoupler Gain (if applicable)  Receiver Preamplifier Gain (if applicable)  Combiner Loss (if applicable)  Audio line out  Audio line in SUBSCRIBER UNIT USAGE All tests for subscriber (terminal) units in this document will be performed with Harris subscriber units unless the test setup identifies another Vendor’s subscriber unit to be used. SAMPLE441 FUNCTIONAL TESTING CLARIFICATION Equipment inspection and testing in addition to staging acceptance testing is performed at the Harris staging facility. Staging tests as detailed in this matrix verifies basic equipment functionality in addition to its functionality as part of an overall system. Equipment as received from Harris and third party manufacturing suppliers is supplied with manufacturer test results, as applicable. Test results documentation will be that from the staging functional acceptance tests. Equipment tests will be performed in the field after installation both as part of equipment commissioning and overall final functional acceptance testing. Test results documentation will be from the final functional acceptance tests.SAMPLE442     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 10   1. Facility Test [Field Tests] 1.1 Visual Inspection [Field Tests] Purpose: Verify the system has been installed following Harris installation standards. Expected Results: The installation should look clean and the documentation should reflect the installation. Setup: None Execution: Verify the area is clean and that all cabinets and racks are both clear of debris and clean. Verify all equipment racks are spaced per the drawings, secured and grounded. Verify all rack cables are dressed, secured and correctly marked. Verify all nameplates and labels are in place. Verify all protective foam, tape, and packing material has been removed. Verify all punchblocks are labeled. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE443     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 11   1.2 Power Backup / UPS Verification [Field Tests] Purpose: To verify that the site can run on the UPS without interruptions. Expected Results: Radio communication should not be interrupted during the transition. Setup: Prior to the execution of this test, ensure any computers or other devices with volatile memory are backed up or are on power circuits not affected by this test. Notes: Harris will perform this test at all locations. Harris is not responsible for test failures due to inadequate backup power equipment that is under the county’s responsibility to provide. Any such failures of county provided backup power equipment will not delay system acceptance. Record in the comments section the names of locations tested and who has provided the backup power equipment (Harris or the county). Execution: 1. From the facility circuit breaker panel, disconnect main power. Verify communication is uninterrupted. 2. After predetermined extent of designed backup power, reapply power. Verify communication is uninterrupted. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE444     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 12   2. VIDA NETWORK VERIFICATION TESTING [Internal Test] 2.1 Verify Network Time Protocol (NTP) is Functional [Internal Test] Purpose: Verify the server time zone and time source. Expected Results: This test will check the time zone and the server time source. Setup: Make a list of the computers on your system, the list at the end of this test is an example list. 2.1.1 Windows [Internal Test] Execution: 1. Log into the each Windows computer as a System or Regional level Administrator using local access or remote desktop. 2. Open a ‘Run Text’ Field by hitting the ‘Windows Key’ and ‘r’ at the same time. 3. Type ‘cmd’ in the Run Text Field to open a command prompt. 4. Check the time source by typing ‘w32tm /monitor’ into the command window. The output should similar to this: SAMPLE445     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 13   5. Check to make sure the time zone is correct by typing ‘w32tm /tz’ the output should look similar to this: 2.1.2 Linux [Internal Test] Execution: 1. Log into the each Linux servers using ssh and an administrator level active directory account. 2. Switch to the root account by typing ‘su –‘and enter giving the root password 3. To check the time source type ‘ntpq –p’ the output will list the two time sources, the output should be Fri Jul 5 15:23:00 EDT 2013 Remote refid st t when poll reach delay offset jitter ============================================================ *s0u1clk.vida.lo .GPS. 1 u 70 256 377 0.202 0.009 0.014 +s0u2clk.vida.lo .GPS. 1 u 111 256 377 2.591 0.002 0.028 System Computer Example List SAMPLE446     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 14   Tester: Results: Server # Name Pass/Fail Date: Remarks 1 s0u1adsa 2 s0u1adsb 3 s0u1pro 4 s0u1rca 5 s0u1rnm 6 s0u1sca 7 s0u1sum 8 s0u2sca 9 s0u1xcda 10 s0u2adsa 11 s0u1lap 12 s0u2pro 13 s0u2sca 14 s1u1nws 15 s2u1nws 16 s3u1nws 17 s4u1nws 18 s5u1nws 19 s0u1uas 20 s0u1rnm 21 s1u1vip 22 s2u1vip SAMPLE447     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 15   23 s1u1smt 24 s1u1smt Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 2.2 Active Directory Services [Internal Test] Purpose: To verify Active Directory domain services are running on the system. Expected Results: This test will demonstrate that Active Directory services are running on each server Setup: Make a list of the computers on your system, the list at the end of this Test is an example list. 2.2.1 Windows [Internal Test] Execution: 1. Log into the each Windows computer as a System or Regional level administrator using local access or remote desktop. 2. Open a Run Text Field by hitting the ‘Windows Key’ and ‘r’ at the same time. 3. Type ‘cmd’ in the Run Text Field to open a command prompt. SAMPLE448     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 16   4. Apply group policy update service by typing ‘‘gpupdate /force’ into the command window and check to make sure policy updates successfully. The output should look like this: Computer Policy update has completed successfully. User Policy update has completed successfully. 2.2.2 Linux [Internal Test] Execution: 1. Log into the each Linux sever using local access of ssh and your administrator active directory account. 2. Open and terminal window 3. Switch to the root account by typing ‘su –‘and enter giving the root password. 4. Change the operating directory by typing ‘cd /opt/quest/bin’ in the command window. 5. Apply active directly setting type ‘./vgptool apply’ into the command window. 6. Confirm the group policies apply without failures. System Computer Example List Tester: Results: Server # Name Pass/Fail Date: Remarks 1 s0u1adsa 2 s0u1adsb 3 s0u1pro 4 s0u1rca 5 s0u1rnm 6 s0u1sca SAMPLE449     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 17   7 s0u1sum 8 s0u2sca 9 s0u1xcda 10 s0u2adsa 11 s0u1lap 12 s0u2pro 13 s0u2sca 14 s1u1nws 15 s2u1nws 16 s3u1nws 17 s4u1nws 18 s5u1nws 19 s1u1con 20 s2u1con 21 s1u1vip 22 s2u1vip 23 s1u1smt 24 s1u1smt Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE450     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 18   3. VIDA UNIVERSAL ADMINISTRATION SERVER (UAS) 3.1 Create an Agency Level Administrator Account in the UAS Purpose: Demonstrate the capability to create Agency Admin Accounts in the UAS. Expected Results: This test will demonstrate that a UAS user has the ability to create a new UAS user account. Setup: The user will need system level access to an UAS.. Execution: 1. Browse to the UAS using Internet Explorer and the address of ‘https://s0u1uas.vida.local:8443/nas’ 2. Log in with UAS administrator level account. Verify that default accounts are created (see list below) and verify a default agency administrative class by selecting System/Administrative/Admin Class. 3. Select “Add” to display the Administration User Detail screen. 4. Enter a name (e.g., TestAgency) description, and password. Select save to download. 5. Log out of the default account. 6. Log in as the new TestAgencyAdmin Verify access with TestAgencyAdmin 7. Log out of the Test AgencyAdmin. 8. Log in with the default account and delete the TestAgencyAdmin Admin User Admin Class Description SAMPLE451     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 19   agency998 Agency998 Agency 998 Access Vida RSA RSA ProvTool RSA Provtool vida2 RSA vida2 Hp RSA Hao for Testing Provtool2 RSA Provtool Provtool3 RSA Provtool Provtool4 RSA Provtool Kc RSA Kc Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 3.2 Provision Agency with Talk Groups and Subscriber Units in the UAS Purpose: Demonstrate the capability to add talk-groups and users to the Agency accounts in the UAS. Expected Results: This test will show that a user can add a new talk group and users to the system. Setup: System/Region/Agency level access to the UAS or a UAS client. SAMPLE452     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 20   Talk Groups Name Description SPNI Property Id Priority Id 64000ALL TG64000 P25 Full Rate All Call 1 3 64100ALL TG64100 P25 Full Rate All Call 1 3 64101TCL TG64101 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 64102TCM TG64102 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 64103TCM TG64103 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 64104TCM TG64104 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 64105TCM TG64105 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 64106TCH TG64106 P25 P25 Full Rate Conf High Priority 1 4 Radios Description RSI Protocol Mask Status Sub Type Assigned End User Algorithm Support Radio1 9980001 P25 Enabled Unit Harris P5400 010:998:0001 AES Radio2 9980002 P25 Enabled Unit Harris P5400 010:998:0002 AES Radio3 9980003 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG-75 Portable 010:998:0003 AES Radio4 9980004 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG-75 Portable 010:998:0004 AES Console9101 9989101 P25 Enabled Unit Maestro Console 010:998:9101 AES Radio5 9980005 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG-75 Portable 010:998:0005 AES Radio6 9980006 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG-75 Portable 010:998:0006 AES SAMPLE453     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 21   Execution: 1. Browse to the UAS using Internet Explorer and the address of ‘https://s0u1uas.vida.local:8443/nas’ 2. Log into the UAS with one of the default accounts. 3. Under agency 998 create a talk group select ‘R/W Talk Groups’ , select Agency/ “agency name”/ R/W Talk Group. 4. Click Add Entry and then on the Talkgroup Detail screen input the TG ID in the table below. All setting not listed use auto setting for setting not listed. Click OK and download. Verify the talk group has been added to the list of Talkgroups 5. Using Putty on an SMT log into one traffic controller at each site and issue the command ‘show gdb’ Verify that group 64454 exits in the traffic controllers data base. 6. Once the group has been verified, delete it from the UAS. TG Id Name Description SPNI Property Id 64454 64454ANA Half Rate Low Priority 1 3 Priority Id Coverage Valid Coverage Radio7 9980007 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG-75 Portable 010:998:0007 AES Radio8 9980008 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG-75 Portable 010:998:0008 AES Radio9 9980009 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG-75 Portable 010:998:0009 AES Radio10 9980010 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG-75 Portable 010:998:0010 AES SAMPLE454     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 22   5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 3.3 Create a Subscriber Unit Report from the UAS Purpose: Demonstrate the capability to create a report of Subscriber units in the UAS database. Expected Results: This test will create a Subscriber unit report. Setup: Agency level access to UAS or a UAS client. Execution: 1. Browse to the UAS using Internet Explorer and the address of ‘https://s0u1uas.vida.local:8443/nas’ 2. Log into the UAS as an Agency level administrator. 3. Select System/Report/Voice End User. 4. Type ‘0210’ into the ‘User Id’ and select apply. Verify that the UAS displays the user info for user ‘0210’ SAMPLE455     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 23   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 3.4 Updating of OpenSky Radio Personalities from the UAS Purpose: The purpose of this test is to demonstrate a download of system parameters from the UAS to the sites and OpenSky radios. Expected Results: This test will verify dynamic personality allocation to OpenSky radios. Setup: Use OS_Radio_02 as the test radio. Execution: 1. Browse to the UAS using Internet Explorer and the address of ‘https://s0u1uas.vida.local:8443/nas’ 2. Create a new voice group for the agency under test in the UAS. 3. Select ‘Personality’ to bring up the radio personalities. 4. Check the box next to ‘OS_Pers’ and select modify. 5. On drop down ‘Profile 05 Name’ select ‘Prof1’ and select ok. 6. Select ‘Save’ to download the new personality. Verify the test radio received the updated voice group in the designated profile and is able to place a call on the new voice group. SAMPLE456     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 24   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 3.5 Dynamic Regroup from the UAS Purpose: Demonstrate the capability to dynamically regroup Subscriber units from the UAS. Expected Results: This test will combine selected talk groups into a single interop group. Setup: Radios must have “Allow P25T Unsolicited Dynamic Regroup” checked in the radio personality under General Options. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 9980001 TG64051 P25 64001 Radio 2 9980002 TG64052 P25 64002 Radio 3 9980003 TG64053 P25 64003 Execution: 1. From the UAS, select the ‘Regroup’ tab and select ‘Regroup Profile’ 2. Click ‘Add’ to add the profile detail, name the group ‘Regroup1’ and use ‘Regoup1 test’ for the description . Define a regroup profile by adding a regroup detail and select talk group TG64003 P25. Select ok and then save the changes to the UAS SAMPLE457     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 25   3. Select ‘End User Group’ select ‘Add’ to add ‘End User Group Detail’. Name the group ‘Regroup1’ and enter the description of ‘Regroup1 test’. Select the 998 agency from the ‘Select a Scope’ drop down. Add the two radios to the ‘Selected’ windows and select ‘ok’ to close the ‘End User Group Detail’. Then select the ‘Save’ button to down load the new regroup. 4. Select the ‘Define Regroup’ select ‘Add’ name the regroup ‘Regoup1’ and make the description ‘Regroup1 test’. Change the ‘Profile Name’ to ‘Regroup1’ and change the ‘End User Group id to ‘Regroup1’. Select ok and save to save the changes to the UAS. 5. Select Manage Regroup, check the box for ‘Regoup1’ and select the button for ‘Regroup’ and select save to start the regroup. Verify that Radio 1 and Radio 2 are forced to TG64003 P25. 6. At Radio 1 and Radio 2, attempt to change talk groups away from TG64003 P25. Verify that both radios are forced to remain on TG64103 P25. 7. PTT Radio 1 on TG64003 P25. Verify that Radio 7 hears audio on TG64003 P25 and can respond. 8. Clear the dynamic regroup command from the UAS client. Verify that both Radio 1 and Radio 2 are no longer forced to TG64003 P25 (i.e., they can select other predefined Talk- Groups). Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 3.6 Unit Deregistration Purpose: Demonstrate that Subscriber units will automatically deregister after a period of inactivity. Expected Results: This test will show that inactive radios will not create traffic load demand. SAMPLE458     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 26   Setup: Only the radio for this test should be on talk group TG64101 P25 all other radios should be on other talk groups. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 9980001 TG64001 P25 64001 Console 9101 9989101 TG64001 P25 64001 Execution: 1. PTT Console 9101 on TG64001 and verify it communicates on the system to Radio 1. Return call from Radio 1 to Console 9101 on TG64001. 2. Turn off radio 1 and wait for expiration of the radio timeout period. Verify that Console 9101 can PTT on talk group on TG64001 but no channels are brought up at the sites, because there is no demand for it at the sites. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 3.7 Unit Enable/Disable from the UAS Purpose: Demonstrate the capability to disable a lost/stolen radio from the UAS. SAMPLE459     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 27   Expected Results: This test has the ability to disable & re-enable a designated radio. Setup: Obtain 2 radios switched to the same unencrypted group and note the IDs. Switch on the radios and ensure that they communicate. Verify all sites are connected to the NSC. Note: The test will automatically delete the encryption key from the radio (if applicable). To restore unit encrypted functionality, the radio must have the key re-installed. Execution: 1. Select TG64001 P25 on both radios Verify that the radios can communicate. 2. From the UAS: a. Select UNIT ENABLE/DISABLE. b. Under the UNIT Enable/Disable tab, enter the ID of radio 1 to be modified. c. Select the DISABLE button and check the status. Attempt to PTT the radio and verify that it will not communicate with the system. PTT radio 2 and verify that radio 1 cannot receive the call. 3. Enable the ID of radio 1. Verify that the Enable/Disable screen indicates that the Current State of the radio is Enabled. Confirm that the radios can communicate in unencrypted mode. 4. Switch off radio 1 and disable it from the Enable/Disable screen. Verify that the desired state is Disabled and the Current State is Enabled. Switch on the radio and verify that, on logging into the site, it becomes disabled. Verify that the State settings change to Disabled and that the radios cannot communicate. 5. Enable the radios Verify that radios can communicate. SAMPLE460     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 28   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 4. P25 OVER-THE-AIR DATA TEST Purpose: Confirm the remote radio terminals can be accessed from a ProFile Manager host over the VIDA network and personalities can be read/programmed using Over-the-Air-Programming (OTAP). Expected Results: The radio can be pinged and the radio personality can be read/programmed using the ProFile Manager host. Setup: This test requires a radio on the system and a host computer that is logged on to the system Execution: 1. Log the radio into the site to be tested. Verify that a host can ping the radio. 2. Over the air, read the radio personality. 3. Change the name of one of the talk groups, and write the change to the radio. Verify that the name of the talk group has changed on the radio. 4. Reprogram the radio with the initial personality SAMPLE461     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 29   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5. OVER THE AIR REKEYING (OTAR) 5.1 UKEK a Radio Purpose: This test is setup to verify the KMFs ability to make UKEK files the radios can use. Expected Results: The radio should accept the UKEK file developed by the KMF. Setup: This test requires a computer that is on the IP network and has ‘Harris Key Manager’ installed and running. This test also requires three radios programmed with a talk group utilizing an AES encryption key. All radios should be feature encrypted and enabled for OTAR operation. Two radios should have keys and one radio should not have keys. Execution: 1. Log into the KMF with the administrator level Active Directory Account 2. Open the ‘Network KMF Management’ 3. Select the UKEK tab 4. Change the ‘Save As’ text field to a ‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\radio_ukek’ 5. Generate the UKEK file by selecting the ‘Export UKEK’ button 6. Select the ‘SLN Bindings’ tab 7. Change the ‘Save As’ text field to a ‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\radio_bindings’ SAMPLE462     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 30   8. Generate the bindings by selecting ‘Generate SLN Bindings Report’ this file will be used in a later test. 9. On a computer with ‘Harris Key Manager’ installed, download and save the files ‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\radio_bindings’ and ‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\radio_ukek’ to the local computer. 10. Start ‘Harris Key Manager’ and attach the radio. 11. Select ‘Tools’ -> ‘Key Load Wizard’ to open key load wizard 12. Select ‘Next’ -> ‘ Next’ and open the UKEK file in step 9 and select ‘Next’ 13. Once the UKEKs are loaded select ‘Next’ 14. Choose the com port 15. Power on the radio and put the radio into Key Load Mode 16. Select ‘Load’ to load UKEK into the radio 17. Perform steps 7 – 13 for all radios that need keys. Verify all radio can communicate using an encrypted talk group. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.2 Warm starting a radio from the UAS Key Management Application SAMPLE463     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 31   Purpose: This will test the system’s ability to push encryption keys to a radio and the radio to hear other radios on the encrypted talk group. Expected Results: The radio will except the keys from the system and be able to communicate with other encrypted radios on an encrypted talk group. Setup: This test requires three radios programmed with a talkgroup utilizing an AES encryption key. The radios and talkgroup need to be in a test crypto net in the UAS Key Management Application. The radios should be both feature encrypted and enabled for OTAR operation. The radios being used in this test should have their UKEK’s loaded but not have any traffic encryption keys. (Delete Keys if required) Execution 1. PTT all three radios Verify all three radios show “No Key 0” when they are PTT’ed. 2. Put all three radios on the encrypted talk group but power off Radio 3. 3. From the UAS, warm start radios 1, 2, and 3. The UAS will report “Warm Starting” for all three radios. 4. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen. Verify the UAS reports “Warm Started Success” for radios 1 and 2 and “Warm Start Failed” for Radio 3. 5. Turn on Radio 3. PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talk group and talk. The transmit (TX) indicator should turn on and be amber at radio 1. Verify that radio 2 decrypts the call’s audio. Radio 3 should hear garbled audio. 6. From the UAS, warm start Radio 3 again. The UAS will report “Warm Starting” for Radio 3. 7. Again PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talk group and talk. SAMPLE464     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 32   Radio 1’s transmit (TX) indicator should turn on and be amber. Verify that radio 2 and 3 now decrypt the call’s audio. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.3 Rekeying and Changing Over a Crypto Net from the UAS Purpose: This test will show that the system can change the encryption keys to a new set of keys. Expected Results: After this tests is complete the radio will be able to communicate with the new set of keys sent by the system Setup: This test requires three radios programmed with a talk group utilizing an AES encryption key. The radios and talk group need to be in a test crypto net in the UAS Key Management Application. All radios should be feature encrypted and enabled for OTAR operation. The radios should have been warm started previously. If a console and/or GWB are present in the system, then these devices should be included in this test also. They need to be in the same test crypto net as the radios and be programmed with the test talk group. They should have been warm started previously. Execution: 1. Put radios 1, 2 and 3 on the encrypted talk group. Verify that all 3 radios and any consoles and/or GWB’s can transmit and receive on the encrypted talk group. 2. Leave radios 1 and 2 powered on and power off Radio 3. SAMPLE465     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 33   3. From the UAS, rekey the crypto net. The UAS will report “Rekeying” for the crypto net. 4. Select the report icon for the crypto net. Radios 1 and 2 should be shown as “Rekeyed.” Any consoles and/or GWB’s should also be shown as “Rekeyed.” Radio 3 should be shown as “Rekey Failed.” 5. From the UAS, change over the crypto net. It should report “Changing Over” for the crypto net. 6. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen. It should report “Changing Over Complete” for the crypto net 7. Turn on Radio 3. PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talk group and talk. The transmit (TX) indicator should turn on and be amber at radio 1. Verify that radio 2 but not 3 decrypt the call’s audio. Verify that any consoles and/or GWB’s decrypt the call’s audio also. 8. PTT Radio 3 on the encrypted talk group and talk. The transmit (TX) indicator should turn on and be amber at Radio 3. Verify that radios 1 and 2 decrypt the call’s audio. Verify that any consoles and/or GWB’s decrypt the call’s audio. 9. From the UAS, do an end user level rekey on Radio 3 for that crypto net. The UAS will report “Rekeying” for Radio 3. 10. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen. It should now show “Rekeyed” for Radio 3. Select the report icon for the crypto net. Radios 1, 2, and 3 will be shown as “Rekeyed.” From the UAS, do an end user change over on Radio 3 for the test crypto net. The UAS will report “Changing Over” for Radio 3. 11. Again PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talk group and talk. SAMPLE466     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 34   Verify that Radio 1’s transmit (TX) indicator turns amber. Verify that radio 2 and 3 decrypt the call’s audio. Verify that any consoles and/or GWB’s decrypt the call’s audio also. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.4 Zeroizing a Radio from the UAS Key Management Application Purpose: This test will verify the system’s ability to delete the keys out of a radio that was encrypted. Expected Results: The test will take a radio that has keys and can communicate with other encrypted radios, and remove the keys so the radio cannot communicate with other encrypted radios. Setup: This test requires three radios programmed with a talk group utilizing an AES encryption key. The radios and talk group need to be in a test crypto net in the UAS Key Management Application. All radios should be feature encrypted and enabled for OTAR operation. The radios should have been warm started previously. Execution: 1. Put radios 1, 2 and 3 on the encrypted talk group. Verify that all 3 radios can transmit and receive on the encrypted talk group. 2. From the UAS, zeroize Radio 3. SAMPLE467     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 35   The UAS will report “Zeroizing” for Radio 3 with the date and time updating to reflect the date and time the operation was initiated. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen. Verify the UAS reports “Zeroized” for Radio 3. 3. PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talk group and talk. The transmit (TX) indicator should turn on and be amber at radio 1. Verify that radio 2 decrypts the call’s audio. Radio 3 should hear garbled audio. Verify the receive indicator is amber on both radios and the ID of radio 1 should be seen at both radios 2 and 3. Verify Radio 3 shows “No Key 0” when it is PTT’ed on the encrypted talk group. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.5 Rekey A Radio From the Radio Purpose: This test will test the system’s ability to send keys to a radio when the radio requests the keys. Expected Results: The test will take a radio that has keys and can’t communicate with other encrypted radios, and add keys to the radio so it can communicate with the system. Setup: This test requires three radios programmed with a talk group utilizing an AES encryption key. The radios and talk group need to be in a test crypto net in the UAS Key Management Application. All radios should be feature SAMPLE468     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 36   encrypted and enabled for OTAR operation. One of the radios should be the radio that was zeroized in the previous test. Execution: 1. Key Radio 1 on an encrypted talk group. Radio 1 should display ‘No key’ Radio 2, and 3 should not here the call. 2. From the menu on Radio 1 select ‘Rekey’ to request new key for Radio 1. Once the radio receives the encryption keys, key radio 1 and verify Radio 2, and 3 hear the call. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.6 UKEK and Console Purpose: This test is setup to test the KMFs ability to make UKEK files the console can use. Expected Results: The console should accept the UKEK file developed by the KMF. Setup: This test requires three radios programmed with a talk group utilizing an AES encryption key. All radios should be feature encrypted and enabled for OTAR operation. Execution: 1. Log into the KMF with the administrator level Active Directory Account SAMPLE469     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 37   2. Open the ‘Network KMF Management’ 3. Select the UKEK tab 4. Change the ‘Save As’ text field to a ‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\console_ukek’ 5. Generate the UKEK file by selecting the ‘Export UKEK’ button 6. Select the ‘SLN Bindings’ tab 7. Change the ‘Save As’ text field to a ‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\console_bindings’ 8. Generate the bindings by selecting ‘Generate SLN Bindings Report’ this file will be used in a later test. 9. On a console download and save the files ‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\console_bindings’ and ‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\console_ukek’ to the local console. 10. Start the console application. 11. With an encrypted radio make a call on an encrypted talkgroup, the radio with encryption should play the call, the console will not because it does not have keys. 12. Select ‘Maestro Man Application’ from the lower right hand side to the console desktop. 13. Select ‘Load Encryption’ this will bring up a window were the binding and UKEK can be loaded into the console 14. Select the button next to the ‘UKEK’ text field and select the ukek saved in step 10. 15. Select the button next to the ‘binding’ text field and select the binding saved in step 10. 16. Close the ‘Load Encryption’ pop up. 17. With an encrypted radio make a call on an encrypted talkgroup, the radio with encryption should play the call, the console now has keys so it should play the call also. 18. Choose the talkgroup that the radios are on and select the ‘Private’ button, this will make the console switch the talkgroup to encrypted mode, the console will display ‘PVT’ on the talkgroup button. 19. PTT the console the call should be heard on the encrypted radios. SAMPLE470     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 38   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.7 Warm Starting a Console from the UAS Key Management Application Purpose: This will test the system’s ability to push encryption keys to a console. Expected Results: The UAS will push keys to the console to allow for communicate on an encrypted talk group. Setup: This test requires three radios programmed with a talkgroup utilizing an AES encryption key. The radios and talkgroup need to be in a test crypto net in the UAS Key Management Application. All radios should be feature encrypted and enabled for OTAR operation. The radios should have their UKEK’s loaded but not have any traffic encryption keys. (Delete Keys if required) Execution: 1. Attempt to switch a talk group to encrypted mode by selecting the talk group and selecting the private button. Verify that console will not allow you to encrypt the talkgroup because the console does not have the encryption keys. 2. From the UAS, warm start the console. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen. The UAS will report “Warm Started Success” the console. 3. Attempt to switch a talk group to encrypted mode by selecting the talk group and selecting the private button. SAMPLE471     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 39   The console will now allow you to encrypt the talkgroup because the console has the encryption keys. 4. PTT the console and the encrypted radios should hear the call. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.8 Single Site Encrypted Group Test Call Purpose: The Group Test Call will show that the site will allow a radio to communicate using a group call Expected Results: The test will demonstrate that all radios assigned to a common group will hear a call and all radios assigned to an uncommon group will not hear the call Setup: Set Radios 1, 2, and 3 to (Group A) per test group structure. Make sure Scan is turned OFF. All radios should not be in encrypted mode but have encryption keys. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 Execution: SAMPLE472     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 40   1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1. Audio should be heard in Radios 2 and 3. The ID of Radio 1 should be seen on Radios 2 and 3. 2. Set Radio 3 to (TG64002 P25). PTT on Radio 1 and talk. 3. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1. Audio should be heard in Radio 2 only. The ID of Radio 1 should be seen at Radio 2 only. 4. Repeat sets 1-4 for encrypted mode Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.9 Single Site Encrypted Individual (Private) Call Purpose: The Individual Call test will verify that the site will allow two radios to communicate on a private call Expected Results: This test will demonstrate that two radios can communicate on an individual call and other radios will not hear the private conversation. Setup: Set Radios 1, 2, and 3 to (TG64001) per test group structure. All radios should not be in encrypted mode but have encryption keys. SAMPLE473     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 41   Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 Execution: 1. Using the Radio 1, select the pre-stored ID of Radio 2 or enter the Radio 2 ID directly from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1. Verify that Radio 2 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 1. Verify that Radio 3 remains idle. 2. Release the PTT on Radio 1 and immediately PTT on Radio 2. Verify that Radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 2. Verify Radio 3 remains idle. 3. Using the Radio 1, select the pre-stored ID of Radio 3 or enter the Radio 3 ID directly from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1. Verify that Radio 3 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 1. Verify that Radio 6 remains idle. 4. Release the PTT on Radio 1 but do not immediately PTT Radio 3. Verify that Radio 3 gives a Call Back Alert (WHC-“Who Has Called”) Indication. 5. Make a return call from Radio 3 back to Radio 1. Verify that Radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 3. SAMPLE474     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 42   Verify Radio 2 remains idle. 6. Repeat steps 1-8 for encrypted mode. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.10 Multi-Site Encrypted Group Test Call Purpose: The Group Test Call will show that the site will allow a radio to communicate using a group call Expected Results: The test will demonstrate that all radios assigned to a common group will hear a call and all radios assigned to an uncommon group will not hear the call Setup: Set Radios 1, 2, and 3 to (Group A) per test group structure. Make sure Scan is turned OFF. All radios should not be in encrypted mode but have encryption keys. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 SAMPLE475     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 43   Execution: 1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1. Audio should be heard in Radios 2 and 3. The ID of Radio 1 should be seen on Radios 2 and 3. 2. Set Radio 3 to (TG64002 P25), PTT on Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1. Audio should be heard in Radio 2 only. The ID of Radio 1 should be seen at Radio 2 only. 3. Repeat sets 1-4 for encrypted mode Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.11 Multi-site Encrypted Individual (Private) Call Purpose: The Individual Call test will verify that the site will allow two radios to communicate on a private call Expected Results: This test will demonstrate that two radios can communicate on an individual call and other radios will not hear the private conversation. Setup: Set Radios 1, 2, and 3 to (TG64001) per test group structure. All radios should not be in encrypted mode but have encryption keys. SAMPLE476     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 44   Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 Execution: 1. Using the Radio 1, select the pre-stored ID of Radio 2 or enter the Radio 2 ID directly from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1. Verify that Radio 2 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 1. Verify that Radio 3 remains idle. 2. Release the PTT on Radio 1 and immediately PTT on Radio 2. Verify that Radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 2. Verify Radio 3 remains idle. 3. Using the Radio 1, select the pre-stored ID of Radio 3 or enter the Radio 3 ID directly from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1. Verify that Radio 3 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 1. Verify that Radio 6 remains idle. 4. Release the PTT on Radio 1 but do not immediately PTT Radio 3. Verify that Radio 3 gives a Call Back Alert (WHC-“Who Has Called”) Indication. Then make the return call from Radio 3 back to Radio 1. SAMPLE477     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 45   Verify that Radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 3. Verify Radio 2 remains idle. 5. Repeat steps 1-8 for encrypted mode. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.12 Console Encrypted Group Test Call Purpose: The Group Test Call will show that the site will allow a radio to communicate using a group call Expected Results: The test will demonstrate that all radios assigned to a common group will hear a call and all radios assigned to an uncommon group will not hear the call Setup: Set Radios 1, 2, and 3 to (Group A) per test group structure. Make sure Scan is turned OFF. All radios should not be in encrypted mode but have encryption keys. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 SAMPLE478     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 46   Execution: 1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1. Audio should be heard in Radios 2 and 3. The ID of Radio 1 should be seen on Radios 2 and 3. 2. Set Radio 3 to (TG64002 P25). PTT on Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1. Audio should be heard in Radio 2 only. The ID of Radio 1 should be seen at Radio 2 only. 3. Repeat sets 1-4 for encrypted mode Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 5.13 Console Encrypted Individual (Private) Call Purpose: The Individual Call test will verify that the site will allow two radios to communicate on a private call Expected Results: This test will demonstrate that two radios can communicate on an individual call and other radios will not hear the private conversation. SAMPLE479     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 47   Setup: Set Radios 1, 2, and 3 to (TG64001) per test group structure. All radios should not be in encrypted mode but have encryption keys. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 Execution: 1. Using the Radio 1, select the pre-stored ID of Radio 2 or enter the Radio 2 ID directly from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1. 2. Verify that Radio 2 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 1. Verify that Radio 3 remains idle. 3. Release the PTT on Radio 1 and immediately PTT on Radio 2. 4. Verify that Radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 2. Verify Radio 3 remains idle. 5. Using the Radio 1, select the pre-stored ID of Radio 3 or enter the Radio 3 ID directly from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1. 6. Verify that Radio 3 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 1. Verify that Radio 6 remains idle. 7. Release the PTT on Radio 1 but do not immediately PTT Radio 3. Verify that Radio 3 gives a Call Back Alert (WHC-“Who Has Called”) Indication. Then make the return call from Radio 3 back to Radio 1. 8. Verify that Radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 3. Verify Radio 2 remains idle. 9. Repeat steps 1-8 for encrypted mode. SAMPLE480     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 48   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 6. Text Link 6.1 Console to Radio   Purpose: Confirm the console operator can send a text message to a radio Expected Results: The radio and the console will be able to communicate via text messages. Setup: Console should have talk groups 64001TU and 64002TU programmed with 64001TU selected and Radio set to TG64002 P25 Execution: 1. Launch the text link application. 2. Send a message from console to the radio by, selecting Radio 1 from the drop down list, type ‘Hello, Text Link Message test’ into the text field and hit send to send to radio. Verify that the radio receives the message from the console. 3. Respond to the console using the radio, by selecting ‘Send Mail’ selecting the preprogrammed console ID and preprogrammed message. Confirm that the console received the message from the console. SAMPLE481     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 49   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments:   6.2 Radio to Console   Purpose: Confirm the radio can send a text message to a console. Expected Results: The radio and the console will be able to communicate via text messages. Setup: Console should have talk groups 64001TU and 64002TU programmed with 64001TU selected and Radio set to TG64002 P25 Execution: 1. Send a message to the console from the radio, by selecting ‘Send Mail’ selecting the preprogrammed console ID and preprogrammed message. Confirm that the console received the message from the radio 2. Respond to the console with the radio by, selecting Radio 1 from the drop down list, type ‘Hello, Text Link Message test 2’ into the text field and hit send to send to radio. Verify that the radio receives the message from the console. . SAMPLE482     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 50   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments:   6.3 Console to Console   Purpose: Confirm the console operator can send a text message different console operator. Expected Results: Console A and Console B will be able to communicate via text messages. Setup: Console A and Console B should have the text messaging system installed. Execution: 1. Launch the text link application on both Console A and B. 2. Send a message from Console A to the Console B by, selecting Console B from the drop down list on Console A, type ‘Hello, Text Link Message test 3 A’ into the text field and hit send to send to the console. Verify that the Console B receives the message from the Console A. 3. Respond to the console A using the Console B by, tying ‘Hello, Text Link Message test 3 A’ into the text field and hit send to send to the Console A. Confirm that the Console A received the message from the Console B. SAMPLE483     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 51   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments:   6.4 Radio to Radio   Purpose: Confirm the console operator can send a text message to a radio Expected Results: The radio and the console will be able to communicate via text messages. Setup: Console should have talk groups 64001TU and 64002TU programmed with 64001TU selected and Radio set to TG64002 P25 Execution: 1. Send a message to Radio B from Radio A, by selecting ‘Send Mail’ selecting the preprogrammed Radio B ID and preprogrammed message. Verify that the radio B receives the message from the Radio A. 2. Respond to Radio A with Radio B by, selecting ‘Send Mail’ selecting the preprogrammed Radio A ID and preprogrammed message. Verify that the Radio A receives the message from the Radio B. SAMPLE484     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 52   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments:   7. Wide Area Router Failure Purpose: Demonstrate the capabilities of the system to work after a WAR failure Expected Results: System components that are set-up with High Availability will continue to work after a WAR failure. Setup: These tests are setup to be run twice, once on each router. So after completing step 4 restart the WAR router if not already running wait 20 minutes, and rerun the tests for the second router. These tests will simulate a WAR failure by disconnecting it from the Wide Area Network, so the WAR to WAN connection will need to be known. 1. Use Radio 1 to initiate a call o Verify that the call is heard on the Radio 2. Keep the call active during fail-over. 2. Use Radio 3 to initiate a call o Verify that the call is heard on Radio 4. Keep the call active during fail-over. 3. Log in to s0u1nss and s0u2nss, and change your user to the root user by typing ‘su –‘ and entering the password. 4. Type ‘HArunning’ into both NSSs, one will report that it is the ‘Stand By’ and one will report that it is the ‘Primary’ log the information in the chart below. SAMPLE485     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 53   Name Of Primary NSS Name of Primary WAR Name of Primary RNM Name of Primary RSM Shutdown Time Test 1 Test 2 5. Log into the ‘Primary’ WAR that is associated with the ‘Primary’ NSS. Shut off the connection to the WAN by performing a shut on the necessary ports. o The call from Radio 3 to Radio 4 will be dropped. o The call from radio 1 to 2 will continue and the console will lose connectivity to the VNIC. o Verify that after a short delay, the Backup server NSS2 automatically takes over as the primary server. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 7.1 UAS Site Access Control for Invalid User ID Purpose: This test will demonstrate access control for Subscriber units with invalid radio IDs and High Availability of the RSM. SAMPLE486     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 54   Expected Results: This test will deny a radio with an invalid Subscriber ID access to the system. Once the radio is added to the system the primary RSM will download it to the sites and allow the radio access. When the primary RSM is turned off and the radio is deleted from the UAS the secondary RSM will delete the radio from the system. Once the radio is deleted from the system the radio will again be denied access. Setup: Use the table below to set up the new radio in the UAS Voice End User User Id Name Description Personality User Privilege Enable P25 AES OTAR Manually- Keyed P25 Voice Auth Prefer Vocod 010:998:9150 Rad9150 Radio9150 Pers1 998_10_supervisor FALSE FALSE FALSE P25 Fu Rate OS Voice Auth Transc Allowed Flag FALSE TRUE Subscriber Unit Description RSI Electronic Serial Number Protocol Mask Status Sub Type Assigned End User Algori Suppo Radio9150 99899150 109989150 P25 Enabled Unit Harris P5400 010:998:9105 AES Execution: 1. Loin into a site traffic controller issue a “show udb 109989150 Verify the radio is not present in the traffic controller database 2. Program Radio 9801 with an ID 9989150. 3. Attempt to PTT Radio 9150. SAMPLE487     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 55   Verify access to the site is denied and audio is not heard on Radio 2. Verify the system is still functional by PTT Radio 2 and verify the audio is heard on Radio 3. 4. Use the supplied table to enter radio 109989150 in to the UAS database. a. Select Agency/”agency name”/Voice End User. Click Add Entry and then on the End User Detail screen input the User ID, password (“p25user”), Name, Description, etc. of the user. Click OK and download. Verify the user ID has been added to the list of users b. Select Agency/”agency name”/Subscriber Unit and enter the appropriate User ID, IP Address, and ESN for the user created in step 7. Click OK and download. 5. Loin into a site traffic controller issue a “show udb 109989150 Verify the radio is now present in the traffic controller database 6. Key radio 9150 Verify access to the site is permitted and audio is heard on radio. 7. Restart radio 9150 and PTT the radio Verify access to the site is permitted and audio is heard on radio 9012. 8. Delete 10998999150 from the UAS database 9. Key radio 9150 from UAS Verify access to the site is not permitted and audio is not heard. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE488     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 56   7.2 Site Activity using the Activity Warehouse Purpose: Demonstrate the capability to create various Agency level system usage reports. Expected Results: This test will create an Agency level user reports. Setup: Ensure radio traffic has occurred across the network recently. If necessary or desired, place some calls with a known radio ID on multisite talk groups prior to running the test for reference during the test. Execution: 1. Log into the SMT PC as a System level administrator. 2. Open Internet Explorer and Browse to ‘https://’hostname of RSM’/reports’ and log in with active directory credentials. 3. Select ‘Call Activity’ enter the time to run the report for two hours before this test. 4. Enter additional report information required. 5. Click on “View Report” Check to make sure that there is call activity. These reports can be up to 2 hours behind. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 7.3 VIDA REGIONAL NETWORK MANAGER (RNM) Purpose: Demonstrate the capability to monitor real-time call activity from the RNM. SAMPLE489     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 57   Expected Results: This test will show active call traffic on specific talk groups and SIDs. Setup: Administrator access to the RNM. Execution: 1. On a client computer, open the windows Internet Explorer and browse to https://s0u1rnm.vida.local/nmc and log in with an Active Directory account. 2. Choose the system map and select the ‘Launch Application’ button. 3. Open the Realtime tab and Click Site Calls. 4. Select the site and expand. 5. Check the box next to the channels and select to add the channels to the target list. Select the ‘ok’ button to launch the application. 6. Place a group call from Radio 1 to Radio 2 on the site. Verify that the event viewer displays the talkgroup ID and calling party ID. Verify the state changes from Free to Talk. Verify the TG Alias displays the Group Number. 7. Use Internet Explorer to browse to https://s0u2rnm.vida.local/nmc and repeat test steps 1-6 for the second RNM. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 7.4 Regional Network Manger Test SAMPLE490     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 58   Purpose: Demonstrate the capability to monitor system alerts from the RNM. Expected Results: This test will show system level equipment icons. Setup: Administrator access to the RNM. Execution: 1. On a client computer, open the windows Internet Explorer and browse to https://s0u1rnm.vida.local/nmc and log in with the active directory account. 2. Choose the system map and select the ‘Launch Application’ button. Select the ‘Network’ tab and expand the tree in the left hand panel until you can see a site in the right hand panel. Verify the Infrastructure is presented. Select an object and right click to select properties to view information related to the object. 3. Substitute https://s0u2rnm.vida.local/nmc and repeat test steps 1-3 for the second RNM. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 7.5 RF System Alarms Indications are reported to the RNM Purpose: Demonstrate the capability to monitor system faults & alarms at the RNM. Expected Results: System level equipment will indicate faults & alarms at the RNM. Setup: Access to the site under test and the regional RNM. The alarm will need to be generated by equipment being physically powered-down. Note the time of the alarm condition for later tests. Call up the RNM Domain screen and SAMPLE491     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 59   verify that all map icons are either green or blue. On the Fault Browser screen delete any prior alarms. Internal Note: Harris should create a comprehensive table of specific system alarms to verify. Execution: 1. On a client computer, open the windows Internet Explorer and browse to https://s0u1rnm.vida.local/nmc and log in with an Active Directory account. 2. Choose the system map and select the ‘Launch Application’ button. 3. Select the ‘Network’ tab and expand the tree in the left hand panel until you can see a site in the right hand panel. 4. Generate an alarm on a device (see chart) by powering down or otherwise disabling the device. Verify that the RNM indicates a site alarm for the affected device. 5. Turn the device back ON. Verify that the device alarm clears and displays green. 6. Review alarm details by performing a Right Mouse Click on an Object. Select the desired menu option. 7. Repeat steps 1-4 for all equipment listed in the below chart. 8. Substitute https://s0u2rnm.vida.local/nmc and repeat test steps 1-5 for the second RNM. Record the results below for each site. (Note: This form can be modified to reflect actual as-built alarms Tester: Results: Date: Alarm # Name Pass/Fail Remarks 1 Traffic Controller 2 Router SAMPLE492     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 60   3 Switch 4 Network Sentry 5 MME Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 7.6 Network Sentry Site Alarm Indications are reported to the RNM Purpose: Demonstrate the capability to monitor site faults & alarms at the RNM. Expected Results: Site level equipment will indicate faults & alarms at the RNM. Setup: This test verifies that the Site & Shelter Alarms are connected to the new system and alarm names are programmed to show the alarm types and locations. Site specific digital alarm inputs connected to the alarm management system (NetGuardian or Network Sentry) alarm unit. Internal Note: This is a field test. Should we configure a single simple site alarm for general test purposes? Execution: 1. On a client computer, open the windows Internet Explorer and browse to https://s0u1rnm.vida.local/nmc and log in with the Active Directory account. SAMPLE493     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 61   2. Choose the system map and select the ‘Launch Application’ button. 3. Select the ‘Network’ tab and expand the tree in the left hand panel until you can see a site in the right hand panel. 4. Select a physical site to test alarm inputs. 5. Create a condition that will either simulate an alarm (jumper alarm contacts) or the actual event to trigger each alarm Verify that the alarm is detected and displayed in the RNM Network Viewer and is listed in the Fault Browser 6. Clear the alarm condition Observe that the alarm indication has cleared in both the Network Viewer and the Fault Browser 7. Repeat for each alarm and for each site in the system 8. Record the results below for each site. (Note; This form can be modified to reflect actual as- built alarms). Site #: Site Name Tester: Results: Date: Alarm # Name Pass/Fail Remarks 1 Door 2 Smoke Detector 3 Heat Detector 4 Building Low Temp 5 Building High Temp SAMPLE494     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 62   6 Main Power Fail 7 ATS Normal 8 ATS Emergency 9 Generator Low Oil 10 Generator Over Temp 11 Generator Over Crank 12 ACH1 L.O. 13 ACH2 L.O. 14 Surge Arrestor 1 15 Surge Arrestor 2 16 Multicoupler Top 17 Multicoupler Bottom Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 7.7 P25 Station Reconfiguration using the Device Manger (Internal Test) Purpose: Demonstrate the capability to make configuration changes to the P25 stations. SAMPLE495     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 63   Expected Results: This test will change the control channel parameter in a P25 MASTR V station. Setup: Administrator access to the RSM and a site under test with at least 3 channels. Note: Reconfiguration of a site requires using the Device Manager application to make changes. The Device Manager application runs under Microsoft Windows operating system, which may reside on various hardware platforms such as a Laptop PC, or system management terminal (SMT). Changes to site parameters for this test procedure will be executed from the RSM server using Device Manager. Execution: 1. Use remote desktop to log into the RSM as a System level administrator and launch the Device Manager application. 2. Access the screen to configure channel parameters. 3. Make a site configuration change, such as forcing the Control Channel to operate on just channels 1 & 2 of the site. Download changes to the site. 4. Force the Control Channel to rotate from Channel 1 to Channel 2 by pressing the reset button on the Traffic Controller card. Optionally reset one of the channels using Device Manager and observe the channel rotation. Observe that the Control Channel rotates to Channel 2. 5. Once Channel 1 has rebooted, force the Control Channel to rotate from Channel 2 by pressing the reset button on Channel 2 Traffic Controller card.Optionally reset one of the channels using Device Manager and observe the channel rotation. Observe that the Control Channel rotates back to Channel 1, rather than to Channel 3. SAMPLE496     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 64   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 8. NSS SWITCHOVER [Internal Test] 8.1 Unit 1 NSS Switchover [Internal Test] Purpose: This test will verify if the primary NSS losses power it will fail over to the second NSS, the secondary NSS with take over the function of the primary NSS and restart multi-site call traffic. Expected Results: The test will simulate NSS failure and show that the redundant NSS will restart call handing functionality. The calls between the radios (1 & 2) on the made site will operate normally during the failover, call between radio on separate sites (3 & 4) will drop for about 40 seconds. During the failover the console will loose connectivity to the system for about 40 seconds. Setup: To start this test the VNIC needs to be on s0u1nss if it is not start with test 8.2 and perform this test after 8.2. Open a terminal screen. For single site simulcast system only ignore radios 1 and 2. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Site Radio 1 9980001 TG64001 P25 64001 1 Radio 2 9980002 TG64001 P25 64001 1 Radio 3 9980003 TG64001 P25 64002 1 Radio 4 9980001 TG64001 P25 64002 2 Console 9101 9989101 TG64001 P25 64001 & 6002 SAMPLE497     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 65   Execution: 1. Log into both NSS’s 2. Open a terminal window and type ‘su –‘ and type in the password to get root level access 3. Type ‘HArunning’ in to both terminal windows. The server that displays ‘Running as Primary’ is the primary. 4. Start calls with Radio 1, 3, listen to the calls with Radios 2, 3 and the Console. 5. Create power failure on Primary Network Switching Server by initiating a power off command in the NSS terminal window: a. For systems with NSS on Linux use ‘shutdown –r now’ b. For systems with NSS on Unix use ‘shutdown –i6 –g0 –y’ Primary NSS gives an alert message and goes down. After about 15 minutes the server will reboot. The call from Radio 3 to Radio 4 will be dropped. The call from radio 1 to 2 will continue and the console will lose connectivity to the VNIC. Verify that after a short delay, the Backup server NSS2 automatically takes over as the primary server. 6. On the RNM, verify that the; NSS1, MDIS, and VNIC icons turn red. NSS2, MDIS, and VNIC icons turn green. RNM reports NSS1, MDIS, and VNIC failure messages. Verify that the call between Radio 1 and Radio 2 continues to be heard on Radio 2 then drop the test call. After failover, verify that multi-site Group and Individual radio calls can be made between Radio 3 and Radio 4. Verify that NSS found in step 5 comes back into standby operation. Verify that the NSS1 Icon turns blue on RNM. 7. Wait 20 minutes for the two NSS servers to synchronize and replicate their databases. SAMPLE498     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 66   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 8.2 Unit 2 NSS Switchover [Internal Test] Purpose: This test will verify that if the secondary NSS losses power it will fail over to the primary NSS, the primary NSS with take over the function of the secondary NSS and restart multi-site call traffic. Expected Results: The test will simulate NSS failure and show that the redundant NSS will restart call handing functionality. The calls between the radios (1 & 2) on the same site will operate normally during the failover, the call between radios (3 & 4) on separate sites (3 & 4) will drop for about 40 seconds. During the failover the console will lose connectivity to the system for about 40 seconds. Setup: To start this test the VNIC needs to be on s0u2nss if it is not start with test 8.1 and perform this test after 8.1. Open a terminal screen. For single site simulcast system only ignore radios 1 and 2. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Site Radio 1 9980001 TG64001 P25 64001 1 Radio 2 9980002 TG64001 P25 64001 1 Radio 3 9980003 TG64001 P25 64002 1 Radio 4 9980001 TG64001 P25 64002 2 SAMPLE499     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 67   Console 9101 9989101 TG64001 P25 64001 & 6002 VCE Console TG64001 P25 64001 & 6002 Execution: 1. Log into both NSS’s 2. Open a terminal window and type ‘su –‘ and type in the password to get root level access 3. Type ‘HArunning’ in to both terminal windows. The server that displays ‘Running as Primary’ is the primary. 4. Start calls with Radio 1, 3, listen to the calls with Radios 2, 3 and the Console. 5. Create power failure on Primary Network Switching Server by initiating a power off command in the NSS terminal window: a. For systems with NSS on Linux use ‘shutdown –r now’ b. For systems with NSS on Unix use ‘shutdown –i6 –g0 –y’ Primary NSS gives an alert message and goes down. After about 15 minutes the server will reboot. The call from Radio 3 to Radio 4 will be dropped. The call from radio 1 to 2 will continue and the console will lose connectivity to the VNIC. Verify that after a short delay, the Backup server NSS2 automatically takes over as the primary server. 6. On the RNM, verify that the; NSS1, MDIS, and VNIC icons turn red. NSS2, MDIS, and VNIC icons turn green. RNM reports NSS1, MDIS, and VNIC failure messages. Verify that the call between Radio 1 and Radio 2 continues to be heard on Radio 2 then drop the test call. After failover, verify that multi-site Group and Individual radio calls can be made between Radio 3 and Radio 4. Verify that NSS found in step 5 comes back into standby operation. Verify that the NSS1 Icon turns blue on RNM. 7. Wait 20 minutes for the two NSS servers to synchronize and replicate their databases. SAMPLE500     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 68   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 9. VCE SWITCHOVER [Internal Test] 9.1 VCE Primary Switchover [Internal Test] 9.2 VCE Secondary Switchover [Internal Test] Purpose: This test will verify that if the primary VCE losses power it will fail over to the second VCE, the second VCE with take over the function of the primary VCE and restart multi-site call traffic. Expected Results: The test will simulate VCE failure and show that the redundant VCE will restart call handing functionality. The calls between the radios (1 & 2) will operate normally during the failover, call between radio and the VCE console will take about 40 seconds to recover functionality on the secondary VCE. Setup: To start this test the VNIC needs to be on s0u2nss if it is not start with test 7.1 and perform this test after 7.1. Open a terminal screen. For single site simulcast system only ignore radios 1 and 2. The spreadsheet below will need to be altered to fit the configuration of the VCE console. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Site SAMPLE501     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 69   Radio 1 9980001 TG64001 P25 64001 1 Radio 2 9980002 TG64001 P25 64001 1 Radio 3 9980003 TG64001 P25 64002 1 Radio 4 9980001 TG64001 P25 64002 2 VCE Console TG64001 P25 64001 & 6002 Execution: Log into both VCE’s Open a terminal window and type ‘su –‘ and type in the password to get root level access Type ‘HArunning’ in to both terminal windows. The server that displays ‘Running as Primary’ is the primary. Start a call with VCE Console and listen to the call with Radios 2, 3 and the Console. INTERNAL TEST ONLY, power disruption can corrupt hard drive configurations and is deemed too risky to test on fielded systems. Create power failure on Primary Network Switching Server (found in step 5) by initiating a power off command in the VCE terminal window: For systems with NSS on Linux use ‘shutdown –r now’ For systems with NSS on Unix use ‘shutdown –i6 –g0 –y’ Note that Primary VCE gives an alert message and goes down. After about 15 minutes the server will reboot. Note the call from Radio 3 to Radio 4 will be dropped. The call from radio 1 to 2 will continue and the console will lose connectivity to the VNIC. Verify that after a short delay, the Backup server NSS2 automatically takes over as the primary server. On the RNM, verify that the; NSS1, MDIS, and VNIC icons turn red. NSS2, MDIS, and VNIC icons turn green. RNM reports NSS1, MDIS, and VNIC failure messages. Verify that the call between Radio 1 and Radio 2 continues to be heard on Radio 2 then drop the test call. After failover, verify that multi-site Group and Individual radio calls can be made between Radio 3 and Radio 4. Verify that NSS found in step 5 comes back into standby operation. NSS1 Icon turns blue on RNM. Wait 20 minutes for the two NSS servers to synchronize and replicate their databases. Restart process at step 1 this time the server that was found to be primary in step 5 should be secondary. SAMPLE502     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 70   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 10. REDUNDANT CONTROL POINTS 10.1 Switching Control from Primary IP Control Point to Secondary IP Control Point Purpose: This test will demonstrate the Secondary Control Point can function as the Control Point. Expected Results: This test will verify that the Secondary Control Point can work as the Primary Control Point. After the control point is switched to the Secondary Control Point the system should operate normally. Setup: Locate the IPs for both the Primary and Secondary Control Point. At the start of this test the Primary Control Point should be running, the Secondary Control Point should be in standby. If the Secondary Control Point is running continue on to the next test, and come back to this test. Execution: 1. Log into the Primary Control Point router 2. Use the command ‘show ip int brief’ to verify that all ports are up and up. Port 5 – tech Port 6 – Mlan Port 7 – Plan Port 8 – UAC Port 9 – BaseBand 200 – Management SAMPLE503     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 71   3. Enter configuration mode with: ‘config t’ <enter> 4. Use the following commands to properly close ports on the control point. int g1/0 <enter> no shut <enter> int Loopback 1 <enter> shut <enter> end <enter> exit <enter> wr <enter> 5. Verify that the ports are now administratively down by entering: show ip int brief <enter> Port 5 – tech Port 6 – Mlan Port 7 – Plan Port 8 – UAC Port 9 – BaseBand 200 – Management 6. To keep from getting confused, power off the MASTR V power supplies to the Primary Control Point. 7. Log into the Secondary Control Point using putty. 8. Enter configuration mode with: config t <enter> 9. Enter the following commands to open the ports on the router to bring up the Control Point: int g1/0 <enter> no shut <enter> int Loopback 1 <enter> no shut <enter> end <enter> exit <enter> wr <enter> 10. Verify that all ports are now up and up using the following command:show ip int brief <enter> Port 5 – tech Port 6 – Mlan Port 7 – Plan Port 8 – UAC Port 9 – BaseBand 200 – Management 11. Reboot Secondary Control Point Network Sentry SAMPLE504     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 72   12. Power on Primary Control Point Router Place a call from a radio to a console and verify the call is heard. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 10.2 Switching Control from Secondary IP Control Point to Primary IP Control Point Purpose: This test will demonstrate that the Control Point can be switched from the Secondary to the Primary. Expected Results: This test will verify that the Primary Control Point can work as the Control Point. After the Control Point is switch to the Primary Control Point the system should operate normally. Setup: Locate the IPs for both the Primary and Secondary Control Point. At the start of this test the Primary Control Point should be running, the Secondary Control Point should be in standby. Execution: 1. Log into the Secondary Point router 2. Use the command ‘show ip int brief’ to verify that all ports are up and up. Port 5 – tech Port 6 – Mlan Port 7 – Plan Port 8 – UAC SAMPLE505     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 73   Port 9 – BaseBand 200 – Management 3. Enter configuration mode with: ‘config t’ <enter> 4. Use the following commands to properly close ports on the control point. int g1/0 <enter> no shut <enter> int Loopback 1 <enter> shut <enter> end <enter> exit <enter> wr <enter> 5. Verify that the ports are now administratively down by entering: show ip int brief <enter> Port 5 – tech Port 6 – Mlan Port 7 – Plan Port 8 – UAC Port 9 – BaseBand 200 – Management 6. To keep from getting confused, power off the MASTR V power supplies to the Secondary Control Point. 7. Log into the Primary Control Point using putty. 8. Enter configuration mode with: config t <enter> 9. Enter the following commands to open the ports on the router to bring up the Control Point: int g1/0 <enter> no shut <enter> int Loopback 1 <enter> no shut <enter> end <enter> exit <enter> wr <enter> 10. Verify that all ports are now up and up using the following command:show ip int brief <enter> Port 5 – tech Port 6 – Mlan Port 7 – Plan Port 8 – UAC Port 9 – BaseBand 200 – Management SAMPLE506     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 74   11. Reboot Primary Control Point Network Sentry Place a call from a radio to a console and verify the call is heard. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11. P25 TRUNKED CALLS AND SITE FEATURES Purpose: These tests will verify that the site can provide radio communications at the site level. Expected Results: These tests will demonstrate that the site can provide communications for radios. Setup: All tests in this section assume that the UAS setup matches the configuration in this test. All testing in this section is to be done with phase 1 radios. 11.1 Transmit Grant Tone Purpose: Demonstrate the system channel grant tone is heard on the radio. Expected Results: This test will show that the radio will play a grant tone when the radio is assigned a working channel. Setup: One radio with valid ID and a valid group on selected system. Grant tone (Ready to Talk tone) enabled in radio personality as applicable for specific radio type being tested. SAMPLE507     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 75   Execution: 1. Press PTT button on radio with valid group selected. 2. Verify grant tone is heard at radio when working channel access is granted. Note: If the call is queued, the grant tone will be delayed until the call is assigned a working channel.                Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.2 Out of Range Tone on PTT Purpose: The test demonstrates the radios out of range tone. Expected Results: When the radio losses connectivity with the control channel the radio plays a tone to make the user aware that it has lost connectivity to the Control Channel. Setup: One radio with a valid ID and a valid group on selected system. System scanning should be disabled in the radio personality as necessary for specific radio type being tested. Execution: 1. With valid group selected, and radio initially logged into and monitoring the Control Channel on the selected system, reduce the signal strength reaching the radio by some means (ex. unscrewing and removing the portable radio antenna, or moving further from the site). Verify that the radio indicates loss of Control Channel on the display when the received signal strength is sufficiently reduced (i.e. out of range of system). SAMPLE508     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 76   Press PTT button on radio, and verify that an out of range tone is heard at the radio. . Results (Pass/Fail) Tester Date Comments 11.3 Transmission Trunking Purpose: This test will demonstrate that the system is working as a transmission trunking system. Expected Results: The tests verify that the Control Channel will assign a working channel to the radio and that the radio and site will work as a trunking set. Setup: Radio 1, 2, and 3 should be the only radios on the system. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 Execution: 1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1. Verify the number of the channel assigned. SAMPLE509     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 77   2. PTT Radio 2 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 2. Verify the next channel is assigned. 3. PTT Radio 3 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 3. Verify the next channel is assigned. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.4 Message Trunking Purpose: This test will demonstrate that the system can work as a message trunking system. Expected Results: This test will verify that the Control Channel will assign a working channel to the radio and that the radio and site will work as a trunking set. Setup: No other radios should be on the system. Each call needs to happen within 3 seconds of each other for this test to work. If there are no talk groups setup in the UAS that are Message Trunked this will need to be fixed before this test can be run. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID SAMPLE510     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 78   Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64003 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64003 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64003 Execution: 1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1. Verify the number of the channel assigned. 2. PTT Radio 2 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 2. Verify the same channel is assigned in step 1. 3. PTT Radio 3 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 3. Verify the same channel is assigned in step 1 and 2. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE511     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 79   11.5 Group Test Call Purpose: The Group Test Call will show that the site will allow a radio to communicate using a group call Expected Results: The test will demonstrate that all radios assigned to a common group will hear a call and all radios assigned to an uncommon group will not hear the call Setup: Set Radios 1, 2, and 3 to (Group A) per test group structure. Make sure Scan is turned OFF. All radios should not be in encrypted mode but have encryption keys. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 Execution: 1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1. Audio should be heard in Radios 2 and 3. The ID of Radio 1 should be seen on Radios 2 and 3. 2. Set Radio 3 to (TG64002 P25). PTT on Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1. Audio should be heard in Radio 2 only. The ID of Radio 1 should be seen at Radio 2 only. SAMPLE512     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 80   3. Repeat sets 1-4 for encrypted mode Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.6 Individual (Private) Call Purpose: The Individual Call test will verify that the site will allow two radios to communicate on a private call Expected Results: This test will demonstrate that two radios can communicate on an individual call and other radios will not hear the private conversation. Setup: Set Radios 1, 2, and 3 to (TG64001) per test group structure. All radios should not be in encrypted mode but have encryption keys. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 Execution: SAMPLE513     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 81   1. Using the Radio 1, select the pre-stored ID of Radio 2 or enter the Radio 2 ID directly from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1. Verify that Radio 2 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 1. Verify that Radio 3 remains idle. 2. Release the PTT on Radio 1 and immediately PTT on Radio 2. Verify that Radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 2. Verify Radio 3 remains idle. 3. Using the Radio 1, select the pre-stored ID of Radio 3 or enter the Radio 3 ID directly from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1. Verify that Radio 3 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 1. Verify that Radio 6 remains idle. 4. Release the PTT on Radio 1 but do not immediately PTT Radio 3. Verify that Radio 3 gives a Call Back Alert (WHC-“Who Has Called”) Indication. 5. Make the return call from Radio 3 back to Radio 1. Verify that Radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 3. Verify Radio 2 remains idle. 6. Repeat steps 1-8 for encrypted mode. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE514     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 82   11.7 Unit to Unit Call Alert Paging Purpose: To demonstrate that a radio can send a page to a different radio on the system. Expected Results: This test will verify that radio 1 can send a page to radio 2 Setup: Radio 1 with Call Alert programmed into a button (“PAGE”) and Radio 2’s ID programmed into its Individual Call list. Radio 1 and Radio 2 on the same site. Execution: 1. Select the PAGE function from the MENU on Radio 1. Select Radio 2 from the preprogrammed list of radios and PTT Radio 1. Verify Radio 1 displays “*TX PAGE” on the second line. Verify Radio 2 displays the ID of Radio 1 on its first line and “*RX PAGE” on the second line. Verify Radio 2 beeps multiple times to indicate a received page. Verify Radio 1 beeps multiple times to indicate the page was successfully sent. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE515     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 83   11.8 Multi-site Announcement Group Call Purpose: This test will demonstrate that the system will allow a group call to function in a multi-site environment Expected Results: The test will demonstrate that all radios assigned to a common group will hear a call even though some of the radios are at distant sites and all radios assigned to an uncommon group will not hear the call Setup: Groups 64101 and 64102 are in Announcement Group 64107 per test group structure. Ensure Scan is turned OFF. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64002 P25 64002 Radio 3 998002 TG64003 P25 64003 Execution: 1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. 2. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1. Audio should be heard on Radios 2 and 3. ANNOUNCE should be displayed on Radios 2 and 3. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE516     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 84   11.9 Multisite Emergency Group Call Purpose: Demonstrate the capability of the system to process an emergency group call Expected Results: This test will verify that when a radio indicates an emergency group call. All other radios in the group indicate an emergency and the emergency can be cleared by an administrator radio. Setup: Program three Radios with the same emergency home group. Set the supervisor radio (Radio 1) and Radio 2 to the home group. Set Radio 3 to a different group (not home group). The radios must remain logged onto different sites. Execution: 1. Press the Emergency call button on Radio 1 and talk within the pre-defined Emergency Auto- key time, and/or PTT Radio 1 during or just after that time. Verify that Radio 1 indicates the “TX EMER” declaration and that it reverts to the home group. Verify that Radio 1 (on Site 1) and Radio 2 (on Site 2) indicate a “RX EMER” and hear audio on the emergency home group. 2. Clear the emergency with the Supervisor Radio (Radio 1). Verify the emergency clears in the radios. 3. Repeat the previous steps for encrypted voice. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE517     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 85   11.10 System All Call Purpose: Demonstrate the capability of the system to route a call to all radios on the system. Expected Results: This test will demonstrate the systems ability to route a single call to all available radios on the system. Setup: Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64000 P25 64000 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64101 Radio 3 998003 TG64002 P25 64102 Execution: 1. With Radio 1 place an Individual call to talk group 64000 (All Call Talk Group) Audio should be heard at Radios 2 and 3. 2. Repeat the previous steps for encrypted voice, if applicable. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE518     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 86   11.11 Transmit Denied (for Invalid radio ID) Purpose: This test is set up to demonstrate that a radio can be denied transmission on a site Expected Results: This test will verify the systems ability to deny a radio to transmit on one site and allow the radio to work on a different site. Setup: Program system so that radio ID is not valid on the site under test. Download database to site. Execution: 1. Program Radio 1 with an invalid ID 2. PTT Radio 1 Verify the radio is prohibited access to system. 3. Reprogram the radio to the original personality. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.12 Single Site Call Queue Declaration Alert Purpose: This test will demonstrate the system queuing. SAMPLE519     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 87   Expected Results: This test will verify that the system will assign users in a queue when the system has no available channels and assign users a working channel when the system has an available channel. Setup: This test requires four radios and two working channels. Disable channels (if necessary) until there are two working channels at the site. This test is to be run with no other users on the system. Execution: 1. Busy up all talk paths on the system with radio 1, and 2 by pressing and holding the PTT button. 2. With all talk paths busied, momentarily press and release the PTT button on test Radio 3 Verify that a Call Queued tone is heard at the radio. 3. Unkey (release PTT button) radio 2. Verify that Radio 3 is assigned to the free talk path. 4. The grant tone is heard at the radio, without having to rekey the radio (repressing the PTT button). 5. Press the PTT button on Radio 3 within the auto key time applicable to the radio type (approx. 2 seconds) to keep the assigned channel. Verify that audio from Radio 3 is heard at Radio 4. 6. Unkey all radios. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE520     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 88   11.13 Recent User Priority Purpose: This test is set up to demonstrate the systems ability to allow users that have recently used the system to have a slightly higher priority than users that have not recently used the system. Expected Results: This test will verify that a user that has recently used the system will get a half set higher priority over a user that has not recently used the system. This will allow the recent user to come out of the queue before the user that has not used the system. In this test the radio 1 should get the first available channel even though radio 2 entered the queue first. Setup: This test requires four radios and two working channels. Disable channels (if necessary) until there are two working channels at the site. Set the radio according to the table below. This test is to be run with no other users on the system and at intervals as set in the Recent Caller Interval (a time of greater than 10 seconds is recommended for the test which is configurable in the Traffic Controller module). This will only work if preformed quickly. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 9980001 TG64001 P25 64004 Radio 2 9980002 TG64002 P25 64002 Radio 3 9980003 TG64003 P25 64003 Radio 4 9980004 TG64004 P25 64001 Execution: 1. PTT and release Radio 1 (establish a recent user entry). 2. PTT Radios 3 and 4 and hold on transmit to busy both working channels. 3. PTT and release Radio 2 (queue a call less recent than Radio 1). 4. PTT and release Radio 1 (queue the recent user). SAMPLE521     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 89   5. Unkey Radio 4 Verify that Radio 1 un-queues and transmits. 6. Unkey all radios. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.14 Call Priority for Group IDs Purpose: This test is set up to demonstrate the systems ability to allow a user with a higher priority to get assigned a channel before a user with a lower priority despite who enter the queue first. Expected Results: This test will verify that a user that has a higher priority will get assigned a channel before users with a lower priority regardless of who entered the queue first. In this test radio 4 should get the first available channel, because it has a higher priority, and radio 3 will get assigned a channel next because it has a lower priority. Setup: This test requires two working channels on the site. Disable channels (if necessary) until there are two working channels on the site. Setup the radio according to the table below. This test is to be run with no other users on the system. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 9980001 TG64001 P25 64001 SAMPLE522     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 90   Radio 2 9980002 TG64002 P25 64002 Radio 3 9980003 TG64004 P25 64003 Radio 4 9980004 TG64003 P25 64004 Execution: 1. PTT Radios 2 and 4 and hold on transmit to busy both working channels. 2. PTT and release Radio 1 (medium priority entry into the queue). 3. PTT and release Radio 3 (high priority entry into the queue). 4. Un-key Radio 4 Verify that Radio 3 un-queues and keys. 5. Un-key Radio 2 Verify that Radio 1 un-queues and keys. 6. Un-key all radios. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.15 Emergency Call Priority for Group IDs Purpose: This test is set up to demonstrate the systems ability to allow a user that declare an emergency to be assigned a channel before other users despite queue entry sequence or priority level. SAMPLE523     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 91   Expected Results: This test will verify that radio 1 gets assigned a channel before radio 2 despite the fact that radio 2 has a higher priority and entered the queue first. Setup: This test requires four radios and two working channels on the site. Disable channels (if necessary) until there is only two working channels on the site. Execution: 1. PTT Radios 4 and 3 and hold on transmit to busy both working channels. 2. PTT and release Radio 2 (high priority entry into the queue). 3. Declare an emergency on Radio 1 (medium priority entry into the queue but now at Emergency Priority). 4. Un-key Radio 4 Verify that Radio 1 un-queues and is assigned a channel without having to PTT. (Key the radio within the specified auto key time in order to keep the channel.) 5. Un-key all radios and clear the emergency with the Radio 1. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.16 Group Scan Purpose: This test will demonstrate the radios ability to scan different talk groups. SAMPLE524     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 92   Expected Results: In this test the radio will play calls from multiple talk groups while scan is enabled Setup: All radios for this test need to have scan ability. Radio 1 set up with TG64001 P25 and TG64002 P25 in the scan list, TG64001 P25 selected, and group scan initially disabled. Execution: 1. Place a call from Radio 2 on talk TG64001 P25. Verify the call is received and audio is heard on Radio 1. 2. Place a call from Radio 2 on talk TG64002 P25. Verify the call is not received by Radio 1. 3. Enable group scan on Radio 1. 4. Place another call from Radio 2 on talk TG64002 P25. Verify that the call is now received and audio is heard on Radio 1. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64002 P25 64001 SAMPLE525     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 93   11.17 Priority Scan Purpose: This test will demonstrate the radios ability to set up scans lists with different levels of priorities. Expected Results: In this test the radio will play calls with a higher level of priority. Setup: Set Radio 1 to priority scan TG641001 P25 and scan (at lower priority – 3 bars) TG641002 P25. Set radio 1 to Group C. Have scan enabled on radio 1. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64002 P25 64002 Radio 3 998003 TG64003 P25 64001 Execution: 1. Place a call from Radio 2 on TG641002 P25, hold the call until the end of this test. Verify Radio 1 scans to TG64002 P25 and hears audio from Radio 2. 2. Place a call from Radio 3 on TG64001 P25. Verify Radio 1 priority scans to TG641001 P25 and hears audio from Radio 3. 3. Turn off scan on all radios. SAMPLE526     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 94   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.18 Transmit Busy Lockout Purpose: This test is setup to demonstrate that a radio can’t transmit on a talk group while a different radio is transmitting on the same talk group. Expected Results: This test will show that a radio will not be allowed to transmit on a talk group while a different radio is transmitting on the same talk group. Setup: Talk group used for test must be set up as transmission trunked. This feature does not apply to message trunked calls. . Execution: 1. Place a call from Radio 1 on selected talk group by pressing and holding the PTT button. Verify the call is received and audio is heard on Radio 2. 2. While the call is in progress, press the PTT button on Radio 2. Verify that Radio 2 does not transmit over (step on) the call in progress. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 SAMPLE527     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 95   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.19 Continuous Control Channel Update Purpose: This test will demonstrate that a radio will join a call that is already in progress Expected Results: This test will verify that a radio will join a call that is already in progress. Setup: Execution: 1. Set both radios to the test group. 2. Turn radio 2 OFF. 3. Key radio 1 and hold. Turn ON the radio 2 (and set it to the test group if necessary). Verify that the second radio joins the call in progress and hears audio from the call in progress. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 SAMPLE528     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 96   4. Unkey radio 1. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.20 Convert Too Callee Purpose: This test will demonstrate that the site will only allow one radio to transmit on a talk group. Expected Results: The test will verify that a site will only allow one radio to transmit on a talk group Setup: Radio 1 and Radio 2 should be on the same site. Execution: 1. Set two radios to the same site and group. 2. Key both radios at the same time. Verify that one radio ends up transmitting and the other ends up receiving. Verify that the call audio is routed. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64001 P25 64001 SAMPLE529     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 97   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.21 Multi-site Routing (for Multi-site Logout) Purpose: This test will demonstrate the system will not route a call to a site if all the radios logged into the site have moved to a different site. Expected Results: This test will verify that when the radio moves away from the site the system will not route calls to the site that it has roamed away from. Setup: Site 1 and 2 should be selected such that Radio 2 can log into Site 1 and then Site 2. If coverage prevents this, then program a third radio with the ID of Radio 2. Use the third radio to key on Site 1 with the ID of Radio 2 whenever the test procedure calls for this. The primary objective of this test is to demonstrate that the system routes calls to Site 2 whenever a unit (i.e. radio 2) is logged onto Site 2 and does not route calls to Site 2 when no units are logged into Site 2. Radio 1 logged in to Site 1 and Radio 2 logged into Site 2. Execution: 1. Key Radio 1 on Site 1. Verify channel assignments occur on Site 2. Un-key radio. 2. Switch Radio 2 to site 1. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG641001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG641001 P25 64001 SAMPLE530     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 98   3. Key Radio 1 on site 1. Verify no channel assignment on site 2 Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE531     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 99   11.22 Site Trunking (Failsoft) Indication Purpose: This test will demonstrate that radio will display a symbol when the site it is logged into is not connected to the system. Expected Results: This test will verify that the radio will display an ‘F’ when the site it is logged into is not connected to the system. Setup: Execution: 1. PTT Radio 1 Verify that the Radio 1, Radio 2, and Radio 3 can communicate on the system. 2. Disconnect the network connection from the Network Switching Center to the Site Router, causing loss of communication from the site back to the Network Switching Center. Verify that Radio 1 and Radio 2 indicate a Failsoft alarm (“F”) on their displays this may take several minutes. 3. PTT Radio 1 on Talkgroup A. Verify audio is heard at Radio 2. Verify audio is not heard on Radio 3. 4. Re-connect the network from the Network Switching Center to the Site Router. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Site # Radio 1 998001 TG641001 P25 64001 1 Radio 2 998002 TG641001 P25 64001 1 Radio 3 998003 TG641001 P25 64001 2 SAMPLE532     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 100   Verify the Failsoft alarm disappears on the radios and that communications with Radio 3 is restablished. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.23 Unconfirmed Call (Multisite Late-Enter) Purpose: This test will demonstrate that if two user demand talk group access the user that has an available channel will get the channel access first. Expected Results: The test will verify the systems ability to grant talk group access to the user that has an available channel. Setup: Site 1 should only have one working channel, disable all other working channels at site 1. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Site # Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 1 Radio 2 998002 TG64002 P25 64002 1 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 2 Radio 4 998004 TG64001 P25 64001 2 Execution: SAMPLE533     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 101   1. Key up radio 2 on site 1, and hold the call up. 2. Key up Radio 3 on TG64001 on Site 2, and hold the call up. Verify that Radio 3 should get the grant tone and the call should go through to Radio 4 on Site 2. Since Site 1 has no channels available, the call should not go through to Radio 1 on Site 1. 3. While Radio 2 is still keyed up, free up a channel on Site 1 by unkeying radio 2. Verify that the call gets routed to Site 1 and that Radio 1 late-enters into the call on that site. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.24 Confirmed Call [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] Purpose: This test will demonstrate that the system will allow confirmed calls. Expected Results: When a radio attempts PTT it will get a wait tone until there are available channels at all site that have demand for the call, or the confirmed call timer expires. Setup: Additional radios maybe required for this test, this test requires two more radios than the number of channels available at the site to be tested. Site 1 should only have one working channel, disable all other working channels at site 1. SAMPLE534     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 102   Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Site # Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64101 1 Radio 2 998002 TG64002 P25 64002 1 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64101 2 Radio 4 998004 TG64001 P25 64101 2 Execution: 1. Key up Radio 2 on site 1, and hold the call up. 2. Key up Radio 3 on TG64001 on Site 2, and hold the call up. The call will not be granted because there are no available channels on site 1. 3. Hold the call up until the confirmed call timer expires. Once the timer expires the call will go through but only to site 2 only 4. While Radio 2 is still keyed up, free up a channel on Site 1 by unkeying radio 2. Verify that the call gets routed to Site 1 and that Radio 1 late-enters into the call. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE535     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 103   11.25 Roaming (ProRoam) [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] Purpose: This test will demonstrate the system ability to direct the radios to adjacent sites Control Channels. Expected Results: As the signal quality degrades the radio will scan the adjacent Control Channels and log on to adjacent available Control Channel. Setup: The two radios used for this test must be capable (feature encrypted) and programmed for ProRoam. The radios must be valid on the two sites (Site 1 and Site 2) being used to conduct the tests. Site 1 and Site 2 should have overlapping coverage to verify Priority System Scan (if tested). Verify that the Tone Suppress Option is not selected in the personality so that an audible tone can be heard once the radios switch systems. Program both radios for Dynamic Scan mode. To test Priority System Scan (a.k.a., Preferred Site), ensure only Radio 1 has one of the sites (Site 1) used for the test as its Priority System. Have Radio 2’s Priority System Scan site set to a site not near the sites used in this test (i.e., not Site 1 or Site 2). Note that the display and indications of each model of radio differ. This test describes the general procedure for ProRoam Roaming. Refer to the specific radio operator’s manual or the ProRoam Release Notes for details. Log Radio 1 and Radio 2 onto the Site 1 used for this test. Ensure the radios are communicating on this system. Execution: 1. Start with both radios at site 1. 2. Begin traveling toward an area where the coverage from Site 2 is stronger than the coverage from Site 1. 3. As you travel away from site 1 and towards site 2, the signal quality will deteriorate. Once the signal level of Site 2 exceeds the programmed ProRoam parameters in the personality Radio 1 and Radio 2 will switch to the Site 2. The radios will generate audible tones and will visually indicate that they have switched to Site 2 Cell. After the radios have both switched to the Site 2 Cell, verify communications continue. SAMPLE536     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 104   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 11.26 Priority System Scan (Preferred Site) [Field Only Test] [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] Purpose: This test will demonstrate the radios ability to prefer one site over another site. Expected Results: As the signal degrades the radio will switch to the preferred site even though the signal strength of the preferred site is lower than the non- preferred site. Setup: The two radios used for this test must be capable (feature encrypted) and programmed for ProRoam. The radios must be valid on the two sites (Site 1 and Site 2) being used to conduct the tests. Site 1 and Site 2 should have overlapping coverage to verify Priority System Scan (if tested). Verify that the Tone Suppress Option is not selected in the personality so that an audible tone can be heard once the radios switch systems. Program both radios for Dynamic Scan mode. Static works. To test Priority System Scan (a.k.a., Preferred Site), ensure only Radio 1 has one of the sites (Site 1) used for the test as its Priority System. Have Radio 2’s Priority System Scan site set to a site not near the sites used in this test (i.e., not Site 1 or Site 2). Note that the display and indications of each model of radio differ. This test describes the general procedure for ProRoam Roaming. Refer to the specific radio operator’s manual or the ProRoam Release Notes for details. Log Radio 1 and Radio 2 onto the Site 1 used for this test. Ensure the radios are communicating on this system. Execution: 1. Continued from Roaming test. 2. Begin slowly travelling from Site 2 back to the coverage of Site 1. 3. As you travel from Site 2 back to Site 1, Radio 1 will log back onto Site 1 (its Priority System) as soon as an acceptable signal is available, even if Site 2 has a stronger signal. SAMPLE537     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 105   4. Radio 2 will roam onto Site 1 only when its signal is stronger than the signal of Site 2. Verify that Radio 1 scans back to Site 1 sooner than does Radio 2. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12. Open Sky Trunked Calls and Site Features [Opensky] Setup This setup applies to the tests contained in this section unless otherwise noted. A minimum of four radios are required to demonstrate functionality for a 2 slot OpenSky system. A minimum of six radios are required to demonstrate functionality for a 4 slot OpenSky system. Default programming of the test radios should include the following functionality:  Enable all menu items  Prevent radios from searching for better sites/channels (ATCHANSCAN0)  Group Scan should be initially disabled for all radios Initial setup for Radios: Radio 1 – NonSup Profile – Talk Group 64404 Radio 2 – NonSup Profile – Talk Group 64405 Radio 3 – NonSup Profile – Talk Group 64406 Radio 4 – NonSup Profile – Talk Group 64407 Radio 5 – NonSup Profile – Talk Group 64408 Radio 6 – NonSup Profile – Talk Group 64409 12.1 Radio Registration and Log-Off Purpose: This test verifies that properly configured radios can connect to the OpenSky radio system. SAMPLE538     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 106   Expected Results: The test passes if the unit under test successfully registers on the OpenSky fixed end system with each of 2 different voice user IDs. This is demonstrated on the radio using the display, and on the fixed end using the RNM VNIC Mobile Users display. Setup: Turn off all Radios except Radio 1. Execution: 1. Turn on Radio 1 and wait for it to register on the system. 2. Using the DTMF keypad on the radio under test, log-off the system by pressing *0## in sequence. 3. Using the Regional Network Manager (RNM) Realtime Viewer VNIC Mobile Users. Verify that the MES ID for the radio under test is not on the Home list. If the Viewer is already displayed, hit the Refresh button to display the new list. 4. Log-on Radio 1 with the user ID for Radio 2 using the DTMF keypad. 5. Refresh the RNM VNIC Mobile Users display Verify that the MES ID for the radio under test is on the Home list. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.2 Transmit Grant Tone [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the radio plays a grant tone when the PTT button is pressed and the radio is properly connected to the OpenSky network. SAMPLE539     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 107   Expected Results: The test passes if the unit under test successfully generates a grant tone when the PTT is pressed. Setup: Radio 1 on Talk Group 64404 Execution: 1. Press PTT button on radio with valid group selected. Verify grant tone is heard at radio when channel access is granted. Note: If the call is queued, the grant tone will be delayed until the call is assigned a working channel. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.3 Out Of Range Tone On PTT [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the radio plays a out of range tone when the PTT button is pressed and the radio is not properly connected to the OpenSky network. Expected Results: The test passes if the unit under test successfully generates an out of range tone when the PTT is pressed and the radio is out of contact with the OpenSky system. Setup: Radio 1 on Talk Group 64404 Execution: 1. With the radio initially logged into the selected system, reduce the signal strength reaching the radio by some means (ex. unscrewing and removing the portable radio antenna or moving further from the site). 2. Press PTT button on radio Verify that the Out of Range tone is heard at radio. SAMPLE540     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 108   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.4 Transmit Busy Lockout [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the radio does not interrupt a transmission in progress when the PTT button is pressed. Expected Results: The test passes if the conversation is not interrupted by another radio of the same priority. The radio attempting to interrupt will hear a deny tone. The deny tone will be followed by hearing the remainder of the conversation. Setup: Two radios (Radio 1, Radio 2) both on Group 64404. Talk Group used for test must be set up as transmission trunked (no hang time in the Talk Group properties). Execution: 1. Place a call from Radio 1 on Group 64404 by pressing and holding the PTT button. Verify the call is received and audio is heard on Radio 2. 2. While the call is in progress, press the PTT button on Radio 2. Verify that Radio 2 does not transmit over (step on) the call in progress and receives a deny tone. Verify that Radio 2 receives the deny tone followed by hearing the remainder of the conversation. SAMPLE541     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 109   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.5 Convert To Callee [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that two radios attempting to key up on the same Talk Group simultaneously will resolve in one radio transmitting and one radio receiving. Expected Results: The test passes if: 1) The radio that establishes the call plays the grant tone 2) The radio converted to callee plays the deny tone 3) The radio converted to callee then hears the audio being transmitted by the calling radio. Setup: Radio 1 on Talk Group 64404 Radio 2 on Talk Group 64404 Execution: 1. Key both radios at approximately the same time. Verify that one radio plays the grant tone. This radio is now referred to as the caller. Verify that the other radio plays the deny tone. This radio is now referred to as the callee. Verify that the caller ends up transmitting and the callee ends up receiving the audio transmitted by the caller. SAMPLE542     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 110   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.6 Late Call Entry [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that a radio joins a call in progress on connecting to the radio system on the same site. Expected Results: The test passes if Radio 3 joins the conversation from Radio 1 to Radio 2. Setup: Radio 1 on Talk Group 64404 Radio 2 on Talk Group 64404 Radio 3 on Talk Group 64404 All Radios must be on the same OpenSky site. Execution: 1. Turn Radio 3 off and Radio 1 and 2 on. 2. Key Radio 1 and hold. Verify Radio 2 hears the audio transmitted by Radio 1. 3. Turn Radio 3 ON. Verify that Radio 3 joins the call in progress and audio is heard. 4. Unkey Radio 1. SAMPLE543     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 111   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.7 Call Queue Declaration Alert [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that a radio PTTing on a radio frequency with all slots busy receives an alert identifying the call is queued. Expected Results: The test passes if 1) When all 4 slots on the frequency under test are filled, a PTT on the fifth radio receives the Queue Tone 2) When a slot is subsequently freed up, a PTT on the fifth radio receives the Grant Tone Setup: This test requires two more radios than the number of timeslots on the selected site used for test. To minimize the test setup and radio requirements for larger systems, channels may be disabled on the site so only one channel is operational. Radio 1 on Talk Group 64404 Radio 2 on Talk Group 64404 Radio 3 on Talk Group 64405 Radio 4 on Talk Group 64406 Radio 5 on Talk Group 64407 Radio 6 on Talk Group 64408 Ensure that group scan is disabled on all the radios. An OpenSky site with more than one channel will perform load sharing. Therefore, to illustrate queuing, all but one channel at a site must be offline. Execution: 1. Busy up all timeslots on the system with Radios 3 through 6 by pressing and holding the PTT button on each of the radios. SAMPLE544     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 112   2. With all timeslots busied, momentarily press and release the PTT button on test Radio 1. Verify that a Call Queued tone is heard at Radio 1. 3. Unkey (release PTT button) Radio 3. Verify that Radio 1 is assigned to the freed timeslot and the grant tone is heard without having to rekey the radio. Verify that audio from Radio 1 is heard at Radio 2. 4. Press the PTT button on Radio 1 within the autokey time applicable to the radio type to keep the assigned channel. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.8 Group Call and Alias [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the radios show correct status indicators during a call. Expected Results: The test passes if: 1) The transmitting radio displays the Talk Group on transmit 2) The transmitting radio displays the Tx indicator 3) The receiving radio displays the alias of the transmitting radio 4) The receiving radio displays the Rx indicator 5) The non-participating radio shows no indication of the call in progress. Setup: Set Radios 1 & 2 to Group 64404 Set Radio 3 to Group 64405 Turn off group scan on all radios Execution: SAMPLE545     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 113   1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. Verify Radio 1 displays the Talk Group on the display. Verify Radio 1 displays the transmit indicators. Verify Radio 2 receive indicators blink. Verify Radio 2 displays the alias of Radio 1. Verify there is no indication of the call in Radio 3: No audio is received, no receive indicators blink and no unit alias is shown. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.9 Group Scan [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies proper operation of OpenSky Talk Group scanning feature. Expected Results: The test passes if the unit under test successfully monitors Talk Groups in the scan list with demand on the registered site. Setup: Radio 1 on Talk Group 64404 Radio 1 set up with Talk Group 64404 and 64405 in the scan list, Group 64404 selected, and Group Scan initially disabled. Radio 2 on Talk Group 64404 Radio 3 on Talk Group 64406 Note:To add Talk Groups to the scan list, the LOCKOUT menu must be accessed. Once in the lockout menu, cycle through the Talk Groups. With a SAMPLE546     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 114   Talk Group displayed, press the appropriate button below the PTT to toggle scanning to this Talk Group. Execution: Same-Site Scan 1. Log Radio 1 and Radio 2 onto the same site. 2. Place a call from Radio 2 on Talk Group 64404. Verify the call is received and audio is heard on Radio 1. 3. Place a call from Radio 2 on Talk Group 64405 Verify the call is NOT received by Radio 1. 4. Enable group scan on Radio 1. 5. Place another call from Radio 2 on Talk Group 64405 Verify that the call is now received and audio is heard on Radio 1. Talkgroup Drag Scan 6. Log Radio 2 onto a different site from Radio 1. 7. Place a call from Radio 2 on Talk Group 64404. Verify the call is received and audio is heard on Radio 1. 8. Place a call from Radio 2 on Talk Group 64405 Verify the call is NOT received by Radio 1. 9. Log Radio 3 onto the same site channel as Radio 1. Set it to Talk Group 64405. Place another call from Radio 2 on Talk Group 64405. Verify that the call is now received and audio is heard on both Radio 1 and Radio 3. Note: In this case Radio 3 is creating demand for Talk Group 64405 on the radio site with Radio 1. Now that Talk Group 64405 is being transmitted by site 1 to reach Radio 3, Radio 1 will hear Talk Group 64405 as it is transmitted.The point is that scanning a frequency will not create demand on the site for the Talk Group. SAMPLE547     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 115   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.10 Transmission/Message Trunking [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the radio terminates the call in the time periods designed in transmission and message trunking modes. Expected Results: The test passes if 1) The unit under test terminates the call immediately in transmission trunking mode as evidenced by the transmitter alias disappearing on termination of PTT. 2) The unit under test terminates the call after the hang timer expires in message trunking mode as evidenced by the transmitter alias staying for the duration of the hang timer after termination of PTT. Setup: Radio 1 on Talk Group 64404 (transmission trunked) Radio 2 on Talk Group 64411 (message trunked) Execution: Transmission Trunking 1. Set both radios for Talk Group 64404 2. Key and unkey Radio 1. Verify that the Radio 2 responds to the call then immediately goes to idle mode (not busy with unit alias removed) when the Radio 1 unkeys. Observe the real-time viewer for VNIC Site Calls in the RNM to verify the call state returns to idle immediately after the call is dropped by Radio 1. Message Trunking 3. Set both radios for Talk Group 64411 4. Key and unkey Radio 1. Verify that the Radio 2 responds to the call and retains the unit ID for Radio 1 for the duration of the hang timer; SAMPLE548     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 116   Concurrently, observe the real-time viewer for VNIC Site Calls in the RNM to verify that Radio 2 responds to the call then hangs in the group call (Hang in the State column for the active site/channel/slot) for 5 seconds after the Radio 1 unkeys. Verify that the Radio 2 then goes to idle mode (not busy with unit alias removed) when the hang timer expires. Observe the real-time viewer for VNIC Site Calls in the RNM to verify the call state returns to idle. Repeat the previous step, but during the 5 second hang time, verify that the radios can key and get a transmit indicator during the hang time. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.11 Individual (Selective) Call [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the radios properly connect and reject peer-to-peer calls. Expected Results: The test passes if:  Two idle units under test successfully establish a selective call.  A selective call by a third unit is rejected by the OpenSky system when there is an existing selective call to the target unit.  A selective call by a unit is rejected by the OpenSky system when the target unit is not connected to the system.  A radio initiating a selective call gets a hangup indication when the target radio refuses the selective call. Setup: Set Radios 1, 2, & 3 to Talk Group 64404 SAMPLE549     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 117   Execution: 1. Using Radio 1, enter the USER ID for Radio 2 directly from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1 (*8 for selective call). Verify that Radio 2 receives the call and displays the alias of Radio 1 and verify that Radio 3 remains idle. 2. Answer the call on Radio 2 by pressing and releasing the PTT button. 3. Press the PTT button again to transmit. Verify that Radio 1 receives the call and displays the alias of Radio 2.Verify Radio 3 remains idle. Recipient Busy 4. With the call still up between Radio 1 and Radio 2, use Radio 3 and enter the USER ID of Radio 1. Verify Radio 3 displays “BUSY”. 5. Hang up call. Target Radio Unavailable 6. Log off Radio 2. 7. Using Radio 1, enter the Radio 2 USER ID directly from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1. Verify Radio 1 displays “UNAVAILABLE”. 8. Log on Radio 2. Call Rejected 9. Log back in to Radio 2. 10. Using the Radio 1, enter the Radio 2 USER ID directly from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1. Verify that Radio 2 receives the call and displays the alias of Radio 1. 11. Reject the incoming call on Radio 2 (while it is ringing) by pressing the select button. Verify that Radio 1 displays the message “HANGUP”. SAMPLE550     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 118   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.12 Voice Group and User Priority and Preemption [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the system-wide Talk Group priorities are honored. Expected Results: The test passes if:  A group call from a unit under test successfully interrupts a conversation from the lowest priority unit on a single site with all slots filled.  A group call from a unit under test successfully interrupts a conversation from the lowest priority unit on a different site with all slots filled.  A call from a supervisor preempts a standard user call on the same Talk Group. Setup: The following set-up and execution assumes a 4-slot OpenSky system. If you are testing a 2-slot OpenSky system, this test will be performed with 4 radios (omit steps associated with Radios 3 & 4). Radio 1 on Talk Group 64400 Radio 6 on Talk Group 64400 Radio 2 on Talk Group 64401 Radio 3 on Talk Group 64402 Radio 4 on Talk Group 64403 Radio 5 on Talk Group 64404 Disable all channels except one on the site being used for this test. Set Radios 1 through 5 on the same site and Radio 6 on a different site. Execution: Preemption Of A Local Call By A Higher Priority Local Call 1. Initiate a call on Radio 5. Continue the call. 2. Initiate a call on Radio 4. Continue the call. 3. Initiate a call on Radio 3. Continue the call. SAMPLE551     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 119   4. Initiate a call on Radio 2. Continue the call. All time slots are now occupied. 5. Initiate a call on Radio 1. Continue the call. 6. Verify that Radio 1 gained access to the channel, the lower priority call on Radio 5 was preempted, and a remove tone was emitted by Radio 5. 7. Verify that Radio 6 received the call from Radio 1. Preemption Of A Local Call By A Higher Priority Incoming Call From Another Site 1. Initiate a call on Radio 5. Continue the call. 2. Initiate a call on Radio 4. Continue the call. 3. Initiate a call on Radio 3. Continue the call. 4. Initiate a call on Radio 2. Continue the call. 5. Initiate a call on Radio 6. Continue the call. 6. Verify that Radio 6 gained access to the channel, the lower priority call on Radio 5 was preempted, a remove tone was emitted by Radio 5 7. Verify that Radio 1 received the call from Radio 6. Supervisor Access Preempt Non-Supervisor Access On The Same Talk Group. 1. Change Radio 1 to the Supvsr profile (Making Radio 1 a supervisor on Talk Group 64404) 2. Set Radio 1 to Talk Group 64404 3. Set Radio 2 to Talk Group 64404 4. Initiate a call from Radio 2. Continue the call. 5. Initiate a call from Radio 1. 6. Verify the the call on Radio 2 is torn down and the call from Radio 1 proceeds. 7. Put Radio 1 back in the NonSup Profile Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.13 Programming/Provisioning [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the radio can have its configuration viewed and set over the air. SAMPLE552     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 120   Expected Results: The test passes if the unit under test successfully reboots on command. Setup: Log Radio 1 onto the system. Execution: 1. From the RNM MDIS Mobile Users Real Time Viewer, double click on the entry for Radio 1 and click on Login to MES. 2. Demonstrate the ability of remotely changing an AT command within the depot configuration of the mobile via the network. Enter “at&v” to request a listing of the depot configuration. Enter “atz” and observe that Radio 1 reboots. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.14 Unconfirmed Call (Multisite Late-Enter) [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that a radio joins a call in progress on connecting to the radio system on a different site when a talk path frees up. Expected Results: The test passes if Radio 1 joins the conversation from Radio 2 to Radio 3. Setup: Ensure that only one station at Site 1 is operational, otherwise load sharing will occur. Log Radio 1 into Site 1 on Talk Group 64404. Log Radio 2 into Site 2 on Talk Group 64404. Log Radio 3 into Site 2 on Talk Group 64404. Log Radio 4 into Site 1 on Talk Group 64405. Log Radio 5 into Site 1 on Talk Group 64406. Log Radio 6 into Site 1 on Talk Group 64407. SAMPLE553     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 121   Log Radio 7 into Site 1 on Talk Group 64408. Execution: 1. Key up Radio 4, 5, 6, and 7 Note: at this point, all available slots at Site 1 are loaded. 2. Key up Radio 2 Verify Radio 2 gets the grant tone and the call goes through to Radio 3 on Site 2. Verify the call does not go through to Radio 1 on Site 1. Note: the call does not go through to Site 1 because there are no available slots on the channel. 3. While Radio 2 is still keyed up, free up a channel on Site 1 by unkeying Radio 4. Verify that the call gets routed to Site 1 and that Radio 1 late-enters into the call on that site. 4. Unkey all radios Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.15 Multi-site Routing (for Multi-site Logout) [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the no slots are assigned to a site with no connected radios. Expected Results: The test passes if  the real-time viewer on the NMC shows slots assigned when a unit is logged into Site 2 SAMPLE554     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 122    the real-time viewer on the NMC shows no slots assigned when no units are logged into Site 2 Setup: This test requires the following: Radio 1, logged into Site 1, Talk Group 64404. Radio 2, logged into Site 2, Talk Group 64404. No other radios should be logged into Site 2. Note: Site 1 and 2 should be selected such that Radio 2 can log into Site 1 and then Site 2. If coverage prevents this, then program a third radio with the USER ID of Radio 2. Use the third radio to key on Site 1 with the USER ID of Radio 2 whenever the test procedure calls for this. The primary objective of this test is to demonstrate that the system routes calls to Site 2 whenever a unit (i.e. Radio 2) is logged onto Site 2 and does not route calls to Site 2 when no units are logged into Site 2. Hence, a test group should be used that is not a default emergency or emergency capable. Locate all units on the Test Group and then logout each unit except for Radio 1 and Radio 2. Execution: 1. Key Radio 1 Verify timeslot assignments occur on Site 2 using the real-time viewer on the RNM. 2. Unkey Radio 1. 3. Tune Radio 2 to Site 1 4. Key Radio 2 on Site 1 (Radio 2 is no longer logged into Site 2). Verify no channel assignment occurs on Site 2 using the real-time viewer on the RNM, since there are no radios logged into Site 2. 5. Unkey Radio 2. 6. Key Radio 1. Verify no channel assignment occurs on Site 2 using the real-time viewer on the RNM since there are no radios logged into Site 2. 7. Unkey Radio 1. 8. Tune Radio 2 to site 2 9. Key Radio 2 on Site 2. Verify a channel assignment occurs on Site 2 using the real-time viewer on the RNM. 10. Unkey Radio 2. SAMPLE555     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 123   11. Key Radio 1. Verify a channel assignment occurs on Site 2 using the real-time viewer on the RNM, since Radio 2 is logged into Site 2. 12. Unkey Radio 1. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.16 Adjacency Broadcast [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the radio receives information regarding other frequencies in the fixed system over the air. Expected Results: The test passes if the unit under test successfully displays more frequencies in the Provisioned Channel List than programmed in the Licensed Channel List. Setup: Radio 7, logged into Site 1, Talk Group 64404, Licensed Channel List (LCL) contains only one frequency. The LCL can be cleared with the comman at@R* from a terminal session with the radio. Repopulate the LCL with only one frequency by using the at@C command. Turn off the station that you just programmed into the LCL of the radio under test. Execution: 1. Establish a terminal session with the radio under test and put the radio in BurnApp mode with the command “atz-1” 2. Clear the Provisioned Channel List with the command “”. SAMPLE556     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 124   3. Issue the command “atz9” to reboot the radio into OpenSky mode. Since the only channel in its LCL is currently turned off, it should not register with the system. 4. On the Teraterm application connected to the radio, hit “++-” 5. View the Licensed Channel List (LCL) by entering “AT@C?” on the Teraterm application. View the Provisioned Channel List (PCL) by entering “^$P” on the Teraterm application. (this list should be empty) 6. Turn on the channel that was turned off at the beginning of the test. 7. The radio should now register on the system. Verify that the radio has registered on the system. 8. Wait 1 minute for the radio to receive channel adjacency information from the Base Station. 9. Issue the command “^$P” to view the Provisioned Channel List. Verify the PCL now contains frequencies. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.17 Site Failure Roaming [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the radio roams to another frequency on loss of a frequency. Expected Results: The test passes if the unit under test successfully participates in calls following failure of the connected site. Setup: Radio 1, logged into Site 1, Talk Group 64404 Radio 2, logged into Site 2, Talk Group 64404, configured to perform roaming calculations (issue the command ATCHANSCAN 7 in a terminal session). SAMPLE557     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 125   Execution: Verify that Radio 2 is logged into Site 2. Verify communication between Radio 1 and Radio 2. 1. Power off the Site channel(s) in use by Radio 2. Verify that the radio roams to the alternate serving site. The radio will visually indicate that is has switched to the second site via the channel menu display. After the radio has switched to the alternate site, verify communications continue. 2. Issue the command ATCHANSCAN 0 in a terminal session with Radio 2 to configure Radio 2 to not perform site roaming. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.18 Simultaneous Voice and Data [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the a single radio supports bi-directional data transfer concurrent with an incoming voice call. Expected Results: The test passes if the unit under test successfully receives 90% of ping responses during an inbound call. Setup: Attach a laptop to Radio 6 and set it to Talk Group 64404 Set Radio 2 to Talk Group 64404 Set both radios to the same OpenSky channel. SAMPLE558     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 126   Execution: 1. On the laptop connected to Radio 6 via PPP, initiate a continuous ping (ping <IP Address> -w 15000 –t) to the VNIC (10.128.0.10). Verify that the data call occurs without interruption. 2. Key Radio 2 on Talk Group 64404 and generate a test count. Verify that Radio 6 receives the voice call and continues the data call. 3. Unkey Radio 2 and verify that the data traffic continues. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.19 Voice Transmission Takes Priority Over Data Transmission [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the data transmission is interrupted when all slots on a frequency are occupied with a voice call. Expected Results: The test passes if  An independent data exchange is interrupted when the final slot is filled with a voice call.  The independent data exchange is restored when the voice call is relinquished on a slot. Setup: Choose a site that has only one channel or turn off all but one channel at the site to be used for this test. Radio 1 on Talk Group 64404 Radio 2 on Talk Group 64404 Radio 3 on Talk Group 64405 Radio 4 on Talk Group 64406 Radio 5 on Talk Group 64407 Radio 6 on Talk Group 64408 SAMPLE559     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 127   Execution: 1. Connect a laptop to Radio 6 and initiate a continuous ping (ping <IP Address> -w 15000 –t) to the NSC (10.128.0.10). 2. Key Radio 3 and hold the call up. 3. Key Radio 4 and hold the call up. 4. Key Radio 5 and hold the call up. Verify that the data call occurs without interruption (e.g. 90% response to pings). 5. Key Radio 1 and generate a test count. Verify that Radio 2 receives the voice call. Verify the data call originating on Radio 6 is interrupted. 6. Release the voice call on Radio 1. Verify that the data call on Radio 6 resumes. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.20 Status/Alert Messages [Opensky] Purpose: This test verifies that the radio can send and receive alert messages. Expected Results: The test passes if the units under test successfully send and receive alert messages. SAMPLE560     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 128   Setup: Configure Radio 1 with one or more of the following text messages via terminal or remote configuration:  On Scene  On Duty  Meal Break  Court Duty  Fire Required Execution: 1. On Radio 1, select the message and send it to the User ID of one of the other radios. Verify that the target radio received the message. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 12.21 OpenSky Data IP Connectivity Test[Opensky] Purpose: Confirm that a terminal attached to an Opensky radio can be accessed on the VIDA network using ping. Expected Results: This test will verify the system will establish a data connection to a terminal that is attached to an OpenSky radio. Setup: The system will be partitioned for data so that uncontrolled system traffic does not skew the results, and the MDT will be located in a stationary position in a predicted data coverage area, with at least -80 dBm signal level.  one mobile data radio,  a Host with IP connectivity connected to the Network Switching Center,  one MDT connected to the mobile data radio. SAMPLE561     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 129   Execution: Verify that the Host can ping the NSC. 1. Log in the radio. 2. Boot the MDT. 3. Send one hundred 100-byte pings from the MDT to the Host with 10-second timeout. (Example: ping 128.0.0.2 –w 10000 –l 100 –n 100) Verify that at least 90% of the ping messages are successfully transferred. 4. Turn off the receiving MDT radio. 5. At the IP Host, send 10 pings with 5-second timeout and verify that all call attempts fail due to ping time-outs. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 13. TRANSCODER TEST Purpose: This test will demonstrate the transcoder ability to transcode calls made with different vocoders Expected Results: This test will verify that the transcoder is needed to transcode a call, and each transcoder will transcode calls. Setup: SAMPLE562     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 130   Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 9980001 TG 64400OS 64400 Console 9110 9989110 TG 64400OS 64400 Execution: 1. Shutdown s0u1xcda.vida.local, s0u2xcda.vida.local and s0u1xcdb.vida.local. 2. From the console place a call on talk group 64400OS Verify that the call is not heard on a P25 radio on talk group 6400OS, this called failed because there is no working transcoder. 3. Restart s0u1xcda.vida.local. 4. From the console place a call on talk group 64400OS Verify that the call is heard on a P25 radio 5. Restart s0u2xcda.vida.local wait for 15 minutes for services to start 6. Shutdown s0u1xcda.vida.local. Transcoder State s0u1xcda.vida.local Off s0u2xcda.vida.local Off s0u1xcdb.vida.local Off Transcoder State s0u1xcda.vida.local On s0u2xcda.vida.local Off s0u1xcdb.vida.local Off SAMPLE563     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 131   7. From the console place a call on talk group 64400OS Verify that the call is heard on a P25 radio on talk group 6400OS this call is using s0u2xcda.vida.local. 8. Restart s0u1xcdb.vida.local 9. Shutdown s0u1xcda.vida.local 10. From the console place a call on talk group 64400OS Verify that the call is heard on a P25 radio on talk group 6400OS this call is using s0u3xcda.vida.local. 11. Restart s0u2xcda.vida.local and s0u1xcda.vida.local 12. From the console place a call on talk group 64400OS verify that the call is heard on a P25 radio on talk group 6400OS Transcoder State s0u1xcda.vida.local On s0u2xcda.vida.local On s0u1xcdb.vida.local On Transcoder State s0u1xcda.vida.local Off s0u2xcda.vida.local On s0u1xcdb.vida.local Off Transcoder State s0u1xcda.vida.local Off s0u2xcda.vida.local Off s0u1xcdb.vida.local On SAMPLE564     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 132   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 14. P25 PHASE 2 FUNCTIONALITY (Single Site/Simulcast Single Site) Purpose: The tests below verify that the P25 Phase 2 implementation provides the additional traffic channel capacity and features of P25 Phase 2 while allowing backwards compatibility with Phase 1 radios and talkgroups. Expected Results: This will verify that a P25 Phase 1 call will work on a Phase 2 system Setup: In the following tests, portables 1 and 2 will be set up as Phase 1 only. Portables 3 and 4 will be set up as Phase 2 and Phase 1 capable, depending upon talk-group. FDMA refers to Phase 1 and TDMA refers to Phase 2. Start a session on the RNM and setup to watch channel assignments using the real time viewer function. On a client computer, open the windows internet explorer and browse to https://s0u1rnm.vida.local/nmc and log in with an Active Directory account. Choose the system map and select the ‘Launch Application’ button. Open the Realtime tab and Click Site Calls. Select the site and expand. Check the box next to the channels and select the to add the channels to the target list. Select the ‘ok’ button to launch the application. Place a group call from Radio 1 to Radio 2 on the site, and verify that the event viewer displays the talkgroup ID and calling party ID. Verify the state changes from Free to Talk. Verify the TG Alias displays the Group #. SAMPLE565     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 133   Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID System Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 Radio 2 998002 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 Radio 3 998003 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 Radio 4 998004 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 14.1 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call Phase 1- Phase 1 Purpose: Demonstrates that a Phase 1 call will work on a Phase 2 system Expected Results: This will verify that a P25 Phase 1 call will work on a Phase 2 system Setup: Turn off radios 3 and 4. Execution: 1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1 Verify that the call is assigned as an FDMA by viewing the Real Time Viewer Site Activity on the RNM. Verify Radios 2 can hear Radio 1. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE566     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 134   14.2 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call - Phase 1 and Phase 2 Purpose: Demonstrates that a mixed mode call can function on a Phase 2 system Expected Results: This test will verify that a Phase 2 radio will hear a call from a Phase 1 radio. Setup: Turn on Radios 1, 2, 3, 4 Execution: 1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1 Verify that the call is assigned as an FDMA by viewing the Real Time Viewer Site Activity on the RNM. Verify Radios 2, 3 and 4 can hear Radio 1. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 14.3 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call - Phase 1 Purpose: Demonstrates that a mixed mode call can function on a Phase 2 system Expected Results: This test will verify that a Phase 1 radio will hear a call from a Phase 2 radio. Setup: Turn on Radios 1, 2, 3, 4 Execution: 1. PTT Radio 3 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 3 SAMPLE567     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 135   Verify that the call is assigned as an FDMA by viewing the Real Time Viewer Site Activity on the RNM. Verify Radios 1, 2 and 4 can hear Radio 3. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 14.4 Phase 2 site Call Purpose: Demonstrates that a Phase 2 call work on a Phase 2 system Expected Results: This will verify that a P25 Phase 2 call will work on a Phase 2 system Setup: Turn off Radios 1, and 2 Execution: 1. PTT Radio 3 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 3 Verify that the call is assigned as an TDMA by viewing the Real Time Viewer Site Activity on the RNM. Verify Radios 4 can hear Radio 1. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE568     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 136   15. P25 PHASE 2 FUNCTIONALITY [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] Purpose: The tests will show that the system will allow radios that are on different sites to communicate while the radios are on different phases on P25. Expected Results: This test will verify that the system will allow Phase 1 and Phase 2 radio to inter communicate. Setup: In the following tests, portables 1 and 2 will be set up as Phase 1 only. Portables 3 and 4 will be set up as Phase 2 and Phase 1 capable, depending upon talk-group. FDMA refers to Phase 1 and TDMA refers to Phase 2. Start a session on the RNM and setup to watch channel assignments using the real time viewer function. On a client computer, open the windows internet explorer and browse to https://s0u1rnm.vida.local/nmc and log in with an Active Directory account. Choose the system map and select the ‘Launch Application’ button. Open the Realtime tab and Click Site Calls. Select the site and expand. Check the box next to the channels and select the to add the channels to the target list. Select the ‘ok’ button to launch the application. Place a group call from Radio 1 to Radio 2 on the site, and verify that the event viewer displays the talk-group ID and calling party ID. Verify the state changes from Free to Talk. Verify the TG Alias displays the Group #. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID System Site On/Off Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 1 On Radio 2 998002 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 1 On Radio 3 998003 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 2 On SAMPLE569     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 137   Radio 4 998004 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 2 On 15.1 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call Phase 1- Phase 1 [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] Purpose: Demonstrates that a Phase 1 call work on a Phase 2 system Expected Results: This will verify that a P25 Phase 1 call will work on a Phase 2 system Setup: Turn off radios 3 and 4. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID System Site On/Off Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 1 On Radio 2 998002 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 1 On Radio 3 998003 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 2 Off Radio 4 998004 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 2 Off Execution: 1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1 SAMPLE570     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 138   Verify that the call is assigned as an FDMA at site 2 by viewing the Real Time Viewer Site Activity on the RNM. Verify Radios 2 can hear Radio 1. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 15.2 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call - Phase 1 and Phase 2 [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] Purpose: Demonstrates that a mixed mode call can function on a Phase 2 system Expected Results: This test will verify that Phase 2 radios will hear a call from a Phase 1 radio. Setup: Turn on Radios 1, 2, 3, 4 Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID System Site On/Off Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 1 On Radio 2 998002 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 1 On Radio 3 998003 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 2 On Radio 4 998004 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 2 On Execution: SAMPLE571     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 139   1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1 Verify that the call is assigned as an FDMA at site 2 by viewing the Real Time Viewer Site Activity on the RNM. Verify Radios 2, 3 and 4 can hear Radio 1. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 15.3 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call - Phase 1 [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] Purpose: Demonstrates that a mixed mode call can function on a Phase 2 system. Expected Results: This test will verify that a Phase 1 radio will hear a call from a Phase 2 radio. Setup: Turn on Radios 1, 2, 3, 4 Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID System Site On/Off Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 1 On Radio 2 998002 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 1 On Radio 3 998003 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 2 On Radio 4 998004 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 2 On SAMPLE572     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 140   Execution: 1. PTT Radio 3 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 3 Verify that the call is assigned as an FDMA at site 2 by viewing the Real Time Viewer Site Activity on the RNM. Verify Radios 1, 2 and 4 can hear Radio 3. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 15.4 Phase 2 site Call [Non Single Cell Simulcast/Multisite Only] Purpose: Demonstrates that a Phase 2 call work on a Phase 2 system Expected Results: This verify that a P25 Phase 2 call will work on a Phase 2 system Setup: Turn off Radios 1, and 2 Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID System Site On/Off Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 1 Off Radio 2 998002 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1 1 Off SAMPLE573     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 141   Radio 3 998003 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 2 On Radio 4 998004 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2 2 On Execution: 1. PTT Radio 3 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 3 Verify that the call is assigned as a TDMA at site 2 by viewing the Real Time Viewer Site Activity on the RNM. Verify Radios 4 can hear Radio 1. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 16. SYMPHONY DISPATCH FEATURE SET All Testing done in this section should be done with a user that is in the ‘Console’ User Group. 16.1 Transmitting With a Microphone (Group Calls, I Calls) Purpose: Confirms the console operator can initiate communication with a terminal radio using the console select functions and foot pedal, for both Group and I Calls. SAMPLE574     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 142   Expected Results: Confirms communication with the terminal radio Setup: Radio set to TG64001 P25 and console programmed with talk groupTG64001 P25 Execution: Execution: 1. Press the INSTANT TX function (for example right mouse button) on the module with the test group. Verify that a channel access tone is heard, a ripple effect on the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed that the call is heard on the radio. 2. Release the Instant TX key 3. Right click on the gear symbol for TG64002 and select ‘Select’ to make TG64002 the selected talk group. Verify that the module for TG64002 is highlighted indicating that it is the selected talk group the module at the top center of the screen changes to ‘TG64002’ 4. Make call on 64002TG by: a. Press the PTT foot pedal. verify that a channel access tone is heard, the halo around the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed that the call is heard on the radio verify audio is head at a radio on talk group 64002TG i. Release the foot pedal to end the call b. Press the headset button. verify that a channel access tone is heard the halo around the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed that the call is heard on the radio verify audio is head at a radio on talk group 64002TG i. Release the headset button to end the call. c. Select the 64002TG button with the mouse. verify that a channel access tone is heard the halo around the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed that the call is heard on the radio verify audio is head at a radio on talk group 64002TG i. Release the mouse button to end the call. SAMPLE575     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 143   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 16.2 Receiving Calls (Unit ID Display, Talk group ID Display, Aliasing) Purpose: Confirm the console operator can receive communications from a terminal radio, using both talkgroup and individual calling. Expected Results: Communications are initiated and received on the appropriate speaker (select or unselect) and the radio’s ID is displayed. Setup: Console should have talk groups 64001TU and 64002TU programmed with 64002TU selected and Radio set to TG64001 P25 16.2.1 Talk Group Call Execution: 1. Key the radio and verify That the call is heard at the unselect speaker That the calling radio ID is displayed on the module for TG64001 A green light id displayed indicating a incoming call on module TG64001 2. Switch the radios talk group to 64002TU and key the radio. That the call is heard at the select speaker That the calling radio ID is displayed on the module for TG64002 A green light id displayed indicating a incoming call on module TG64002 SAMPLE576     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 144   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 16.2.2 Individual Call (Unit – Unit)   Execution: 1. Right click on the ‘Harris’ box on the top left hand side of the screen. 2. Select ‘Open Directory’ this will open a pop up window for the ‘Directory’ 3. Select the ‘Users’ tab 4. Select ‘Radio 1’ under the “ALIAS’ column 5. Press the ‘Radio 1’ button the right side to the screen to place a individual call to radio 1. Verify the ripple effect on the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed Verify a ringing tone will be heard at the console and the radio Verify radio displays ‘INDV’ and consoles ‘ID” 6. Respond to the console by PTTing the radio Verify that the call is heard on the console and that the calling radio’s ID and the Call Indicator are displayed. SAMPLE577     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 145   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 16.3 Emergency Call and Emergency Alarm Purpose: Confirms the console indicates an emergency declared by a terminal radio and can reset and clear the emergency. Expected Results: The console indicates and can clear the emergency. Setup: This test requires a test radio capable of generating and clearing an emergency (i.e. Supervisor Radio). Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Execution: 1. Select the 64002TG in the console. Using the test radio, declare an emergency on 64001TG. Verify the module for ‘64001TG’ turns red, Verify the ID/Name of the test radio is displayed Verify emergency alert tone is heard on the console. 2. Select the triangle with a ‘!’ to access the emergency menu. the acknowledge ‘Ack’ button is red SAMPLE578     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 146   the check box is red 3. Using the radio, transmit on the talk group Verify that the call is received by the console. 4. With the console, transmit on the group with the emergency. Verify the test radio receives the call, and is still in emergency mode. 5. Acknowledge the emergency by selecting the ‘Ack’ button Verify the button changes from ‘Ack’ to clear verify the radio and the console are still in emergency mode 6. Clear the emergency by selecting the ‘Clear X’ button Verify the console clears the emergency Verify the radio clears the emergency 7. Transmit on the radio 8. Verify the emergency is cleared and normal group calls have resumed. 9. Select 64001TG group selected on the console, declare an emergency on the test group by pressing the ‘Emer Declare’. Verify the console and radio have the same indications as steps 2 to 4. 10. Acknowledge by hitting ‘Ack’ in step 4 11. Clear the emergency with the console. SAMPLE579     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 147   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 16.4 System Wide Call (All Call & Announcements) Purpose: Confirm the console can initiate system wide calls. Expected Results: The console can initiate both All Calls and Announcement Calls. Setup: Program console modules with the ‘TG64000 P25’ talk group Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 Radio 2 998002 TG64052 P25 64052 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 4 998004 TG64001 P25 64002 Execution: 1. Press INSTANT TX on the module with ‘TG64000 P25’. Verify that a channel access tone is heard, Verify the ripple effect on the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed Verify that the call is heard at all radios 2. Release the Instant TX key. SAMPLE580     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 148   3. Press INSTANT TX on the module with ‘TG64051 P25’. Verify that a channel access tone is heard, Verify the ripple effect is displayed Verify the call is heard at Radios 1. Verify Radios 2, 3 Verify radio 4 did not hear the audio. 4. Release the Instant TX key. 5. Press INSTANT TX on the module with ‘TG64001 P25’. Verify that a channel access tone is heard, The ripple effect is displayed, The call is heard at Radios 3. Verify that Radios 1 2 Radio 4 did not hear the audio. 6. Release the Instant TX key. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 16.5 Alert Tones Purpose: Confirm the console can initiate alert tones which can be heard at the terminal radio. Expected Results: The tones can be initiated and heard. SAMPLE581     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 149   Setup: Console 1 programmed with TG64052 and TG64051 selected. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998002 TG64002 P25 64002 Execution: 1. Make TG64001 P25 the selected talk group. 2. Select the tones tab on the talk group module. 3. Key the console with a method other than the mouse. 4. Radio 1 will receive the call. While still transmitting, select one of the three ALERT TONE keys by selecting the drop down list next to the orange button. 5. Test that all three alert tones can be heard on the radio. Verify the ALERT TONE is received by Radio 1 and also heard on the console (to hear the tones on the console, press and hold the foot pedal and listen for the tone on the SELECT speaker). 6. While not transmitting, press and hold one of the ALERT TONE keys. Verify the console transmits on talkgroup, TG64051 P25, Radio 1 receives the call, and the alert tone is heard by Radio 1 and the console (to hear the tone on the console, press and hold one of the alert tone keys and listen for the tone on the SELECT speaker). 7. When the ALERT TONE key is released Verify the call on Radio 1 drops SAMPLE582     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 150   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 16.6 Console Pre-Empt Purpose: Confirm the console can pre-empt an ongoing call between terminal radios. Expected Results: The call started by the radio will be interrupted by the console. Setup: Console 1 programmed with talk-group TG64051 P25 Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 2 998001 TG64001 P25 64001 Execution: 1. Key Radio 1 on the TG64001 and hold the call up. Verify that audio is heard at Radio 2 and the console. 2. Key the console on TG64001and hold the while continuing to hold the call up on Radio 1 Verify the console pre-empts Verify that the transmit indicator is displayed along with the pre-empted caller LID and CALL indicator Verify that the second radio begins to hear the console audio and not the first radio call. Verify that the pre-empted radio audio is still heard on the pre-empting console. SAMPLE583     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 151   3. Un-key the first Radio. Verify that the pre-empted caller LID and CALL indicators are removed and the pre- empted radio audio is no longer heard on the pre-empting console. 4. Un-key the console. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 16.7 Simulselect Purpose: Confirms operation of the console Simulselect feature, which allows multiple talk groups to be selected for communication simultaneously. Expected Results: The console can select multiple talk groups and communication is allowed. Setup Console 1 programmed with talk groups TG64051 P25, TG64052 P25, TG64053 P25, and TG64054 P25. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 Radio 2 998002 TG64052 P25 64052 Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 4 998004 TG64001 P25 64002 SAMPLE584     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 152   Execution: 1. Create simulselect group on the 4 test group modules 2. Place a call from the console on the simulselect group Verify that the call is heard all four radios 3. Place a call from each radio Verify that only the console hears the calls Verify only the radios on similar talk groups here the call 4. Deactivate the simulselect group. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 16.8 Patch Purpose: Confirms the console patch feature creates shared communication between multiple selected talk groups. Expected Results: The patched talk groups can communicate. Setup Console 1 programmed with talk groups TG64051 P25, TG64052 P25, TG64053 P25, and TG64054 P25. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 Radio 2 998002 TG64052 P25 64052 SAMPLE585     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 153   Radio 3 998003 TG64001 P25 64001 Radio 4 998004 TG64001 P25 64002 Execution: 1. Create patch on PATCH 1 with all four groups above. 2. Place a call from the newly created patch Verify that the call is heard on all the radios 3. Place a call from each radio Verify that the call is heard on the console and each radio. 4. Deactivate the patch. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 16.9 Console to Console Cross-mute Purpose: Confirm creation of a cross-mute of another console to quiet the muted consoles audio on the local console. Expected Results: The cross-muted console’s audio cannot be heard on the local console. Setup: Establish two consoles (A and B) to test the Crossmute function. The Consoles must be on the same NSC. Program and select a test group on both consoles. Execution: SAMPLE586     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 154   1. Place a call on console A on the test group. Verify that console B can hear console A. 2. Open the Symphony Configuration Utility for console B in the ‘General’ section add the ID for console A to the ‘Cross Mute’ list. 3. Select ‘Apply’ to save the changes. 4. Place a call on console A on the test group Verify the call can’t be heard at console B. 5. Restore the desired cross mute setup. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 16.10 Call History Purpose: Confirms a history of calls processed at the console. Expected Results: The history is accessible and valid. Setup: This test compares programmed module call activity to the history scroll lists. Utility page, dispatch menu will be selected. Select either the “Select History” or “Unselect History”. Execution: 1. Press the ‘Scroll Up’ and ‘Scroll Down’ buttons to scroll through the Unselect call history list. Compare these calls with known activity. 2. Press the ‘Scroll Up’ and ‘Scroll Down’ buttons to scroll through the selected call history list. Compare these calls with known activity. SAMPLE587     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 155   3. Press the ‘Esc’ button to exit the history scroll mode. 4. To monitor call history on a single group use the ‘module history’ button on the ‘module modify’ menu. 5. Use the ‘scroll up’ and ‘scroll down’ buttons to scroll through the calls for the picked module. Compare these calls with known activity. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 17. BEON FEATURES Purpose: These will test the BeOn features. Expected Results: This test will demonstrate that BeOn works as designed. Setup: This test will show that the BeOn system allows a smartphone to communicate with the radio system. 17.1 Transmit Grant Tone Purpose: This test will demonstrate the grant tone on BeOn. Expected Results: When the smartphone PTTs on the BeOn app it will play a grant tone. Setup: Grant tone (Ready to Talk tone) enabled in smartphone radio personality. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID SAMPLE588     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 156   BeOn_202 998202 TG64151 P25 64151 BeOn_203 998203 TG64151 P25 64151 BeOn_204 998204 TG64151 P25 64151 Execution: 1. Press PTT button on smartphone with valid group selected. Verify grant tone is heard at smartphone when working channel access is granted. Note: If the call is queued, the grant tone will be delayed until the call is assigned a working channel. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 17.2 Group Call Purpose: Confirms the scan function which allows a smartphone to hear audio on selected talk-groups other than the current talk-group. Expected Results: Selected talk-group call audio is heard. Setup: Set smart-phones 1, 2, & 3 to (Group A) per test group structure. Make sure Scan is turned OFF. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID SAMPLE589     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 157   BeOn_202 998202 TG64151 P25 64151 BeOn_203 998203 TG64151 P25 64151 BeOn_204 998204 TG64151 P25 64151 Execution: 1. PTT on BeOn_202 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at BeOn_202. Audio should be heard in BeOn_203, and BeOn_204 . The ID of BeOn_202 should be seen at BeOn_203, and BeOn_204. 2. Set BeOn_204 to TG64152 P25. PTT on BeOn_202 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at BeOn_202. Audio should be heard in BeOn_203 only. The ID of BeOn_202 should be seen at BeOn_203 only. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 17.3 Individual (Private) Call Purpose: Confirms individual calls can be initiated using BeOn enabled smartphones. Expected Results: Individual calls are confirmed. SAMPLE590     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 158   Setup: Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID BeOn_202 998202 TG64151 P25 64151 BeOn_203 998203 TG64151 P25 64151 BeOn_204 998204 TG64151 P25 64151 Execution: 1. Using the BeOn_202, select the pre-stored ID of BeOn_203 or enter the BeOn_203 ID directly from the keypad, and PTT smartphone 1. Verify that BeOn_203 receives the call and displays the ID of smartphone 1. Verify that BeOn_204 remains idle. 2. Release the PTT on BeOn_202 and immediately PTT on BeOn_203. Verify that BeOn_202 receives the call and displays the ID of BeOn_203. Verify BeOn_204 remains idle. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE591     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 159   17.4 Group Scan Purpose: Confirms the scan function which allows a smartphone to hear audio on selected talk-groups other than the current talk-group. Expected Results: Selected talk-group call audio is heard. Setup: BeOn_202 set up with TG64151 P25 and TG64152 P25 in the scan list, TG64151 P25 selected, and group scan initially disabled. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID BeOn_202 998202 TG64151 P25 64151 BeOn_203 998203 TG64151 P25 64151 BeOn_204 998204 TG64151 P25 64151 Execution: 1. Place a call from BeOn_203 on TG64151 P25. Verify the call is received and audio is heard on BeOn_202. 2. Place a call from BeOn_203 on TG64152 P25. Verify the call is not received by BeOn_202. 3. Enable group scan on BeOn_202. 4. Place another call from BeOn_203 on TG64152 P25. Verify that the call is now received and audio is heard on BeOn_202. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE592     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 160   17.5 Emergency Group Call Purpose: Confirms an emergency can be declared, recognized and cleared by a smartphone. Expected Results: The emergency is declared, recognized and cleared. Setup: Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID BeOn_202 998202 TG64151 P25 64151 BeOn_203 998203 TG64152 P25 64152 BeOn_204 998204 TG64153 P25 64153 Execution: 1. Press the Emergency call button on BeOn_204 and then PTT BeOn_204. Verify that BeOn_204 indicates the “TX EMER” declaration and that it reverts to the home group. Verify that BeOn_202 and BeOn_203 indicate a “RX EMER” and hear audio on the emergency home group. 2. Clear the emergency with the Supervisor smartphone (BeOn_202). Verify the emergency clears in the smartphones. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE593     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 161   18. TRUNKED LOGGING RECORDER 18.1 Group Call Purpose: Confirms group call audio is captured, recorded and accessible on the logging recorder Expected Results: Calls are captured, recorded and accessible. Setup: 1. PTT radio 1 and talk. Audio should be heard on radio 2. Note the Start time of the call and the approximate duration. 2. Retrieve the call from the Logging Recorder. Verify the Caller, Callee, Start Time, and duration. The Caller should be the LID for Radio 1 and the Callee should be the GID for 64051. Verification should include the LID/GID and its Alias as defined by the UAS. Verify that the call is identified as a Group Call. 3. Playback the audio Confirm that the playback audio is all recorded and intelligible. 4. Repeat using Encryption. Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 Radio 2 998002 TG64051 P25 64051 Radio 3 998003 TG64051 P25 64051 SAMPLE594     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 162   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 18.2 Emergency Group Call Purpose: Confirms emergency group call audio is captured, recorded and accessible on the logging recorder Expected Results: Calls are captured, recorded and accessible. Setup: Execution: 1. Press the Emergency call button on radio 2. Talk during the Hot Mic transmit time. 2. Clear the emergency with the radio 1. 3. Retrieve the call from the Logging Recorder. Verify the Caller Verify the Callee Radio Description Radio Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 Radio 2 998002 TG64051 P25 64051 Radio 3 998003 TG64051 P25 64051 SAMPLE595     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 163   Verify the start time Verify the duration The Caller should be the LID for Radio 2 and the Callee should be the GID for the Home Group. Verification should include the LID/GID and its Alias as defined by the UAS. Verify that the call is identified as an Emergency. Playback the audio and confirm that it is all recorded and intelligible. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 19. P25 SIMULCAST BYPASS OPERATION Program the MASTR V modules (both Control Points and Transmit Sites) to the Final Configuration. Refer to the installation manual for the guide to setting TX Traffic Controllers / CP Traffic Controllers personality parameters. Verify the BYPASS plan has been reviewed and approved by customer representative. This procedure makes assumptions on bypass sites before implementation and test of the System. After WMS/Panther signal strength data collection, final decision will be made on the actual bypass “ON” and “OFF” sites. Prepare a minimum of two terminal radios programmed to operate on the active BYPASS site and the main simulcast system. SAMPLE596     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 164   19.1 Site OFF - Final Configuration Purpose: Confirm sites configured to be in the “OFF” condition during BYPASS are in the expected BYPASS mode. Expected Results: The “OFF” site traffic controllers have no control channel. Setup: Sites intended to be “OFF” in event of BYPASS must have all channels set to disabled (unchecked in Device Manager, TC personality). Execution: 1. At one of the sites designated as an “off” site, create a condition to force BYPASS by disconnecting the router to MPLS connection. All other sites will have the HPAs disabled locally. Verify transmit site is in BYPASS mode. The Traffic Controller module display indicates “TC” instead of “TR”. Note: TC= Working Traffic Channel, standalone mode, TR=Working Channel, simulcast mode, and Control Channel, simulcast mode is indicated by the transmit LED indicator. 2. Observe the repeater (station) Traffic Controller modules. Verify there is no active control channel. Verify no stations are keyed or producing RF power. 3. Restore the site to normal by returning the site to simulcast mode by reconnecting the router to MPLS connection. Verify transmit site is in normal simulcast mode. The Traffic Controller modules will indicate “TR(n)” , where n is the channel number. 4. Repeat steps 1-6 for the remaining “OFF” bypass sites in the simulcast system under test. SAMPLE597     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 165   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 19.2 Site ON (trunking) - Final Configuration Purpose: Confirm sites configured to be in the “ON” condition during BYPASS are in the expected BYPASS mode. Expected Results: The “ON” site traffic controllers have a control channel and calls to terminal radios can be initiated. Setup: Execution: 1. Create a condition to force BYPASS by disconnecting the router to MPLS connection. Verify transmit site is in BYPASS mode. BYPS LED on Baseband module and the Traffic Controller module display indicates either “TC” or “CC” instead of “TR. Observe the stations/repeater Traffic Controller modules. Verify there is an active control channel on one of the Traffic Controller modules. The remaining repeater/stations Traffic Controller modules will indicate “TC”. Verify the station appearing as control channel is keyed, producing RF power and modulated with control channel data. Verify a terminal radio set to the system programmed for the site in BYPASS with the correct site ID recognizes the site’s control channel data. 2. Key the terminal radio on a group call. Verify a working channel assignment is made within the channel group allowed in the personality. Verify the call is heard on a second terminal radio set to the active BYPASS system. SAMPLE598     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 166   3. Restore the site to simulcast mode by reconnecting the router to MPLS connection. Verify transmit site is in normal simulcast mode. BYPS LED on Baseband module and Traffic Controller modules indicate “TR(n). 4. Repeat the Site OFF and Site ON tests for the remaining simulcast systems. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE599     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 167   19.3 Control Point Trunking Reset Control Purpose: A properly set up Simulcast BYPASS system will disable CP Traffic Controller modules associated with active channels at a TX site operating in BYPASS. This keeps the remaining sites operating in Simulcast mode from being assigned to channels expected to be active at the site in BYPASS. Sites programmed to be OFF in BYPASS will not require any Traffic Controller modules to be held OFF. Expected Results: This test will verify that the Control Point Traffic Controller modules will be held OFF corresponding to the active channels at a site as a result of the TX site being in BYPASS. Setup: Execution: 1. Force a TX site that will become active into BYPASS by disconnecting the router to MPLS connection. Verify TX site is in BYPASS mode. Verify transmit site is in BYPASS mode. Traffic Controller module display indicates either “TC” or “CC” instead of “TR”. Verify the CP Traffic Controller modules on the channels intended to be OFF are held OFF. 2. Observe the RNM screen for the simulcast system. Verify the channels intended to be OFF at the Control Point are reported as OFF (RED). 3. Restore the site to simulcast mode by reconnecting the router to MPLS connection. Verify the TX site Traffic Controller modules revert to normal Simulcast. Verify the CP Traffic Controller modules associated with the site in BYPASS are returned to normal. SAMPLE600     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 168   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 20. VIDA INTER-OPERABILITY GATEWAY TEST 20.1 Local Interoperability Purpose: The purpose of this test is to verify correct functionality of the Interoperability Gateway. Expected Results: Verify that the Setup: The Interoperability Gateway connects via 4-wire audio connections in its Universal Access Cards(UAC) cards to interoperability radio units (mobile or desktop). The Gateway also connects to a router and the Network Switching Center (NSC) to provide call functionality across the network. Execution: 1. Select Inter-op group 1 on the radio. 2. Initiate a call from the radio to group 1 Verify that audio is heard on inter-op group 1 radio. 3. Initiate a call from the inter-op group 1 radio to group 1 Verify that audio is heard on the radio. SAMPLE601     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 169   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 21. INFORMATION ASSURANCE TESTING 21.1 Active Directory Purpose: The purpose of this test is to view the GPO structure on an Active Directory server. Expected Results: The GPO structure is valid. Setup: None Execution: 1. Log into an Active Directory Server. 2. Open AD Users/Groups Validate that the computers have been added to AD. 3. Open Group Policies Management Verify VIDA GPO Structure SAMPLE602     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 170   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 21.2 Cisco Works Purpose: This test will test the Cisco Works. Expected Results: This test will verify that the Cisco Works is communicating with the necessary devices. Setup: The purpose of this test is to verify that Cisco Works is configured and is capable of accessing the Cisco devices on the network. Execution: 1. Use Internet Explorer on a client PC to browse to CiscoWorks 2. Select ‘RME’ 3. Expand ‘Devices’ 4. Select ‘Inventory’ 5. Select ‘View Inventory Connection Status’ 6. Select the number on Inventory Collected 7. Select a device 8. Expand ‘All Devices’ 9. Select a device 10. Select ‘Cisco View’ 11. Select a port SAMPLE603     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 171   12. Select ‘Configure’ 13. Click on a Device View ‘Configuration’ 14. Close windows and log out Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 21.3 ePolicy Orchestrator Purpose: The purpose of this test is to verify that ePolicy Orchestrator is communicating with its end devices and that it will report actions that have been taken by McAfee Antivirus on a remote computer. Expected Results: ePolicy Orchestrator is accessible and displays valid reporting. Setup: None Execution: 1. Use Internet Explorer on a client PC to navigate to the McAfee E-Policy Orchestrator server 2. Log in using proper credentials 3. Go to the Main Screen Verify all servers have been added to policies. SAMPLE604     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 172   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 21.4 Backup Purpose: The purpose of this test is to verify that the Unitrends server has a schedule for performing backups of network computers and that it can display the backup status of those computers Expected Results: The test will verify that the backup are configured. Setup: None Execution: 1. Use Internet Explorer on a client PC to navigate to the Unitrends Backup UAC 2. Log in using proper log in credentials 3. Go to the Main Screen Verify that devices are visible and backups are configured. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: SAMPLE605     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 173   21.5 Intrusion Detection Purpose: The purpose of this test is to verify that the SouceFire Defense Center is communicating with its IDS sensors at remote sites across the network. Expected Results: SouceFire Defense Center is communicating with its IDS sensors. Setup: None Execution: 1. Use Internet Explorer on a client PC to navigate to the Sourcefire Defense Center 2. Log in using proper credentials 3. Go to Defense Center Dashboard 4. Click Operations. Go to Sensors Verify that all Sensors are visible. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 21.6 SysLog Purpose: The purpose of this test is to verify that network devices are sending SysLog messages to the LogLogic server. Expected Results: This test will verify that the clients are reporting to the Log Logic. Setup: None Execution: SAMPLE606     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 174   1. Use Internet Explorer on a client PC to navigate to the LogLogic Syslog web page 2. Log in using proper log in credentials 3. Go to LogLogic System Status Dashboard 4. Click Log Source Status Verify current devices are reporting. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 21.7 SUMS Purpose: To demonstrate that the SUMS server is communicating with the remote client. Expected Results: This test will verify that the SUMS server is comunicating with the remote clients and that the remote clients are updated. Setup: None Execution: 1. Log into the SUMS server and launch the ‘IBM Endpoint Manager Console’ and log into the console with the SUMS administers user. 2. Expand ‘Sites’ ‘Custom Sites’ ‘Vida’ and select ‘Subscribed Computers’ Verify that each Computer is listed, in the Subscribed Computers window SAMPLE607     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 175   Check to make sure that each computer has reported to the SUMS server with in the last 30 minutes by checking the ‘Last Report Time’ column. To check to make sure all the Subscriber Computers are update by selecting the ‘Baseline’ in the left hand window. Make sure the ‘Baseline’ window is empty or all computer in the window are gray. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 22. MICROWAVE AND IP/MPLS NETWORK 22.1 Microware Field Testing [Field Only Test] Reference the attached Alcatel Lucent “ITC 9500 MPR Final Test” document for their field test plan of the 9500 MPR microwave radio equipment. MPLS routers are separate from the microwave system and will be tested by Harris. Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 22.2 MPLS Network Connectivity Test [Field Only Test] SAMPLE608     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 176   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 22.3 MPLS Network Reroute Purpose: Test will confirm that loss of a single MPLS network connection (fiber, microwave, or native ethernet) will result in a reroute that does not impact system performance Expected Results: The audio heard on the radio should only have a light audio gap or no gap at all when the path is broken. Setup: None Execution: 1. Start the console and listen to the call with a radio on the system. 2. During the call, break the MPLS loop at the Tx site by disconnecting connection cable from Ethernet card #1 in the 7705 router. Verify that a receiving radio experiences no more than a slight audio gap. 3. End the call. 4. Restore the fiber optic cable and wait 1 minute. 5. Repeat the above test in the other direction by disconnecting the fiber optic cable from Ethernet card #2 at the Tx site during the call. SAMPLE609     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 177   Results (Pass/Fail) Tester: Date: Comments: 23. ACRONYMS AND DEFINITIONS ACI Access Control Item (used with respect to computer system  security)  Ack Acknowledgement  AD Active Directory  ADPCM Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation, a speech codec  which can also digitize tones successfully  Advanced P25 Radio A Harris radio which supports proprietary advanced P25 features,  such as provisioning and emergency auto PTT  AES Advanced Encryption Standard  AFC Automatic Frequency Control  AGID Announcement Group ID. The Announcement Group is a wider  area talkgroup associated with the priority talkgroup. The VNIC  maintains a database of GIDs and AGIDs, and during registration  sends the appropriate AGID to the subscriber device,  corresponding to his priority talkgroup. The radio then watches  for voice calls addressed to the GID and AGID  ALGID Algorithm ID, an 8 bit field which identifies the voice encryption  algorithm  AM Amplitude Modulation SAMPLE610     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 178   AMBE Advanced Multi Band Excitation, , a voice codec developed by  Digital Voice Systems Inc (DVSI) and used in P25  ANI Automatic Number Identification  AOC Agency Operations Center  API Application Programming Interface  ARP Address Resolution Protocol  ARQ Automatic Repeat Request  AVL Automatic Vehicle Location  Basic P25 Radio A P25 radio which does not support the Harris proprietary  features such as registration on conventional systems,  provisioning and software download  BCH A family of error correction and detection codes which were  invented by Bose, Ray‐Chaudhuri and Hocquenghem  C4FM Compatible 4‐level FM, an FM modulation technique that is  similar to CQPSK modulation  CAD Computer Aided Dispatch  CAI Common Air Interface (usually in reference to P25)  CBC Cipher Block Chaining  CCIR Comite Consultatif Internationale pour la Radio, a forerunner of  the ITU‐R  CDPD Cellular Digital Packet Data  CEB Console Electronics Bank, a Motorola analog voice switch  CEC Central Electronics Controller, a version of the Harris EDACS IMC  which was used as a local voice switch for dispatch consoles  CME Cisco Mobility Exchange (Telco Interconnect)  CNM Central Network Manager, a Harris product  Confirmed Call A confirmed call is a special type of call where the call is queued SAMPLE611     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 179   until all sites have resources available, or until the confirmed call  timer expires (configurable, typically one or two seconds)  COR Carrier Operated Relay  COTS Commercial Off The Shelf  CQPSK Compatible QPSK, a form of QPSK modulation which is similar to  C4FM modulation  CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check, a form of error detection coding  CSMA Carrier Sense Multiple Access, a means where many subscriber  devices can share access to a radio channel and minimize the risk  of collisions  CTCSS Continuous Tone Coded Squelch System  DCOMP Data Payload Compression, a four bit field in the P25 SNDCP  header which specifies the nature of user payload data  compression (presently no compression is supported)  DES Digital Encryption Standard  dibit Two bits which represent an analog channel symbol  DM Device Manager  DMZ Demilitarized Zone  DNS Domain Name Server  DoS Denial of Service, a type of Internet attack  DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency  DUID Data Unit ID, a 4 bit field of the NID which indicates the format of  the control channel packet  E&M Ear and Mouth (a form of telephone signalling)  ECB Electronic Code Book, a mode of AES operation  EDACS Enhanced Digital Access Communications System, a proprietary  Harris system SAMPLE612     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 180   EIA Electronics Industry Association  EIGRP Enhanced Interior Gateway Protocol, a proprietary Cisco routing  protocol  ERTT Emergency Request To Talk  ES Encryption Sync Word (240 bits). This includes the 72 bit Message  Indicator (MI), 8 bit Algorithm ID (ALGID), and 16 bit Key ID (KID),  which total 96 bits. A RS inner code adds 48 parity bits, then a  Hamming outer code adds 96 parity bits for a total length of 240  bits  ESN Electronic Serial Number (64 bits)  ETDU Extended Terminator Data Unit  FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access  FEMA Federal Emergency Management System (US Government)  FIPS 140‐2 Federal Information Processing Standard, publication 140‐2. The  title is “Security Requirements for Cryptographic Modules”  FLA Four Letter Acronym (to be avoided if at all possible)  FM Frequency Modulation  FMF Full Message Flag, in packet data unit header blocks  FNE Fixed Network Equipment. In the P25 world, the FNE is the  network infrastructure including the base site and VNIC  Foreign Radio A radio roaming to this site from another region or WACN  FS Frame Synchronization (a 48 bit field in the control channel)  FSK Frequency Shift Keying  FTP File Transfer Protocol  FX A comprehensive software maintenance program that provides  semi annual upgrades to Harris developed software applications  GID Group ID (16 bit). This corresponds to a talkgroup. The Group ID is  unique within a VNIC, and can be reused on other VNICs within SAMPLE613     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 181   the same WACN. Some of the older P25 documents refer to the  GID as a Talkgroup ID (TGID)  GMIM Gateway Mastr III Interface Module, an interface controller card  that plugs into the EDACS IMC  Golay An error correcting code named in honor of Marcel Golay  GSM610 Full Rate digital speech coding standard initially developed for  digitial mobile phone systems with a 13.3 dbit/s bit rate.  G‐STAR A type of tone signalling used by GE radio  GVIU Gateway Voice Interface Unit, an interface controller card that  plugs into the EDACS IMC  HA High Availability  H‐CPM Harmonized Continuous Phase Modulation (used for the P25  Phase 2 inbound channel)  H‐DQPSK Harmonized differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (used for  the P25 Phase 2 outbound channel)  HDU Header Data Unit, the first block transmitted on the CAI in a voice  call  HIDPS Host based Intrusion Detection and Prevention System (a McAfee  product)  IAVA Information Assurance Vulnerability Alert  ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol  IFW Internet Firewall  IG Interoperability Gateway  I‐ISCH Information Inter‐slot Control Channel (Phase 2)  IMBE Improved Multi Band Excitation, a voice codec developed by  Digital Voice Systems Inc (DVSI) and used in P25  IMC Integrated Multisite and Console controller, this is the EDACS  voice switch SAMPLE614     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 182   Individual Call An individual call is a private call between one user and another. It  can be between two radios, or between one radio and a dispatch  console  IOS Internetwork Operating System (a Cisco product)  IP Internet Protocol  IPS Intrusion Prevention System  ISCH Inter‐slot Signaling Channel (Phase 2)  ISP Inbound Signaling Packet (on the control channel)  ISSI Inter Sub System Interface. This is the interface between WACNs,  in the Harris architecture an interface between a VNIC and a  foreign P25 system  KEK Key Encryption Key  KID 16 bit Encryption Key ID  KMF Key Management Facility  KMM Key Management Message  LAN Local Area Network  LC Link Control word, transmitted in the LDU on the CAI  LCF Link Control Format, an 8 bit field that specifies the format of the  LC word  LCH Logical Channel (Phase 2)  LDU Logical Link Data Unit, the blocks that follow the HDU on the CAI  LDU1 Contains the LC word  LDU2 Contains the ES word  LED Light Emitting Diode  LMR Land Mobile Radio  LMS LAN Management Solution SAMPLE615     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 183   LRA Location Registration Area. “This defines the region of a  Registration Area in which a subscriber unit may roam without the  need to indicate a location update to the network. The  Registration Area will typically consist of a number of LRAs. The  LRA may be a single site or a collection of sites of an RFSS. The  octet’s exact meaning is a system design issue and explicit  numerical assignments are to be made by the system designer”.  For Harris an LRA is a trunked site or a conventional channel (we  generally set LRA, RFSS ID and Site ID to be the same value).  Motorola has an architecture where more than one RF site can be  controlled by one RFSS controller (RFSS basically equals LRA) so  you can roam from one RF site to another without re‐registering  LSD Low Speed Data  MASTR V A Harris base station product  MDIS Mobile Data Intermediate System, a Harris data switch used in  Harris’ OpenSky Architecture  MES Mobile End System, a subscriber radio  MFID Manufacturer ID. An 8 bit field identifying the manufacturer of the  subscriber device. The default value is zero, indicating  conformance with the P25 specification. A non‐zero value  indicates that the message format deviates from the standard (for  example a proprietary feature)  MI Message Indicator, the 72 bit initialization vector for the voice  encryption algorithm  MIM Mastr III Interface Module, an interface controller card that plugs  into the EDACS IMC  MME Miniature Mobility Exchange, which consists of Harris software  running on a SitePro card at the base site. The MME runs the  SNDCP layer of the data protocol and is the equivalent of the P25  RFG (RF Gateway)  MRC Mobile Routing and Control. In the P25 world, this is the device at  the mobile radio which speaks SNDCP (usually it is the mobile  radio itself) SAMPLE616     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 184   MTU Maximum Transmitted Unit, used in SNDCP  N(S) A 3 bit sequence number for the packet data unit  NAC Network Access Code. A 12 bit field in the control channel, used  as a colour code to identify co‐channel interferors from other  sites. This code can be unique to a site (RFSS), or can be reused  within the region  Nack Negative acknowledgement, a type of control message  NID Network Identifier. A 16 bit field in the control channel, consisting  of a 12 bit Network Access Code and a 4 bit Data Unit ID. Error  correction coding expands the NID to 64 bits  NIDS Network Intrusion Detection  NOC Network Operations Center  NPQR New Product Quotation Request  NSAPI Network Service Access Point Identifier, used in SNDCP  NSC Network Switching Center  NSS Network Switching Server  NWS Network Sentry  OFB Output Feedback, a mode of DES encryption  OSP Outbound Signaling Packet (on the control channel)  OTAP Over The Air Programming  OTAR Over The Air Rekeying  P25 Project 25, a suite of standards for digital radio communications,  developed by the Association of Public Safety Communications  Officials (APCO) under the TIA TR‐8 engineering committee, and  published as the TIA‐102 set of documents  PCOMP IP Header Compression, a four bit field in the P25 SNDCP header  which specifies the nature of TCP/IP header compression  (presently only RFC1144 compression is supported) SAMPLE617     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 185   PDU Packet Data Unit  PEMA Pennsylvania Emergency Management System  Personality ID Sequence Number Provided by an advanced P25 subscriber device during  registration, to inform the VNIC of its current personality. If  necessary, the VNIC will provision the subscriber device with the  most recent personality  PKI Public Key Infrastructure, related to encryption and  authentication  PN Pseudo random Number, usually refers to a sequence of numbers  that can be generated using a shift register and exor gates  PPM Parts Per Million  Priority Talkgroup The priority talkgroup selected on the subscriber device. Usually  this is the talkgroup that the radio will transmit on when the user  presses PTT  ProFile A Harris product used for configuring radios over the P25 radio  channel  ProScan A Harris software algorithm used for radio roaming  PSAP Public Safety Access Point, usually an agency dispatch center  PSP Pennsylvania State Police  PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network  PTT Push To Talk  QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation  QoS Quality of Service  QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying  RA Registration Area, home VNIC region  RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User, a networking protocol that  provides centralized authentication, authorization and accounting  management SAMPLE618     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 186   RAM Random Access Memory  RAR Regional Access Router  RF Radio Frequency  RFC 1661 The Point to Point Protocol (PPP) is defined in the Internet  Request for Comment documents 1570, 1661 and 1662  RFP Request for Proposal  RFSS RF Sub‐System. In the Harris architecture an RFSS is a single site  (in the Motorola world an RFSS is a Motorola Zone Controller,  which can support a maximum of 32 channels spanning a number  of sites). In the larger P25 world the term RFSS is ambiguous and  should be avoided if possible  RFW Regional Firewall  RMS Regional Management Server  RNM Regional Network Manager  RNM Regional Network Manager  RS Reed Solomon, a form of error detection and correction coding  RSM Regional Site Manager, a server which runs the RSM, Activity  Warehouse and Device Manager applications  RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator  RTT Request To Talk. This is a mechanism where a radio user in the  field wanting to speak with a dispatcher sends an inbound canned  data message to the dispatcher, who later responds with (usually)  an Individual Call  RVM Regional VIDA Manager, a server which runs the UAS and RNM  applications  SACCH Slow Associated Control Channel (Phase 2)  SAID System Assigned ID. Used in Patch and Simulselect, where the  system assigns a new ID for the merged talkgroup and the radios  monitor the new SAID instead of the old GIDs SAMPLE619     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 187   SAN Storage Area Network  SAP Service Access Point, where the network provides a service  SEM Security Event Manager (a LogLogic product)  SIA McAffee Security Innovation Alliance  SID Unit ID, a 24 bit part of SUID. Note that SID is a Harris acronym,  and the field is referred to internally as either the SID or the Unit  ID (SID was chosen as an acronym because UID was already used  for Unified ID. SID sounds like LID, which is an EDACS acronym for  a similar parameter). The SID is a value which is programmed into  the radio for a WACN (customer system) and will always be  unique within a WACN  SIEM Security, Information, and Event Management  S‐ISCH Synchronization Inter‐slot Control Channel (Phase 2)  Site Management Interface A software entity which resides on the Network Sentry and is  responsible for downloading the SID/GID database from the UAS  and Regional Site Manager to the Traffic Controller  SitePro A Harris circuit board that plugs into a MASTR III base station  chassis and was used to generate the control channel  SMS  Site Management Services  SMS Short Message Service  SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol  SNDCP Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Protocol  SOAP Simple Object Access Protocol, a protocol based on XML and  relying upon lower layers such as SMTP, it provides a basic  messaging framework upon which web services can be built  SOR Signal Operated Relay  Sourcefire DFC Defense Center  SS Status Symbol (a two bit field in the control channel, used for  channel access control signalling) SAMPLE620     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 188   SSL Secure Socket Layers  SSH Secure Shell is a program to log into another computer over a  network, to execute commands in a remote machine, and to  move files from one machine to another. It provides strong  authentication and secure communications over insecure  channels. It is a replacement for rlogin, rsh, rcp, and rdist.  SU Subscriber Unit. In the P25 world, an SU is a mobile or portable  radio  SUID Subscriber Unit ID. A 56 bit unique‐in‐the‐world permanent  identifier consisting of WACN, System ID, and SID  SUMS Security Update Management Service (a Harris product)  SUMSplus Version of SUMS  System ID The System ID is a 12 bit field of the network address which  identifies the VNIC  TAC Technical Assistance Center, a Harris service  TACACS Terminal Access Controller Access Control System  TDMA Time Division Multiple Access  TDU Terminator Data Unit, used to terminate a voice message  TEK Traffic Encryption Key  Telnet A terminal emulation program for TCP/IP networks such as the  Internet. The Telnet program runs on your computer and  connects your PC to a server on the network.  TGID Talkgroup ID (16 bit, equivalent to GID). The P25 documents  usually use GID but some of the older documents use TGID  TIA Telecommunications Industry Association  TLA Three Letter Acronym (to be avoided if at all possible)  Traffic Controller Software entity which resides in a base station at the site and  generates the P25 control channel  TRC Tone Remote Control SAMPLE621     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 189   Trunking Controller In the larger P25 world, this is the device at the site which  generates the control channel (In the Harris system it is a piece of  software called a “control channel”, which resides on a SitePro  card which plugs into a base station chassis)  TSBK Trunking Signaling Block (a 196 bit field in the control channel)  Tx Transmit  UAC Unified Audio Card  UAS Unified Administration Server  UDP User Datagram Protocol  UID Unified ID. This is a Harris specific acronym refering to an ID  composed of the System ID and SID. The UID is a ten digit number  in the form 604‐415‐4003, representing region, agency, and  individual  Unitrends Enterprise backup for VIDA networks  UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply  VAS VIDA Application Server  VCE VIDA Console Exchange  VCH Voice Channel (Phase 2)  VDOC Voice and Data on Control (the control channel can assign itself as  a traffic channel)  VIDA Voice, Interoperability, Data, Access (a Harris system product)  VINI Voice Independent Network Identifier. This is a Harris specific  acronym refering to an value consisting of ESN, User ID and  password, required by the proxy for registration with the VNIC  VLAN Virtual Local Area Network  VM Virtual Machine  VME Versa Module Eurocard (IEEE 1014)  VNIC Voice Network Interface Controller, the Harris voice switch SAMPLE622     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 190   VOX Voice Operated Switch  VPN Virtual Private Network  VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio  VTCH Voice Transport Control Channel (Phase 2)  VTI VIDA Telephone Interconnect  WACN Wide Area Communication Network (20 bit network ID, part of  SUID). This is a customer network which can include many VNICs  WAR Wide Area Router  WGID Working Group ID (16 bit, usually the same value as the GID). This  is the value which is actually used on the airlink. When a foreign  radio roams in from another System ID (indicating a different  VNIC) or WACN, its GID may conflict with GIDs used in this region.  In this case the VNIC will provide the radio with a WGID which  does not conflict, effectively a temporary GID  WUID Working Unit ID (24 bit, usually the same value as the SID). This is  the value which is actually used on the airlink. When a foreign  radio roams in from another System ID (indicating a different  VNIC) or WACN, its SID may conflict with SIDs used in this region.  In this case the VNIC will provide the radio with a WUID which  does not conflict, effectively a temporary SID  XML Extensible Markup Language, used for building websites  Zeroize A P25 control channel command which causes the mobile radio to  erase its encryption keys (but then requires manual loading to  restore encryption keys)      SAMPLE623     Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATP Page 191        SAMPLE624  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 192 24. UAS DATA BASE 24.1 Subscriber Units  Region Id Agency Id P25 IP Address OpenSky IP Address Description Electronic Serial Number Protocol Mask Status Sub Type Assigned End User Algorithm Support 10 998   10.128.111.19 OS_Radio_19 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.20 OS_Radio_20 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.2 OS_Radio_02 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.3 OS_Radio_03 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.4 OS_Radio_04 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.5 OS_Radio_05 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.6 OS_Radio_06 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.7 OS_Radio_07 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.8 OS_Radio_08 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.9 OS_Radio_09 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.10 OS_Radio_10 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       SAMPLE625  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 193 10 998   10.128.111.11 OS_Radio_11 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.12 OS_Radio_12 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.13 OS_Radio_13 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.14 OS_Radio_14 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.15 OS_Radio_15 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.16 OS_Radio_16 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.1 OS_Radio_1 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.17 OS_Radio_17 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998   10.128.111.18 OS_Radio_18 0 OpenSky Enabled Unit       10 998 10.128.79.9   Radio9 109980009 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0009 AES 10 998 10.128.79.10   Radio10 109980010 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0010 AES 10 998 10.128.79.8   Radio8 109980008 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0008 AES 10 998 10.128.53.1   Console9101 109989101 P25 Enabled Unit Maestro Console 010:998:9101 AES 10 998 10.128.53.2   Console 9102 109989102 P25 Enabled Unit Maestro Console 010:998:9102 Both 10 998 10.128.79.1   Radio1 109980001 P25 Enabled Unit Harris P5400 010:998:0001 AES SAMPLE626  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 194 10 998 10.128.79.2   Radio2 109980002 P25 Enabled Unit Harris P5400 010:998:0002 AES 10 998 10.128.79.3   Radio3 109980003 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0003 AES 10 998 10.128.79.4   Radio4 109980004 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0004 AES 10 998 10.128.79.5   Radio5 109980005 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0005 AES 10 998 10.128.79.6   Radio6 109980006 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0006 AES 10 998 10.128.79.7   Radio7 109980007 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0007 AES 10 998 10.128.79.11   Radio11 109980011 P25 Enabled Unit Harris UNITY XG‐100P 010:998:0011 AES 10 998 10.128.79.12   Radio12 109980012 P25 Enabled Unit Harris UNITY XG‐100P 010:998:0012 AES 10 998 10.128.1.161 s0u1xcda0P25Enabled Unit010:998:9001AES10 998 10.128.1.162 s0u1xcdb0P25Enabled Unit010:998:9005AES   SAMPLE627  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 195 24.2 Voice End Users   Region Id Agency Id User Id Name DescriptionPersonalityUser PrivilegeMessage Trunked ICall Enable P25 AES OTAR Manually‐Keyed Preferred VocoderTranscoding Allowed Flag 10 998 010:998:9921 VAQ‐SS22 SiteSim VAQ User22OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0210 BeOn_210 BeOn_210Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9012 XCD_9012 XCD_9012Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9014 XCD_9014 XCD_9014Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:7005 VTI_7005 VTI_7005Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9909 VAQ‐SS10 SiteSim VAQ User10OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9926 VAQ‐SS27 SiteSim VAQ User27OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9905 VAQ‐SS06 SiteSim VAQ User06OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0202 BeOn_202 BeOn_202BeOn_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9925 VAQ‐SS26 SiteSim VAQ User26OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0015 U9980015 U9980015OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEOpenSky 2400 AMBE+2 TRUE 10 998 010:998:0016 U9980016 U9980016OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEOpenSky 2400 AMBE+2 TRUE 10 998 010:998:9915 VAQ‐SS16 SiteSim VAQ User16OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE SAMPLE628  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 196 10 998 010:998:9903 VAQ‐SS04 SiteSim VAQ User04OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9918 VAQ‐SS19 SiteSim VAQ User19OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9904 VAQ‐SS05 SiteSim VAQ User05OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9920 VAQ‐SS21 SiteSim VAQ User21OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9907 VAQ‐SS08 SiteSim VAQ User08OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0003 U9980003 U9980003Pers1998_10_defaultTRUETRUEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9919 VAQ‐SS20 SiteSim VAQ User20OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9911 VAQ‐SS12 SiteSim VAQ User12OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0017 U9980017 U9980017OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEOpenSky 2400 AMBE+2 TRUE 10 998 010:998:0008 U9980008 U9980008Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9901 VAQ‐SS02 SiteSimVAQ User02OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0208 BeOn_208 BeOn_208Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9927 VAQ‐SS28 SiteSim VAQ User28OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:7009 VTI_7009 VTI_7009Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9004 XCD_9004 XCD_9004Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9006 XCD_9006 XCD_9006Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9007 XCD_9007 XCD_9007Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0005 U9980005 U9980005Pers1998_10_defaultTRUETRUEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9002 XCD_9002 XCD_9002Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE SAMPLE629  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 197 10 998 010:998:7002 VTI_7002 VTI_7002Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9906 VAQ‐SS07 SiteSim VAQ User07OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9922 VAQ‐SS23 SiteSim VAQ User23OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:7001 VTI_7001 VTI_7001Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0207 BeOn_207 BeOn_207Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9010 XCD_9010 XCD_9010Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9929 VAQ‐SS30 SiteSim VAQ User30OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:7004 VTI_7004 VTI_7004Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9018 XCD_9018 XCD_9018Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0013 U9980013 U9980013OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEOpenSky 2400 AMBE+2 TRUE 10 998 010:998:7006 VTI_7006 VTI_7006Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9016 XCD_9016 XCD_9016Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9009 XCD_9009 XCD_9009Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:6005 Site5VirtualUser Site5VirtualUserPers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0006 U9980006 U9980006Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9011 XCD_9011 XCD_9011Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9013 XCD_9013 XCD_9013Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0007 U9980007 U9980007Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0206 BeOn_206 BeOn_206Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE SAMPLE630  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 198 10 998 010:998:9019 XCD_9019 XCD_9019Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9917 VAQ‐SS18 SiteSim VAQ User18OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9908 VAQ‐SS09 SiteSim VAQ User09OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0004 U9980004 U9980004Pers1998_10_defaultTRUETRUEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9005 XCD_9005 XCD_9005Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9900 VAQ‐SS01 SiteSim VAQ User01OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9003 XCD_9003 XCD_9003Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9928 VAQ‐SS29 SiteSim VAQ User29OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9923 VAQ‐SS24 SiteSim VAQ User24OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0011 U9980011 U9980011Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0010 U9980010 U9980010Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9916 VAQ‐SS17 SiteSim VAQ User17OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9008 XCD_9008 XCD_9008Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9017 XCD_9017 XCD_9017Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0205 BeOn_205 BeOn_205Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0201 BeOn_201 BeOn_201BeOn_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9001 XCD_9001 XCD_9001Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0209 BeOn_209 BeOn_209Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0204 BeOn_204 BeOn_204Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE SAMPLE631  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 199 10 998 010:998:9914 VAQ‐SS15 SiteSim VAQ User15OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9103 U9980003 U9980003Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:7007 VTI_7007 VTI_7007Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:7010 VTI_7010 VTI_7010Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0009 U9980009 U9980009Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9924 VAQ‐SS25 SiteSim VAQ User25OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:7008 VTI_7008 VTI_7008Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0002 U9980002 U9980002Pers1998_10_defaultTRUE TRUEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0012 U9980012 U9980012Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0014 U9980014 U9980014OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEOpenSky 2400 AMBE+2 TRUE 10 998 010:998:9912 VAQ‐SS13 SiteSim VAQ User13OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:6003 Site3VirtualUser Site3VirtualUserPers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9902 VAQ‐SS03 SiteSim VAQ User03OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0203 BeOn_203 BeOn_203Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9015 XCD_9015 XCD_9015Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9913 VAQ‐SS14 SiteSim VAQ User14OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:7003 VTI_7003 VTI_7003Pers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9910 VAQ‐SS11 SiteSim VAQ User11OS_Pers998_10_defaultTRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:6004 Site4VirtualUser Site4VirtualUserPers1998_10_defaultTRUEFALSEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE SAMPLE632  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 200 10 998 010:998:9101 Cons9101 Console 9101Pers1998_10_supervisor TRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:0001 U9980001 U9980001Pers1998_10_supervisor TRUETRUEFALSEP25 Full RateTRUE 10 998 010:998:9102 Cons9102 Console 9102Pers1998_10_supervisor TRUEFALSE FALSEP25 Full RateTRUE    SAMPLE633  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 201 24.3 Talk Groups TG Id Region Id Agency Id Name Description SPNI Property Id Priority Id Coverage Valid Coverage Announcement Group Test Partition Only Type Preferred Vocoder ISSI Site Transcoding Allowed 9900 10 998 PS‐28‐AN VAQ SitSim01 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 9901 10 998 Tone‐25 VAQ SitSim02 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9902 10 998 AmpFreq VAQ SitSim03 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9903 10 998 PseudSp VAQ SitSim04 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9904 10 998 Phrases VAQ SitSim05 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9905 10 998 SiteSm1 VAQ SitSim06 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9906 10 998 SiteSm2 VAQ SitSim07 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9907 10 998 SiteSm3 VAQ SitSim08 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE SAMPLE634  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 202 9908 10 998 SiteSm4 VAQ SitSim09 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9909 10 998 SiteSm5 VAQ SitSim10 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9910 10 998 SiteSm6 VAQ SitSim11 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9911 10 998 T‐25‐HR VAQ SitSim12 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 9912 10 998 AF‐HR VAQ SitSim13 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 9913 10 998 PSp‐HR VAQ SitSim14 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 9914 10 998 Phrs‐HR VAQ SitSim15 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 9915 10 998 T‐25‐AN VAQ SitSim16 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 9916 10 998 AF‐AN VAQ SitSim17 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE SAMPLE635  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 203 9917 10 998 P‐Sp‐AN VAQ SitSim18 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 9918 10 998 Phrs‐AN VAQ SitSim19 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 9919 10 998 VAQ20 VAQ SitSim20 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9920 10 998 DVSITV VAQ SitSim21 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 9921 10 998 T‐25OS VAQ SitSim22 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE   TRUE 9922 10 998 AF‐OS VAQ SitSim23 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE   TRUE 9923 10 998 P‐SpOS VAQ SitSim24 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE   TRUE 9924 10 998 PhrsOS VAQ SitSim25 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE   TRUE 9925 10 998 T‐25OS2 VAQ SitSim26 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE SAMPLE636  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 204 9926 10 998 AF‐OS2 VAQ SitSim27 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE   TRUE 9927 10 998 P‐SpOS2 VAQ SitSim28 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 9928 10 998 PhrsOS2 VAQ SitSim29 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 9929 10 998 VAQ30 VAQ SitSim30 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64000 10 998 64000ALL TG64000 P25 Full Rate All Call 1 3 7 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE All‐Call P25 Full Rate   FALSE 64001 10 998 64001TUL TG64001 TG64001 P25 Full Rate TX Unconf Low Priority 1 3 3 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate 010:Region10‐‐111:ISSI_SITE TRUE 64002 10 998 64002TUM TG64002 P25 Full Rate TX Unconf Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate 010:Region10‐‐111:ISSI_SITE TRUE 64003 10 998 64003TUM TG64003 P25 Full Rate TX Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate 010:Region10‐‐111:ISSI_SITE TRUE SAMPLE637  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 205 64004 10 998 64004TUM TG64004 P25 Full Rate TX Unconf Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate 010:Region10‐‐111:ISSI_SITE TRUE 64005 10 998 64005TUM TG64005 P25 Full Rate Msg Unconf Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate 010:Region10‐‐111:ISSI_SITE TRUE 64006 10 998 64006TUH TG64006 P25 Full Rate Msg Unconf High Priority 1 3 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64007 10 998 64007ANN TG64007 P25 Full Rate Announcement 1 3 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE Announcement P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64051 10 998 64051TUL TG64051 P25 Half Rate Low Priority 1 3 3 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64052 10 998 64052TUM TG64052 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64053 10 998 64053TUM TG64053 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64054 10 998 64054TUM TG64054 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE SAMPLE638  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 206 64055 10 998 64055TUM TG64055 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64056 10 998 64056TUH TG64056 P25 Half Rate High Priority 1 3 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64057 10 998 64057ANN TG64057 P25 Half Rate Announcement 1 3 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE Announcement P25 Half Rate     FALSE 64100 10 998 64100ALL TG64100 P25 Full Rate All Call 1 3 7 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE All‐Call P25 Full Rate   FALSE 64101 10 998 64101TCL TG64101 P25 Full Rate Conf Low Priority 1 4 3 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64102 10 998 64102TCM TG64102 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64103 10 998 64103TCM TG64103 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64104 10 998 64104TCM TG64104 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64105 10 998 64105TCM TG64105 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE SAMPLE639  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 207 64106 10 998 64106TCH TG64106 P25 Full Rate Conf High Priority 1 4 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64107 10 998 64107ANN TG64107 P25 Full Rate Announcement 1 4 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE Announcement P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64151 10 998 64151TCL TG64151 P25 Half Rate Low Priority 1 4 3 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64152 10 998 64152TCM TG64152 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64153 10 998 64153TCM TG64153 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64154 10 998 64154TCM TG64154 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64155 10 998 64155TCM TG64155 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64156 10 998 64156TCH TG64156 P25 Half Rate High Priority 1 4 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64157 10 998 64157ANN TG64157 P25 Half Rate Announcement 1 4 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE Announcement P25 Half Rate    FALSE SAMPLE640  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 208 64201 10 998 64201TUE TG64201 P25 Full Rate Unconf Encrypted 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64202 10 998 64202TUE TG64202  P25 Full Rate Unconf Encrypted 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64203 10 998 64203TCE TG64203  P25 Full Rate Conf Encrypted 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64204 10 998 64204TCE TG64204  P25 Full Rate Conf Encrypted 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64251 10 998 64251TUE TG64251  P25 Half Rate Unconf Encrypted 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64252 10 998 64252TUE TG64252  P25 Half Rate Unconf Encrypted 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64253 10 998 64253TCE TG64253  P25 Half Rate Conf Encrypted 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64254 10 998 64254TCE TG64254  P25 Half Rate Conf Encrypted 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE SAMPLE641  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 209 64301 10 998 64301MUM TG64301  P25 Full Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64302 10 998 64302MUM TG64302  P25 Full Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64303 10 998 64303MUM TG64303  P25 Full Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64304 10 998 64304MUM TG64304  P25 Full Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64305 10 998 64305MCM TG64305  P25 Full Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64306 10 998 64306MCM TG64306  P25 Full Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64307 10 998 64307MCM TG64307 P25 Full Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64308 10 998 64308MCM TG64308 P25 Full Rate MT 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE SAMPLE642  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 210 Conf Med Priority 64351 10 998 64351MUM TG64351 P25 Half Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64352 10 998 64352MUM TG64352 P25 Half Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64353 10 998 64353MUM TG64353 P25 Half Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64354 10 998 64354MUM TG64354 P25 Half Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64355 10 998 64355MCM TG64355 P25 Half Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64356 10 998 64356MCM TG64356 P25 Half Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64357 10 998 64357MCM TG64357 P25 Half Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE SAMPLE643  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 211 64358 10 998 64358MCM TG64358 P25 Half Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64400 10 998 64400OSTUH TG64400 OS AMBE TX Unconf High Priority 1 3 6 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 64401 10 998 64401OSTUM TG64401 OS AMBE TX Unconf Med Priority 1 3 5 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 64402 10 998 64402OSTUM TG64402 OS AMBE TX Unconf Med Priority 1 3 5 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 64403 10 998 64403OSTUM TG64403 OS AMBE MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 64404 10 998 64404OSTUL TG64404 OS AMBE TX Unconf Low Priority 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 64450 10 998 64450ANA TG64450 Analog ADPCM Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE IP Console Intercom Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 64451 10 998 64451ANA TG64451 Analog ADPCM Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE SAMPLE644  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 212 64452 10 998 64452ANA TG64452 Analog ADPCM Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 64453 10 998 64453ANA TG64453 Analog ADPCM Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 9900 10 998 PS‐28‐AN VAQ SitSim01 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 9901 10 998 Tone‐25 VAQ SitSim02 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9902 10 998 AmpFreq VAQ SitSim03 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9903 10 998 PseudSp VAQ SitSim04 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9904 10 998 Phrases VAQ SitSim05 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9905 10 998 SiteSm1 VAQ SitSim06 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9906 10 998 SiteSm2 VAQ SitSim07 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE SAMPLE645  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 213 9907 10 998 SiteSm3 VAQ SitSim08 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9908 10 998 SiteSm4 VAQ SitSim09 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9909 10 998 SiteSm5 VAQ SitSim10 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9910 10 998 SiteSm6 VAQ SitSim11 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9911 10 998 T‐25‐HR VAQ SitSim12 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 9912 10 998 AF‐HR VAQ SitSim13 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 9913 10 998 PSp‐HR VAQ SitSim14 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 9914 10 998 Phrs‐HR VAQ SitSim15 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 9915 10 998 T‐25‐AN VAQ SitSim16 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE SAMPLE646  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 214 9916 10 998 AF‐AN VAQ SitSim17 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 9917 10 998 P‐Sp‐AN VAQ SitSim18 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 9918 10 998 Phrs‐AN VAQ SitSim19 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 9919 10 998 VAQ20 VAQ SitSim20 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 9920 10 998 DVSITV VAQ SitSim21 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 9921 10 998 T‐25OS VAQ SitSim22 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE   TRUE 9922 10 998 AF‐OS VAQ SitSim23 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE   TRUE 9923 10 998 P‐SpOS VAQ SitSim24 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE   TRUE 9924 10 998 PhrsOS VAQ SitSim25 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE   TRUE SAMPLE647  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 215 9925 10 998 T‐25OS2 VAQ SitSim26 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 9926 10 998 AF‐OS2 VAQ SitSim27 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE   TRUE 9927 10 998 P‐SpOS2 VAQ SitSim28 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 9928 10 998 PhrsOS2 VAQ SitSim29 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 9929 10 998 VAQ30 VAQ SitSim30 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64000 10 998 64000ALL TG64000 P25 Full Rate All Call 1 3 7 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE All‐Call P25 Full Rate   FALSE 64001 10 998 64001TUL TG64001 TG64001 P25 Full Rate TX Unconf Low Priority 1 3 3 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate 010:Region10‐‐111:ISSI_SITE TRUE 64002 10 998 64002TUM TG64002 P25 Full Rate TX Unconf Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate 010:Region10‐‐111:ISSI_SITE TRUE SAMPLE648  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 216 64003 10 998 64003TUM TG64003 P25 Full Rate TX Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate 010:Region10‐‐111:ISSI_SITE TRUE 64004 10 998 64004TUM TG64004 P25 Full Rate TX Unconf Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate 010:Region10‐‐111:ISSI_SITE TRUE 64005 10 998 64005TUM TG64005 P25 Full Rate Msg Unconf Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate 010:Region10‐‐111:ISSI_SITE TRUE 64006 10 998 64006TUH TG64006 P25 Full Rate Msg Unconf High Priority 1 3 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64007:64007ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64007 10 998 64007ANN TG64007 P25 Full Rate Announcement 1 3 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE Announcement P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64051 10 998 64051TUL TG64051 P25 Half Rate Low Priority 1 3 3 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64052 10 998 64052TUM TG64052 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64053 10 998 64053TUM TG64053 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE SAMPLE649  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 217 64054 10 998 64054TUM TG64054 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64055 10 998 64055TUM TG64055 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64056 10 998 64056TUH TG64056 P25 Half Rate High Priority 1 3 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64057:64057ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64057 10 998 64057ANN TG64057 P25 Half Rate Announcement 1 3 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE Announcement P25 Half Rate     FALSE 64100 10 998 64100ALL TG64100 P25 Full Rate All Call 1 3 7 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE All‐Call P25 Full Rate   FALSE 64101 10 998 64101TCL TG64101 P25 Full Rate Conf Low Priority 1 4 3 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64102 10 998 64102TCM TG64102 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64103 10 998 64103TCM TG64103 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64104 10 998 64104TCM TG64104 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE SAMPLE650  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 218 64105 10 998 64105TCM TG64105 P25 Full Rate Conf Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64106 10 998 64106TCH TG64106 P25 Full Rate Conf High Priority 1 4 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64107:64107ANN FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64107 10 998 64107ANN TG64107 P25 Full Rate Announcement 1 4 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE Announcement P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64151 10 998 64151TCL TG64151 P25 Half Rate Low Priority 1 4 3 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64152 10 998 64152TCM TG64152 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64153 10 998 64153TCM TG64153 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64154 10 998 64154TCM TG64154 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64155 10 998 64155TCM TG64155 P25 Half Rate Med Priority 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64156 10 998 64156TCH TG64156 P25 Half Rate High Priority 1 4 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs 64157:64157ANN FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE SAMPLE651  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 219 64157 10 998 64157ANN TG64157 P25 Half Rate Announcement 1 4 6 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE Announcement P25 Half Rate    FALSE 64201 10 998 64201TUE TG64201 P25 Full Rate Unconf Encrypted 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64202 10 998 64202TUE TG64202  P25 Full Rate Unconf Encrypted 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64203 10 998 64203TCE TG64203  P25 Full Rate Conf Encrypted 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64204 10 998 64204TCE TG64204  P25 Full Rate Conf Encrypted 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64251 10 998 64251TUE TG64251  P25 Half Rate Unconf Encrypted 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64252 10 998 64252TUE TG64252  P25 Half Rate Unconf Encrypted 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64253 10 998 64253TCE TG64253  P25 Half Rate Conf Encrypted 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE SAMPLE652  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 220 64254 10 998 64254TCE TG64254  P25 Half Rate Conf Encrypted 1 4 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64301 10 998 64301MUM TG64301  P25 Full Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64302 10 998 64302MUM TG64302  P25 Full Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64303 10 998 64303MUM TG64303  P25 Full Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64304 10 998 64304MUM TG64304  P25 Full Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64305 10 998 64305MCM TG64305  P25 Full Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64306 10 998 64306MCM TG64306  P25 Full Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64307 10 998 64307MCM TG64307 P25 Full Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE SAMPLE653  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 221 64308 10 998 64308MCM TG64308 P25 Full Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Full Rate   TRUE 64351 10 998 64351MUM TG64351 P25 Half Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64352 10 998 64352MUM TG64352 P25 Half Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64353 10 998 64353MUM TG64353 P25 Half Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64354 10 998 64354MUM TG64354 P25 Half Rate MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64355 10 998 64355MCM TG64355 P25 Half Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE 64356 10 998 64356MCM TG64356 P25 Half Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64357 10 998 64357MCM TG64357 P25 Half Rate MT 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate    TRUE SAMPLE654  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 222 Conf Med Priority 64358 10 998 64358MCM TG64358 P25 Half Rate MT Conf Med Priority 1 6 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General P25 Half Rate     TRUE 64400 10 998 64400OSTUH TG64400 OS AMBE TX Unconf High Priority 1 3 6 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 64401 10 998 64401OSTUM TG64401 OS AMBE TX Unconf Med Priority 1 3 5 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 64402 10 998 64402OSTUM TG64402 OS AMBE TX Unconf Med Priority 1 3 5 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 64403 10 998 64403OSTUM TG64403 OS AMBE MT Unconf Med Priority 1 5 5 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 64404 10 998 64404OSTUL TG64404 OS AMBE TX Unconf Low Priority 1 3 3 AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs AllRegs:AllSites:AllPSAPs None FALSE General OpenSky 2400 AMBE+2   TRUE 64450 10 998 64450ANA TG64450 Analog ADPCM Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE IP Console Intercom Analog/ADPCM   TRUE SAMPLE655  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 223 64451 10 998 64451ANA TG64451 Analog ADPCM Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 64452 10 998 64452ANA TG64452 Analog ADPCM Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE 64453 10 998 64453ANA TG64453 Analog ADPCM Med Priority 1 3 5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs None FALSE General Analog/ADPCM   TRUE    24.4 PSAPs  Region Id Agency Id PSAP Id Device Id Name Description Max Talk Paths Service Type 10 998 9101 1 Console9101 Console9101 7 IP Console 10 998 9102 1 Console9102 Console9102 7 IP Console 10 998 7001 1 VTI7001 VTI7001 16 VTI 10 998 7002 1 VTI7002 VTI7002 16 VTI 10 998 9103 1 Console9103 Console9103 7 IP Console SAMPLE656  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 224 10 998 9104 1 Console9104 Console9104 7 IP Console 10 998 9105 1 Console9105 Console9105 7 IP Console 10 998 9106 1 Console9106 Console9106 7 IP Console 10 998 9107 1 Console9107 Console9107 7 IP Console 10 998 9108 1 Console9108 Console9108 7 IP Console 10 998 9109 1 Console9109 Console9109 7 IP Console 10 998 9110 1 Console9110 Console9110 7 IP Console     Region Id Agency Id P25 IP Address OpenSky IP Address Description Electronic Serial Number Protocol Mask Status Sub Type Assigned End User Algorithm Support 10 998  10.128.111.19 OS_Radio_19 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit    10 998  10.128.111.20 OS_Radio_20 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit      10 998  10.128.111.2 OS_Radio_02 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit    10 998  10.128.111.3 OS_Radio_03 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit      10 998  10.128.111.4 OS_Radio_04 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit    SAMPLE657  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 225 10 998  10.128.111.5 OS_Radio_05 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit      10 998  10.128.111.6 OS_Radio_06 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit    10 998  10.128.111.7 OS_Radio_07 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit      10 998  10.128.111.8 OS_Radio_08 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit    10 998  10.128.111.9 OS_Radio_09 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit      10 998  10.128.111.10 OS_Radio_10 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit    10 998  10.128.111.11 OS_Radio_11 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit      10 998  10.128.111.12 OS_Radio_12 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit    10 998  10.128.111.13 OS_Radio_13 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit      10 998  10.128.111.14 OS_Radio_14 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit    10 998  10.128.111.15 OS_Radio_15 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit      10 998  10.128.111.16 OS_Radio_16 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit    10 998  10.128.111.1 OS_Radio_1 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit      10 998  10.128.111.17 OS_Radio_17 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit    10 998  10.128.111.18 OS_Radio_18 0000000000000000 OpenSky Enabled Unit      10 998 10.128.79.9  Radio9 0000000109980009 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0009 AES 10 998 10.128.79.10  Radio10 0000000109980010 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0010 AES 10 998 10.128.79.8  Radio8 0000000109980008 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0008 AES 10 998 10.128.53.1  Console9101 0000000109989101 P25 Enabled Unit Maestro Console 010:998:9101 AES 10 998 10.128.53.2  Console 9102 0000000109989102 P25 Enabled Unit Maestro Console 010:998:9102 Both 10 998 10.128.79.1  Radio1 0000000109980001 P25 Enabled Unit Harris P5400 010:998:0001 AES SAMPLE658  Ci ATP SR10A-Sample ATPPage 226 10 998 10.128.79.2  Radio2 0000000109980002 P25 Enabled Unit Harris P5400 010:998:0002 AES 10 998 10.128.79.3  Radio3 0000000109980003 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0003 AES 10 998 10.128.79.4  Radio4 0000000109980004 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0004 AES 10 998 10.128.79.5  Radio5 0000000109980005 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0005 AES 10 998 10.128.79.6  Radio6 0000000109980006 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0006 AES 10 998 10.128.79.7  Radio7 0000000109980007 P25 Enabled Unit Harris XG‐75 Portable 010:998:0007 AES 10 998 10.128.79.11  Radio11 0000000109980011 P25 Enabled Unit Harris UNITY XG‐100P 010:998:0011 AES 10 998 10.128.79.12  Radio12 0000000109980012 P25 Enabled Unit Harris UNITY XG‐100P 010:998:0012 AES 10 998 10.128.1.161  s0u1xcda 0000000000000000 P25 Enabled Unit  010:998:9001 AES 10 998 10.128.1.162  s0u1xcdb 0000000000000000 P25 Enabled Unit  010:998:9005 AES  SAMPLE659   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. SECTION 13: POST WARRANTY MAINTENANCE  Ci can also provide an enhanced post warranty service in addition to traditional remedial, “break/fix” warranties. This  consists of an annual preventive maintenance service during the warranty period to assure the system is performing in  accordance with factory specification as demonstrated and documented during the final system acceptance test.  As an option, Ci provides extended warranties including annual preventative maintenance (PM), inspections and repairs  completed on user radio equipment. In addition to the PM component, our Extended Warranty provides for the repair of  the covered equipment throughout the extended period at no additional cost to you, stabilizing your budget expenditures.  Benefits associated with purchasing an extended warranty include:  • Plans available for up to 8 additional years  • A fixed expense that includes parts and labor  • Priority service and discounted labor rates  • Annual preventative maintenance performed at your location for your convenience  • Assurance of quality service and parts  • FCC licensed and Factory‐trained technicians  • Factory‐trained engineering support  • Annual PM’s help identify equipment problems before it affects the user Budgetary benefits include:  • Protects your investment in equipment  • Discounted demand service labor rate  • Makes budgeting and record‐keeping easier  • Guarantees priority service  • Protects you against inflation  • Minimizes costly repair surprises  • Helps identify equipment problems before it affects the user  • Provides for at least a 25% discount on all Harris product purchases  • Establishes discounted rates on other vendor parts and equipment purchases  Examples of items covered under the Extended Warranty:  • Knobs and switches (volume, on/off, group/channel select)  • Buttons (PTT, Emergency, Option, Clear, Monitor)  • Keypads  • Displays and lens  • DC Power connector  • Case / chassis integrity  • Screws  • Circuit board failure  • Battery POGO pins  • Battery gasket  660   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. • Internal microphone and speaker for portables  • UDC connector  • Inspect ground connections on mobiles  • Installed control and accessory connections  • Inspect antenna connection on mobiles and control stations  • Microphones on mobile       Diagnostic testing and adjustments include:  • Transmit power  • Transmit deviation  • Reference oscillator (TCXO) adjusted to +/‐ 200 Hz  • Receive sensitivity  • Receive squelch  • Check and update software revision code to optimize radio performance  A communications network, from dispatch centers to field units, is only as reliable as the weakest component in the  communications chain. Public safety agencies go to great lengths to ensure the reliability of major system components,  from the tower sites and shelters to the dispatch centers. The end user equipment deployed in the field is put through  rugged use and the effectiveness of public safety communications can be severely reduced by compromising the reliability  and performance of that equipment. Ci highly recommends maintaining that equipment to the manufacturer’s  specifications in order to optimize its performance and provide the user with equipment that they can rely on.  Typical P25 preventive maintenance includes the following performed on an annual basis.    RF Sites    P25 RF Sites    Q    S    A    On‐Air Radio Test (Per Channel)     A  TTA Operation Check A  Transmit Performance Measurements (Per Channel)   A Receiver Performance Measurements (Per Channel)     A  Fwd TX Power Measurements (Per Channel)   A Combined Fwd TX Power Measurements (Per Antenna) Typically One     RF Line Sweeps (Per Antenna) Typically Two     A            661   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU. NSC and Consoles Maintenance  NSC  and Consoles   Q   S   A    Clean Fans and Cabinet, Check Connections     A    Check Audio Levels on Consoles (per console)     A    Console PC Maintenance and Backup Radio Check (per console)           Microwave Maintenance    Microwave    Q   S   A  Power Supply Voltages A  TX LO Frequency Measured A  TX Output Level (No PA only) A  PA Reference (Measured) A  TX PWR MON Voltage A  PA DC MON Voltage ( If Installed )   PA Power Top of Rack A  Run PWR Calibrate Procedure A  Check I&Q Carrier Null A  RX LO Frequency (Measured) A  RX AFC MON Voltage A  RX EYE MON Voltage A  RX RSL MON Voltage A  RSL (Measured) A  RSL Indicated on USI A  Test and Verify all Alarms A  Dehydrator Check A      662   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   SECTION 14: PROPOSAL PRICING      663   COLLIER COUNTY, FL  COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL          RELY ON Ci. WE’RE RIGHT THERE WITH YOU.                   APPENDIX C   PROPOSAL PRICING FORMS        664 Appendix C - Proposal Pricing Forms Table C.1 – Proposal Pricing Summary Sheet (Total Cost) System Components (Table C-2)Total System Control Equipment - Harris VIDA Core NSC $ 804,337.39 Customer Loyalty discount (applied to VIDA Core above) $ (112,059.52) Harris Key Management w OTAR $ 138,500.00 Harris Radio Text Link $ 21,187.50 Harris Over the Air Programming - OTAP $ 26,916.60 Remote Network Terminals $ 7,155.00 Harris Network First Conventional Gateway $ 185,280.16 Harris EDACS Migration Gateway $ 84,585.75 Harris MastR V IP Simulcast Site w Distributed Control $ 407,657.75 Harris MastR V IP Simulcast Site w additional Distributed Control $ 373,157.75 Harris Remote IP Simulcast Sites (8 Sites) $ 2,554,778.72 Simulcast Site Antenna System Equipment $ 823,270.93 Harris Multi-Site Equipment (4 Sites) $ 559,063.27 Multi Site Antenna System Equipment $ 189,919.11 Harris Multi-Site Equipment- Aircraft Site $ 113,993.98 Aircraft & Backup Site Antenna System Equipment $ 55,542.55 Harris Multi-Site Equipment- Backup Site $ 217,083.33 Dispatch Console Equipment- ESC $ 746,669.75 Dispatch Console Equipment- Naples PD $ 141,592.22 Microwave Network Equipment $ 1,162,962.69 Microwave Network Antenna System $ 408,839.74 Microwave DC Power System $ 83,072.36 Microwave Network Manager $ 18,682.44 Harris Spare Equipment $ 277,794.34 Spare Equipment $ 77,478.79 Total Infrastructure $ 9,367,462.60 Services (Table C-3)Total Installation $ 1,128,129.98 Project Management $ 399,734.50 Technical Services $ 461,526.00 System Staging & Acceptance Testing $ 378,523.00 Coverage and Acceptance Testing $ 166,681.25 Documentation, As Builts and Manuals $ 38,000.00 Professional Services FCC Licensing , Path Studies $ 104,600.00 Tower Crew Services $ 793,735.12 Training $ 104,790.00 Warranty & Maintenance ( 1st & 2nd Year included ) Other Total Services $ 3,575,719.85 PROPOSERS Shall complete all forms 665 Infrastructure Development Cost (Table C-4) New Site 951 $ 954,774.71 New Shelter Immokalee $ 216,415.84 New Shelter North Naples $ 266,189.99 New Shelter BC Loop Site $ 353,437.01 Total Proposal Cost $ 14,734,000.00 Optional Fatpot AVL over P25 for 1000 Units $ 301,500.00 Optional In Building Enhancements $ 150,000.00 Optional System Warranty & Maintenance Years 2 -$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 3 62,172.00$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 4 234,030.30$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 5 529,174.06$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 6 542,403.41$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 7 555,963.49$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 8 569,862.58$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 9 584,109.15$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 10 598,711.87$ Coverage Enhancement Allowance 150,000.00$ Software FX Year 2 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 3 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 4 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 5 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 6 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 7 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 8 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 9 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 10 136,000.00$ Harris Network Monitoring Years Infrastructure per year 38,226.00$ Harris Network Monitoring Years Civil/Housekeeping per year 6,371.00$ Mobile/ Portable Maintenance per unit (Increases by 1.75% each Year)9.00$ Desktop Maintenance per unit (Increases by 1.75% each Year)25.00$ 666 Appendix C - Proposal Pricing Forms Item Description Site Name Qty Unit Cost Extended Cost Customer Loyalty Discount Extended Loyalty Discount Cost System Control Equipment List all System Control Equipment ; Controllers 1 Harris VIDA Core High Availability Non Geo ESC 1 804,337.39$ 804,337.39$ (112,059.52)$ 692,277.87$ Includes SERVER,PREMIER NSC,VMWARE 1 SERVICE,SYBASE LICENSE 2 LICENSE,HA,HARDWARE,NSC 1 LICENSE,P25 APPLICATION 1 LICENSE,NETWORK FIRST APPLICATION 1 Kit- Monitor,Key Board,Mouse,KVM 1 KIT,ETHERNET,PREMIER NSC,HW HA 1 Kit,Automatic Transfer Switch,100-120V 1 Netclock,GPS Master Clock 1 Kit,GPS Antenna,Outdoor,For Netclock 1 STORAGE ARRAY NETWORK, NETAPP SAN 1 License,Quad Mode Vocoder 1 License,Quad Mode Vocoder 1 LICENSE,SQL STANDARD EDITION 1 LICENSE,TRANSCODER TALKPATH 12 SOFTWARE,PREMIER CORE,VM 1 LICENSE,SQL STANDARD EDITION 1 SERVER,PREMIER NSC,VMWARE 1 SERVICE,SYBASE LICENSE 2 VIDA Security, NSC 1 License,Quest Authentication,Server 7 License,Quest Authentication,User 6 ROUTER,2921,AC,L3 SWITCH MDL,NO ENCRYPT 1 1-PORT,EHWIC,CU/OPTICAL GIGABIT ETHERNET 1 CISCO RPS2300 W/ 2921-51 ADAPTER 1 Software, Epolicy Orch VM 1 Firewall, Cisco ASA 5505 1 LICENSE,SUMS,ENDPOINT 38 LICENSE,SUMS,CORE 24 LICENSE,HOST SECURITY,AV,EPO,QTY 51-100 58 SERVICE,SUMS 1 LICENSE,CONSOLE 19 LICENSE,CONSOLE TALKPATH 228 LICENSE,P25 SITE 16 LICENSE,P25 TIER 11-17 SITES 1 LICENSE,P25 SITE TALKPATH 204 LICENSE,NETWORK FIRST SITE 1 LICENSE,NETWORK FIRST TALKPATH 48 LICENSE,NSS,IP LOGGING RECORDER 1 LICENSE,NSS,IP LOGGING RECORDER TALKPATH 48 LICENSE,VMWARE,FED 1 LICENSE,VMWARE,VCENTER,FOUNDATION,FED 1 LICENSE,VMWARE,VCENTER,FOUNDATION,3Y,FED 1 PRINTER, LASERJET(TM) PRO400 COLOR, M45 1 LICENSE,BeOn Enterprise Server 26-5000 Units 1 PACKAGE,5 BEON USER LICENSES,ANDROID 10 PACKAGE,5 BEON USER LICENSES,IOS 10 FEATURE,AES ENCRYPTION FOR BEON 110 2 Harris Key Management Facility w OTAR & 4 Agencies ESC 1 138,500.00$ 138,500.00$ 138,500.00$ 3 Harris Radio Textlink w 4 Agencies ESC 1 21,187.50$ 21,187.50$ 21,187.50$ 4 Harris Radio Profile Over the Air Programming (OTAP)ESC 1 26,916.60$ 26,916.60$ 26,916.60$ 5 Remote Network Terminals- (Dell)TBD 4 1,788.75$ 7,155.00$ 7,155.00$ Optional Uppgrade NSC to Geo Diverse VIDA CORE ESC 1 170,399.16$ Table C.2 – Proposal Pricing Sheets ( System Components Cost) 667 6 Harris Network First Conventional Gateway 48 Ports ESC 1 185,280.16$ 185,280.16$ 185,280.16$ Includes System Equipment,Interop Gateway 1 SERVICE,QUAD MODE VOCODER LICENSE 48 License,DVU OTAR 48 SOFTWARE,UAC GWB,AES 1 Chassis,4-Slot Interoperability Gateway 4 Cabinet,83in,Interoperability Gateway 1 Power Supply,AC,4-Slot Gateway Chassis 8 Module,DVU,UAC,Interoperability Gateway 12 ROUTER,1921,AC,NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 1 KIT,MOUNTING HARDWARE,1921 ROUTER 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 2 Switch,Cisco 2960 1 ROUTER,1921,AC,NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 1 7 Harris EDACS Migration Gateway 24 Talkpaths ESC 1 84,585.75$ 84,585.75$ 84,585.75$ Includes SERVER,EDACS MIGRATION GATEWAY 1 LICENSE,MAX EDACS AD SITES 1 LICENSE,IMC MAX SITE CHANNELS 24 LICENSE,EMG TALKPATH,1-8 8 LICENSE,EMG TALKPATH,9-24 16 Switch,Cisco 2960,24 Port 1 MONITOR,19IN FLAT PANEL 1 LICENSE,SUMS,CORE 12 SOFTWARE,EDACS MIGRATION GW GVIU 1 Module,GVIU,IP Gateway,P25 6 Kit,System Interface(Gmim) IP Gtwy 1 IMC UPGRADE FOR EMG 1 Site IP Simulcast Equipment w IP Virturalized Control Point 8 Harris MastR V Simulcast Site w Distributed Control Point Site 1 1 407,657.75$ 407,657.75$ 407,657.75$ Includes MASTR V IP Simulcast,Tx Site,Comm Equip 1 Cable,RF Sensor,30ft 1 Power Supply,120VAC,60Hz,12/24VDC 1 Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 2 Assy,Controller,SitePro,MME w/ Cables 1 Router,2921,AC,Security,w/Ether Switch 1 Switch,Cisco 2960 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 Router,2921,AC,Security,w/Ether Switch 1 Network Sentry,IP Simulcast 1 LICENSE, Software Control Point IP 1 Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 12 Feature,Software,P25 Phase 2 12 Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 12 Power Supply,110-240V,AC,MASTR V 12 Programming,IP Simulcast 12 Power Supply Shelf,1st Position 12 Shelf,14-Slot,Open Rack 2 Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 12 PANEL,XCONNECT,MASTR V 2 Cable,Xconnect-Baseband Shelf #1 2 9 Harris MastR V Simulcast Site w Distributed Control Point Site 2 1 373,157.75$ 373,157.75$ 373,157.75$ Includes MASTR V IP Simulcast,Tx Site,Comm Equip 1 Cable,RF Sensor,30ft 1 Power Supply,120VAC,60Hz,12/24VDC 1 Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 2 Assy,Controller,SitePro,MME w/ Cables 1 Router,2921,AC,Security,w/Ether Switch 1 Switch,Cisco 2960 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 Router,2921,AC,Security,w/Ether Switch 1 Network Sentry,IP Simulcast 1 LICENSE,Software, ADDITIONAL Control Point 1 668 Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 12 Feature,Software,P25 Phase 2 12 Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 12 Power Supply,110-240V,AC,MASTR V 12 Programming,IP Simulcast 12 Power Supply Shelf,1st Position 12 Shelf,14-Slot,Open Rack 2 Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 12 PANEL,XCONNECT,MASTR V 2 Cable,Xconnect-Baseband Shelf #1 2 Remote IP Simulcast Equipment 10 Harris MastR V IP Simulcast Site 8 319,347.34$ 2,554,778.72$ 2,554,778.72$ Includes MASTR V IP Simulcast,Tx Site,Comm Equip 1 Cable,RF Sensor,30ft 1 Power Supply,120VAC,60Hz,12/24VDC 1 Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 2 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 Switch,Cisco 2960 2 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 Network Sentry,IP Simulcast 1 Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 12 Feature,Software,P25 Phase 2 12 Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 12 Busbar,HPA/PS,MASTR V 12 Power Supply,110-240V,AC,MASTR V 12 Programming,IP Simulcast 1 Power Supply Shelf 2 CABLE,DC POWER,48 IN 24 Shelf,14-Slot,Open Rack 2 Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 12 PANEL,XCONNECT,MASTR V 2 Simulcast Antenna System Equipment 11 Antenna System Equipment for Simulcast Sites All 10 82,327.09$ 823,270.93$ 823,270.93$ Includes Two DB Spectra DSCC Series 8 Channel Combiner DB Spectra ATS Tower Top Amplifier DB Spectra 16 Channel Multicoupler w PDU Eupen Coaxial Cable, Connectors , Grounding and Hardware Three Antennas, Mounts & Surge Suppression Remote Non Simulcast Site Equipment 13 Harris 4 Channel Mastr V Site Miles City 1 131,223.49$ 131,223.49$ 131,223.49$ Includes Site Interface Equipment,P25T MASTR V 1 Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 1 Controller,P25 MME Data,Site 1,Ch 1-8 1 Power Supply,120VAC,60Hz,12/24VDC 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 Switch,Cisco 2960 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 Feature,P25 Multisite Support 1 Kit,Network Sentry Control/Data 1 Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 4 Feature,Software,P25 Phase 2 4 Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 4 Power Supply,110-240V,AC,MASTR V 4 Programming,Multisite 4 Power Supply Shelf 1 CABLE,DC POWER,48 IN 8 Shelf,14-Slot,Open Rack 1 Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 4 PANEL,XCONNECT,MASTR V 1 669 Antenna System for 4 Channel Multisite Miles City 1 47,297.74$ 47,297.74$ 47,297.74$ Includes DB Spectra DSCC Series 5 Channel Combiner DB Spectra ATS Tower Top Amplifier DB Spectca 16 Channel Multicoupler Eupen Coaxial Cable, Connectors , Grounding and Hardware Two Antennas, Mounts & Surge Suppression 14 Harris 7 Channel Mastr V Site Carnestown 1 199,851.82$ 199,851.82$ 199,851.82$ Includes Site Interface Equipment,P25T MASTR V 1 Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 1 Controller,P25 MME Data,Site 1,Ch 1-8 1 Power Supply,120VAC,60Hz,12/24VDC 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 Switch,Cisco 2960 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 Feature,P25 Multisite Support 1 Kit,Network Sentry Control/Data 1 Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 7 Feature,Software,P25 Phase 2 7 Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 7 Power Supply,110-240V,AC,MASTR V 7 Programming,Multisite 7 Power Supply Shelf 1 CABLE,DC POWER,48 IN 14 Shelf,14-Slot,Open Rack 1 Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 7 PANEL,XCONNECT,MASTR V 1 Antenna System for 7 Channel Multisite Carnestown 1 51,941.83$ 51,941.83$ 51,941.83$ Includes DB Spectra DSCC Series 8 Channel Combiner DB Spectra ATS Tower Top Amplifier DB Spectca 16 Channel Multicoupler Eupen Coaxial Cable, Connectors , Grounding and Hardware Two Antennas, Mounts & Surge Suppression 15 Harris 3 Channel Mastr V Site DOT I-75 1 113,993.98$ 113,993.98$ 113,993.98$ Includes Site Interface Equipment,P25T MASTR V 1 Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 1 Controller,P25 MME Data,Site 1,Ch 1-8 1 Power Supply,120VAC,60Hz,12/24VDC 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 Switch,Cisco 2960 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 Feature,P25 Multisite Support 1 Kit,Network Sentry Control/Data 1 Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 3 Feature,Software,P25 Phase 2 3 Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 3 Power Supply,110-240V,AC,MASTR V 3 Programming,Multisite 3 Power Supply Shelf 1 CABLE,DC POWER,48 IN 6 Shelf,14-Slot,Open Rack 1 Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 3 PANEL,XCONNECT,MASTR V 1 Antenna System for 3 Channel Multisite 1 45,339.78$ 45,339.78$ 45,339.78$ DB Spectra DSCC Series 4 Channel Combiner DB Spectra ATS Tower Top Amplifier DB Spectca 16 Channel Multicoupler Eupen Coaxial Cable, Connectors , Grounding and Hardware 670 Two Antennas, Mounts & Surge Suppression 16 Harris 3 Channel Mastr V Site BC Loop 1 113,993.98$ 113,993.98$ 113,993.98$ Includes Site Interface Equipment,P25T MASTR V 1 Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 1 Controller,P25 MME Data,Site 1,Ch 1-8 1 Power Supply,120VAC,60Hz,12/24VDC 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 Switch,Cisco 2960 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 Feature,P25 Multisite Support 1 Kit,Network Sentry Control/Data 1 Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 3 Feature,Software,P25 Phase 2 3 Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 3 Power Supply,110-240V,AC,MASTR V 3 Programming,Multisite 3 Power Supply Shelf 1 CABLE,DC POWER,48 IN 6 Shelf,14-Slot,Open Rack 1 Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 3 PANEL,XCONNECT,MASTR V 1 Antenna System for 3 Channel Multisite 1 45,339.78$ 45,339.78$ 45,339.78$ DB Spectra DSCC Series 4 Channel Combiner DB Spectra ATS Tower Top Amplifier DB Spectca 16 Channel Multicoupler Eupen Coaxial Cable, Connectors , Grounding and Hardware Two Antennas, Mounts & Surge Suppression 17 Harris 3 Channel Mastr V Site Aircraft Site 1 113,993.98$ 113,993.98$ 113,993.98$ Includes Site Interface Equipment,P25T MASTR V 1 Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 1 Controller,P25 MME Data,Site 1,Ch 1-8 1 Power Supply,120VAC,60Hz,12/24VDC 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 Switch,Cisco 2960 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 Feature,P25 Multisite Support 1 Kit,Network Sentry Control/Data 1 Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 3 Feature,Software,P25 Phase 2 3 Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 3 Power Supply,110-240V,AC,MASTR V 3 Programming,Multisite 3 Power Supply Shelf 1 CABLE,DC POWER,48 IN 6 Shelf,14-Slot,Open Rack 1 Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 3 PANEL,XCONNECT,MASTR V 1 18 Harris 7 Channel Mastr V Site Backup Site 1 217,083.33$ 217,083.33$ 217,083.33$ Includes Site Interface Equipment,P25T MASTR V 1 Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 1 Controller,P25 MME Data,Site 1,Ch 1-8 1 Power Supply,120VAC,60Hz,12/24VDC 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 Switch,Cisco 2960 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1 MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1 Feature,P25 Multisite Support 1 671 Kit,Network Sentry Control/Data 1 Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 7 Feature,Software,P25 Phase 2 7 Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 7 Power Supply,110-240V,AC,MASTR V 7 Programming,Multisite 7 Power Supply Shelf 7 CABLE,DC POWER,48 IN 14 Shelf,14-Slot,Open Rack 1 Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 7 PANEL,XCONNECT,MASTR V 1 Antenna System for Aircraft/Backup Site Aircraft/Backup 1 55,542.55$ 55,542.55$ Includes DB Spectra DSCC Series 10 Channel Combiner DB Spectra ATS Tower Top Amplifier DB Spectca 16 Channel Multicoupler Eupen Coaxial Cable, Connectors , Grounding and Hardware Two Antennas, Mounts & Surge Suppression Dispatch Console Equipment 19 ESC Dispatch Center Redundant Networking Equipment ESC 1 39,001.00$ 39,001.00$ 39,001.00$ Includes Router,Cisco,2911,AC,Sec,w/EtherSwitch MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT Switch,Cisco 2960 Router,2921,AC,IP Base,w/Ether Switch ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH 1-PORT,EHWIC,CU/OPTICAL GIGABIT ETHERNET CISCO RPS2300 W/ 2911 ADAPTER ESC Dispatch Symphony Console Premier Package ESC 17 41,627.57$ 707,668.69$ 707,668.69$ Includes CONSOLE,SYMPHONY,BUNDLE,PREMIER LICENSE,AES LEVEL ENCRYPTION LICENSE,CONVENTIONAL CONTROLS LICENSE,PAGING CAPABILITY LICENSE,REMOTE AUX I/O LICENSE,CALL ALERT,SEND ONLY SPEAKER, NANO, SYMPHONY MONITOR, 24" CLASS,TOUCHSCREEN,HD CABLE,DISPLAYPORT TO DVI-D,10FT MOUSE, OPTICAL, USB, SCROLL WHEEL KEYBOARD, 104 KEY, USB, HUB SINGLE FOOTSWITCH, USB, SYMPHONY DESK MIC, DB9 JACK BOX, 6 WIRE License,Vocoder MANUAL,OP/INSTA/CONFIG,SYMPHONY,CD 20 Naples PD Dispatch Redundant Networking Equipment Naples PD 1 16,710.97$ 16,710.97$ 16,710.97$ Includes Router,Cisco,2911,AC,Sec,w/EtherSwitch MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT ROUTER,CISCO,2911,AC,IPBASE,W/ETHERSWTCH CISCO RPS2300 W/ 2911 ADAPTER Naples PD Dispatch Symphony Console Premier Package Naples PD 3 41,627.57$ 124,882.71$ 124,882.71$ Includes CONSOLE,SYMPHONY,BUNDLE,PREMIER LICENSE,AES LEVEL ENCRYPTION LICENSE,CONVENTIONAL CONTROLS LICENSE,PAGING CAPABILITY LICENSE,REMOTE AUX I/O LICENSE,CALL ALERT,SEND ONLY SPEAKER, NANO, SYMPHONY MONITOR, 24" CLASS,TOUCHSCREEN,HD CABLE,DISPLAYPORT TO DVI-D,10FT MOUSE, OPTICAL, USB, SCROLL WHEEL KEYBOARD, 104 KEY, USB, HUB SINGLE FOOTSWITCH, USB, SYMPHONY 672 DESK MIC, DB9 JACK BOX, 6 WIRE License,Vocoder MANUAL,OP/INSTA/CONFIG,SYMPHONY,CD Microwave Network Equipment 21 Microwave Networks Inc Ethernet Microwave System System Wide 1 1,162,962.69$ 1,162,962.69$ 1,162,962.69$ Includes 155 Mbs Ethernet Loop Self Healing w 16 DS1 50 Mbs Ethernet MHSB Links w 8 DS 1 1 (Old 41 Site Link 50 Mbs existing) 155 Mbs Ethernet MHSB w Space Diversity w 8 DS 1 50 Mbs Ethernet MHSB w Space Diversity w 8 DS 1 Microwave Networks Inc.ESC 1 18,682.44$ 18,682.44$ 18,682.44$ Network System Management Terminal Microwave Network Antenna System System Wide 1 408,839.74$ 408,839.74$ 408,839.74$ Includes 6 or 8 Ft RFS Microwave Antennas w Radome HD Mount Kits Back Brace EU-63 Waveguide Waveguide connector Flex Adapter Pressure Window Wave Guide Hangers Hoisting Grip Grounding Kit DC Power Dehydrator w Alarm Kit Manifold Kit Ground Kits Eltek Microwave DC Power Systems System Wide 1 83,072.36$ 83,072.36$ 83,072.36$ Spare Equipment Harris Console Spares Spares 1 33,116.25$ 33,116.25$ 33,116.25$ Includes CONSOLE,SYMPHONY PLATFORM 1 MONITOR, 24" CLASS,TOUCHSCREEN,HD 1 SINGLE FOOTSWITCH, USB, SYMPHONY 1 SPEAKER, NANO, SYMPHONY 1 DESK MIC, DB9 1 JACK BOX, 6 WIRE 1 Harris MastR V Spares Spares 1 133,884.75$ 133,884.75$ 133,884.75$ Includes Ethernet Switch Module,MASTR V 5 Power Supply Module,110-240VAC,MASTR V 5 Assembly,HPA MDl,Lin,851-870,100W,MASTRV 5 Baseband Processor Module,MASTR V 5 Traffic Control Module,MASTR V 5 Transmit Module,851-870MHz,MASTR V 5 Receiver Module,799-817MHz,MASTR V 5 Assembly,Fan Tray,MASTR V 5 Harris Network / VIDA Spares Spares 1 110,793.34$ 110,793.34$ 110,793.34$ Includes ROUTER,1921,AC,NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 2 ROUTER,2921,AC,L3 SWITCH MDL,NO ENCRYPT 2 Module,DVU,UAC,Interoperability Gateway 2 Module,GVIU,IP Gateway,P25 2 Net Clock,Simulcast,MASTR V 2 Network Sentry,IP Simulcast 2 Other Vendor Spares Spares 1 77,478.79$ 77,478.79$ 77,478.79$ Includes Rectifier 1000W 48 VDC 4 Rectifier 2000W 48 VDC 4 Breaker 3 Amp 5/16 Bullet 4 Breaker 5 Amp 5/16 Bullet 4 673 Breaker 10 Amp 5/16 Bullet 4 Breaker 100 Amp Battery Breaker 4 RFU RR1 Transceiver Module, Proteus MX 4 Channel Unit, Standard Power Supply, MicroBus Option installed 4 32 Channel DS1/E1 Traffic Line Interface 4 SPU Chassis, Basic 4 Total 9,367,462.60$ 9,367,464.00$ 674 Appendix C - Proposal Pricing Forms Item Description Site Name Qty Unit Cost Extended Cost Installation Services Install Services ALL 1 1,128,129.98$ 1,128,129.98$ Tower Crew Services ALL 1 793,735.12$ 793,735.12$ Project Management Services Project Management Services ALL 1 399,734.50$ 399,734.50$ System Services Technical Services All 1 461,526.00$ 461,526.00$ Professional Services All 1 104,600.00$ 104,600.00$ includes Microwave Path and Site Survey (14 Paths) Freq coordination and FCC Licensing of paths Freq coordination and FCC Licensing of 700/800 MHZ System Staging Services Harris Factory Staging w Acceptance Testing All 1 378,523.00$ 378,523.00$ Coverage and Acceptance Testing Coverage and Acceptance Testing All 1 166,681.25$ 166,681.25$ Drive Testing Circuit Merit Testing Documentation Include with Engineering Training Training Services All 1 104,790.00$ 104,790.00$ Dispatcher Training Fleet mapping UAS, RSM Training Warranty and Maintenance System Warranty & Maintenance Years 2 All System Warranty & Maintenance Years 3 1 62,172.00$ 62,172.00$ Table C.3– Proposal Pricing Sheets ( Services Cost) 675 System Warranty & Maintenance Years 4 1 234,030.30$ 234,030.30$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 5 1 529,174.06$ 529,174.06$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 6 1 542,403.41$ 542,403.41$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 7 1 555,963.49$ 555,963.49$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 8 1 569,862.58$ 569,862.58$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 9 1 584,109.15$ 584,109.15$ System Warranty & Maintenance Years 10 1 598,711.87$ 598,711.87$ 3,676,426.86$ Other Software FX Year 2 1 136,000.00$ 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 3 1 136,000.00$ 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 4 1 136,000.00$ 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 5 1 136,000.00$ 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 6 1 136,000.00$ 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 7 1 136,000.00$ 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 8 1 136,000.00$ 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 9 1 136,000.00$ 136,000.00$ Software FX Year 10 1 136,000.00$ 136,000.00$ 1,224,000.00$ System Monitoring 676 Appendix C - Proposal Pricing Forms Item Description Site Name Qty Unit Cost Extended Cost Towers New Tower & Site @ 951 951 1 954,774.71$ 954,774.71$ includes Tower Foundation & Anchoring Tower Steel and Stacking 12X20 Shelter Building Foundation Building Placement Waveguide bridge and attachments Site Compund LP gas tank/Install Electrical Telco and grounding Generator / Transfer Switch 45 KW UPS w Bypass Fence Permits Antenna and feeds Lines Survey and Geo Clearing and grubbing Shelters Imokalee Imokalee 1 216,415.84$ 216,415.84$ includes Permit fees Building Foundation Wave Guide Bridge attachments Building Placement LP Gas Tank Electric & Grounding 12 X 20 Shelter Survey and Geo North Naples North Naples 1 266,189.99$ 266,189.99$ includes Permit fees Building Foundation Wave Guide Bridge attachments Demo Existing Foundation Building Placement Site Compund LP Gas Tank Electric & Grounding 12 X 20 Shelter Survey and Geo Side walk Replacement Table C.4 – Proposal Pricing Summary Sheet (Infrastructure Development) 677 BC Loop Site BC Loop 1 353,437.01$ 353,437.01$ includes Permit fees Clearing Fence Building Foundation Wave Guide Bridge attachments Demo Existing Foundation Building Placement Site Compund LP Gas Tank Electric & Grounding Generator LP 45 KW w ATS Installed 12 X 20 Shelter Survey and Geo Side walk Replacement 678 Appendix C - Proposal Pricing Forms Item Description Site Name Qty Unit Cost Extended Cost Proposed Loop/Spur Difference Microwave ALL MHSB Microwave System All Sites 1 1,162,962.69$ 1,162,962.69$ 1,162,962.69$ -$ All MHSB Microwave Antenna System All Sites 1 408,839.74$ 408,839.74$ 408,839.74$ -$ DC Plants for ALL MHSB Microwave All Sites 1 83,072.36$ 83,072.36$ 83,072.36$ -$ 1,654,874.79$ 1,654,874.79$ -$ Options for Improved Coverage to 98%(ALL ITEMS BELOW ARE NOT INCLUDED IN FINAL PRICE) Item Description Site Name Qty Unit Cost Extended Cost Move Marco Island to New 23 Story Building Marco 2 1 Site Development Work 1 64,550.00$ 64,550.00$ Includes Halo Ground System Cable Ladder UPS Electrical Breakers Panels & Twist Lock Outlets Entry port for Antenna Lines Professional Services FCC Licensing , Path Studies 1 11,600.00$ 11,600.00$ Ci Services 1 101,825.86$ 101,825.86$ Antenna Crew Services 1 30,690.51$ 30,690.51$ Total for Site 208,666.37$ Add Pinnacle Lease Tower Site to System New Site Shelter 1 353,437.01$ 353,437.01$ Includes Permit fees Clearing Fence Building Foundation Wave Guide Bridge attachments Demo Existing Foundation Building Placement Site Compund LP Gas Tank Electric & Grounding Generator LP 45 KW w ATS Installed Table C.5 – Proposal Pricing Summary Sheet (Sites Infrastructure Development) Assumes equipment area is equipped with Power -240VAC 200 AMP Service feed is available Area is Climate Controlled & can Support Equipment Building has an available building ground point Equipment area lighting is in place Equipment Area is large enough for all racks Floor Can support load of 100 LBS per Sq foot Emergency Power is available at the equipment Room 679 12 X 20 Shelter Survey and Geo Microwave Equipment 1 89,458.67$ 89,458.67$ Microwave Antenna System Equipment 1 31,449.21$ 31,449.21$ Microwave DC Power System 1 4,018.38$ 4,018.38$ Harris 12 Channel IP Simulcast Equipment 1 319,347.34$ 319,347.34$ Simulcast Antenna System 1 82,327.09$ 82,327.09$ Site UPS 1 29,536.80$ 29,536.80$ Professional Services FCC Licensing , Path Studies 1 11,600.00$ 11,600.00$ Ci Services 1 101,825.86$ 101,825.86$ Antenna Crew Services 1 30,690.51$ 30,690.51$ Total for Site 1,053,690.88$ Change New Tower at 951 Site to 280 Ft from 250 Ft Change order Cost for Additional Tower Height 1 65,475.00$ 65,475.00$ Additonal Materials and Hardware 1 16,782.00$ 16,782.00$ Total for Site 82,257.00$ Raise Antennas at Old 41 Site to 280 Ft from 210 Ft Additonal Materials and Hardware 1 18,750.00$ 18,750.00$ If done at time of System Installation Total for Site 18,750.00$ 680 Appendix C - Proposal Pricing Forms Table C6 - Proposal Pricing User Equipment Packages GOVERNMENT QTY Part Number Description Quantity LIST Standard 25 %Standard Ci 28%SLERS Contracted PKG 1 338 DM-M78B MOBILE,XG-25M,700/800 MHZ,35W 1 $4,739.02 $3,635.27 $3,502.82 $3,599.26 $3,376.00 PKG 1 DM-PL7Z Feature,512 Systems/Groups PKG 1 DM-PL4F Feature, P25 Phase 2, TDMA PKG 1 DM-PL4U Feature, Single-Key DES Encryption PKG 1 DM-P25ED FEATURE PACKAGE,P25 TRUNKING & EDACS PKG 1 DM-ZN9Z KIT, CONVERSION, CH-25 REM CTRL HD, 30FT PKG 1 DM-ZN9X PKG 1 DM-MC9R Microphone,Standard,XG-25M PKG 1 AN-225001-004 Antenna,Element,700/800 2dB Low ProFile PKG 1 AN-125001-002 Antenna,Base,Standard Roof Mnt Low Loss PKG 1 Extend Warranty from 2 years to 5 years PKG 2 87 MAMW-SDMXX MOBILE,XG-75M/M7300,764-870MHZ,HALF DPLX 1 $6,129.02 $4,677.77 $4,503.62 $4,231.01 $4,129.00 PKG 2 MAMW-NPL3R Feature,Max(1024+) System/Groups PKG 2 MW-PL4F Feature, P25 Phase 2, TDMA PKG 2 MW-PL4U Feature, Single-Key DES Encryption PKG 2 MW-PRO PKG 2 MW-P25ED FEATURE PACKAGE,P25 TRUNKING & EDACS PKG 2 MAMW-NCP9F Control Unit,CH721,System,Remote Mount PKG 2 MAMW-NZN7R ACCESSORIES,XG-75M/M7300 REMOTE MOUNT PKG 2 MAMW-NMC7Z MICROPHONE,STD,STRAIGHT CONNECTOR PKG 2 AN-225001-004 Antenna,Element,700/800 2dB Low ProFile PKG 2 AN-125001-002 Antenna,Base,Standard Roof Mnt Low Loss PKG 2 Extend Warranty from 2 years to 5 years PKG 3 600 MAMW-SDMXX MOBILE,XG-75M/M7300,764-870MHZ,HALF DPLX 1 $6,024.02 $4,599.02 $4,428.02 $4,154.69 $4,027.00 PKG 3 MAMW-NPL3R Feature,Max(1024+) System/Groups PKG 3 MW-PL4F Feature, P25 Phase 2, TDMA PKG 3 MW-PL4U Feature, Single-Key DES Encryption PKG 3 MW-PRO PKG 3 MW-P25ED FEATURE PACKAGE,P25 TRUNKING & EDACS PKG 3 MAMW-NCP9E Control Unit,CH721,Scan,Remote Mount PKG 3 MAMW-NZN7R ACCESSORIES,XG-75M/M7300 REMOTE MOUNT PKG 3 MAMW-NMC7Z MICROPHONE,STD,STRAIGHT CONNECTOR PKG 3 AN-225001-004 Antenna,Element,700/800 2dB Low ProFile PKG 3 AN-125001-002 Antenna,Base,Standard Roof Mnt Low Loss PKG 3 Extend Warranty from 2 years to 5 years OPTION MAMW-NCP9P CONTROL UNIT, HHC-731, XG-75M/M7300 1 $685.00 $513.75 $493.20 $498.00 $493.20 OPTION MAMW-NZN9G Kit,HHC-731,Installation Accessories 1 $340.00 $255.00 $244.80 $247.18 $244.80 OPTION MAMW-NPL5L Feature,Over-the-Air-Rekeying 1 $495.00 $371.25 $356.40 $363.50 $356.40 OPTION MAMW-NPL7G Feature,ESK/P25 Personality Lock 1 $110.00 $82.50 $79.20 $79.97 $79.20 OPTION MAMW-NPL7P 1 $215.00 $161.25 $154.80 $161.25 $154.80 OPTION MAMW-PKG8F Feature,256-AES,64-DES ECP Encryption 1 $595.00 $446.25 $428.40 $432.36 $428.40 OPTION MAMW-NPL5K FEATURE,PROFILE OVER-THE-AIR-PROGRAMMING 1 $265.00 $198.75 $190.80 $198.75 $190.80 Mobiles Kit,Accessories,XG-25M FEATURE, PROVOICE FEATURE, PROVOICE Feature,P25 Data 681 GOVERNMENT QTY Part Number Description Quantity LIST Standard 25 %Standard Ci 28%SLERS Contracted PKG 4 500 DPXG-PB78B Portable,XG-25P,764-870MHz,Scan 1 $3,214.02 $2,491.52 $2,404.82 $2,473.52 $2,319.00 PKG 4 DP-PL7Z Feature,512 Systems/Groups PKG 4 DP-PL4F Feature,P25 Phase 2, TDMA PKG 4 DP-PL4U Feature, Single-Key DES Encryption PKG 4 DP-P25ED FEATURE PACKAGE,P25 TRUNKING & EDACS PKG 4 DP-PA2U Battery, Li-Polymer, 3600 mAH PKG 4 DP-CH4G Charger, Single, Tri-Chem PKG 4 DP-NC5X Antenna,764-870MHz,1/4 Wave Whip PKG 4 DP-HC7P PKG 4 FM-014712 COVER,UDC,WEATHER PROOF PKG 4 Extend Warranty from 2 years to 5 years PKG 5 24 DPXG-PF78B Portable,XG-25P,764-870MHz,System 1 $3,314.02 $2,566.52 $2,476.82 $2,547.84 $2,367.00 PKG 5 DP-PL7Z Feature,512 Systems/Groups PKG 5 DP-PL4F Feature,P25 Phase 2, TDMA PKG 5 DP-PL4U Feature, Single-Key DES Encryption PKG 5 DP-P25ED FEATURE PACKAGE,P25 TRUNKING & EDACS PKG 5 DP-PA2U Battery, Li-Polymer, 3600 mAH PKG 5 DP-CH4G Charger, Single, Tri-Chem PKG 5 DP-NC5X Antenna,764-870MHz,1/4 Wave Whip PKG 5 DP-HC7P PKG 5 FM-014712 COVER,UDC,WEATHER PROOF PKG 5 Extend Warranty from 2 years to 5 years PKG 6 700 EVXG-PB78B PORTABLE,XG-75,764-870MHZ,SCAN,BLK-GRY 1 $4,844.02 $3,714.02 $3,578.42 $3,407.78 $3,279.00 PKG 6 MAEV-NPL3R Feature,Max(1024+) System/Groups PKG 6 EVXG-NPL4F Feature, P25 PHASE 2 TDMA PKG 6 EV-PL4U Feature, Single-Key DES Encryption PKG 6 EV-PRO PKG 6 EV-P25ED FEATURE PACKAGE,P25 TRUNKING & EDACS PKG 6 MAEV-PA2U Battery, Li-Polymer, 3600 mAH PKG 6 MAEV-NCH9T Charger, Single, Tri-Chem PKG 6 MAEV-NNC5X Antenna,764-870MHz,1/4 Wave Whip PKG 6 EV-HC4B CASE,LEATHER,PREMIUM,XG75/25,BELT LOOP PKG 6 FM-014712 COVER,UDC,WEATHER PROOF PKG 6 Extend Warranty from 2 years to 5 years PKG 7 100 EVXG-PF78B PORTABLE,XG-75,764-870MHZ,SYS,BLK-GRY 1 $5,044.02 $3,864.02 $3,722.42 $3,561.99 $3,423.00 PKG 7 MAEV-NPL3R Feature,Max(1024+) System/Groups PKG 7 EVXG-NPL4F Feature, P25 PHASE 2 TDMA PKG 7 EV-PL4U Feature, Single-Key DES Encryption PKG 7 EV-PRO PKG 7 EV-P25ED FEATURE PACKAGE,P25 TRUNKING & EDACS PKG 7 MAEV-PA2U Battery, Li-Polymer, 3600 mAH PKG 7 MAEV-NCH9T Charger, Single, Tri-Chem PKG 7 MAEV-NNC5X Antenna,764-870MHz,1/4 Wave Whip PKG 7 EV-HC4B CASE,LEATHER,PREMIUM,XG75/25,BELT LOOP PKG 7 FM-014712 COVER,UDC,WEATHER PROOF PKG 7 Extend Warranty from 2 years to 5 years FEATURE, PROVOICE FEATURE, PROVOICE Portables Belt Clip,Metal Belt Clip,Metal 682 GOVERNMENT QTY Part Number Description Quantity LIST Standard 25 %Standard Ci 28%SLERS Contracted OPTION MAEV-NNC5K ANTENNA,764-870MHZ,1/2 WAVE END-FED(IS)1 $30.00 $22.50 $21.60 $21.81 $21.60 OPTION MAEV-NPL5K Feature,ProFile OTAP Over-the-Air Prgm 1 $265.00 $198.75 $190.80 $198.75 $190.80 OPTION MAEV-NPL7G Feature,ESK/P25 Personality Lock 1 $110.00 $82.50 $79.20 $80.13 $79.20 OPTION MAEV-NPL5L Feature,P25 OTAR(Over-the-Air-Rekeying)1 $495.00 $371.25 $356.40 $363.50 $356.40 OPTION MAEV-PKG8F Feature,256-AES,64-DES ECP Encryption 1 $595.00 $446.25 $728.40 $433.43 $728.40 OPTION MAEV-PKGMR Option,Immersible Radio Operation 1 $240.00 $180.00 $172.80 $180.00 $172.80 OPTION MAEV-NAE9R Microphone,GPS,P25,OS,EDACS 1 $575.00 $431.25 $414.00 $431.25 $414.00 OPTION EV-AE1U SPKR MIC,PREMIUM,FIRE,NC,XG75P 1 $450.00 $337.50 $324.00 $337.50 $324.00 OPTION MAEV-NHC2G Belt Clip,Standard,P7300 1 $20.00 $15.00 $14.40 $14.54 $14.40 OPTION DP-HC4B CASE,LEATHER,PREMIUM,XG75/25,BELT LOOP 1 $130.00 $97.50 $93.60 $97.50 $93.60 683 PRICING BASED ON MANUFACTURERS PUBLISHED LIST PRICE LESS DISCOUNT % Discount List Price Bird-TX/RX BDA 5% DB Spectra System Equipment 10% EF Johnson Radio & Accessories 20% Exacom Dispatch Equipment 15% Federal Signal AVL, Pageing, Lights,Siren 20% Fire Comm Radio Accessories 10% Gamber Johnson Radio Mounts & Accessories 15% Harris (LMR)System/Terminal Parts 25% ICOM Radio & Accessories 20% Impact Radio Accessories 15% Jotto Desk Radio Mounts & Accessories 10% Kenwood Radio & Accessories 15% Polyphaser System Parts 10% Spectracom Net Clocks 5% Stone Mountain Radio Accessories 10% TXRX System Parts 10% Watson Consoles Dispatch Furniture 10% Whelen Radio Mounts & Accessories 20% Zetron Console 10% % Markup of Cost Alcatel System Parts 20% Aluma Tower Tower 20% Bendix King Radio & Accessories 20% Catalyst VOIP/System intergration 20% Cimmeron Radio & Accessories 20% Dell Monitors 20% DX Radio Radio & Accessories 20% ELO Monitors 20% IDA Radio & Accessories 20% Motorola Radio & Accessories 20% Nuvico CCTV 20% Panasonic Accessories 20% Rohn Products System Parts 20% Specialty Console Furniture Dispatch Furniture 20% Trip-lite System Parts 20% Manufacturers not listed above will be considered as Cost plus Markup 20% List any additional equipment charges not included in the above rates: NEW PARTS & COMPONENTS Manufacturer Type of Parts/Components Manufacturer Type of Parts/Components 684 NEW EQUIPMENT & ACCESSORIES PRICING BASED ON MANUFACTURERS PUBLISHED LIST PRICE LESS DISCOUNT % Discount From List Price A.W. Enterprises Radio Accessories 20% ACT Radio Accessories 12% Advance Tec Radio Accessories Government Pricing Andrew System Equipment 15% Ci Branded Batteries Radio Accessories CII Pub. Price Ci Branded Products Radio Accessories 10% Code 3 Lighting/Safety Product 20% DB Spectra System Equipment 10% Bird BDA 5% EF Johnson Radio & Accessories 20% Eupen Cable and Connectors 10% Exacom Dispatch Equipment 15% Federal Signal AVL, Pageing, Lights,Siren 20% Fire Comm Radio Accessories 10% Freelink Radio Accessories 5% Gamber Johnson Radio Mounts & Accessories 15% * Harris Mobile & Portable Radios and Accessories 28% * Harris Base Station Communication Equipment & Accessories 28% * Harris System Equipment & Components 25% * Harris Feature Ecryption and Software Services 25% MNI Microwave Microwave 20% Havis Radio Mounts & Accessories 15% Honeywell Batteries/Chargers 2% ICOM Radio & Accessories 20% Impact Radio Accessories 15% I-Tech Radio Accessories 10% Jotto Desk Radio Mounts & Accessories 10% Kenwood Radio & Accessories 15% Kustom Signal Safety Products,Camera 10% Larson Radio Accessories 15% Lind Radio Mounts & Accessories 10% Midland Radio & Accessories 10% Otto Radio Accessories 15% Plantronics Radio Accessories 5% Portaclip Radio Accessories 5% PVP Radio Accessories 5% Pyramid Repeaters 15% Raythenon JPS Inter-op Communications 5% RFS Antenna 15% Manufacturer Type of Equipment/Accessories 685 Samlex Power Supplies 15% Setcom Radio Accessories 10% Sigtronics Radio Accessories 5% Spectracom Net Clocks 5% Stone Mountain Radio Accessories 10% Tait Radio & Accessories 20% Telex Console 10% Tessco Radio Accessories 10% TX - RX Duplexer 10% Vertex Standard Radio & Accessories 20% Watson Consoles Dispatch Furniture 10% Whelen Radio Mounts & Accessories 20% Zetron Console 10% PRICING BASED ON ACTUAL COST PLUS MARKUP % Markup of Cost Alcatel Microwave 20% Aluma Tower Tower 20% Bendix King Radio & Accessories 20% Catalyst VOIP/System intergration 20% Cimmeron Radio & Accessories 20% DX Radio Radio & Accessories 20% IDA Radio & Accessories 20% Nuvico CCTV 20% Panasonic Accessories 20% Specialty Console Furniture Dispatch Furniture 20% Motorola Radio & Accessories 20% Manufacturers not listed above will be considered as Cost plus Markup 20% List any additional equipment charges not included in the above rates: Manufacturer Type of Equipment/Accessories * Harris - Equipment for all frequencies band, Conventional and Trunking. All Platforms offered. 686